Map

Traffic

Terrain

GTN 625/635/650 Weather

Pilot's Guide
Flight Plan

Procedures

Nearest
Waypoint Info

Services

Utilities

System
© 2014 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved.

This manual reflects the operation of System Software version 5.12, or later. Some differences in operation may be
observed when comparing the information in this manual to later software versions.

Garmin International, Inc., 1200 East 151st Street, Olathe, KS 66062, U.S.A.
Tel: 913/397.8200 Fax: 913/397.8282

Garmin AT, Inc., 2345 Turner Road SE, Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
Tel: 503/391.3411 Fax 503/364.2138

Garmin (Europe) Ltd., Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road, Hounsdown Business Park, Southampton,
SO40 9LR, U.K.
Tel. +44 (0) 87 0850 1243 Fax +44 (0) 23 8052 4004

Garmin Singapore Pte. Ltd., 46 East Coast Road, #05-06 Eastgate, Singapore 428766
Tel : (65) 63480378 Fax : ( 65 ) 63480278

At Garmin, we value your opinion. For comments about this guide, please e-mail:
[email protected]

www.garmin.com

Except as expressly provided herein, no part of this manual may be reproduced, copied, transmitted, disseminated,
downloaded or stored in any storage medium, for any purpose without the express written permission of Garmin.
Garmin hereby grants permission to download a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this manual onto a
hard drive or other electronic storage medium to be viewed for personal use, provided that such electronic or printed
copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this copyright notice and provided further that any
unauthorized commercial distribution of this manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited.

This part shall comply with Garmin Banned and Restricted Substances document, 001-00211-00.

Garmin®, FliteCharts®, and SafeTaxi® are registered trademarks of Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. Garmin SVT™ and
Smart Airspace™ are trademarks of Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. These trademarks may not be used without the
express permission of Garmin.

NavData® is a registered trademark of Jeppesen, Inc.; StormScope® and SkyWatch® are registered trademarks of L-3
Communications; Sirius and XM are trademarks of SiriusXM Radio Inc.; Iridium® is a registered trademark of Iridium
Communications Inc.; United States radar data provided by NOAA; European radar data collected and provided by
Meteo France. SD and SDHC Logos are trademarks of SD-3C, LLC; the Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Garmin is under license.

October 2014 Printed in the U.S.A.

LIMITED WARRANTY Foreword
All Garmin avionics products are warranted to be free from defects in materials or workmanship for:
two years from the date of purchase for new Remote-Mount and Panel-Mount products; one year Getting
from the date of purchase for new portable products and any purchased newly-overhauled products; Started
six months for newly-overhauled products exchanged through a Garmin Authorized Service Center;
and 90 days for factory repaired or newly-overhauled products exchanged at Garmin in lieu of repair. Xpdr Ctrl
Within the applicable period, Garmin will, at its sole option, repair or replace any components that
fail in normal use. Such repairs or replacement will be made at no charge to the customer for parts Com/Nav
or labor, provided that the customer shall be responsible for any transportation cost. This warranty
does not apply to: (i) cosmetic damage, such as scratches, nicks and dents; (ii) consumable parts, FPL
such as batteries, unless product damage has occurred due to a defect in materials or workmanship;
(iii) damage caused by accident, abuse, misuse, water, flood, fire, or other acts of nature or external
Direct-To
causes; (iv) damage caused by service performed by anyone who is not an authorized service
provider of Garmin; or (v) damage to a product that has been modified or altered without the written
permission of Garmin. In addition, Garmin reserves the right to refuse warranty claims against Proc
products or services that are obtained and/or used in contravention of the laws of any country.
Wpt Info
THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER
WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY LIABILITY ARISING
UNDER ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, Map
STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, WHICH MAY
VARY FROM STATE TO STATE. Traffic

IN NO EVENT SHALL GARMIN BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER RESULTING FROM THE USE, MISUSE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT OR Terrain
FROM DEFECTS IN THE PRODUCT. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. Weather

Garmin retains the exclusive right to repair or replace (with a new or newly-overhauled replacement
product) the product or software or offer a full refund of the purchase price at its sole discretion. Nearest
SUCH REMEDY SHALL BE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
Services/
Online Auction Purchases: Products purchased through online auctions are not eligible for Music
warranty coverage. Online auction confirmations are not accepted for warranty verification. To obtain
warranty service, an original or copy of the sales receipt from the original retailer is required. Garmin Utilities
will not replace missing components from any package purchased through an online auction.
International Purchases: A separate warranty may be provided by international distributors for System
devices purchased outside the United States depending on the country. If applicable, this warranty is
provided by the local in-country distributor and this distributor provides local service for your device. Messages
Distributor warranties are only valid in the area of intended distribution. Devices purchased in the
United States or Canada must be returned to the Garmin service center in the United Kingdom, the Symbols
United States, Canada, or Taiwan for service.

To obtain warranty service, contact your local Garmin Authorized Service Center. For assistance in Appendix
locating a Service Center near you, visit the Garmin web site at http://www.garmin.com or contact
Garmin Customer Service at 866-739-5687. Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide i

Foreword WARNING: Navigation and terrain separation must NOT be predicated
upon the use of the terrain function. The GTN 6XX Terrain Proximity feature
Getting is NOT intended to be used as a primary reference for terrain avoidance
Started
and does not relieve the pilot from the responsibility of being aware of
surroundings during flight. The Terrain Proximity feature is only to be used
Xpdr Ctrl
as an aid for terrain avoidance and is not certified for use in applications
requiring a certified terrain awareness system. Terrain data is obtained
Com/Nav
from third party sources. Garmin is not able to independently verify the
accuracy of the terrain data.
FPL

WARNING: The displayed minimum safe altitudes (MSAs) are only advisory
Direct-To in nature and should not be relied upon as the sole source of obstacle and
terrain avoidance information. Always refer to current aeronautical charts
Proc for appropriate minimum clearance altitudes.

Wpt Info WARNING: The Garmin GTN 6XX has a very high degree of functional
integrity. However, the pilot must recognize that providing monitoring and/
Map or self-test capability for all conceivable system failures is not practical.
Although unlikely, it may be possible for erroneous operation to occur
Traffic without a fault indication shown by the GTN 6XX. It is thus the responsibility
of the pilot to detect such an occurrence by means of cross-checking with
Terrain all redundant or correlated information available in the cockpit.

Weather WARNING: The altitude calculated by GPS receivers is geometric height

above Mean Sea Level and could vary significantly from the altitude
Nearest
displayed by pressure altimeters, such as the output from the GDC 74A/B
Air Data Computer, or other altimeters in aircraft. GPS altitude should never
Services/ be used for vertical navigation. Always use pressure altitude displayed by
Music pressure altimeters in the aircraft.
Utilities
WARNING: Do not use outdated database information. Databases used
in the GTN 6XX system must be updated regularly in order to ensure that
System the information remains current. Pilots using an outdated database do so
entirely at their own risk.
Messages
WARNING: Do not use basemap (land and water data) information for
Symbols primary navigation. Basemap data is intended only to supplement other
approved navigation data sources and should be considered as an aid to
Appendix enhance situational awareness.

Index

ii Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 WARNING: Traffic information shown on the GTN 6XX is provided as an Foreword
aid in visually acquiring traffic. Pilots must maneuver the aircraft based
only upon ATC guidance or positive visual acquisition of conflicting traffic. Getting
Started

WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in, Xpdr Ctrl
near, or around areas of hazardous weather. Information contained within
data link weather products may not accurately depict current weather
Com/Nav
conditions.
FPL
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to
determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link
Direct-To
weather product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing
weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by
Proc
the data link weather product may be significantly older than the indicated
weather product age.
Wpt Info

WARNING: For safety reasons, GTN 6XX operational procedures must be

learned on the ground. Map

WARNING: To reduce the risk of unsafe operation, carefully review and Traffic
understand all aspects of the GTN 6XX Pilot’s Guide. Thoroughly practice
basic operation prior to actual use. During flight operations, carefully Terrain
compare indications from the GTN 6XX to all available navigation sources,
including the information from other NAVAIDs, visual sightings, charts, etc. Weather
For safety purposes, always resolve any discrepancies before continuing
navigation. Nearest

CAUTION: The United States government operates the Global Positioning Services/
Music
System and is solely responsible for its accuracy and maintenance. The
GPS system is subject to changes which could affect the accuracy and
Utilities
performance of all GPS equipment. Portions of the Garmin GTN 6XX utilize
GPS as a precision electronic NAVigation AID (NAVAID). Therefore, as with
all NAVAIDs, information presented by the GTN 6XX can be misused or System
misinterpreted and, therefore, become unsafe.
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide iii

Foreword CAUTION: The Garmin GTN 6XX does not contain any user-serviceable
parts. Repairs should only be made by an authorized Garmin service center.
Getting Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the warranty and
Started
the pilot’s authority to operate this device under FAA/FCC regulations.
Xpdr Ctrl
CAUTION: The GTN displays use a lens coated with a special anti-reflective
coating that is very sensitive to skin oils, waxes, and abrasive cleaners.
Com/Nav
CLEANERS CONTAINING AMMONIA WILL HARM THE ANTI-REFLECTIVE
COATING. It is very important to clean the lens using a clean, lint-free cloth and
FPL an eyeglass lens cleaner that is specified as safe for anti-reflective coatings.

Direct-To NOTE: Do not rely solely upon data link services to provide Temporary Flight
Restriction (TFR) information. Always confirm TFR information through
Proc
official sources such as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control.

NOTE: All visual depictions contained within this document, including

Wpt Info screen images of the GTN bezel and displays, are subject to change and
may not reflect the most current GTN software. Depictions of equipment
Map may differ slightly from the actual equipment.

Traffic NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
Terrain
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Weather NOTE: This product, its packaging, and its components contain chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, or
Nearest reproductive harm. This notice is being provided in accordance with
California’s Proposition 65. If you have any questions or would like
Services/ additional information, please refer to our web site at www.garmin.com/
Music
prop65.
Utilities
NOTE: Canadian installations: In accordance with Canadian Radio
System
Specifications Standard 102 (RSS 102), RF field strength exposure to persons
from an antenna connected to this device should be limited to 60 V/m for
controlled environment and 28 V/m for uncontrolled environment.
Messages

Symbols NOTE: Do not use SafeTaxi or Chartview functions as the basis for
ground maneuvering. SafeTaxi and Chartview functions do not comply
Appendix
with the requirements of AC 20-159 and are not qualified to be used as
an airport moving map display (AMMD). SafeTaxi and Chartview are to
be used by the flight crew to orient themselves on the airport surface to
Index
improve pilot situational awareness during ground operations.
iv Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
 Foreword
NOTE: The FAA has asked Garmin to remind pilots who fly with Garmin
database-dependent avionics of the following: Getting
Started
• It is the pilot’s responsibility to remain familiar with all FAA regulatory
and advisory guidance and information related to the use of databases in Xpdr Ctrl
the National Airspace System.
• Garmin equipment will only recognize and use databases that are Com/Nav
obtained from Garmin or Jeppesen. Databases obtained from Garmin
or Jeppesen are assured compliance with all data quality requirements FPL
(DQRs) by virtue of a Type 2 Letter of Authorization (LOA) from the FAA. A
copy of the Type 2 LOA is available for each database and can be viewed Direct-To
at http://fly.garmin.com by selecting "Type 2 LOA Status."
• Use of a current Garmin or Jeppesen database in your Garmin equipment Proc
is required for compliance with established FAA regulatory guidance, but
does not constitute authorization to fly any and all terminal procedures Wpt Info
that may be presented by the system. It is the pilot’s responsibility to
operate in accordance with established AFM(S) and regulatory guidance Map
or limitations as applicable to the pilot, the aircraft, and installed
equipment.
Traffic

NOTE: The pilot/operator must review and be familiar with Garmin’s

Terrain
database exclusion list as discussed in SAIB CE-14-04 to determine what
data may be incomplete. The database exclusion list can be viewed at
Weather
www.flygarmin.com by selecting "Database Exclusions List."

NOTE: The pilot/operator must have access to Garmin and Jeppesen Nearest

database alerts and consider their impact on the intended aircraft

Services/
operation. The database alerts can be viewed at www.flygarmin.com by Music
selecting "Aviation Database Alerts."
Utilities
NOTE: If the pilot/operator wants or needs to adjust the database, contact
Garmin Product Support to coordinate the revised DQRs. System

NOTE: Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies Messages
related to database information. These discrepancies could come in the
form of an incorrect procedure; incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles and Symbols
fixes; or any other displayed item used for navigation or communication in
the air or on the ground. Go to FlyGarmin.com and select "Aviation Data
Appendix
Error Report."
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide v

Foreword
NOTE: This device complies with Part 15 of To obtain accessories for your unit, please
Getting the FCC limits for Class B digital devices. This contact your Garmin dealer.
Started
equipment generates, uses, and can radiate
radio frequency energy and, if not installed Help us better support you by completing our
Xpdr Ctrl
and used in accordance with the instructions, on-line registration form today! Registration
may cause harmful interference to radio ensures that you will be notified of product
Com/Nav communications. Furthermore, there is no updates and new products and provides lost
guarantee that interference will not occur in a or stolen unit tracking. Please, have the serial
FPL particular installation. number of your unit handy, connect to our
web site (www.garmin.com) and look for our
Direct-To If this equipment does cause harmful Product Registration link on the Home page.
interference, the user is encouraged to try
Proc
to correct the interference by relocating the The display surface is coated with a special
equipment or connecting the equipment to a anti-reflective coating which is very sensitive to
different circuit than the affected equipment. skin oils, waxes and abrasive cleaners. It is very
Wpt Info
Consult an authorized dealer or other qualified important to clean the lens using an eyeglass
avionics technician for additional help if these lens cleaner which is specified as safe for anti-
Map remedies do not correct the problem. reflective coatings and a clean, lint-free cloth.

Traffic Operation of this device is subject to the

following conditions: (1) This device may
Terrain not cause harmful interference, and (2) this AC 90-100A Statement of Compliance:
device must accept any interference received, The Garmin navigational unit meets the
including interference that may cause undesired performance and functional requirements of AC
Weather
operation. 90-100A.
Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

vi Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

Product Registration and Support Foreword
Help us better support you by completing your online registration today!
Getting
Have the serial number of your product handy and connect to the Garmin web Started
site (www.garmin.com). Look for the Product Registration link on the Home
page. Also, be sure to record your serial number in the space provided. Xpdr Ctrl

If you have any questions, the Garmin Product Support department may be Com/Nav
reached Monday through Friday, 7:00 AM to 7:00 PM Central Time.
US: 913-397-8200 FPL

US Toll Free: 1-866-739-5687 Direct-To

Canada Toll Free: 1-866-429-9296
Proc

Wpt Info
Record of Revisions
Part Number Revision Date Description Map

190-01004-03 A 02/04/11 Initial release

Traffic
B 03/16/11 Update information
C 11/29/12 Updates for software version 3.0
Terrain
D 02/28/13 Updates for software version 4.0
E 03/25/13 Updates for software version 4.10 Weather
F 08/26/13 Updates for software version 5.0
G 08/01/14 Updates for software version 5.10 Nearest

H 10/17/14 Updates for software version 5.12 Services/

Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide vii

Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
This page intentionally left blank

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

viii Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Table of Contents Foreword

Getting
LIMITED WARRANTY.......................................................................................... i Started

Product Registration and Support.....................................................................vii Xpdr Ctrl

Welcome ...................................................................................................... xxiii
About This Guide........................................................................................... xxiii Com/Nav
Conventions...................................................................................................xxiv
1 Getting Started.....................................................................................1-1 FPL
1.1 Model Descriptions............................................................................... 1-1
1.1.1 GTN 625................................................................................ 1-1 Direct-To

1.1.2 GTN 635................................................................................ 1-2

1.1.3 GTN 650................................................................................ 1-2 Proc

1.2 About This Pilot's Guide........................................................................ 1-2

Wpt Info
1.2.1 Conventions........................................................................... 1-2
1.2.2 Using the Touchscreen............................................................ 1-2
Map
1.3 Product Description............................................................................... 1-3
1.3.1 Secure Data Card................................................................... 1-3
Traffic
1.3.2 Pilot Controls......................................................................... 1-4
1.3.2.1 Volume/Squelch Knob............................................................. 1-4 Terrain
1.3.2.2 Large/Small Concentric Knobs................................................. 1-4
1.3.2.3 HOME Key.............................................................................. 1-4 Weather
1.3.2.4 Direct-To Key.......................................................................... 1-5
1.3.2.5 Touchscreen Keys................................................................... 1-5 Nearest
1.4 Unit Power Up...................................................................................... 1-6
Services/
1.4.1 Start-Up Screens..................................................................... 1-6 Music
1.4.2 Database Verification and Fuel Settings................................... 1-7
1.5 System Operation............................................................................... 1-10 Utilities

1.5.1 Using the Touchscreen Key Controls...................................... 1-10

1.5.2 Setup Page........................................................................... 1-10 System

1.5.2.1 System Setup Values............................................................. 1-11

Messages
1.5.2.2 Units Settings Values............................................................ 1-12
1.5.2.3 Alerts Settings Values........................................................... 1-12
Symbols
1.5.3 Dual GTN Installations.......................................................... 1-13
1.6 Direct-To Navigation........................................................................... 1-14
Appendix
1.6.1 Direct-To a Waypoint............................................................ 1-14
1.6.2 Direct-To a Flight Plan Waypoint........................................... 1-14 Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide ix

 1.6.3 Direct-To a Nearest Airport................................................... 1-14
Foreword
1.7 Selecting Com/Nav Frequencies........................................................... 1-15
Getting 1.8 Flight Planning................................................................................... 1-17
Started 1.8.1 Creating a Flight Plan........................................................... 1-17
Xpdr Ctrl
1.9 IFR Procedures.................................................................................... 1-18
1.10 Dead Reckoning.................................................................................. 1-19
Com/Nav 1.11 Default Navigation.............................................................................. 1-20
1.11.1 Configuring User Fields......................................................... 1-20
FPL 1.11.2 CDI (GTN 650 only).............................................................. 1-23
1.11.3 OBS Function....................................................................... 1-23
Direct-To 1.12 FastFind Predictive Waypoint Entry...................................................... 1-23
1.12.1 FastFind With Waypoint Info..........................................................1-23
Proc 1.12.2 FastFind With A Flight Plan................................................... 1-24
2 Transponder Controls (Optional).........................................................2-1
Wpt Info
2.1 Select Transponder................................................................................ 2-2
2.2 IDENT................................................................................................... 2-2
Map
2.3 Transponder Mode................................................................................ 2-3
Traffic
2.3.1 Standby.................................................................................. 2-3
2.3.2 Ground.................................................................................. 2-4
Terrain 2.3.3 On......................................................................................... 2-4
2.3.4 Altitude Reporting.................................................................. 2-5
Weather 2.4 VFR...................................................................................................... 2-5
2.5 Selecting a Squawk Code...................................................................... 2-6
Nearest 2.6 GDL 88 ADS-B Reporting...................................................................... 2-7
2.7 Extended Squitter Transmission............................................................. 2-9
Services/
Music 3 NAV/COM..............................................................................................3-1
3.1 Volume................................................................................................. 3-2
Utilities
3.2 Squelch................................................................................................ 3-2
3.3 Com and Nav Frequency Window and Tuning........................................ 3-3
System
3.3.1 Com and Nav Frequency Finding............................................. 3-5
Messages
3.3.1.1 Find Recent Frequencies......................................................... 3-5
3.3.1.2 Find Nearest Frequencies........................................................ 3-6
Symbols 3.3.1.3 Find Flight Plan Frequencies.................................................... 3-7
3.3.1.4 Find User Frequencies............................................................. 3-8
Appendix 3.3.2 Simple Frequency Entry........................................................... 3-8
3.3.3 Adding a New User Frequency................................................ 3-9
Index 3.3.4 Emergency Frequency........................................................... 3-11

x Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 3.3.5 Stuck Microphone................................................................ 3-12
Foreword
3.3.6 Remote Frequency Selection Control..................................... 3-12
3.3.7 Reverse Frequency Look-Up.................................................. 3-12 Getting
3.4 Com Frequency Monitoring................................................................. 3-13 Started

3.5 Nav (VOR/Localizer/Glideslope) Receiver Operations............................ 3-14 Xpdr Ctrl

3.5.1 Ident Audio and Volume....................................................... 3-14
3.5.2 Nav Tuning Window.............................................................. 3-15 Com/Nav
3.5.3 Nav Frequency Finding......................................................... 3-16
4 Flight Plans...........................................................................................4-1 FPL
4.1 Creating a New Flight Plan................................................................... 4-2
4.2 Active Flight Plan Page......................................................................... 4-4 Direct-To

4.2.1 Waypoint Options................................................................... 4-4

Proc
4.2.1.1 Activate Leg........................................................................... 4-5
4.2.1.2 Insert Before.......................................................................... 4-6
Wpt Info
4.2.1.3 Insert After............................................................................. 4-7
4.2.1.4 Remove.................................................................................. 4-7
Map
4.2.1.5 Load Procedures..................................................................... 4-8
4.2.1.6 Waypoint Info........................................................................ 4-9 Traffic
4.2.2 Airways.................................................................................. 4-9
4.3 Flight Plan Menu................................................................................ 4-12 Terrain
4.3.1 Store Flight Plan................................................................... 4-13
4.3.2 Invert Flight Plan.................................................................. 4-13 Weather
4.3.3 Parallel Track........................................................................ 4-14
4.3.4 Edit Data Fields.................................................................... 4-16 Nearest
4.3.5 Flight Plan Catalog Route Options........................................ 4-17
Services/
4.3.5.1 Catalog Route Option - Activate........................................... 4-18 Music
4.3.5.2 Catalog Route Option - Invert & Activate............................... 4-18
4.3.5.3 Catalog Route Option - Preview............................................ 4-19 Utilities

4.3.5.4 Catalog Route Option - Edit.................................................. 4-19

System
4.3.5.5 Catalog Route Option - Copy................................................ 4-20
4.3.5.6 Catalog Route Option - Delete.............................................. 4-21
Messages
4.3.6 Delete Flight Plan................................................................. 4-21
4.3.6.1 Delete Flight Plan from Catalog............................................ 4-21
Symbols
4.3.6.2 Delete Active Flight Plan....................................................... 4-22
4.3.7 Preview Flight Plan............................................................... 4-23 Appendix
4.3.7.1 Previewing the Active Flight Plan.......................................... 4-23
4.3.7.2 Previewing a Flight Plan in the Catalog................................. 4-23 Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xi

Foreword
4.4 Graphically Editing a Flight Plan.......................................................... 4-23
4.5 Import Flight Plans with Connext........................................................ 4-24
Getting 4.5.1 Operation............................................................................. 4-24
Started
4.5.2 Potential Errors..................................................................... 4-25
Xpdr Ctrl 4.6 Import Flight Plans with an SD Card.................................................... 4-27
4.6.1 Potential Errors..................................................................... 4-29
Com/Nav 5 Direct-To................................................................................................5-1
5.1 Direct-To Navigation............................................................................. 5-1
FPL
5.2 Direct-To a Flight Plan Waypoint............................................................ 5-3
5.3 Direct-To a Nearest Airport.................................................................... 5-4
Direct-To
5.4 Removing a Direct-To Course................................................................ 5-5
5.5 Direct-To Map Waypoint........................................................................ 5-6
Proc
5.6 Off-Route Direct-To Course................................................................... 5-7
Wpt Info
5.7 Graphically Editing a Direct-To Route.................................................... 5-7
6 Procedures............................................................................................6-1
Map 6.1 Basic Approach Operations................................................................... 6-2
6.2 Selecting a Departure............................................................................ 6-4
Traffic 6.3 Selecting an Arrival............................................................................... 6-6
6.4 Selecting an Approach.......................................................................... 6-8
Terrain 6.5 Approaches with Procedure Turns........................................................ 6-11
6.6 Flying the Missed Approach................................................................ 6-11
Weather
6.7 Flying an Approach with a Hold........................................................... 6-12
6.8 Flying a DME Arc Approach................................................................. 6-13
Nearest
6.9 Vectors to Final................................................................................... 6-13
Services/ 6.10 ILS Approaches (GTN 650 Only).......................................................... 6-14
Music 6.11 RNAV Approach Procedures................................................................ 6-15
Utilities
6.11.1 Flying the LPV Approach....................................................... 6-16
6.11.2 Flying the LP Approach......................................................... 6-17
System 6.12 Points to Remember for All Procedures................................................ 6-19
6.13 Points to Remember for Localizer or VOR-based Approaches................ 6-20
Messages 6.14 Enabling Autopilot Outputs for the King KAP140/KFC225.................... 6-21
7 Waypoint Info.......................................................................................7-1
Symbols 7.1 Waypoint Selection............................................................................... 7-3
7.2 Airport.................................................................................................. 7-4
Appendix
7.2.1 Info........................................................................................ 7-4
7.2.2 Preview.................................................................................. 7-5
Index
7.2.3 NOTAM Pages........................................................................ 7-5
xii Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
 7.2.4 Procedures............................................................................. 7-6
Foreword
7.2.5 Runways................................................................................ 7-7
7.2.6 Frequencies............................................................................ 7-8 Getting
7.2.7 Weather (WX) Data................................................................ 7-9 Started

7.2.8 Helipads................................................................................. 7-9 Xpdr Ctrl

7.3 Intersection (INT)................................................................................ 7-10
7.4 VOR................................................................................................... 7-11 Com/Nav
7.5 NDB................................................................................................... 7-12
7.6 User Waypoints (User)......................................................................... 7-13 FPL
7.6.1 Select User Waypoint By Name............................................. 7-14
7.6.2 Select User Waypoint From A List.......................................... 7-14 Direct-To
7.6.3 Edit User Waypoint............................................................... 7-14
7.6.4 Delete User Waypoint........................................................... 7-14 Proc
7.7 Create Waypoint................................................................................. 7-15
7.7.1 Mark On Target.................................................................... 7-16 Wpt Info

7.7.2 Waypoint Location Based on Lat/Lon Coordinates................. 7-16

Map
7.7.3 Waypoint Location Based on Two Radials.........................................7-18
7.7.4 Waypoint Location Based on Radial and Distance.............................7-19
Traffic
7.8 Import User Waypoints (SD Card)........................................................ 7-20
8 Map.......................................................................................................8-1 Terrain
8.1 Map Menu........................................................................................... 8-2
8.1.1 Map Overlays......................................................................... 8-3 Weather
8.1.1.1 Overlay Priority....................................................................... 8-4
8.1.1.2 Topo...................................................................................... 8-4 Nearest
8.1.1.3 Airways.................................................................................. 8-5
Services/
8.1.1.4 Terrain................................................................................... 8-5 Music
8.1.1.5 NEXRAD (Optional)................................................................ 8-6
8.1.1.6 StormScope® (Optional).......................................................... 8-6 Utilities

8.1.1.7 Traffic (Optional)..................................................................... 8-7

System
8.1.2 Map Setup............................................................................. 8-8
8.1.2.1 Map..................................................................................... 8-10
Messages
8.1.2.2 Aviation............................................................................... 8-18
8.1.2.3 Land.................................................................................... 8-19
Symbols
8.1.2.4 Airspace............................................................................... 8-20
8.1.2.5 Airway Range....................................................................... 8-22 Appendix
8.1.2.6 Traffic (Optional)................................................................... 8-23
8.1.2.7 Weather (Optional)............................................................... 8-23 Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xiii

 8.1.3 Change User Fields............................................................... 8-24
Foreword
8.1.4 Map Detail........................................................................... 8-27
Getting 8.2 Map Panning...................................................................................... 8-29
Started 8.3 Map Controls...................................................................................... 8-31
Xpdr Ctrl
8.3.1 Pan Map Mode.................................................................... 8-31
8.3.2 Create Waypoint................................................................... 8-31
Com/Nav 8.3.3 Graphically Edit Flight Plan Mode......................................... 8-32
8.3.3.1 Adding a Waypoint to an Existing Flight Plan........................ 8-32
FPL 8.3.3.2 Adding a Waypoint to the End of an Existing Flight Plan........ 8-33
8.3.3.3 Removing a Waypoint from an Existing Flight Plan................ 8-34
Direct-To 8.3.3.4 Creating a Flight Plan Without an Existing Flight Plan............ 8-34
8.4 CDI (GTN 650 only)............................................................................ 8-35
Proc 8.5 OBS.................................................................................................... 8-36
8.6 Map Symbols...................................................................................... 8-37
Wpt Info
8.7 SafeTaxi® .......................................................................................... 8-38
8.7.1 Using SafeTaxi® ................................................................... 8-38
Map
8.7.2 Hot Spot Information............................................................ 8-39
Traffic
8.7.3 SafeTaxi® Cycle Number and Revision................................... 8-39
9 Traffic....................................................................................................9-1
Terrain 9.1 Traffic Pop-Up....................................................................................... 9-1
9.2 Traffic Test............................................................................................ 9-2
Weather 9.3 Traffic Information Service (TIS) (Optional)............................................. 9-3
9.3.1 TIS Symbology........................................................................ 9-4
Nearest 9.3.2 Traffic Page............................................................................ 9-5
Services/
9.3.3 Displaying Traffic on the Traffic Page........................................ 9-6
Music 9.3.4 Altitude Display...................................................................... 9-6
9.3.5 TIS Limitations........................................................................ 9-7
Utilities
9.3.6 TIS Alerts................................................................................ 9-9
9.3.7 TIS System Status................................................................. 9-10
System
9.4 TAS Traffic (Optional).......................................................................... 9-12
Messages
9.4.1 TAS Symbology..................................................................... 9-13
9.4.2 Displaying and Operating Traffic (TAS Systems)...................... 9-14
Symbols 9.4.2.1 Switching from Standby Mode to Operating Mode................ 9-14
9.4.2.2 Range Ring.......................................................................... 9-15
Appendix 9.4.3 Altitude Display.................................................................... 9-15
9.4.4 Traffic System Status............................................................. 9-16
Index 9.5 ADS-B Traffic....................................................................................... 9-18

xiv Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 9.5.1 ADS-B Traffic Menu.............................................................. 9-19
Foreword
9.5.1.1 ADS-B Status........................................................................ 9-20
9.5.1.2 TCAS Status......................................................................... 9-20 Getting
9.5.1.3 Test...................................................................................... 9-20 Started

9.5.1.4 Motion Vector...................................................................... 9-21 Xpdr Ctrl

9.5.1.5 Vector Duration.................................................................... 9-23
9.5.1.6 Altitude Filter....................................................................... 9-23 Com/Nav
9.5.1.7 On Scene Mode.................................................................... 9-24
9.5.2 Rotorcraft Traffic Page Orientation......................................... 9-24 FPL
9.6 RYAN TCAD 9900BX with the GDL 88................................................. 9-25
9.6.1 Ryan TCAD Description......................................................... 9-25 Direct-To
9.6.2 Altitude Mode...................................................................... 9-26
9.6.3 TCAD Control Menu............................................................. 9-28 Proc
9.6.3.1 Traffic Audio......................................................................... 9-29
9.6.3.2 Field Elevation...................................................................... 9-29 Wpt Info

9.6.3.3 Baro..................................................................................... 9-30

Map
9.6.3.4 Operate................................................................................ 9-30
9.6.3.5 Ground Mode....................................................................... 9-30
Traffic
9.6.3.6 Approach Mode................................................................... 9-30
9.7 TCAD 9900B Operation...................................................................... 9-31
Terrain
9.7.1 Select Local Barometric Pressure........................................... 9-32
9.7.2 Select Active Shield............................................................... 9-32 Weather
9.7.3 TCAD 9900B Traffic Menu.................................................... 9-32
9.7.3.1 Traffic Audio......................................................................... 9-32 Nearest
9.7.3.2 Shield Setup......................................................................... 9-33
9.7.3.3 Approach Mode................................................................... 9-34 Services/
Music
9.8 TCAD 9900BX Operation.................................................................... 9-35
9.8.1 Select Local Barometric Pressure........................................... 9-35 Utilities
9.8.2 Select Altitude Filter.............................................................. 9-36
9.8.3 TCAD 9900BX Traffic Menu.................................................. 9-36 System
9.8.3.1 Traffic Audio......................................................................... 9-37
9.8.3.2 Shield Setup......................................................................... 9-37 Messages

9.8.3.3 Approach Mode................................................................... 9-38

Symbols
9.8.3.4 Ground Mode....................................................................... 9-38
10 Terrain.................................................................................................10-1
Appendix
10.1 Terrain Configurations......................................................................... 10-1
10.2 General Database Information............................................................ 10-2 Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xv

 10.2.1 Database Versions................................................................ 10-2
Foreword
10.2.2 HTAWS Database Requirements............................................ 10-2
Getting 10.2.3 Database Updates................................................................ 10-2
Started 10.2.4 Terrain Database Areas of Coverage...................................... 10-3
Xpdr Ctrl
10.2.5 Obstacle Database Areas of Coverage................................... 10-4
10.3 Terrain Proximity................................................................................. 10-5
Com/Nav 10.3.1 Displaying Terrain Proximity.................................................. 10-6
10.3.1.1 Terrain Page 120° Arc or 360° Rings..................................... 10-7
FPL 10.3.1.2 Display Flight Plan on Terrain Page........................................ 10-7
10.3.1.3 Display Terrain Legend.......................................................... 10-7
Direct-To 10.3.2 Terrain Limitations................................................................ 10-8
10.4 Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS-B) Optional.................. 10-8
Proc 10.4.1 TAWS-B Requirements.......................................................... 10-8
10.4.2 TAWS-B Limitations.............................................................. 10-9
Wpt Info 10.4.3 Computing GPS Altitude for TAWS........................................ 10-9
10.4.4 Baro-Corrected Altitude Versus GSL Altitude........................ 10-10
Map
10.4.5 Using TAWS-B.................................................................... 10-10
10.4.6 Displaying TAWS-B Data..................................................... 10-11
Traffic
10.4.7 TAWS-B Page..................................................................... 10-12
10.4.7.1 Terrain Page Layers............................................................. 10-12
Terrain
10.4.7.2 Terrain Page View............................................................... 10-13
Weather
10.4.7.3 Terrain Page TAWS-B Selections.......................................... 10-14
10.4.8 TAWS Alerts....................................................................... 10-14
Nearest 10.4.8.1 TAWS-B Alerting Colors and Symbology.............................. 10-15
10.4.8.2 Excessive Descent Rate Alert............................................... 10-17
Services/ 10.4.8.3 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance..................................... 10-17
Music
10.4.8.4 Premature Descent Alerting................................................ 10-18
Utilities 10.4.8.5 Inhibiting/Enabling TAWS-B PDA/FLTA Alerting.................... 10-19
10.4.8.6 Negative Climb Rate After Take-Off Alert (NCR)................... 10-19
System 10.4.8.7 Altitude Voice Call Out (VCO)............................................. 10-21
10.4.8.8 TAWS-B Not Available Alert................................................ 10-21
Messages 10.4.8.9 TAWS-B Failure Alert.......................................................... 10-21
10.4.9 TAWS-B System Status........................................................ 10-21
Symbols
10.5 HTAWS (Optional)............................................................................. 10-22
10.5.1 Introduction....................................................................... 10-22
Appendix
10.5.1.1 Overview............................................................................ 10-22
10.5.1.2 Operating Criteria............................................................... 10-22
Index
10.5.1.3 Limitations......................................................................... 10-23
xvi Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
 10.5.2 HTAWS Operation.............................................................. 10-23
Foreword
10.5.2.1 HTAWS Alerting.................................................................. 10-23
10.5.2.2 Power Up........................................................................... 10-24 Getting
10.5.3 HTAWS Page...................................................................... 10-24 Started

10.5.3.1 View Selection.................................................................... 10-25 Xpdr Ctrl

10.5.3.2 HTAWS Inhibit.................................................................... 10-26
10.5.3.3 External HTAWS Inhibit Control........................................... 10-27 Com/Nav
10.5.3.4 Reduced Protection Mode................................................... 10-27
10.5.3.5 HTAWS Manual Test........................................................... 10-28 FPL
10.5.3.6 HTAWS Legend................................................................... 10-28
10.5.3.7 Flight Plan Overlay............................................................. 10-30 Direct-To
10.5.4 HTAWS Symbols................................................................. 10-30
10.5.5 HTAWS Alerts..................................................................... 10-31 Proc
10.5.5.1 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance..................................... 10-32
10.5.5.2 HTAWS Voice Call Out Aural Alert....................................... 10-33 Wpt Info

10.5.5.3 HTAWS Voice Call Out Selection.......................................... 10-33

Map
10.5.5.4 HTAWS Not Available Alert................................................. 10-35
10.5.5.5 HTAWS Failure Alert........................................................... 10-35
Traffic
10.5.5.6 HTAWS Alert Summary....................................................... 10-36
10.5.6 Pilot Actions....................................................................... 10-37
Terrain
10.6 TAWS-A (Optional)........................................................................... 10-38
10.6.1 Introduction....................................................................... 10-38 Weather
10.6.1.1 Displaying TAWS-A Data..................................................... 10-40
10.6.2 TAWS-A Display................................................................. 10-41 Nearest
10.6.3 TAWS-A Alerts.................................................................... 10-44
10.6.3.1 TAWS-A Alerts Summary..................................................... 10-45 Services/
Music
10.6.3.2 Excessive Descent Rate Alert............................................... 10-49
10.6.3.3 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance..................................... 10-50 Utilities
10.6.3.4 Premature Descent Alerting................................................ 10-50
10.6.3.5 Inhibiting/Enabling TAWS-A PDA/FLTA Alerting.................... 10-51 System
10.6.3.6 Excessive Closure Rate Alert............................................... 10-52
10.6.3.7 Flight Into Terrain Alert....................................................... 10-54 Messages

10.6.3.8 Negative Climb Rate After Take-Off Alert (NCR)......................10-56

Symbols
10.6.3.9 Excessive Below Glideslope/Glidepath Deviation Alert......... 10-57
10.6.3.10 Inhibiting GPWS Alerts (EDR, ECR, FIT, and NCR)................. 10-59
Appendix
10.6.4 Altitude Voice Call Out (VCO)............................................. 10-59
10.6.5 TAWS-A System Status....................................................... 10-60
Index
10.6.6 TAWS-A Abnormal operations............................................. 10-60
190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xvii
 11 Weather..............................................................................................11-1
Foreword
11.1 SiriusXM Weather Products (Optional)...................................................................... 11-2
Getting 11.1.1 Displaying SiriusXM Weather................................................ 11-3
Started
11.1.2 Weather Legend................................................................... 11-4
Xpdr Ctrl 11.1.3 Weather Map Orientation..................................................... 11-5
11.1.4 Product Age and SiriusXM Weather Symbols......................... 11-6
Com/Nav 11.1.5 NEXRAD.............................................................................. 11-9
11.1.5.1 Reflectivity......................................................................... 11-10
FPL 11.1.5.2 NEXRAD Limitations........................................................... 11-11
11.1.6 Echo Tops........................................................................... 11-13
Direct-To 11.1.7 Cloud Tops......................................................................... 11-14
11.1.8 Cell Movement................................................................... 11-15
Proc 11.1.9 SIGMETs and AIRMETs....................................................... 11-16
11.1.10 County Warnings................................................................ 11-17
Wpt Info
11.1.11 Freezing Level.................................................................... 11-18
11.1.12 METARs............................................................................. 11-19
Map
11.1.13 Cyclone.............................................................................. 11-20
11.1.14 Lightning............................................................................ 11-21
Traffic
11.1.15 Weather Forecast............................................................... 11-22
Terrain
11.1.16 Winds Aloft........................................................................ 11-24
11.1.17 Icing.................................................................................. 11-25
Weather 11.1.18 Turbulence......................................................................... 11-26
11.1.19 AIREP/PIREP....................................................................... 11-27
Nearest 11.2 StormScope® Weather....................................................................... 11-28
11.2.1 StormScope® (Optional)...................................................... 11-28
Services/ 11.2.2 Clearing the StormScope® Page.......................................... 11-30
Music
11.2.3 Changing the StormScope® Display View............................ 11-30
Utilities 11.2.4 Changing the StormScope® Data Display Range.................. 11-31
11.2.5 Displaying StormScope® Data on the Map Page.................. 11-31
System 11.3 Connext Weather.............................................................................. 11-32
11.3.1 Using Connext Satellite Weather Products........................... 11-33
Messages
11.3.2 Connext Weather Menu...................................................... 11-34
11.3.3 Connext Settings................................................................ 11-35
Symbols
11.3.3.1 Connext Data Request........................................................ 11-35
11.3.3.2 Connext Data Request Coverage Region............................. 11-36
Appendix
11.3.3.3 Connext Weather Map Orientation...................................... 11-37
Index
11.3.4 Register With Connext........................................................ 11-38

xviii Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 11.3.5 Connext Weather Product Age............................................ 11-39
Foreword
11.3.6 TFRs................................................................................... 11-40
11.3.7 Precipitation (PRECIP) Data................................................ 11-41 Getting
11.3.8 Lightning............................................................................ 11-42 Started

11.3.9 Infrared Satellite Data......................................................... 11-43 Xpdr Ctrl

11.3.10 METARs............................................................................. 11-43
11.3.11 PIREPs............................................................................... 11-45 Com/Nav
11.3.12 Winds Aloft........................................................................ 11-46
11.3.13 SIGMETs and AIRMETs....................................................... 11-47 FPL
11.4 FIS-B Weather................................................................................... 11-48
11.4.1 FIS-B Operation.................................................................. 11-51 Direct-To
11.4.2 FIS-B NEXRAD.................................................................... 11-52
11.4.2.1 NEXRAD Abnormalities....................................................... 11-52 Proc
11.4.2.2 NEXRAD Limitations........................................................... 11-52
11.4.2.3 NEXRAD Intensity............................................................... 11-53 Wpt Info

11.4.2.4 NEXRAD............................................................................ 11-53

Map
11.4.3 FIS-B TFRs.......................................................................... 11-57
11.4.4 FIS-B METARs..................................................................... 11-58
Traffic
11.4.5 FIS-B PIREPs....................................................................... 11-59
11.4.6 FIS-B Winds and Temperatures Aloft.................................... 11-60
Terrain
11.4.7 FIS-B SIGMETs and AIRMETs............................................... 11-61
12 Nearest...............................................................................................12-1 Weather
12.1 Select a Nearest Page......................................................................... 12-2
12.2 Nearest Airport................................................................................... 12-3 Nearest
12.3 Nearest Intersection (INT)................................................................... 12-4
Services/
12.4 Nearest VOR....................................................................................... 12-5 Music
12.5 Nearest NDB....................................................................................... 12-6
12.6 Nearest User Waypoint........................................................................ 12-7 Utilities

12.7 Nearest Airspace................................................................................. 12-8

System
12.8 Nearest ARTCC................................................................................. 12-10
12.9 Nearest Flight Service Station (FSS)................................................... 12-11
Messages
12.10 Nearest Weather Frequency (WX Freq)............................................... 12-12
13 Services/Music....................................................................................13-1 Symbols
13.1 Music................................................................................................. 13-2
13.2 Activating SiriusXM Satellite Radio Services......................................... 13-3 Appendix
13.3 Music Operation................................................................................. 13-4
13.3.1 Browsing Channels and Categories....................................... 13-5 Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xix

 13.3.2 Selecting a SiriusXM Satellite Radio Channel by Number....... 13-6
Foreword
13.3.3 SiriusXM Satellite Radio Volume............................................ 13-7
Getting 13.3.4 SiriusXM Satellite Radio Channel Presets.............................. 13-8
Started 13.3.4.1 Saving a Preset..................................................................... 13-8
Xpdr Ctrl
13.3.4.2 Recalling a Preset................................................................. 13-8
13.4 GDL 69/69A Data Link Receiver Troubleshooting................................. 13-9
Com/Nav 13.5 Iridium Phone Operation (Optional)................................................... 13-11
13.5.1 Status................................................................................ 13-11
FPL 13.5.2 Making a Phone Call.......................................................... 13-12
13.5.3 Answering a Phone Call..................................................... 13-13
Direct-To 13.5.4 Suppress Visuals................................................................. 13-14
13.5.5 Phone Volume.................................................................... 13-15
Proc 13.5.6 SMS Text Operation............................................................ 13-15
13.5.6.1 SMS Text Messaging Menu................................................. 13-16
Wpt Info 13.5.6.2 Composing a SMS Text Message......................................... 13-16
13.5.6.3 A Failed SMS Text Message................................................. 13-17
Map
13.5.7 Position Reporting.............................................................. 13-18
13.5.7.1 Status................................................................................ 13-19
Traffic
13.5.7.2 Position Reporting Status.................................................... 13-19
13.5.8 Contacts............................................................................ 13-20
Terrain
13.5.8.1 Creating a Contact............................................................. 13-20
Weather
13.5.8.2 Using a Contact................................................................. 13-20
14 Utilities...............................................................................................14-1
Nearest 14.1 Vertical Calculator (VCALC)................................................................. 14-3
14.1.1 Target Altitude...................................................................... 14-5
Services/
Music 14.1.2 Altitude Type........................................................................ 14-5
14.1.3 Vertical Speed (VS) Profile..................................................... 14-6
Utilities 14.1.4 Target Offset........................................................................ 14-6
14.1.5 Before/After Target Waypoint................................................ 14-7
System
14.1.6 Target Waypoint................................................................... 14-7
14.1.7 Display VCALC Messages...................................................... 14-8
Messages
14.1.8 Restore VCALC Defaults........................................................ 14-8
14.2 Flight Timers....................................................................................... 14-9
Symbols
14.3 RAIM Prediction................................................................................ 14-10
Appendix
14.4 Trip Planning.................................................................................... 14-12
14.4.1 Point-To-Point Mode........................................................... 14-13
Index 14.4.2 Flight Plan Mode................................................................ 14-16

xx Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

14.5 Fuel Planning.................................................................................... 14-18
Foreword
14.5.1 Point-To-Point Mode........................................................... 14-18
14.5.2 Flight Plan Mode................................................................ 14-21 Getting
14.6 DALT/TAS/Winds............................................................................... 14-23 Started

14.7 Clean Screen Mode........................................................................... 14-26 Xpdr Ctrl

14.8 Scheduled Messages......................................................................... 14-27
14.9 Checklists......................................................................................... 14-28 Com/Nav
14.9.1 Checklists Menu................................................................. 14-28
14.9.2 Viewing Checklists............................................................. 14-29 FPL
15 System...............................................................................................15-1
15.1 System Status..................................................................................... 15-3 Direct-To

15.1.1 Serial Number and System ID................................................ 15-4

Proc
15.1.2 Version Information.............................................................. 15-4
15.1.3 Database Information........................................................... 15-4
Wpt Info
15.1.3.1 Database Info....................................................................... 15-7
15.1.3.2 Database Sync Operation...................................................... 15-7
Map
15.1.3.3 Database Sync Setup.......................................................... 15-11
15.1.3.4 Standby Databases............................................................. 15-12 Traffic
15.1.3.5 Resolving Database Conflicts.............................................. 15-13
15.2 GPS Status........................................................................................ 15-15 Terrain
15.2.1 GPS Status Page................................................................. 15-15
15.2.2 Satellite-Based Augmentation System (SBAS)...................... 15-18 Weather
15.2.3 Circle of Uncertainty........................................................... 15-19
15.3 External LRUs................................................................................... 15-19 Nearest
15.3.1 GDL 69 (and GDL 69A) Status............................................ 15-20
Services/
15.3.2 GDL 88 Status.................................................................... 15-21 Music
15.3.3 GSR 56 Status.................................................................... 15-23
15.4 Setup............................................................................................... 15-24 Utilities

15.4.1 CDI Scale Selection............................................................. 15-25

System
15.4.2 Date/Time.......................................................................... 15-27
15.4.3 Nearest Airport Criteria....................................................... 15-28
Messages
15.4.4 Com/Nav Setup.................................................................. 15-29
15.4.4.1 Com Channel Spacing........................................................ 15-29
Symbols
15.4.4.2 Reverse Frequency Lookup.................................................. 15-30
15.4.5 Crossfill.............................................................................. 15-31 Appendix
15.4.5.1 GTN-to-GTN Crossfilling..................................................... 15-31
15.4.5.2 GTN-GNS Crossfilling......................................................... 15-33 Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xxi

 15.5 Alerts Settings.................................................................................. 15-34
Foreword
15.5.1 Arrival................................................................................ 15-34
Getting 15.5.2 Proximity............................................................................ 15-34
Started 15.5.3 Airspace Alert Options........................................................ 15-35
Xpdr Ctrl
15.6 User Fields........................................................................................ 15-36
15.7 Units Settings................................................................................... 15-39
Com/Nav 15.7.1 Setup Units........................................................................ 15-39
15.7.2 Setting a User-Configured (Manual) Nav Angle................... 15-40
FPL 15.7.3 Position Format Selection.................................................... 15-41
15.8 Audio............................................................................................... 15-43
Direct-To 15.9 Backlight Settings............................................................................. 15-44
15.10 Connext Setup - GSR 56................................................................... 15-45
Proc 15.11 Connext Setup - Flight Stream 210.................................................... 15-45
15.11.1 Operation........................................................................... 15-46
Wpt Info 15.11.2 Pairing a Device.................................................................. 15-47
16 Messages............................................................................................16-1
Map
17 Symbols...............................................................................................17-1
Traffic 17.1 Map Page Symbols............................................................................. 17-1
17.2 SafeTaxi™ Symbols........................................................................... 17-2
Terrain 17.3 Traffic Symbols.................................................................................... 17-2
17.4 Terrain Obstacle Symbols.................................................................... 17-5
Weather
17.5 HTAWS Obstacle Symbols................................................................... 17-5
17.6 Basemap Symbols............................................................................... 17-6
Nearest
17.7 Map Tool Bar Symbols......................................................................... 17-7
Services/ 17.8 Miscellaneous Symbols....................................................................... 17-7
Music 17.9 Stormscope Symbols........................................................................... 17-9
Utilities 18 Appendix.............................................................................................18-1
18.1 Glossary............................................................................................. 18-1
System 18.2 SD Card Use and Databases................................................................ 18-9
18.2.1 Jeppesen Databases........................................................... 18-10
Messages 18.2.2 Garmin Databases.............................................................. 18-11
18.3 Demo Mode..................................................................................... 18-14
Symbols 18.4 Glove Qualification Procedure........................................................... 18-17
Index......................................................................................................Index-1
Appendix

Index

xxii Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

Welcome ... Foreword
Welcome to the GTN era of navigation. The Garmin GTN supports airway
Getting
navigation and flexible flight planning, including arrival and departure procedures Started
and precision approaches. All of these advanced features are easily accessed with
Xpdr Ctrl
an easy-to-use touchscreen display, another first for general aviation. You can
be confident in knowing that this product has been designed to meet or exceed
Com/Nav
industry performance standards and is supported through a global network of
Garmin Aviation Distributors. FPL

Direct-To
About This Guide
Take a little time to review the various sections of this guide to familiarize Proc

yourself with it. First, read this section and the Getting Started section as an
Wpt Info
introduction to quickly get you started with the GTN. The other sections are
not meant to necessarily be read in order, but provide detailed information
Map
on the subject they contain as you need them. Do take the time to review the
information before using the product to assist you in getting the most out of Traffic
your avionics.
Generally, a feature will be described in a section that provides a brief Terrain
description, a graphic functional diagram, and step-by-step procedures. If read
cover-to-cover sequentially, the information may seem repetitive. The guide is Weather

designed as a reference where you will generally skip around the document
Nearest
learning about a particular feature or function after becoming familiar with the
unit. Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xxiii

Foreword
Conventions
The GTN display dynamically tailors the number and position of the controls
Getting
Started
for each function and are engaged by merely touching them.
Touch Touch the key with your finger.
Xpdr Ctrl
Drag Touch the list or location on the map with your finger. Continue
lightly holding your finger to the display surface and drag your
Com/Nav
finger in the intended direction to scroll through the list or
FPL
move the location on the map.
In this pilot’s guide, keys are noted by bold text. An image of the key used
Direct-To will be shown to the left of a procedure. Keys are outlined areas on the display.
Figures in the guide will identify the available controls. A key may have a name
Proc of a control, such as Enter, Terrain, or Back. A key may also be an information
field, such as a numeric value that can be changed.
Wpt Info Text Description
Graphic Of Key Of Key

Map While viewing the Map Menu, touch the Terrain Map
Overlay key to toggle the view of Terrain data.
Traffic
Graphic Of Key With Text Description
Numeric Value Of Key
Terrain
When the Fuel on Board value is selected, touch the Fuel
Weather on Board key to display the Fuel on Board values.
List “Keys.” Touch To
Nearest Select.

Services/
Music Scroll Bar Indicates More
Selections Available.
Utilities Touch Finger To An Item
In The List And Drag Your
Finger To View More
System Selections.
Selected Field Type
Messages

Symbols

Appendix
Touching the Back key returns to the previous display. The
Cancel key cancels any information selected or entered and
Index
returns to the previous display.
xxiv Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
1 GETTING STARTED Foreword

1.1 Model Descriptions Getting

Started
This guide covers the operation of the GTN 625, 635, and 650. In general, all
models will be referred to as the GTN 6XX, except where there are physical or Xpdr Ctrl

operational differences. The GTN 6XX units are approximately 6.25 inches wide
Com/Nav
and 2.65 inches high. The display is a 600 by 266 pixel, 4.9 inch diagonal color
LCD with touchscreen controls. The units include one removable SD data card
FPL
for the databases and software upgrades.
The GTN 6XX simplifies your workload with an easy-to-use touch panel that Direct-To
provides a visual display of both controls and functions. The required controls
are displayed for the selected function. Keys on the display allow you to access Proc

and control their functions by a simple touch on the interactive display.

Wpt Info
The GTN 6XX can integrate a variety of avionics that will not only simplify
operation, but also save panel space. The GTN 625, 635, and 650 have their Map
own GPS/SBAS navigator and flight planning functions. The GTN 635 adds a
VHF Com radio, while the 650 adds VHF Com and VHF Nav radios. Selected Traffic
optional external equipment allows you to display and control active traffic
systems, SirusXM Entertainment Radio, SiriusXM Weather, and a Mode S Terrain
transponder directly from the GTN 6XX display, and more. When the optional
transponder is not installed, the area on the right side of the display will show a Weather

line of navigation information instead of the transponder window.

Nearest
1.1.1 GTN 625
Services/
The GTN 625 has a GPS/SBAS engine and is TSO-C146c certified for Music

primary domestic, oceanic, and remote navigation including en route, terminal, Utilities
and non-precision approaches, and approaches with vertical guidance, such
as LPV and LNAV/VNAV. The GTN 625 can simultaneously give aviators vital System
approach information and weather and traffic data in relation to their position
on a large, color moving map display. Thanks to a high-contrast color display, Messages
the information can be easily read from wide viewing angles even in direct
sunlight. Its color moving map features a built-in database that shows cities, Symbols
highways, railroads, rivers, lakes, coastlines, and a complete Jeppesen database.
The Jeppesen database (that can be updated with a front-loading data card) Appendix

contains all airports, VORs, NDBs, Intersections, FSSs, Approaches, DPs/STARs,

Index
and SUA information.
190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 1-1
 Pilots will enjoy the GTN 625 as a flexible and powerful navigator, especially
Foreword
when it is coupled with traffic, lightning detection, and weather interfaces. With
Getting the PC-based FDE prediction program, the GTN 625 may be used for oceanic
Started
or remote operations. For the latest in graphic and text weather information, the
Xpdr Ctrl GTN 625 can interface to the SiriusXM Weather Service via the Garmin GDL
69/69A datalink receiver.
Com/Nav
1.1.2 GTN 635
FPL The GTN 635 includes all of the features of the GTN 625, and also includes
a TSO’d airborne VHF communications transceiver.
Direct-To
1.1.3 GTN 650
Proc
The GTN 650 includes all of the features of the GTN 625, and also includes
a TSO’d airborne VHF communications transceiver and TSO’d airborne VOR/
Wpt Info Localizer and Glideslope receivers.

Map
1.2 About This Pilot's Guide
1.2.1 Conventions
Traffic Bold text indicates a control. The small right knob is the smaller, inner knob
of the two concentric rotary knobs on the lower, right corner of the bezel. The
Terrain large right knob is the larger, outer knob.
Large, Outer Knob
Weather
Small, Inner Knob
Nearest Figure 1-1 Large/Small Concentric Knobs
A graphic of a control on the side of the page refers to the control you should
Services/
Music use for the associated step as shown below.
Utilities 1.2.2 Using the Touchscreen
Most of the controls are operated by touching the display. Highlighted icons
System and keys may be simply touched to make a selection. A list of menu items may
be scrolled by touching the screen and retaining pressure while sliding your
Messages
finger up or down. Map displays may be panned by touching the screen and
retaining pressure while sliding your finger in the desired direction.
Symbols
You can return to the previous page or exit the current function
Appendix by touching the Back key.
Quickly return to the Home page by pressing the HOME key.
Index
Press and Hold the HOME key to reach the Default Nav page.
1-2 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
1.3 Product Description Foreword
This section provides an overview of the GTN 6XX product and a quick look
Getting
at some important features. The GTN 6XX presents a full-color moving map Started
with navigation information to the pilot through a large-format display. Controls
Xpdr Ctrl
are a combination of rotary knobs and push-keys on the bezel with the color
display providing information as well as a touchscreen controls. The GTN 6XX
Com/Nav
has a 600 x 266 pixel, 4.9 inch diagonal LCD display.
Active Com/Nav Standby Com/Nav FPL
Frequency Frequency
Volume, Squelch On/ Function Direct-To
Off, and Nav ID On/Off Keys Home Page
Proc
HOME Key
Photo Sensor Wpt Info
SD Card
Direct-To Key
Message
Annunciation Map
And Key
Large and
Small Knobs Traffic
Locking
Screw
Terrain
Annunciations Dual Rotary Knob Xpdr Panel
Function Hints Controls (opt)
Weather
Figure 1-2 GTN 650 Front Panel

1.3.1 Secure Data Card Nearest

The GTN 6XX uses a Secure Digital (SD) card to load and store various types Services/
Music
of data. For basic flight operations, the SD card is required for Terrain, Obstacle,
and SafeTaxi database storage as well as Jeppesen aviation database updates. Utilities

NOTE: Do Not remove or insert the SD card while in flight. Ensure the
System
GTN 6XX is powered off before inserting or removing an SD card.

Messages
NOTE: Refer to SD Card Use and Databases in the Appendix for instructions
on updating databases.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 1-3

 Inserting an SD Card
Foreword
1. Insert the SD card in the SD card slot (the label side of the card
Getting should face the right edge of the display bezel).
Started
2. To eject the card, gently press on the SD card to release the
Xpdr Ctrl spring latch.
1.3.2 Pilot Controls
Com/Nav
The GTN 6XX controls have been designed to simplify operation of the
system and minimize workload and the time required to access sophisticated
FPL
functionality. Controls are located on the bezel and on the touchscreen display.
Direct-To
Controls are comprised of dual concentric knobs, volume/squelch knob, bezel
keys, and active touch areas on the display.
Proc
1.3.2.1 Volume/Squelch Knob
Wpt Info
The Volume knob located in the top left corner of the bezel controls audio
volume for the selected Com radio or Nav receiver and other volume levels for
Map external audio input devices that are controlled via the GTN interface, if installed.
When the Com radio is active, press the Volume knob momentarily to disable
Traffic automatic squelch control for the Com radio. When the Nav radio is active, press
the Volume knob momentarily to enable/disable the ident tone for the Nav radio.
Terrain

Weather
Figure 1-3 Volume/Squelch Knob
Nearest 1.3.2.2 Large/Small Concentric Knobs
The large right and small right knobs are used for data entry, such as in the
Services/ Waypoint or Direct-To functions, and to set the frequencies for the communications
Music
transceiver or the VOR/Localizer receiver in units so equipped.
Utilities

System
Figure 1-4 Large/Small Concentric Knobs
Messages 1.3.2.3 HOME Key
Pressing the HOME key displays the Home page, the main screen for
Symbols accessing the GTN features. Pressing and holding the HOME key will open the
Default Navigation page from any other page.
Appendix

Index
Figure 1-5 HOME Key
1-4 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
 Page Or Function Name
Foreword
Touch The Key To
Access The Function Getting
Started
Touch Arrow Or Touchscreen
And Drag Finger To Scroll Xpdr Ctrl
Screen For More Keys
Figure 1-6 Home Page On The GTN 650 Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To
Navigation Information

Proc

Figure 1-7 Home Page On The GTN 625 Without Transponder Wpt Info

1.3.2.4 Direct-To Key

Map
The Direct-To key provides access to the direct-to function, which allows you
to enter a waypoint and establishes a direct course to the selected destination. Traffic

Terrain

Figure 1-8 Direct-To Key

Weather

1.3.2.5 Touchscreen Keys

Nearest
Touchscreen keys are placed around the display. The keys vary depending on
the page selected. Touch the key to perform the function or access the described Services/
Music
information.
Utilities
Touch To View Menu Items
System
Touch To View Messages
Messages
Touch To View Previous Page

Symbols
Touch To Select CDI Source Touch To Toggle OBS
Figure 1-9 Touchscreen Key Control Example (Default Nav Page) Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 1-5

Foreword
1.4 Unit Power Up
The GTN 6XX System is integrated with the aircraft electrical system and
Getting
Started receives power directly from electrical busses. The GTN 6XX and supporting
sub-systems include both power-on and continuous built-in test features that
Xpdr Ctrl
exercise the processor, memory, external inputs, and outputs to ensure safe
operation.
Com/Nav

1.4.1 Start-Up Screens

FPL
During system initialization, test annunciations are displayed. All system
Direct-To annunciations should disappear typically within the first 30 seconds after
power-up. Upon power-up, key annunciator lights also become momentarily
Proc illuminated on the GTN 6XX display bezel.
The splash screen displays the following information:
Wpt Info
• Copyright
Map • Database List and System version
• Instrument Panel Self-Test
Traffic
Current database information includes valid operating dates, cycle number,
Terrain and database type. When this information has been reviewed for currency (to
ensure that no databases have expired), the pilot is prompted to continue.
Weather Databases that are not current will be shown in amber.
During the startup process the user may be asked if they would like to update
Nearest
to newer databases. Additional information on database updates can be found in
Services/ section 15.1.3.1, Database Info.
Music

Utilities

System
1 - Copyright 2 - SW & Database 3 - Panel Self-Test
Messages Versions & Dates
Figure 1-10 System Startup Pages
Symbols

Appendix

Index

1-6 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

1.4.2 Database Verification and Fuel Settings Foreword
1. When the System and Database Version page appears, check
to ensure databases are current. Then, touch Continue. Getting
Started
Check To
Software and GPS Ensure Xpdr Ctrl
Engine Versions Required
Databases Are Com/Nav
Check For Any Present And
Messages Current
FPL
Touch To
Continue To
Home Page Direct-To
Figure 1-11 System Startup Pages
Proc
2. When the Instrument Panel Self-Test and Fuel Setting page
appears, check to ensure that the CDI/HSI outputs and Wpt Info
other displayed data are correct on the external interfaced
equipment. Map

3. Touch each of the Fuel value keys and set the appropriate Traffic
values as desired. Fuel capacity is shown in either gallons or
pounds as set in the Units feature of System mode. Terrain

Touch To Set
Current Fuel Weather
Start-Up Quantity
Instrument
Touch To Set Nearest
Panel Test
Conditions Fuel Flow
Services/
Touch To Continue Music
To Home Page
Figure 1-12 Instrument Panel Self-Test & Fuel Settings Page Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 1-7

 4. When the Fuel on Board value is selected, touch the Fuel on
Foreword
Board key to display the Fuel on Board values. Touch the Full or
Getting Tabs keys to display those values after they have been set.
Started
Touch To Touch To
Xpdr Ctrl
Display Fuel Display Fuel
Full Capacity Tabs Capacity

Com/Nav Touch To Set Touch To

Fuel Full or Tab Delete
Capacity Characters
FPL
Touch Keys
To Select Fuel Touch To
Direct-To Capacity Values Accept Fuel on
Board Values
Proc Selected Fuel
on Board
Wpt Info
Capacity
Figure 1-13 Fuel On Board Page
Map
5. Touch the Set Full/Tabs key to set the fuel values for Fuel
Full Capacity and Fuel Tab Capacity. After setting the fuel
Traffic
values, touch the Back and then the Enter keys to return to
Terrain
the Instrument Panel Self Test page.
Touch To
Weather Set Fuel Full
Capacity
Nearest

Services/
Music
Touch To
Touch To Return Set Fuel Tab
Utilities To Fuel On Capacity
Board Display
System Figure 1-14 Fuel Capacity Setup Page

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

1-8 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 6. On the Instrument Panel Self Test page, touch the Fuel Flow
Foreword
key and then use the numeric keypad to set those values. Touch
the Enter key after selecting the Fuel Flow values. Getting
Started
Selected Fuel Touch To
Flow Value Delete Xpdr Ctrl
Characters
Touch Keys To Select
Fuel Flow Values Com/Nav
Touch To
Touch To Cancel Accept Fuel
Selection And Return Flow Values FPL
To Previous Page
Figure 1-15 Fuel Flow Setup Page Direct-To

7. After returning to the Instrument Panel Self-Test page and the Proc
fuel values have been set, touch the Continue key to advance
to the Home page. Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Figure 1-16 Home Page Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 1-9

Foreword
1.5 System Operation
Getting 1.5.1 Using the Touchscreen Key Controls
Started Except for the knobs, the HOME key, and Direct-To key on the bezel, the
Xpdr Ctrl
controls for the GTN 6XX are located on the display and activated by your
touch.
Touchscreen Keys -
Com/Nav Touch to Toggle Activation

FPL

Direct-To

Proc Back to
Previous Page
Wpt Info
Touch to Zoom
In and Out
Map
Figure 1-17 On-Screen Keys and Active Display Areas

Traffic 1.5.2 Setup Page

GTN 6XX system settings are managed from the System page. The
Terrain
following settings can be changed:
Weather
• System Status
• GPS Status
Nearest • External LRUs
• Setup
Services/
Music • Alerts Settings
• Units Settings
Utilities
• Audio
System • Backlight

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

1-10 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 GPS Status Page & Information on
SBAS Providers External LRUs Foreword

Getting
Started
View System Select System
Status Values and Setup Values Xpdr Ctrl
SW Versions
Com/Nav
Set Alert Values
Set System
FPL
Units of
Measurement
Direct-To

Set User Fields Select Audio

Settings Proc

Wpt Info
Select Backlight Select
Setting Connext Setup
Map

Figure 1-18 System Page

Traffic
1.5.2.1 System Setup Values
1. From the Home page, touch System and then Setup. Terrain
Select CDI and ILS CDI Capture
Weather
Set Date/Time with Local Offset & Time Format

Set Nearest Airport Runway Nearest

Surface & Min Runway Length
Services/
Music
Select Crossfill
Utilities
Select Com Channel Spacing

Figure 1-19 System Setup Page System

2. Touch the Date/Time key. Then, select the desired Time Format
Messages
and Local Offset by touching the Time Format (12 Hour, 24
Hour, and/or UTC) keys and selecting the appropriate Local
Symbols
Time Offset after touching the Local Offset key.
Appendix
3. Touch the Com Channel Spacing key to toggle between
8.33 and 25.0 kHz channel spacing. Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 1-11

 4. For Nearest Airport filtering, touch the Runway Surface key
Foreword
and select the desired type of surface that will appear in the
Getting Nearest Airport list.
Started

Xpdr Ctrl 5. Touch the Minimum Runway Length key to select the
minimum runway length allowed for the Nearest Airport.
Com/Nav Selecting 0 feet will show all airports regardless of runway
length.
FPL 6. Touch the Crossfill key to enable or disable crossfill with a
second GTN unit.
Direct-To
7. Touch the CDI key. Then, elect the CDI and ILS CDI Capture
Proc
method with the Selected CDI and ILS CDI Capture keys.

Wpt Info

Map 1.5.2.2 Units Settings Values

1. From the Home page, touch System.
Traffic

Terrain
2. Touch the Units key and then the desired item key. Select the
Weather
desired value.
3. Continue to select the desired Units values and then touch the
Nearest Back or HOME key to exit.

Services/
1.5.2.3 Alerts Settings Values
Music
1. From the Home page, touch System and then Alerts.
Utilities

System

Messages 2. Set arrival alerting. Touch the Arrival key. Touch the Proximity
key and select the desired value.
Symbols
3. Touch the Airspace Alert Options key and select the desired
Appendix values for alerting.
4. Continue to select the desired Alerts values and then touch
Index
the Back or HOME key to exit.
1-12 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
1.5.3 Dual GTN Installations Foreword
Dual GTN units when connected in the aircraft may be set up to communicate
and share information by “Crossfilling” or synchronizing information between Getting
Started
the two units.
The following Crossfill information is always synchronized between both Xpdr Ctrl

GTN units:
Com/Nav
• User Waypoints
• Flight Plan Catalog FPL

• Alerts (traffic pop-up acknowledgement, missed approach waypoint pop-

Direct-To
up acknowledgement, altitude leg pop-up acknowledgement)
• External sensors (transponder status and commands, synchro heading) Proc

• System setup:
Wpt Info
– User-defined NAV frequencies to store favorites
– Date/Time convention Map

– Nearest airport criteria Traffic

– Units (Nav angle, Distance/Speed, etc.)
Terrain
– User-defined COM frequencies to store favorites
– CDI Scale setting Weather

– ILS CDI Capture setting

Nearest
This data is crossfilled only if crossfill is turned on by the pilot:
Services/
• Active navigation (flight plan) Music

Utilities

NOTE: In dual GTN installations with crossfill on, the OBS course will only
System
be updated in real time on the GTN that is receiving the new OBS course.
The course will be transferred to the other GTN when OBS is exited.
Messages

NOTE: There is an installer option to turn on a system message that will

Symbols
be provided anytime crossfill is turned off to alert the pilot that flight plans
are not being crossfilled.
Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 1-13

Foreword
1.6 Direct-To Navigation
Pressing the Direct-To key to go to the Direct-To function
Getting
Started that allows you to quickly navigate from your present position
directly to a selected waypoint, flight plan waypoint, or nearest
Xpdr Ctrl airport.

Com/Nav 1.6.1 Direct-To a Waypoint

1. Press Direct-To.
FPL
2. Touch the Waypoint tab and then select the characters for
Direct-To
the desired waypoint.

Proc
3. Touch Enter or press the small right knob. Text near the
small right knob indicates its current function.
Wpt Info OR

Map

Traffic
1.6.2 Direct-To a Flight Plan Waypoint
1. Press Direct-To.
Terrain

2. Touch the FPL tab and then the desired Flight Plan
Weather
waypoint.
Nearest
3. Touch Activate.
Services/
Music

Utilities 1.6.3 Direct-To a Nearest Airport

1. Press Direct-To.
System

Messages 2. Touch the Nearest tab and then the desired airport from the
Nearest Airport list. Touch the Up or Down keys as needed
Symbols to show more of the list.
3. Touch Activate or press the small right knob.
Appendix

Index

1-14 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

1.7 Selecting Com/Nav Frequencies Foreword

Com Standby Standby Frequency

Backspace Key Getting
Editing Window Started
Volume and Active Com Frequency
Squelch Standby Frequency
Standby Com Frequency Xpdr Ctrl
Monitor Key
Frequency
Transfer Com/Nav
(Flip/Flop)
Key
FPL
Find Large and Small Knobs
Frequency (Frequency Adjust).
Key Direct-To
Press to Toggle Com
Numeric Keypad Enter Key and Nav Functions.
Proc
Figure 1-20 Com Radio Frequency Selection Page
To switch between Com and Nav frequency selection Wpt Info

Tuning control normally remains in the Com window and will return after 30
Map
seconds of inactivity. If you wish to select a VOR/localizer/ILS frequency, press
the small right knob momentarily to make the Nav window active for editing.
Traffic
The Standby Nav frequency will be highlighted briefly to indicate that it is active
for editing. The standby frequency in blue is active for editing by the large and Terrain
small right knobs.
Weather
Method 1: Select a Nav/Com frequency using the small and large right rotary
knobs
Nearest
1. Turn the large right knob to select the desired megahertz
(MHz) value. For example, the “119” portion of the frequency Services/
Music
“119.30”.
2. Turn the small right knob to select the desired kilohertz Utilities
(kHz) value. For example, the “.30” portion of the frequency
“119.30”. System

3. Touch the Com or NAV window to flip/flop the Active and

Messages
Standby frequencies. You can also press and hold the small
right knob to transfer the standby frequency to the active
Symbols
window.
Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 1-15

 Method 2: Select a Nav/Com frequency using the numeric keypad
Foreword
1. Touch the Standby window. A pull down keypad will appear
Getting with the current Standby frequency highlighted.
Started
2. Touch the numeric keys to add the desired values and touch
Xpdr Ctrl Enter to accept the displayed value and place it into the
Standby window.
Com/Nav
3. Touching the XFER key will place the selected frequency directly
into the Active window.
FPL
To transfer the standby frequency to the active frequency
Direct-To 1. Touch the Active (top) frequency window.
Airport Identifier and Type Shown Active Com Frequency
Proc
for the Selected Frequency (Touch to Flip/Flop)

The "+" Sign Indicates More Stations Standby Com Frequency

Wpt Info
Associated With This Frequency

Map Figure 1-21 Com Radio Frequency Windows (Touch Active to Flip/Flop)
2. Each touch of the Active window will flip/flop the Active and
Traffic Standby frequencies.
3. The identifier and frequency type will be shown for Com and
Terrain
Nav frequencies that are in the database when the unit is
receiving a valid position input.
Weather
Remote Frequency Selection Control
Nearest On units configured for remote Com frequency Recall, pressing the remote
recall switch will load the next preset Com frequency into the unit’s Standby
Services/
Music frequency window. The remote recall switch can be pressed multiple times to
scroll the entire preset frequency list through the Standby frequency box (the list
Utilities will “wrap” from the bottom of the list back up to the top, skipping any empty
preset positions).
System
The standby frequency isn’t activated until a Com FLIP/FLOP switch (either
Messages
bezel-mounted or remote (COM RMT XFR) is pressed. Remote Frequency Selection
only functions on units configured for a remote Com Frequency recall switch.
Symbols
NOTE: Frequencies must be stored in the User Frequency List prior to
utilizing the remote channel select switch.
Appendix

Index

1-16 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

1.8 Flight Planning Foreword

1.8.1 Creating a Flight Plan Getting

Started
1. From the Home page, touch the Flight Plan key. The Active
Flight Plan page will be displayed. Xpdr Ctrl

2. If there is already an Active Flight Plan, touch Menu and then

Com/Nav
the Delete and OK keys to clear the existing flight plan. If
there is not an Active Flight Plan, continue to the next step. FPL

Direct-To
3. Touch Add Waypoint. Use the alphanumeric keypad to select
the Waypoint Identifier for the first leg in your flight plan and Proc
then touch Enter.
Wpt Info
4. Touch the next Waypoint Identifier field. Use the alphanumeric
keypad to select the Waypoint Identifier for the first leg in your
Map
flight plan and then touch Enter.
5. Continue entering waypoints to complete the flight plan. Traffic
6. Touch the Menu key and then touch Store.
Terrain

Weather
7. The screen will now display the Flight Plan Catalog and
show the new flight plan. Flight plan names are listed by the Nearest
Departure and Destination waypoints.
Services/
Music

NOTE: The destination waypoint is the last airport in the flight plan. Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 1-17

Foreword
1.9 IFR Procedures
Departures (SIDs), arrivals (STARs), non-precision and precision
Getting approaches are available using the PROC (Procedures) key.
Started

Xpdr Ctrl Select an Approach

1. Touch the PROC key on the Home page.
Com/Nav

FPL 2. Touch the Approach key and then touch the Airport key to
select the desired airport if it is not present.
Direct-To 3. Touch the Approach key, if necessary. Select the desired
approach.
Proc 4. Touch the Transition key and then touch the key for the
desired transition.
Wpt Info
5. Touch the Load Approach key. The Active Flight Plan page
will be displayed.
Map
6. Activate or Load the approach. "Activate" will go Direct-To
Traffic the IAF, or provide guidance on the final approach course for
vectored approaches. "Load" places the approach at the end
Terrain of the active flight plan.

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

1-18 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

1.10 Dead Reckoning Foreword
Dead reckoning is a feature that enables the GTN to provide limited navi-
Getting
gation using the last known position and speed after a loss of GPS navigation Started
while on an active flight plan.
Xpdr Ctrl
CAUTION: Navigation using dead reckoning is only an estimate and
should not be used as the sole means of navigation. Use other means of Com/Nav
navigation, if possible.
FPL
Dead reckoning becomes active after a loss of GPS position while navigating
using an active flight plan and the flight phase is either En Route (ENR) or
Direct-To
Oceanic (OCN).
“DR” will be overlayed on the ownship icon. The To/From flag is removed Proc
from the CDI. The Dead Reckoning annunciator (DR) appears on the lower
left side of the map display and will replace ENR or OCN when a GPS position Wpt Info
is unavailable and the unit is in Dead Reckoning mode. All external outputs
dependent on GPS position are flagged. Map

Terrain will be noted as not available and new terrain advisory pop-ups will Traffic
not occur. Traffic and StormScope information will not be shown on the Map
page, but will continue to be available on their own dedicated pages. XM weather Terrain
will still be available on the Map page.
Dead Reckoning mode will continue until GPS position is restored, when GPS Weather

navigation is restored Dead Reckoning mode is exited. The DR annunciations

Nearest
will be removed and GPS information will be used to compute navigation related
information for the current flight phase. Services/
Music
Dead Reckoning is only allowed in En Route and Oceanic phases of flight.
If the unit is in a Terminal or Approach phase of flight when Dead Reckoning Utilities
takes place, “No GPS Position” will be displayed on the map pages and all
navigation data will be dashed. If you are operating in Dead Reckoning mode System

and a transition to Terminal or Approach phases of flight would occur from the
Messages
projected Dead Reckoning position, Dead Reckoning mode will be discontinued.
“No GPS Position” will be displayed on the map pages and all navigation data
Symbols
will be dashed.
Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 1-19

Foreword
1.11 Default Navigation
The Default Navigation display provides a text display of basic navigation
Getting
Started functions.

Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To View Menu Items

Com/Nav Touch To View Messages

FPL
Touch To View Previous Page

Direct-To Touch To Select CDI Source Touch To Toggle OBS

Figure 1-22 Touchscreen Key Control Example (Default Nav Page)
Proc
1.11.1 Configuring User Fields
Wpt Info The Configure User Fields selection allows you to configure the Data,
Function, and Page field type shown in each of the fields of the Default
Map
Navigation page. The information shown in each field may be selected from a
list after Configure User Fields is selected.
Traffic
1. While viewing the Default Navigation page, touch the Menu
Terrain key.

Weather
2. Touch the Configure User Fields key.
Nearest Touch to Configure Touch Restore the
the User Fields Default User Fields
Services/
Music
Figure 1-23
Utilities 3. Touch the desired user field key to choose the information
type. A list of information types will be displayed.
System

Messages
Touch a Field to Change
Symbols the User Field

Appendix
Figure 1-24 Default Nav Page User Field Selection

Index

1-20 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 4. Touch the Data, Function, or Page keys to select the
Foreword
information types.
Getting
Selected Field Field Type List. Touch To Started
Type Select Data Field
Xpdr Ctrl
Slider Indicates More
Selections Available. Press
Finger and Slide To View Com/Nav
More Selections.
FPL
Figure 1-25 Map Data Field Type Selections
5. Touch the Up or Down keys or touch the display and drag Direct-To

your finger to scroll through the list. Touch the desired item
Proc
to select it or touch the Back key to cancel selection.

Data Field Type Wpt Info

ACTV WPT - Active Waypoint Generic Timer - Timer Display

Map
B/D AID - Bearing/DIS from NAV AID MSA - Minimum Safe Altitude
B/D APT - BRG/DIS from Dest APT 1 NAV/COM - Active NAV/COM FREQ Traffic
BRG - Bearing to Current Waypoint OAT (static) - Static Air Temperature
Terrain
DIS - Distance to Current Waypoint OAT (total) - Total Air Temperature
DIS to Dest - Distance to Destination 2 RAD ALT - Radar Altimeter
Weather
DTK - Desired Track Time - Current Time
ESA - Enroute Safe Altitude TKE - Track Angle Error Nearest
ETA - Estimated Time of Arrival TRK - Track
Services/
ETA at Dest - ETA at Destination Trip Timer - Timer Display Music

ETE - Estimated Time Enroute VOR/LOC - Tuned VOR/LOC Info Utilities

ETE to Dest - ETE to Destination VSR - Vertical Speed Required
Fuel Flow - Total Fuel Flow Wind - Wind Speed and Direction System

GS - GPS Ground Speed XTK - Cross Track Error

Messages
GSL - GPS Altitude OFF - Do Not Display Data Field
Table 1-1 Data Field Types of Information Symbols
Note 1: B/D APT is the straight line distance.
Appendix
Note 2: Dist to DEST is the distance along the flight plan.
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 1-21

Foreword
NOTE: Data Field Types that use the term "Destination" refer to the final
destination in the flight plan.
Getting
Started
NOTE: ETE to Destination is not available when a procedure is loaded and
Xpdr Ctrl
there are waypoints in the Enroute section of the flightplan.

Com/Nav Function Field Type

CDI - Course Deviation Indicator OBS/Suspend/Unsuspend Button
FPL
Flap Override - Flap Override 1 On Scene - "On Scene" Mode Toggle
GPWS Inhibit - GPWS Inhibit 1 TAWS Inhibit - TAWS Inhibit
Direct-To
G/S Inhibit - G/S Inhibit 1 Gen Timer - Generic Timer Control
Proc HTAWS RP Mode - HTAWS RP Mode 2 OFF - Do Not Display Data Field
Table 1-2 Function Field Types of Information
Wpt Info
Note 1: With TAWS-A enabled
Map Note 2: With HTAWS enabled

Traffic
Page Field Type
DFLT NAV - Default Navigation Checklist - Checklist Page
Terrain Flight Plan - Flight Plan Page Fuel PLAN - Fuel Planning Page
Map - Map Page SCHED MSG - Scheduled Messages
Weather
Nearest - Nearest Page Trip PLAN - Trip Planning Page
Nearest NEAR APT - Nearest Airport Page VCALC - VCALC Page
PROC - Procedures Page User FREQ - User Frequencies
Services/
Music Approach - Approach Page WPT INFO - Waypoint Information
Arrival - Arrival Page Weather - Weather Page
Utilities
Departure - Departure Page CNXT WX - Connext WX Page
System Services - Services Page FIS-B WX - FIS-B Weather Page
Traffic - Traffic Page Stormscope - Stormscope Page
Messages
Terrain - Terrain Page SiriusXM WX - Sirius XM WX Page
Utilities - Utilities Page OFF - Do Not Display Page Field
Symbols
Table 1-3 Page Field Types of Information
Appendix

Index

1-22 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

1.11.2 CDI (GTN 650 only) Foreword
See the CDI section in the Map chapter for details.
Getting
Started
1.11.3 OBS Function
See the OBS section in the Map chapter for details. Xpdr Ctrl

1.12 FastFind Predictive Waypoint Entry Com/Nav

FastFind provides the pilot with a shortcut to the nearest waypoint with an
FPL
identifier that starts with the typed letters. As a result, the GTN can predict the
pilot's entry within as little as one key press.
Direct-To
FastFind predictions are shown in the top right-hand corner of the keypad
display. Touching the FastFind field will select the predicted waypoint. If the Proc
FastFind prediction is not what the pilot is looking for, keep typing until the
desired waypoint is displayed. Wpt Info

1.12.1 FastFind With Waypoint Info Map

1. Use the alphanumeric keypad to begin selecting characters

Traffic
for the desired waypoint.
Selected Wpt Terrain
Characters Predicted Wpt

Weather
Figure 1-26 Select Characters for FastFind to Predict a Waypoint - KP Selected

Selected Wpt Nearest

Characters Predicted Wpt
Services/
Music
Figure 1-27 Select Characters for FastFind to Predict a Waypoint - KPA Selected
Utilities
2. After selecting the desired waypoint, touch the FastFind key.
System
Complete Touch to Select
Wpt Selection Displayed Wpt
Messages

Figure 1-28 Select Characters for FastFind to Predict a Waypoint - KPAE Selected
Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 1-23

Foreword
1.12.2 FastFind With A Flight Plan
When creating a new flight plan or searching for a waypoint, the GTN will
Getting
Started search for waypoints nearest the ownship. When adding waypoints in the
middle of the flight plan, the GTN will search halfway between the previous and
Xpdr Ctrl next waypoints. When adding waypoints at the end of the flight plan, the GTN
will search for waypoints nearest the last waypoint in the flightplan.
Com/Nav
1. When the ownship is located in KSLE, and the last waypoint
FPL
in the flight plan is "DRK", the GTN will search for waypoints
nearest "DRK".
Direct-To 2. Typing K, will result in "KPRC" being displayed as the FastFind
prediction because it is the nearest waypoint to "DRK" that
Proc starts with "K".
Selected Wpt
Wpt Info
Characters Predicted Wpt

Map
Figure 1-29 Using FastFind to Predict a Waypoint in a Flight Plan
Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

1-24 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

2 TRANSPONDER CONTROLS (OPTIONAL) Foreword

The GTN 6XX can integrate the control and display of transponder functions. Getting
Started
The GTN 6XX will operate as a control head for remotely connected optional,
compatible transponders. Xpdr Ctrl

NOTE: The transponder control panel on the GTN will not contain the Com/Nav
Ground key when the GTN is interfaced with a GTX 33/330 with software
version 8.00, or later.
FPL

Squawk Code Squawk Code

Window Backspace Direct-To
Key VFR Squawk
Active
Transponder Code (1200) Key Proc
Selection Reply
Annunciation Wpt Info
Active XPDR,
Numeric Keypad Code and Mode Map
Display
Enter Key Traffic
Context Sensitive
Mode Key Instructions For Terrain
Rotary Knob
Figure 2-1 XPDR Control Display Weather

Nearest
Active XPDR Mode Ident VFR
Services/
XPDR 1 Standby 1200 Music

XPDR 2 Ground
Utilities
On
Altitude Reporting System

Figure 2-2 XPDR Functional Diagram Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 2-1

Foreword
2.1 Select Transponder
1. Touch the XPDR window and then touch the XPDR key to
Getting
Started select the desired transponder.

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav
Selected Transponder
FPL

Direct-To
Figure 2-3 Select the Active Transponder
Proc 2. Touch the XPDR 2 selection to activate Transponder 2. Touch
the XPDR 1 selection to activate Transponder 1.
Wpt Info
Active Transponder Active Transponder

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather
Figure 2-4 Active Transponder Indication
Nearest
2.2 IDENT
Services/
Music 1. Touch the IDENT key once to reply with an identifying squawk
code.
Utilities
2. The IDENT key will show a green “ID” in the bottom right
corner of the key to indicate active Ident.
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

2-2 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

2.3 Transponder Mode Foreword
1. Touch the Mode key to allow selection of the transponder
Getting
mode. Started
Selected Transponder
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL
Touch To Select
Transponder Mode
Direct-To

Figure 2-5 Transponder Mode Selection

Proc
2. Touch the Up/Down keys or touch the display and drag the
display up or down to view the available selections. Wpt Info
Transponder Modes
Map

Selected Traffic
Transponder Mode
Touch The Up/Down Terrain
Keys Or Drag Display
To View Modes
Weather
Standby Mode Selection Not Shown
Figure 2-6 Transponder Mode Choices
Nearest
3. Touch the desired Transponder mode to select it and then
touch the Enter key. Services/
Music

2.3.1 Standby Utilities

1. Touch the Mode key and select Standby and then touch the
Enter key to place the transponder into Standby mode. System

Messages

Symbols
Active XPDR and IDENT Disabled
Mode Key. Transponder Appendix
Operation "Standby" Mode.
Figure 2-7 Transponder Mode "Standby" Indication Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 2-3

 2. The transponder will still be powered, but will not transmit
Foreword
information. The active transponder indication and Ident
Getting annunciation will be grayed to show they are disabled.
Started
2.3.2 Ground
Xpdr Ctrl
1. Touch the Mode key and select Ground and then touch the
Com/Nav
Enter key to place the transponder into Ground mode.

FPL

Direct-To Active XPDR and IDENT Enabled

Transponder Operation
Proc "Ground" Mode

Wpt Info Figure 2-8 Transponder Mode "Ground" Indication

2. Mode S replies will be allowed in Ground mode.
Map

NOTE: Ground mode is not available with GTX 33/330 software version
Traffic
8.00 or later. The GTN will automatically transition to Ground mode in the
background when the aircraft is on the ground.
Terrain

Weather
2.3.3 On
1. Touch the Mode key and select On and then touch the Enter
Nearest key for Mode A operation.

Services/
Music

Utilities Active XPDR and IDENT Enabled

System
Transponder Operation
"ON" Mode

Messages Figure 2-9 Transponder Mode "ON" Indication

Symbols
2. The transponder is "On" and will transmit its squawk code
when interrogated.
Appendix

Index

2-4 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

2.3.4 Altitude Reporting Foreword
1. Touch the Mode key and select Altitude Reporting and then
touch the Enter key for Mode C operation. Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

Active XPDR and IDENT Enabled

FPL
Transponder Operation
"Altitude Reporting" Mode Direct-To

Figure 2-10 Transponder Mode "Altitude Reporting" Indication

Proc

2. The transponder will be "On" and will transmit its squawk

Wpt Info
code and altitude when interrogated. An "ALT" annunciation
will appear when the squawk code is transmitted.
Map
2.4 VFR
Traffic
Touch the VFR key to set the VFR squawk code (1200).
Terrain

VFR (1200) Transponder Squawk Code Weather

Figure 2-11 Transponder VFR Squawk Code

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 2-5

Foreword
2.5 Selecting a Squawk Code
The selected squawk code will always be in use. As you change a squawk
Getting
Started code, the original code will be used until you are finished selecting the new
code.
Xpdr Ctrl
Squawk Code Description
Com/Nav 1200 Default VFR code in the USA
7500 Hijacking
FPL
7600 Loss of Communications
Direct-To 7700 Emergency
Table 2-1 XPDR Special Squawk Codes
Proc
1. Touch the transponder squawk code window at the right side
of the display.
Wpt Info
2. The XPDR page will be displayed. The Squawk Code value will
Map be active for selection for use by the active Transponder.
3. Touch the numeric keypad, or use the rotary knobs, to select
Traffic the desired Squawk Code.
4. Then, touch Enter.
Terrain
Squawk Code Squawk Code
Window Backspace
Weather
Key
Active XPDR
Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities Numeric Keypad

Enter Key
System
Figure 2-12 XPDR Squawk Code Selection Display
Messages
5. The selected Squawk Code will be shown in the XPDR window
Symbols
on the right side of the display.

Appendix

Index

2-6 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

2.6 GDL 88 ADS-B Reporting Foreword
The GDL 88 is a remote-mount ADS-B transceiver that sends ADS-B out
Getting
messages to ATC and other aircraft and communicates ADS-B In data with Started
panel-mounted avionics for the display of traffic and weather. Reference the
Xpdr Ctrl
GDL 88 Pilot Guide for a full description of GDL 88 functions. When a GTN is
interfaced to a GDL88 transceiver for ADS-B Out functions the GTN can control
Com/Nav
some aspects of the ADS-B Out message and the GTN may provide position
information to the GDL88. The display and control of the information sent FPL
depends on the equipment installation and configuration by the installer. Some
installations allow control by the pilot of the information sent, while others do Direct-To
not.
The Anonymous Mode, when armed, will replace the identifying information Proc

in the ADS-B Out message with a temporary randomized number for privacy
Wpt Info
while the position information will still be provided. The call sign will be sent as
"VFR." To enable Anonymous Mode, the Squawk Code must be set to the VFR
Map
code (based on the GDL 88 configuration) and the Anonymous key must be
selected. Traffic

Terrain
Viewing the ADS-B Control Panel Without Integrated Transponder Control
1. Touch the Transponder window to view the ADS-B control Weather
panel.
Nearest

Services/
Altitude Music
Reporting
Status
Utilities
Touch To View ADS-B
Control Panel
System
Current Flight ID
Messages

Figure 2-13 ADS-B Control Panel

Symbols
2. Touch the ADS-B window again to return to the previous
display.
Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 2-7

 Viewing the ADS-B Control Panel With Integrated Transponder Control
Foreword
1. Touch the Transponder window and then the MENU key to
Getting view the ADS-B control panel.
Started

Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Toggle Touch To Select
Anonymous Mode Flight ID
Com/Nav

FPL

Figure 2-14 ADS-B/Transponder Control Panel

Direct-To
2. Touch the Anonymous Mode key to toggle arming the
Proc Anonymous mode.

Wpt Info 3. Touch the Flight ID key to manually set the Flight ID. Use the
key pad to select the desired Flight ID and then touch Enter.
Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather
Figure 2-15 Flight ID Entry

Nearest NOTE: Changing the flight ID while in anonymous mode wouldn't actually
change the flight ID because a randomized ID is being broadcast. If the
Services/ ANONYMOUS key is armed, change the squawk code to the VFR code to
Music
activate Anonymous mode.
Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

2-8 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

2.7 Extended Squitter Transmission Foreword
The GTX 33ES is a remote mount transponder that functions as a transponder
and also sends ADS-B Out message to ATC and other aircraft. The GTN can Getting
Started
act as a control for a GTX 33 transponder including Extended Squitter (ES)
functions. When “Enable ES” is selected, the GTX 33/330 turns on Extended Xpdr Ctrl
Squitter transmissions.
Com/Nav

FPL
Touch To Toggle Touch To Enter
Extended Squitter Flight ID
Direct-To

Proc
Figure 2-16 Transponder Menu With Extended Squitter Capability

1. While viewing the Transponder (XPDR) page, touch the Menu Wpt Info

key and then the Enable ES key to toggle Extended Squitter

Map
Off and On.
2. Touch the Flight ID key and use the keypad to select a Flight Traffic
ID and then touch Enter.
Terrain
3. After selecting a Flight ID, the selected value will be shown in
the Flight ID key.
Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 2-9

Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
This page intentionally left blank
Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

2-10 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

3 NAV/COM Foreword

(GTN 650 NAV/COM AND GTN 635 COM ONLY) Getting

Started

The GTN 650 features a digitally-tuned VHF Com radio and digitally-tuned Xpdr Ctrl
Nav/localizer and glideslope receivers. The GTN 635 has a Com radio only. The
Com radio operates in the aviation voice band, from 118.000 to 136.975 MHz, Com/Nav
in 25 kHz steps (default). For European operations, a Com radio configuration
of 8.33 kHz steps is also available. FPL

Com Standby Backspace Key

Volume and Editing Window Direct-To
Active Com Frequency
Squelch Frequency
On/Off Knob Monitor Key Standby Com Frequency Proc
Frequency
Transfer Wpt Info
(Flip/Flop) Frequency Monitor
Key Annunciation
Map
Find Large and Small Knobs
Frequency (Frequency Adjust).
Key Press to Toggle Com Traffic

Numeric Keypad Enter Key and Nav Functions.

Terrain
Figure 3-1 Nav/Com Controls
Weather

Find Xfer Monitor Keypad

Nearest

Recent Services/
Nearest - Filter - Com - Nav Music

Utilities
Airport
VOR
System
Flight Plan
User Airport Messages
FSS
ARTCC Symbols

Figure 3-2 Nav/Com Functional Diagram

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 3-1

Foreword
3.1 Volume
Com radio volume is adjusted using the Volume knob. Turn the Volume
Getting knob clockwise to increase volume, or counterclockwise to decrease volume.
Started
The level will be maintained until changed or power is cycled.
Xpdr Ctrl 1. Turn the Volume knob to set the Com volume.

Com/Nav

FPL
Percent Of Maximum Volume Graphic Scale Showing Volume
Direct-To Figure 3-3 Com Volume Setting
2. A bar graph showing the relative volume level will indicate the
Proc selected level and will disappear a few seconds after releasing
the Volume knob.
Wpt Info
3.2 Squelch
Map The Com radio features an automatic squelch to reject many localized noise
sources. You may override the squelch function by pressing the Volume knob.
Traffic This facilitates listening to a distant station or setting the desired volume level.
To override the automatic squelch, press the Volume knob momentarily.
Terrain
Press the Volume knob again to return to automatic squelch operation. A “SQ”
Weather
indication appears above the active Com frequency window in the upper left
corner of the display when automatic squelch is overridden.
Nearest Com Volume and Receive Annunciation
Squelch Control Com Control Text
Squelch Annunciation
Services/
Music
Active Com Frequency
Utilities (Touch to Flip/Flop)
Standby Com
System Frequency

Messages
Turn To Select MHz
Symbols Turn To Select kHz

Figure 3-4 Com Controls

Appendix
While receiving a station, an “RX” indication appears in the Com frequency
Index
window to the immediate right of “Com.” A “TX” indication appears at this
location while you are transmitting.
3-2 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
3.3 Com and Nav Frequency Window and Tuning Foreword
Communication frequencies are selected by using the large and small right
knobs or by touching the value in the standby Com or Nav frequency field and Getting
Started
using the subsequent keypad. The standby frequency always appears below
the active frequency. The active frequency is the frequency currently in use for Xpdr Ctrl
transmit and receive operations.
Com/Nav
Once a frequency is selected in the standby field, it may be transferred to the
active frequency by touching the active frequency field. FPL

NOTE: The Com window is normally active for adjustment, unless the NAV
window is made active by pressing the small right knob. The active state Direct-To

automatically returns to the Com window after 30 seconds of inactivity.

Proc
To select a Com or Nav frequency using the small and large right knobs:
Wpt Info
1. If the tuning cursor is not currently in the frequency window,
press the small right knob momentarily. The Standby
Map
frequency will be highlighted to indicate that it is active for
editing.
Traffic
2. Turn the large right knob to select the desired megahertz
(MHz) value. For example, the “118” portion of the frequency Terrain
“118.30”.
3. Turn the small right knob to select the desired kilohertz Weather

(kHz) value. For example, the “.30” portion of the frequency

“118.30”. Nearest

To select a Com or Nav frequency using the numeric keypad: Services/

Music
1. Touch the Standby window.
Utilities
2. A keypad will appear with the current Standby frequency
highlighted. System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 3-3

 Com Standby Backspace -
Foreword Editing Window Frequency Clear Key
Frequency
Getting Frequency Monitor Key
Started Transfer
(Flip/Flop)
Xpdr Ctrl Key Frequency Monitor
Annunciation
Com/Nav Find
Frequency
FPL Key

Direct-To
Numeric Keypad Enter Key

Proc Figure 3-5 Com Standby Frequency Numeric Keypad

Nav Standby Backspace -
Wpt Info Frequency Editing Window Frequency Clear Key
Transfer
Map (Flip/Flop)
Key
Traffic
Find
Terrain
Frequency
Key

Weather
Numeric Keypad Enter Key

Nearest Figure 3-6 Nav Standby Frequency Numeric Keypad

Services/ 3. Touch the numeric keys to add the desired values and touch
Music
Enter to accept the displayed value and place it into the
Utilities
Standby frequency window.
4. Touching the XFER key will place the selected frequency directly
System into the Active frequency window.

Messages To make the standby frequency the active frequency:

1. Touch the active frequency (top) window.
Symbols

Appendix
2. The Active (top) and Standby frequencies will flip/flop.
Index

3-4 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

3.3.1 Com and Nav Frequency Finding Foreword
The GTN 635 (Com) and 650 (Com and Nav) frequency finding feature
allows you to quickly select any displayed database Com or Nav frequency Getting
Started
as your standby frequency. The following are some examples of selecting
frequencies from some of the main GPS pages. Xpdr Ctrl

To select a Com or Nav frequency for a User created frequency, Recent

Com/Nav
selected frequency, Nearest airport, or from your Flight Plan:
1. While viewing the numeric keypad touch the Find key. FPL
Categories for User, Recent, Nearest, and Flight Plan are
available. Direct-To

Touch to Select Touch to Select Proc

Recent Freq List Nearest Freq List
Wpt Info
Touch to Select Touch to Select
Fpl Freq List User Freq List
Map

Figure 3-7 Com Nearest Frequencies

Traffic
2. Touch Recent, Nearest, Flight Plan, or User. A list of the
selected frequency types will be displayed. Terrain

Weather
3. Touch the desired frequency to select it and place it into the
Standby window.
Nearest
3.3.1.1 Find Recent Frequencies
Services/
1. While viewing the Find results, touch the Recent key. A list Music
of the recently selected frequencies will be displayed.
Utilities
Selected
Frequency Touch Frequency System
Category From Recent List
To Select Standby
Frequency Messages

Symbols

Figure 3-8 Recent Com Frequency List Appendix

2. Touch the desired frequency to select it and place it into the
Standby window. Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 3-5

 3.3.1.2 Find Nearest Frequencies
Foreword
1. While viewing the Find results, touch the Nearest key. A list
Getting of the nearest airport Com frequencies will be displayed.
Started
Select A Frequencies
Xpdr Ctrl Frequency for Nearest
Category Airport
Com/Nav
Range And
Bearing To
FPL Airport

Figure 3-9 Com Nearest Airport Frequency

Direct-To
2. Touch the Multiple FREQ key to show the available
Proc frequencies.

Wpt Info
Touch A Frequency Key
Map To Place It In The Standby
Window
Traffic

Terrain

Figure 3-10 Nearest Airport Multiple Frequency List

Weather
3. Touch the Filter key to filter the Nearest List by Airports, FSS,
Nearest
or ARTCC.

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Figure 3-11 Nearest Com Frequency List

Messages

4. Touch the desired Frequency List. Then, touch the desired

Symbols
frequency to load it into the Standby window.
Appendix

Index

3-6 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 5. Some frequencies will have more information detail available.
Foreword
Touch the key that shows "More Information."
Getting
Started

Touch Xpdr Ctrl

For More
Information
Com/Nav

FPL
Figure 3-12 More Information Is Available For Some Frequencies
6. More detailed information is shown on the display. Touch the Direct-To
frequency key to load it into the Standby window.
Proc
Touch To Insert
Into Standby
Window Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
Figure 3-13 More Frequency Detail
Terrain
3.3.1.3 Find Flight Plan Frequencies
1. While viewing the Find results, touch the Flight Plan key. Weather
A list of Com or Nav frequencies associated with the active
flight plan will be displayed. Nearest

Services/
Music
Flight Plan Touch To Select
Airport From List Of
Information Utilities
Frequencies

System

Figure 3-14 Flight Plan Frequency List

Messages
2. Touch the Multiple FREQ key to show the available
frequencies, if present. Symbols

3. Touch the desired frequency to select it and place it into the

Standby window. Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 3-7

 3.3.1.4 Find User Frequencies
Foreword
1. While viewing the Find results, touch the User key. A list of
Getting User-created frequencies will be displayed.
Started
2. Touch the desired frequency to load it into the Standby window.
Xpdr Ctrl
3.3.2 Simple Frequency Entry
Com/Nav Frequencies can now be entered on the GTN without the leading one and/
or trailing zero(s). As a result, the pilot can now touch “2”, “1”, and “5” for
FPL 121.50. If a number is pressed that is not valid for the cursor location, the pilot
is presented with a confirmation pop-up upon selecting the typed frequency.
Direct-To
Frequency entry can be accomplished by typing every digit in the frequency or
by leaving off the leading one and/or trailing zero(s). The frequency that will be
Proc
entered is always displayed in the cursor window.
Wpt Info 1. Touch the Standby frequency field and then touch the 2 key.

Map

Figure 3-15 Simplified Frequency Entry Without Leading Number

Traffic
2. Touch the 7 key.
Terrain

Weather Figure 3-16 Second Frequency Number

3. Touch the 2 key.
Nearest

Services/
Music
Figure 3-17 Final Frequency Without Trailing Number
Utilities 4. Touch Enter.

System

Entered Frequency Value

Messages

Figure 3-18 Completed Frequency Entry

Symbols

Appendix

Index

3-8 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

3.3.3 Adding a New User Frequency Foreword
1. While viewing the numeric keypad touch the Find key on the
left side of the display. Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl
2. Touch the User key.
3. Touch the Add User Frequency key. Com/Nav

FPL
Add User Frequency
Direct-To

User Frequency List When Proc

Present
Wpt Info
Figure 3-19 Add New User Frequency
4. The Add New User Frequency information window will now Map
be displayed. Touch the Name key to select a name for the
User frequency. Traffic

Terrain

User Frequency Name Weather

User Frequency Value
Nearest

Services/
Music

Figure 3-20 Add New User Frequency Detail Window Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 3-9

 5. Touch the lower part of the display to select the desired
Foreword
range of characters. Select the characters from the selected
Getting alphanumeric range for the desired name. Touch the Enter
Started key to accept the displayed Name.
Xpdr Ctrl User Frequency
Name Backspace

Com/Nav Alphanumeric
Keypad Selected
FPL
Range Alphanumeric
Keypad Overview
Direct-To
Figure 3-21 Select a Name for the New User Frequency
Proc 6. Touch the Frequency key and select the characters from
the keypad for the desired frequency. Touch the Enter key to
Wpt Info accept the displayed frequency.

Map User Frequency Value

Traffic

Terrain

Weather Figure 3-22 Select a Frequency Value for the New User Frequency

Nearest 7. Touch the Enter key to accept the displayed name and
frequency. The new User Frequency will be added to the list.
Services/
Music User Frequency Name User Frequency Value

Utilities

System Touch To Edit

User Name and/or
Messages
Frequency Value

Symbols Figure 3-23 Completed New User Frequency

Appendix

Index

3-10 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 8. Touch the Name or Frequency keys to edit the displayed
Foreword
name or frequency, if desired.
Touch To Edit User Getting
Touch To Edit User Started
Frequency Name Frequency Value
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

Touch To Delete FPL

User Frequency
Direct-To
Figure 3-24 Edit The User Frequency

3.3.4 Emergency Frequency Proc

The GTN 635 or 650 emergency frequency select provides a quick method Wpt Info
of selecting 121.50 MHz as the active frequency in the event of an in-flight
emergency. The emergency frequency select is available whenever the unit is on, Map
regardless of GPS or cursor status, or loss of the display.
To quickly tune and activate 121.50, press and hold Traffic

volume knob or the external remote Com flip-flop key for

approximately two seconds. Terrain

Weather
NOTE: Pressing and holding the remote Com FLIP/FLOP key for
approximately two seconds, on units so configured, will lock the COM
board, preventing further changes in Com frequency until the Com board is Nearest

unlocked, by pressing the remote Com FLIP/FLOP key again for two seconds.
Services/
The following message will notify the pilot that the Com board has been Music
locked: “COM LOCKED TO 121.5 MHZ. HOLD REMOTE COM TRANSFER
KEY TO EXIT.” Utilities

NOTE: Under some circumstances if the Com system loses communication System
with the main system, the radio will automatically tune to 121.50 MHz for
transmit and receive regardless of the displayed frequency. Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 3-11

Foreword
3.3.5 Stuck Microphone
Whenever the GTN 635 or 650 is transmitting, a “TX” indication appears
Getting in the Com window. If the push-to-talk key on the microphone is stuck or
Started
accidentally left in the keyed position, or continues to transmit after the key is
Xpdr Ctrl released, the Com transmitter automatically times out (or ceases to transmit)
after 30 seconds of continuous broadcasting. You will also receive a “Com push-
Com/Nav to-talk key stuck” message as long as the stuck condition exists.

FPL
3.3.6 Remote Frequency Selection Control
On units configured for remote Com frequency Recall, pressing the remote
Direct-To recall switch will load the next preset Com frequency into the unit’s Standby
frequency box. The remote recall switch can be pressed multiple times to scroll
Proc the entire preset frequency list through the Standby frequency box (the list will
“wrap” from the bottom of the list back up to the top, skipping any empty preset
Wpt Info positions).
The standby frequency isn’t activated until a Com flip-flop switch (either
Map remote- or bezel-mounted) is pressed. Remote Frequency Selection only
functions on units configured for a remote Com Frequency recall switch.
Traffic
NOTE: For software prior to version 5.00, frequencies must be stored in
Terrain the User Frequency List prior to utilizing the remote channel select switch.

Weather 3.3.7 Reverse Frequency Look-Up

When the Reverse Frequency Look-Up feature is enabled in System-Setup,
Nearest
the identifier and frequency type will be shown for the Com and Nav frequencies
Services/
for the nearest station that is in the aviation database when the unit is receiving
Music a valid position input. Station Identifiers with a “+” sign will have more stations
associated with this frequency than just the type displayed.
Utilities
Identifier and Type Shown for
System the Selected Frequency
The “+” Sign Indicates More
Messages Stations Associated With This
Frequency
Symbols
Figure 3-25 Reverse Frequency Look-Up
Appendix
NOTE: It can take up to 2 minutes for the RFL frequency to change after
crossing the half way point when flying from one airport to another that
Index
both use the same frequency.
3-12 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
3.4 Com Frequency Monitoring Foreword
The Frequency Monitoring function allows you to listen to the Standby
Getting
frequency in the Com radio, while monitoring the Active frequency for activity. Started

1. Touch the MON key to listen to the standby frequency. A small Xpdr Ctrl
“MON” annunciation is displayed to the right of the Standby
frequency. A green bar will show on the MON key. When Com/Nav
the Active frequency receives a signal, the unit will switch
automatically to the Active frequency and then switch back FPL
to the standby frequency when activity ceases.
Direct-To
Frequency Com Standby Frequency Monitor
Monitor Key Editing Window Annunciation
Proc
Frequency Transfer
(Flip-Flop) Key Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
Figure 3-26 Com Frequency Monitoring
Terrain
2. The Monitor function is deactivated when you touch the MON
key again and the green bar is extinguished. Weather

NOTE: The Com radio Monitoring function is different than the Monitor Nearest
function of the Audio Panel.
Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 3-13

Foreword
3.5 Nav (VOR/Localizer/Glideslope) Receiver
Getting
Operations
Started The GTN 650 includes digitally-tuned Nav/localizer and glideslope receivers
Xpdr Ctrl
with the desired frequency selected on the Nav window, along the top right-hand
side of the display. Frequency selection is performed by pressing the small right
Com/Nav knob to activate Nav Standby frequency editing and then turning the small and
large right knobs or keypad to select the desired frequency.
FPL Standby Nav
Active Nav
Nav Control Text Frequency Frequency
Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info
Figure 3-27 Nav Frequency Window
Map
3.5.1 Ident Audio and Volume
Traffic Nav ident is enabled by pressing the Volume knob when the Nav window is
active. When Nav ident is enabled, the ID annunciation will appear in the active
Terrain
Nav window and Morse code tones will be heard. When the Nav function is
enabled, the Nav Standby channel window will highlight briefly and then turn
Weather
to blue text. The Nav Standby frequency will be active for editing for about 30
Nearest
seconds before the Com Standby frequency becomes active for editing.
Nav Ident Is Active
Services/
Music Nav Standby Channel Highlighted To
Indicate It Is Active for Frequency Selection
Utilities
Figure 3-28 Nav Standby Frequency Window is Active
System Nav audio volume is adjusted using the Volume knob. Turn the Volume
knob clockwise to increase volume, or counterclockwise to decrease volume.
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

3-14 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

3.5.2 Nav Tuning Window Foreword
Nav frequencies are selected with the tuning cursor in the standby Nav
Getting
frequency field, and using the small and large right knobs to dial in the desired Started
frequency. The keypad may also be used for frequency entry after touching
the Standby window. The standby frequency always appears below the active Xpdr Ctrl

frequency. The active frequency is the frequency currently in use. The GTN will
Com/Nav
automatically decode Morse code and display the Ident for the active frequency
above it. The RFL (reverse frequency lookup) Identifier is displayed below the
FPL
frequency and is only dependent on GPS position and database information.
NOTE: Tuning is normally active in the Com window, unless placed in the Direct-To

Nav window by pressing the small right knob. When the tuning cursor is
in the Nav window, it automatically returns to the Com window after 30 Proc
seconds of inactivity. The active frequency in either window cannot be
accessed directly — only the standby frequency is active for editing. Wpt Info

To select a VOR/localizer/ILS frequency: Map

1. Touch the small right knob momentarily to make the Nav

Traffic
Standby frequency value active for editing. The window will
be highlighted momentarily.
Terrain
2. Turn the large right knob to select the desired megaHertz
(MHz) value. For example, the “117” portion of the frequency Weather
“117.80”.
3. Turn the small right knob to select the desired kiloHertz Nearest
(kHz) value. For example, the “.80” portion of the frequency
Services/
“117.80”. Music
4. Touch the Nav active (top) frequency to make the standby
Utilities
frequency.
System
5. The Active (top) and Standby frequencies will switch.
Messages
Nav Frequencies Will
Automatically Decode Morse
Nav Frequencies In The Database Code And Display The Ident Symbols
Will Display The Ident Based on
GPS Position
Appendix
Figure 3-29 Automatic Nav Frequency Ident Decoding
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 3-15

Foreword
3.5.3 Nav Frequency Finding
The GTN 650’s frequency finding feature allows you to quickly select any
Getting
Started displayed database Nav frequency as your standby frequency.
To select a Nav frequency for a User created frequency, Recent selected
Xpdr Ctrl frequency, Nearest airport, or from your Flight Plan:

Com/Nav 1. While viewing the numeric keypad touch the Find key at the
bottom of the display. Categories for User, Recent, Nearest,
FPL and Flight Plan are available.
2. Touch the User, Recent, Nearest, or Flight Plan key. A list
Direct-To
of frequencies for the Nearest airports will be displayed.
Proc
Touch to Select Touch to Select
Wpt Info Recent Freq List Nearest Freq List

Touch to Select Touch to Select

Map Fpl Freq List User Freq List

Traffic
Figure 3-30 Find Nav Frequency Group
Terrain 3. Touch the desired Nav frequency to select it and place it into
the Nav Standby window.
Weather
Active Nav
Frequency Key
Nearest

Touch to Filter Touch Freq Key

Services/ To Select For
Music Nearest List
Standby Nav
Nearest Nav Frequency
Utilities Frequency List
Touch Up/Down
System
Keys OR Drag
Slider To Scroll
Frequency List
Messages
Figure 3-31 Nearest Airport Nav Frequency List

Symbols

Appendix

Index

3-16 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

OR
Foreword
4. Touch the Filter key to narrow the list by category, such as
Getting
Airport and VOR, and then select a given frequency. Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Figure 3-32 Nearest Nav Frequency List Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 3-17

Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
This page intentionally left blank

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

3-18 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

4 FLIGHT PLANS Foreword

Getting
The GTN 6XX lets you create up to 99 different flight plans, with up to 100 Started
waypoints in each flight plan. The Flight Plan function is accessed by touching
the Flight Plan key on the Home page. The Flight Plan function allows you to Xpdr Ctrl

create, store, edit, and copy flight plans.

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Active FPL Menu Add Waypoint Proc

Waypoint Activate Leg Catalog Select Waypoint

Wpt Info
Options Insert Before Store Find
Insert After Delete Recent
Map
Load Procedures* Preview Nearest
Load Airway* Parallel Track Flight Plan
User Traffic
Waypoint Info Invert
Remove Edit Data Fields Search by Name
Search by City Terrain
* "Load Procedures" is shown for airports
Load Airway is shown for waypoints on a published airway Weather

Figure 4-1 Flight Plan Functional Diagram Nearest

Services/
Music
NOTE: Navigation is provided for fixed wing aircraft above 30 kts and for
rotorcraft above 10 kts. Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 4-1

Foreword
4.1 Creating a New Flight Plan
NOTE: Do not save flight plans that have modified procedures as this may
Getting
Started produce undesireable results.

Xpdr Ctrl 1. From the Home page, touch Flight Plan.

Com/Nav Touch To Remove

Waypoint
FPL Touch To Add
Waypoint
Direct-To

Figure 4-2 Create New Flight Plan

Proc
2. If there is already an Active Flight Plan, touch Menu and then
Wpt Info the Delete and OK keys to delete the existing active flight
plan.
Map

Touch To Delete
Traffic Flight Plan

Terrain

Weather
Figure 4-3 Delete Existing Flight Plan
Nearest
A single waypoint may be deleted by touching the waypoint
Services/ and then touching the Remove key.
Music

Utilities Existing Waypoint

System
Touch To Remove
Waypoint
Messages
Figure 4-4 Remove Single Existing Waypoint
Symbols

Appendix

Index

4-2 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 3. Touch the Add Waypoint key and select a waypoint identifier
Foreword
with the alphanumeric keypad. Then, touch Enter.
Getting
Started
Touch To Display Selected Waypoint
Waypoint Identifier Xpdr Ctrl
Categories
Selected Character Com/Nav
Range

Touch To Select FPL

Character Range
Direct-To
Figure 4-5 Select a Waypoint for the New Flight Plan
Proc
4. Touch the Add Waypoint key and select the waypoint
identifier with the keypad for the next waypoint. Touch Enter.
Wpt Info

5. Or, touch Find, select a category, and then select the waypoint Map
identifier with the keypad. Touch Enter.
Traffic

Terrain

Touch To Select
Waypoint Category Weather

Nearest

Figure 4-6 Select a Waypoint Category for Selecting Flight Plan Waypoints Services/
Music

6. Continue adding waypoints as needed. Utilities

7. Touch Menu and then touch Store to store the flight plan
System
in the Catalog. The screen will now display the Flight Plan
Catalog and show the new flight plan. Flight plans are listed
Messages
by the Departure and Destination waypoints.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 4-3

Foreword
4.2 Active Flight Plan Page
The Active Flight Plan Page provides information and editing functions for
Getting the flight plan currently in use for navigation. Once you have activated a flight
Started
plan, the Active Flight Plan Page shows each waypoint for the flight plan, along
Xpdr Ctrl with the Desired Track (DTK), Distance (DIST) for each leg and Cumulative
Distance (CUM). The data fields are user-selectable and may be changed to
Com/Nav display Cumulative Distance (CUM), Distance (DIST), Desired Track (DTK), En
Route Safe Altitude (ESA), or Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA).
FPL DTK Between Legs *
DIST Between Legs *
Direct-To
Origin and Destination Waypoints
Proc Flight Plan Menu Options
Active Leg Navigation
Wpt Info
Parallel Track Active
Map
Up/Down Keys to Scroll FPL
Traffic
Figure 4-7 Active Flight Plan Page

Terrain * The field types may be changed using the Edit Fields function in the Flight
Plan page Menu.
Weather
4.2.1 Waypoint Options
Nearest
1. While viewing the Active Flight Plan page, touch the desired
Services/
flight plan waypoint. The Waypoint Options window will be
Music shown.
Utilities Waypoint Options List

System

Messages
Touch Key To
Select Option
Symbols

Appendix Figure 4-8 Active Flight Plan Wpt Options

2. Touch one of the options to perform the selected action. Cancel
Index
the option selection by touching the Back key.
4-4 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
4.2.1.1 Activate Leg
Foreword
The Activate Leg option allows you to change the active leg of a flight plan.
Getting
1. On the Waypoint Options menu, touch the desired TO waypoint Started

and then the Activate Leg key to select the TO waypoint as Xpdr Ctrl
the active leg for navigation.
Com/Nav

Current Leg
FPL
Current TO Wpt
Touch to Select As Direct-To
New TO Wpt and
To Activate Leg
Proc
Figure 4-9 Active Flight Plan Activate Leg Option
Wpt Info
2. Touch the OK key to set the selected leg as the Active Leg, or
Cancel to not select it. Map

Traffic

Touch Cancel To Terrain

Cancel The Operation Touch OK To
And Return To the Activate Leg
Flight Plan View Weather

Figure 4-10 Active Flight Plan Activate Leg Option Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 4-5

 4.2.1.2 Insert Before
Foreword
The Insert Before option allows you to insert a new waypoint into the active
Getting flight plan before the selected waypoint.
Started

Xpdr Ctrl
1. On the Active Flight Plan page, touch the desired waypoint in
the flight plan. The Waypoint Options list will be displayed.
Com/Nav Option Will
Insert New Insert Before
Waypoint Option Was
FPL
Before This Selected
Selected Flight
Direct-To Plan Waypoint

Proc
Figure 4-11 Active Flight Plan Insert Waypoint Before Option
Wpt Info
2. Touch the Insert Before key to select a new waypoint before
the selected waypoint.
Map
3. Select a waypoint identifier with the alphanumeric keypad.
Traffic
Choose New Waypoint
To "Insert Before" The
Terrain Selected Flight Plan
Waypoint
Weather

Nearest
Figure 4-12 Use the Alphanumeric Keypad to Select Waypoint to Insert Before
Services/
Music 4. Then, touch Enter to confirm the selection or touch Cancel
to cancel any changes. The new flight plan will be shown.
Utilities

New
System Waypoint
Inserted
Messages Before The
Selected Flight
Plan Waypoint
Symbols
Figure 4-13 New Waypoint Is Inserted Before the Selected Waypoint
Appendix

Index

4-6 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Selected Flight New Flight
Plan Waypoint Plan Waypoint Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav
Figure 4-14 Flight Plan Before and After New Waypoint Inserted

4.2.1.3 Insert After FPL

The Insert Before option allows you to insert a new waypoint into the active
Direct-To
flight plan after the selected waypoint.
1. On the Active Flight Plan page, touch the desired waypoint in Proc
the flight plan. The Waypoint Options list will be displayed.
2. Touch the Insert After key to select a new waypoint after the Wpt Info
selected waypoint.
Map
3. Select a waypoint identifier with the alphanumeric keypad.
Then, touch Enter to confirm the selection, or touch the
Traffic
Cancel key to cancel the operation and return to the Waypoint
Options window.
Terrain

4.2.1.4 Remove
Weather
The Remove option allows you to remove the selected waypoint from the
active flight plan. Nearest
1. On the Active Flight Plan page, touch the desired waypoint in
Services/
the flight plan. The Waypoint Options list will be displayed. Music
2. On the Waypoint Options menu, touch the Remove key and
Utilities
then the OK key to delete the selected waypoint from the
active flight plan.
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 4-7

 4.2.1.5 Load Procedures
Foreword
The Load Procedure selection from the Waypoint Options will start the
Getting Procedures function. See the Procedures section for complete information.
Started
1. On the Active Flight Plan page, touch the desired waypoint in
Xpdr Ctrl
the flight plan. The Waypoint Options list will be displayed.
Com/Nav
2. Touch the Load Procedures key to go to the Procedure
function for adding procedures to the selected flight plan.
FPL

Touch to Select a Departure

Direct-To

Touch to Select an Arrival

Proc

Touch to Select an Approach

Wpt Info

Figure 4-15 Load Procedures Wpt Option

Map
NOTE: For some procedures, due to very small position differences in the
Traffic database, consecutive flight plan legs do not match up. The total effect
on navigational guidance is negligible. The LOC BC 13 at KSLE via UBG
Terrain shown below is an example of this.

Weather

Nearest
Procedure Flight Plan
Services/ Leg Discrepancy
Music

Utilities
Figure 4-16 Procedure Flight Plan Leg Position Difference
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

4-8 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

4.2.1.6 Waypoint Info
Foreword
The Waypoint Info option allows you to view information about the selected
waypoint in the Waypoint Info function. See the Waypoint Info section for Getting
Started
complete information.
Xpdr Ctrl
1. On the Active Flight Plan page, touch the desired waypoint in
the flight plan. The Waypoint Options list will be displayed.
Com/Nav
2. One Waypoint Options menu, touch the WPT Info key to view
information about the selected waypoint. FPL
Distance & Bearing To Airport
From Current Position Direct-To
Airport
Identifier, City, Proc
& Type
Wpt Info
Airport
Information Map

Traffic
Figure 4-17 Active Flight Plan Wpt Info
3. Touch the Back key to return to the Active Flight Plan page. Terrain

Weather
4.2.2 Airways
Nearest
Airways may be added as legs in flight plans with any waypoint that is part
of an airway, such as a VOR. Services/
Music
1. On the Active Flight Plan page, touch the desired VOR entry
waypoint in the flight plan. The Waypoint Options list will then Utilities
be displayed.
System

Touch VOR Messages

Entry Wpt To
Insert Airway
Symbols

Figure 4-18 Active Flight Plan with VOR Entry Wpt Appendix

2. Touch the Load Airway key to select an airway for the selected
Index
entry waypoint.
190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 4-9
Foreword

Getting
Started
Touch To
Xpdr Ctrl Insert Airway
Figure 4-19 Select Load Airway from the Waypoint Options
Com/Nav
3. Touch the desired airway to select it.
FPL
Touch To Insert
Direct-To Selected Airway

Proc

Wpt Info Figure 4-20 Select an Airway from the List

Map 4. Scroll through the list and touch the desired exit point from
the airway.
Traffic

Terrain
Touch To Select
Exit Waypoint
Weather

Nearest
Figure 4-21 Select an Exit Waypoint for the Airway
Services/ 5. Confirm the airway information and then touch Load to insert
Music
the selected airway into the flight plan. If changes are desired,
Utilities touch the Airway or Exit Waypoint keys to select alternate
choices.
System Selected Airway.
Touch To Change.
Messages
Selected Exit
Entry Waypoint Waypoint. Touch
Symbols To Change
Touch For
Appendix Map Preview Touch To Load
Of Airway Airway Into FPL
Waypoints
Index
Figure 4-22 Airway Information
4-10 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
 6. Touch the Preview key to view the airway waypoints and map
Foreword
preview of the airway.
Getting
Started
Map Preview
Of Airway
Airway Waypoints Xpdr Ctrl
Waypoint List
Touch To Load
Airway Into FPL Com/Nav

Figure 4-23 Airway Preview

FPL
7. After loading the airway, it is inserted into the flight plan. The
airway waypoints are shown below the Airway key on the Direct-To
display. Touch the airway to make any changes.
Proc

Entry Waypoint
Wpt Info
Selected Airway.
Touch To Edit.
Map
Selected Airway
Waypoints
Traffic
Figure 4-24 Airway Waypoints in the Flight Plan
Terrain
8. Touch the Airway key to display the Airway Options. Make
the desired choice or touch Back. Weather
Touch To Collapse
Airway Waypoint View Nearest

Touch To Select New Or

Services/
Change Current Airway Music
Touch To Remove
Airway From Flight Plan Utilities

Figure 4-25 Airway Options

System
9. Touch the Collapse All Airways key to collapse the list of
points along the airway. Touch the Collapse All Airways key Messages
again to toggle the display of airway detail back on.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 4-11

Foreword
4.3 Flight Plan Menu
The Flight Plan Menu provides access to functions to manage your flight
Getting plans. The functions included are: View Catalog, Store Flight Plan, Delete Flight
Started
Plan, Preview Flight Plan, Parallel Track, Invert Flight Plan, and Edit Data Fields.
Xpdr Ctrl Touch the Menu key to access the Flight Plan Menu options:
View Catalog, Store Flight Plan, Delete Flight Plan, Preview
Com/Nav Flight Plan, Parallel Track, Invert Flight Plan, and Edit Data
Fields.
FPL Touch To Store
Touch To Add The Active
Parallel Track Flight Plan
Direct-To
Course Offsets
Touch To Delete
Proc Touch To View The Active
List Of Stored Flight Plan
Flight Plans
Wpt Info Touch To Invert
Touch To View A The Active
Map And A List Of Flight Plan
Map Waypoints For The
Active Flight Plan
Traffic
Touch To Edit The
Active Flight Plan
Terrain Information Fields
Figure 4-26 Flight Plan Menu
Weather
Menu
Nearest

Services/
Music
Catalog Store Delete Preview Parallel Invert Edit
Utilities
Track Data
Fields
Route Direction
System Options Offset Column 1
Activate Column 2
Activate Column 3
Messages
Invert & Activate Restore
Preview Defaults
Symbols Edit
Copy
Appendix Delete

Figure 4-27 Flight Plan Menu Functional Diagram

Index

4-12 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

4.3.1 Store Flight Plan Foreword
A newly created flight plan or one that has been modified must be saved to
the Catalog to be used in future flights. The Store Flight Plan function will save Getting
Started
the Active Flight Plan to the Catalog.
Xpdr Ctrl
NOTE: Do not save flight plans that have modified procedures as this may
produce undesireable results.
Com/Nav

1. While viewing the Active Flight Plan page, touch the Menu
key. The Flight Plan Menu will be displayed. FPL

2. Touch the Store key to store the current Active Flight Plan into
Direct-To
the Catalog. The flight plan will be named by the beginning
and ending waypoints. Proc
3. When a duplicate flight plan is created, the Store key will not
be available and the flight plan will be saved with a numeral Wpt Info
at the end of the destination waypoint.
Map

Traffic
Original Flight Plan

Terrain
Duplicate Flight Plan
Weather

Nearest
Figure 4-28 Duplicate Flight Plan Naming
Services/
Music
4.3.2 Invert Flight Plan
The Invert Flight Plan option allows you to reverse the Active flight plan and Utilities
use it for navigation guidance back to your original departure point. The original
flight plan stored in the catalog is not affected. System

1. While viewing the Active Flight Plan page, touch the Menu
Messages
key. The Flight Plan Menu will be displayed.
2. Touch the Invert key to invert the current Active Flight Plan. Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 4-13

Foreword
4.3.3 Parallel Track
Parallel Track allows you to create a parallel course offset of 1 to 99 NM to
Getting the left or right of your current flight plan. After setting a parallel track to your
Started
current flight plan, a magenta parallel track line will be drawn offset from the
Xpdr Ctrl original by the selected distance. The original course line will be drawn in grey.
The aircraft will navigate to the parallel track course line and external CDI/HSI
Com/Nav guidance will be driven from the parallel track.
When you reach the end of the flight plan, a message will state, “Parallel
FPL
offset terminating in X seconds.” The message will be given when the aircraft
reaches the offset distance from the end of the parallel track. This will give the
Direct-To
pilot sufficient time to intercept the original course.
Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System Figure 4-29 Parallel Track Description

Messages
NOTE: Parallel track will be cancelled when graphically editing a flight
Symbols plan.

Appendix

Index

4-14 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 NOTE: Certain leg types (such as approach) or leg geometries (changes in Foreword
desire track greater than 120 degrees), combined with large offset values
do not support parallel track. Default direction and offset values may result Getting
Started
in the status indicating that parallel track is not supported. The user must
enter the desired parallel track offset and distance to determine whether
Xpdr Ctrl
that flight plan, combined with the offset and distance, support parallel
track.
Com/Nav
1. While viewing the Flight Plan page, touch the Menu key, and
then the Parallel Track key. FPL

Direct-To

Touch To Touch To
Set PTK Set PTK Proc
Direction Distance

PTK Status Touch To Wpt Info

Activate PTK
Settings Map
Figure 4-30 Parallel Track Selection
Traffic
2. Touch the Direction key to toggle the Parallel Track to be Left
or Right of the current Flight Plan.
Terrain
3. Touch the Offset key to select the Parallel Offset from the
current Flight Plan. Select the desired distance on the numeric Weather
keypad. Touch Enter when finished.
Nearest
4. Touch the Activate key. A magenta "-P" indication will appear
to the right of the waypoint name on the Active Flight Plan Services/
page. Music

Utilities

Active FPL Leg

System

PTK Active Symbol Messages

Figure 4-31 Parallel Track Shown in the Active Flight Plan Page Symbols

5. To deactivate Parallel Track, while viewing the Active Flight

Appendix
Plan touch the Menu key. With the Flight Plan Menu displayed,
touch the Deactivate PTK key.
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 4-15

Foreword
4.3.4 Edit Data Fields
The Active Flight Plan Page shows each waypoint for the flight plan, along
Getting with the Desired Track (DTK), Distance (DIS) for each leg and Cumulative
Started
Distance (CUM). The data fields are user-selectable and may be changed to
Xpdr Ctrl display Cumulative Distance (CUM), Distance (DIS), Desired Track (DTK), En
Route Safe Altitude (ESA), Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA), or Estimated Time
Com/Nav En route (ETE).
DIS Between Legs
FPL
DTK Between Legs
Origin and Destination Waypoints
Direct-To

Current Flight Plan Leg

Proc

Wpt Info

Figure 4-32 Flight Plan Data Fields

Map

1. While viewing the Flight Plan page, touch the Menu key, and
Traffic
then the Edit Data Fields key.
Terrain
Touch To Select
Field Types
Weather

Current Field
Nearest Types
Services/ Touch To
Music Restore Original
Default Types
Utilities
Figure 4-33 Flight Plan Edit Data Fields Page
System
2. Touch one of the field keys to select from the list.
Messages

Symbols
Selected Field Type
Appendix

Index
Figure 4-34 Flight Plan Data Fields List

4-16 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 3. Touch the Up or Down keys, or touch and drag the list, as
Foreword
needed to scroll through the list. Touch the desired Field Type
to set it for the selected field. Getting
Started
4. Continue as desired for the other fields.
4.3.5 Flight Plan Catalog Route Options Xpdr Ctrl

The Flight Plan Catalog allows you to create, edit, activate, delete and copy
Com/Nav
flight plans. The catalog can hold up to 99 flight plans of up to 100 waypoints
each. Flight plans are named by the Departure and Destination waypoint. FPL
Any time you activate a flight plan, a copy of the flight plan is automatically
transferred to Active Flight Plan page and overwrites any previously active flight Direct-To
plan.
1. While viewing the Flight Plan page, touch the Menu key, and Proc
then the Catalog key. The list of currently stored flight plans
will be displayed. Wpt Info

Flight Plan Map

Flight Plan Name Catalog Total

Traffic

Flight Plan
Comment Touch Up/ Terrain
Down Keys To
Scroll List
Weather
Touch To Create
New Catalog
Nearest
Route
(Flight Plan)
Services/
Figure 4-35 Flight Plan Catalog Music

2. Touch a flight plan to display the Route Options. Utilities

System
Flight Plan
Selected Route Options Messages
Flight Plan
Symbols

Figure 4-36 Flight Plan Catalog Route Options

Appendix

3. Touch the Route Option key for the desired option to act on
Index
the selected flight plan.
190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 4-17
 4.3.5.1 Catalog Route Option - Activate
Foreword
1. While viewing the Flight Plan Catalog page, touch the desired
Getting flight plan to select it. The Route Options menu will be
Started
displayed.
Xpdr Ctrl 2. Touch the Activate key and then touch OK. The selected flight
plan will be activated.
Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Figure 4-37 Touch OK to Replace the Existing Active Flight Plan

Wpt Info
3. The Active Flight Plan page will now be displayed.
Map
4.3.5.2 Catalog Route Option - Invert & Activate
Traffic 1. While viewing the Flight Plan Catalog page, touch the desired
flight plan to select it. The Route Options menu will be
Terrain displayed.
2. Touch the Invert & Activate key and then touch OK. The
Weather
selected flight plan will be inverted and activated.
Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System
Figure 4-38 Touch OK to Invert and Activate the Selected Flight Plan
Messages 3. The Active Flight Plan page will now be displayed.

Symbols

Appendix

Index

4-18 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

4.3.5.3 Catalog Route Option - Preview
Foreword
1. While viewing the Flight Plan Catalog page, touch the desired
flight plan to select it. The Route Options menu will be Getting
Started
displayed.
2. Touch the Preview key. A map view of the flight plan and Xpdr Ctrl
list of the waypoints will be displayed.
Com/Nav

Flight Plan
Waypoint List FPL
Flight Plan
Map Preview
Direct-To

Proc
Figure 4-39 Flight Plan Preview
3. Touch the Back key to return to the Flight Plan Catalog. Wpt Info

Map
4.3.5.4 Catalog Route Option - Edit
Traffic
1. While viewing the Flight Plan Catalog page, touch the desired
flight plan to select it. The Route Options menu will be
Terrain
displayed.
2. Touch the Edit key. The flight plan will be displayed. Make Weather
any changes necessary by touching the desired waypoint and
using the Waypoint Options. Nearest

Services/
Selected Waypoint Music

Touch To Edit
Utilities
Flight Plan

System

Figure 4-40 Use Waypoint Options to Edit the Selected Flight Plan
Messages
3. Touch the Back key to return to the Flight Plan Catalog.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 4-19

 4.3.5.5 Catalog Route Option - Copy
Foreword
1. While viewing the Flight Plan Catalog page, touch the desired
Getting flight plan to select it. The Route Options menu will be
Started
displayed.
Xpdr Ctrl 2. Touch the Copy key. You will be prompted to copy the selected
flight plan. Touch OK to create the flight plan copy.
Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Figure 4-41 Flight Plan Catalog Route Copy Option

Wpt Info

3. A copy of the selected flight plan will now be listed. If any

Map changes are required for the copy, it can be used as a starting
point for a similar flight plan. Use the Edit Route option to
Traffic
make the desired changes.
Terrain

Weather
Duplicate Copy Of
Selected Flight Plan
Nearest

Services/ Figure 4-42 Copied Flight Plan

Music
4. Touch the Back key to return to the Active Flight Plan.
Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

4-20 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

4.3.5.6 Catalog Route Option - Delete
Foreword
1. While viewing the Flight Plan Catalog page, touch the desired
flight plan to select it. The Route Options menu will be Getting
Started
displayed.
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

Selected Waypoint
Touch To Delete FPL
Flight Plan
Direct-To
Figure 4-43 Select Flight Plan from the Catalog to Delete

2. Touch the Delete key and then touch OK. Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain
Figure 4-44 Delete the Selected Flight Plan from the Catalog

Weather

4.3.6 Delete Flight Plan

Nearest
There are two methods for deleting a flight plan. Deleting the selected flight
plan from the Catalog using the Route Options completely removes the flight Services/
Music
plan. Deleting the Active Flight Plan using the Delete Flight Plan key on the
Flight Plan menu clears the waypoints from the Active Flight Plan, but does not Utilities
remove the flight plan from the Catalog.
System
4.3.6.1 Delete Flight Plan from Catalog
1. While viewing the Flight Plan page, touch the Menu key, and Messages

then the View Catalog key. The list of currently stored flight
Symbols
plans will be displayed.
Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 4-21

 2. Touch one of the flight plans to select it.
Foreword

Getting
Started
Touch Delete
Xpdr Ctrl Selected Waypoint To Remove
The Waypoint
Com/Nav From The
Catalog

FPL Figure 4-45 Select a Flight Plan from the Catalog

3. Touch the Delete and then the OK key. The selected flight
Direct-To
plan will be removed from the Catalog.
Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
Figure 4-46 Delete a Flight Plan from the Catalog
Terrain
4.3.6.2 Delete Active Flight Plan
Weather 1. While viewing the Active Flight Plan page, touch the Menu
key, and then the Delete Flight Plan key.
Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages Figure 4-47 Delete a Flight Plan from the Active Flight Plan

Symbols 2. Touch OK to clear the waypoints from the Active Flight Plan.
The flight plan will not be removed from the Catalog.
Appendix

Index

4-22 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

4.3.7 Preview Flight Plan Foreword
The Preview Flight Plan function provides a summary of a flight plan. A
preview of the Active Flight Plan can be selected from the Flight Plan Menu's Getting
Started
Preview Flight Plan key or selecting a flight plan from the catalog and choosing
Preview from the Route Options menu. Xpdr Ctrl

4.3.7.1 Previewing the Active Flight Plan Com/Nav

1. While viewing the Flight Plan page, touch the Menu key, and
then the Preview key. A preview of the Active Flight Plan FPL
will be shown.
Direct-To

Flight Plan Current Ownship

Waypoint List Position On Proc
Current Leg of
Current Dest Active Flight Plan
Waypoint Wpt Info
Map View
of Flight
Plan Legs Map

Figure 4-48 Active Flight Plan Preview

Traffic
2. Touch the Back key to return to the Active Flight Plan page.
Terrain

4.3.7.2 Previewing a Flight Plan in the Catalog Weather

1. While viewing the Flight Plan page, touch the Menu key, and
then the Catalog key. The list of currently stored flight plans Nearest
will be displayed.
Services/
Music

2. Touch the desired flight plan. The Route Options will now be
Utilities
displayed.
3. Touch the Preview key to display a preview of the selected System
flight plan.
4. Touch the Back key to return to the Flight Plan Catalog. Messages

Symbols

4.4 Graphically Editing a Flight Plan

Appendix
The Active Flight Plan may be edited graphically on the Map page. See
Section 8.3.3 for details. Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 4-23

Foreword
4.5 Import Flight Plans with Connext
When the GTN is interfaced with a compatible Flight Stream device, flight
Getting
Started plans can be wirelessly imported into the GTN from supported Apps (i.e.
Garmin Pilot). The imported flight plans can then be activated or stored to the
Xpdr Ctrl
flight plan catalog once they are previewed by the pilot.
Com/Nav NOTE: Flight plans over 99 waypoints long are truncated at 99 waypoints
and the last waypoint in the imported/uploaded flight plan may not be the
FPL destination airport.

Direct-To NOTE: Flight plan information and user waypoints included as part of a
flight plan will not necessarily retain their names when the flight plan is
Proc transferred from the portable device to the GTN via a Flight Stream device.
Whenever a User Waypoint is imported, it is compared to the existing User
Wpt Info Waypoint catalog. If it matches locations with an existing User Waypoint, the
waypoint will utilize the name saved in the GTN for that waypoint. If there is
Map not a location match, the waypoint is imported but without the name label
that the import software may have used. Therefore all new User Waypoints
Traffic
will come in as USR### where the number is the lowest open User Waypoint
slot in the catalog.
Terrain

NOTE: This feature is available in software version 5.10 and later.

Weather

Nearest
4.5.1 Operation
On the portable device, select the option to send a flight plan to the GTN.
Services/
Music The GTN MSG key will appear and begin to flash.
1. Pressing the MSG key will open the message page with a
Utilities
message regarding the flight plan import and a key showing
how many flight plans are ready to preview.
System

Messages
Touch To Preview
Flight Plan

Symbols Figure 4-49 Flight Plan Import Message

2. Touch the New FPL key to open the flight plan preview page
Appendix
when only one flight plan is imported, or the flight plan catalog
when more than one flight plan is imported.
Index

4-24 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Figure 4-50 Preview for Single Flight Plan Import Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Figure 4-51 Catalog for Multiple Flight Plan Import

Wpt Info
3. Selecting a flight plan in the catalog that is "Pending Preview"
will slide out a menu to preview or delete the flight plan. Map
Once the flight plan has been previewed and then stored
or activated, the other Route Options in the menu will be Traffic
available.
Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music
Figure 4-52 Route Options by Selecting Flight Plan with Pending Review
Utilities
4.5.2 Potential Errors
If the GTN is unable to import a flight plan due to errors in the flight plan or System
a full catalog, the pilot will be alerted with a system message.
Messages

Figure 4-53 Flight Plan Import Error Messages Symbols

If an imported flight plan contains any errors, pop-up messages will be Appendix
displayed alerting the pilot of the issues and the resulting changes to the flight
plan. Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 4-25

 When the imported flight plan is too long, the GTN will truncate the flight
Foreword
plan to the correct length. The pilot should be aware that waypoints are missing
Getting from the end of the flight plan, including the destination waypoint.
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL
Figure 4-54 Pop-Up Message Reporting Flight Plan Errors
Direct-To When the imported flight plan contains waypoints (non-user waypoints),
procedures, or airways that are not found in navigation database, the GTN will
Proc replace those waypoints with locked (lockd) waypoints. These locked waypoints
must be resolved prior to activating the flight plan to provide navigation along
Wpt Info the flight plan.
When more than one error occurs during the flight plan import, the pilot
Map
will need to cycle through the errors by touching the Next key on the pop-up.
Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest Figure 4-55 Pop-Up Message Reporting Unknown Waypoints

Services/
Music

Utilities

System
Figure 4-56 Pop-Up Message Reporting Unknown Procedure
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index
Figure 4-57 Pop-Up Message Reporting Unknown Airway

4-26 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

4.6 Import Flight Plans with an SD Card Foreword
Flight plans can be created on a computer using compatible flight planning
software and saved to the SD card to be imported into the GTN. The imported Getting
Started
flight plans can then be activated or stored to the flight plan catalog once they
are previewed by the pilot. Xpdr Ctrl

NOTE: Flight plans over 99 waypoints long are truncated at 99 waypoints

Com/Nav
and the last waypoint in the imported/uploaded flight plan may not be the
destination airport.
FPL

NOTE: This feature is available in software version 5.10 and later.

Direct-To

NOTE: The flight plan file format used by the GTN is different than the file
Proc
format used by the GNS 400W/500W Series navigators.
1. While viewing the Flight Plan page, touch the Menu key and Wpt Info

then the Catalog key to display the Flight Plan Catalog.

Map
Touch To Import
Flight Plan Traffic
Flight Plan
On SD Card Terrain

Weather
Figure 4-58 Catalog for SD Card Flight Plan Import
2. An Import key will be present in the menu bar when flight Nearest
plans are present on the SD card. Touch the Import key to
open a pop-up with a list of the file names of the flight plans Services/
Music
on the SD card.
Touch To Import Utilities
Flight Plan From
SD Card System

Messages

Figure 4-59 Flight Plan To Import From SD Card Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 4-27

 3. After selecting the desired flight plan to import, the GTN will
Foreword
attempt to import the flight plan and open the Route Options
Getting slide out menu. The imported flight plan must be previewed
Started before being activated. Touch Preview to view the flight plan.
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav Touch To Preview

Flight Plan From
SD Card
FPL

Direct-To
Figure 4-60 Route Options For SD Card Flight Plan Import
4. Press Store to save the flight plan to the catalog. Press
Proc
Activate to make the imported flight plan the active route.
Wpt Info

Map Touch To Make

Touch To Store To The Imported
Save Flight Plan Flight Plan The
Traffic To The Catalog Active Route
Figure 4-61 Route Options For SD Card Flight Plan Import
Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

4-28 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

4.6.1 Potential Errors Foreword
If the GTN is unable to import a flight plan due to errors in the flight plan or
a full catalog, the pilot will immediately be alerted with a pop-up. Getting
Started
1. Touch OK at the prompt to continue.
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To
Figure 4-62 Flight Plan Import Fault
Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Figure 4-63 Flight Plan Import Fault - Catalog Full

Terrain
2. If an imported flight plan contains any errors, pop-up
messages will be displayed alerting the pilot of the issues Weather
and the resulting changes to the flight plan. These pop-ups
are presented the first time that the flight plan is viewed on Nearest
the Flight Plan Preview page.
Services/
When the imported flight plan is too long, the GTN will truncate Music
the flight plan to the correct length. The pilot should be aware
that waypoints are missing from the end of the flight plan. Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Figure 4-64 Flight Plan Import Issue - Flight Plan Too Long Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 4-29

 3. When the imported flight plan contains waypoints (non-user
Foreword
waypoints), procedures, or airways that are not found in
Getting navigation database, the GTN will replace those waypoints
Started with locked waypoints. These locked waypoints must be
resolved prior to activating the flight plan.
Xpdr Ctrl
When more than one error occurs during the flight plan import,
Com/Nav the pilot will need to cycle through the errors by touching the
Next key on the pop-up.
FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Figure 4-65 Flight Plan Import Issue - Flight Plan Contains Unknown Waypoints
Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Figure 4-66 Flight Plan Import Issue - Unknown Procedure Removed From Flight Plan
Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Figure 4-67 Flight Plan Import Issue - Unknown Airway Removed From Flight Plan
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

4-30 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

5 DIRECT-TO Foreword

The GTN 6XX Direct-To function can quickly set a course to a nearby facility. Getting
Started
If the pilot selects Direct-To to a waypoint that is in the flight plan, waypoint
sequencing in the flight plan will resume upon reaching that waypoint. If the Xpdr Ctrl
pilot selects Direct-To for a waypoint that is not in the flight plan, the flight
plan will no longer be active but remains available. There are some fixes within Com/Nav
procedures for which if a Direct-To is selected then the approach will not be
active. For example, if you activate a Direct-To course to a waypoint between FPL

the FAF and the MAP and go Direct-To to that waypoint then approach guidance
Direct-To
will not become active.
5.1 Direct-To Navigation Proc

1. Press the Direct-To key on the right side of the unit.

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music
Figure 5-1 Direct-To Wpt Page
Utilities
2. Select Waypoint, FPL, or NRST APT from the Direct-To
window by touching the desired tab. System

Messages

Symbols
3. If a specific course is necessary, touch the Course To key.
Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 5-1

 4. Use the numeric keypad to select the course and then touch
Foreword
the Enter key.
Getting
Started Selected Backspace
Course Key
Xpdr Ctrl
Numeric
Keypad
Com/Nav

FPL
Figure 5-2 Direct-To Course Selection

Direct-To 5. Touch the desired waypoint and touch the Activate key or
press the small right knob.
Proc

Wpt Info
Waypoint
Tab
Map
Waypoint
Detail
Traffic
Activate Direct-To Course
Press Small Knob To
Terrain Activate Direct-To Wpt
Touch To Select
Weather A Specific Course
Figure 5-3 Direct-To Selection
Nearest
6. The Map page will now be displayed with the new Direct-To
Services/ course.
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

5-2 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

5.2 Direct-To a Flight Plan Waypoint Foreword

1. Press the Direct-To key on the right side of the unit. Getting
Started
2. Touch the FPL tab on the left side of the Direct-To window.
Xpdr Ctrl

Flight Plan Com/Nav

Waypoint List
Flight Plan Tab FPL
Touch Waypoint
Key To Select
Direct-To
Figure 5-4 Direct-To Flight Plan Leg Selection
Proc
3. Touch the leg of your flight plan you want to use. The Direct-To
Waypoint page will display information about the selected flight plan Wpt Info
waypoint.
Map

Waypoint Tab
Traffic
Touch To Select
Waypoint Detail A Specific Course Terrain
Touch To Activate
Direct-To Nav To Weather
This Waypoint

Figure 5-5 Selected Direct-To Flight Plan Leg Nearest

4. Touch the Activate key or press the small right knob to Services/
Music
activate the selection.
Utilities

System
5. The Map page will now be displayed with the new Direct-To
course. Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 5-3

Foreword
5.3 Direct-To a Nearest Airport
1. Press the Direct-To key on the lower right side of the unit.
Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl
2. Touch the NRST APT tab on the left side of the Direct-To
window. The nearest 25 airports within 200 NM will be listed.
Com/Nav
The airport at the top of the list is the nearest airport. To review
the other nearest airports, touch the Up and Down keys to
FPL scroll through the list.

Direct-To Touch List And Drag

Finger To Scroll List
Proc Nearest Airport List
Nearest Tab Arrows Indicate More
Wpt Info Items On The List
Figure 5-6 Direct-To Nearest Airport Selection
Map
3. Touch the desired airport to select it. The selected airport will
Traffic be displayed in the Waypoint page.

Terrain
Direct-To Waypoint

Weather

Nearest Activate Direct-To Course

Press Small Knob To
Services/
Music Activate Direct-To Wpt
Figure 5-7 Selected Direct-To Nearest Airport
Utilities
4. Touch the Activate key or press the small right knob to
System activate the selection.

Messages

Symbols 5. The Map page will now be displayed with the new Direct-To
course.
Appendix

Index

5-4 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

5.4 Removing a Direct-To Course Foreword
When a Direct-To course is cancelled, the previously active flight plan will be
Getting
reactivated and the nearest leg to the aircraft position will become the active leg. Started
If there was no active flight plan, after cancelling the Direct-To course the aircraft
Xpdr Ctrl
will continue with the current heading.
1. Press the Direct-To key to display the Direct-To page. Com/Nav

FPL
Touch To
Remove The Direct-To Waypoint
Direct-To Direct-To
Course
Proc

Press Small Knob To

Edit Direct-To Wpt Wpt Info

Figure 5-8 Remove the Direct-To Course

Map

2. Touch the Remove key.

Traffic
3. Navigation will now return to the active flight plan.
Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 5-5

Foreword
5.5 Direct-To Map Waypoint
A Direct-To course may be set to any waypoint selected on the Map page. The
Getting
Started waypoint is selected by touching an item such as an airport, VOR, or NDB or
any other location. Touching the map page at any place not having an existing
Xpdr Ctrl
location name will create a waypoint with the name “MAPWPT.” Touching the
Direct-To key will automatically insert the selected waypoint as the Direct-To
Com/Nav
waypoint. The MAPWPT will be saved as a User Waypoint.
FPL 1. On the Map page, touch the map at the location intended to
be the Direct-To waypoint.
Direct-To
2. Press the Direct-To key on the right side of the unit.
Proc
Waypoint Tab Direct-To Waypoint Name

Wpt Info Touch To Direct-To Waypoint

Remove The Map Symbol
Direct-To Course
Map

Touch To
Traffic Activate The
Direct-To Course
Terrain
Figure 5-9 Touch the Map to Create a MAPWPT as the Direct-To Course Destination

Weather 3. Touch the Activate key or press the small right knob to
activate the selection.
Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

5-6 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

5.6 Off-Route Direct-To Course Foreword
An off-route Direct-To course may be selected by using the Waypoint tab,
Getting
Nrst Apt tab, or selecting an airport on the map. When an off-route Direct- Started
To course is activated, the existing active flight plan will be deactivated. The
Xpdr Ctrl
original active flight plan and waypoint sequencing is reactivated when the
Direct-To course is removed.
Com/Nav
Direct-To Waypoint
FPL
Flight Plan Data
Flight Plan Is Cleared
Direct-To
Waypoint List
Proc
Figure 5-10 Active Flight Data is Removed When a Direct-To Course is Activated
Wpt Info

5.7 Graphically Editing a Direct-To Route

Map
Direct-To routes may be edited graphically on the Map page the same as a
regular flight plan. See Section 8.33 for details. Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 5-7

Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
This page intentionally left blank

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

5-8 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

6 PROCEDURES Foreword

Getting
The GTN 6XX allows you to fly non-precision and precision approaches Started
to airports with published instrument approach procedures. All available
approaches are stored on your Jeppesen NavData® card, and are automatically Xpdr Ctrl

updated when the card’s files have been updated. Subscription information for
NavData cards is included in your GTN 6XX package. Com/Nav

The Procedures Page is displayed by touching the PROC key on the Home FPL
page. The Procedures Page provides direct access to approaches, departures and
arrivals. Selections are also shown to: Activate Approach, Vectors to Final, and Direct-To
Activate Missed Approach.
Proc
NOTE: Baro-corrected altitude is not required by the GTN unit to meet
the requirements of TSO-C146c; however, to take full advantage of the
Wpt Info
GTN unit's capabilities, an optional baro-corrected altitude source is
recommended for automatic sequencing of altitude leg types. If no baro-
Map
corrected altitude data is provided to the GTN unit, altitude leg types must
be manually sequenced.
Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 6-1

Foreword
6.1 Basic Approach Operations
The GTN 6XX provides precision vertical guidance as well as lateral and advi-
Getting
Started sory vertical guidance using its built in GPS receiver for GPS or RNAV approaches.
The moving map pages can also be used as a supplemental aid to situational
Xpdr Ctrl awareness for ILS, VOR, and NDB approaches (and non-precision localizer-based
approaches), but the appropriate radio navigational aid MUST be used for primary
Com/Nav
approach course guidance for non-GPS approaches.
FPL Approaches designed specifically for GPS are often very simple and don’t require
overflying a VOR or NDB. Currently, many non-precision approaches have “GPS
Direct-To overlays” to let you fly an existing procedure (VOR, VOR/DME, NDB, etc.) more
accurately using GPS.
Proc Many overlay approaches are more complex (in comparison to GPS-only
approaches). The GTN 6XX displays and guides you through each leg of the
Wpt Info
approach — automatically sequencing through each of these legs, up to the missed
approach point (MAP). Approaches may be flown “as published” with the full
Map
transition — using any published feeder route or initial approach fix (IAF) — or
may be flown with a vectors-to-final transition.
Traffic
Phase of flight annunciations are provided on the bottom of the display indi-
Terrain cating the current mode of flight.
Procedures are arranged around the existing flight plan in the following order:
Weather
Departure, En Route, Arrival, and Approach. For example, Departure waypoints
are inserted before the En Route waypoints in the flight plan and Arrival waypoints
Nearest
are inserted between the En Route waypoints and the approach waypoints. Always
Services/ verify that the transition waypoints between each phase are correct.
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

6-2 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl
Departure Arrival Approach
Com/Nav
Airport Airport Airport
Departure Arrival Approach
FPL
Runway Transition Transition
Transition Runway Channel/ID
Preview Preview Preview Direct-To
Load Departure Load Arrival Load Approach
Activate Approach Proc

Figure 6-1 Procedures Functional Diagram Wpt Info

Annunciation Description
Map
LPV Localizer Performance with Vertical guidance (LPV) approach. Fly to LPV
minimums.
Traffic
LP Localizer Performance with no vertical guidance. Fly to LP minimums.
L/VNAV Lateral Navigation and Vertical Navigation (LNAV/VNAV) approach. Fly to Terrain
LNAV/VNAV minimums.
LNAV+V GPS approach using published LNAV minima. Advisory vertical guidance is Weather
provided. Fly to LNAV minimums.
LNAV Lateral Navigation approach. Fly to LNAV minimums. Nearest
MAPR Missed Approach indicates the system is providing missed approach integrity
and CDI full-scale deflection ±0.3 NM. Services/
Music
ENR En route, CDI full-scale deflection is 2.0 NM or current CDI scale selection,
whichever is smaller. Utilities
TERM Terminal, CDI full-scale deflection is 1.0 NM or current CDI scale selection,
whichever is smaller. System

DPRT Departure, indicates the system is using non-precision approach integrity.

CDI full-scale deflection is 0.3 NM. Messages

OCN Oceanic, CDI full-scale deflection is 2.0 NM.

Symbols
LOW ALT For LNAV+V, LNAV/VNAV, or LPV approaches, the LOW ALT annunciation
(lower window) indicates the aircraft’s estimated height is lower than the Final Approach
Waypoint height by approximately 50 meters. This annunciation will not be Appendix
active when TAWS is operational.
Index
Table 6-1 Phase of Flight Annunciations

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 6-3

Foreword
6.2 Selecting a Departure
A Departure Procedure (DP) is loaded at the departure airport in the flight
Getting plan. Only one departure can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If a departure
Started
is loaded when another departure is already in the active flight plan, the new
Xpdr Ctrl departure replaces the previous departure. The route is defined by selection of a
departure, the transition waypoint, and a runway.
Com/Nav
NOTE: Vector-only departures are not available in the Procedures database
FPL as the GTN 6XX cannot provide navigational guidance on vectored legs.

Direct-To 1. Touch the PROC key on the Home page and then touch the
Departure key to display the Departure list.
Proc
Touch To Show
Departure List
Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
Figure 6-2 Select Departure
Terrain 2. If necessary, touch the Airport key and enter the departure
airport. Touch the key for the desired Departure.
Weather
3. Touch the key for the desired Transition.
Nearest
Touch To Select
Services/ Desired Departure
Music Transition

Utilities

System Figure 6-3 Selecting a Departure Transition

4. Touch the key for the desired Runway, if necessary.
Messages

Touch To Select
Symbols Desired Departure
Runway
Appendix

Index
Figure 6-4 Selecting a Departure Runway

6-4 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 NOTE: If the selected runway is depicted as RW10B, for instance, this Foreword
means both runways 10L and 10R.
Getting
Started
5. After selecting the runway, the Departure page will be
displayed. Xpdr Ctrl

Touch To Select Touch To Select Com/Nav

Airport Departure
Touch To Select Touch To Select FPL
Runway Transition
Touch To Preview Touch To Load
Departure Direct-To
Departure
Figure 6-5 Result of Selecting a Departure
Proc

6. Touch the Preview key to view the Departure.

Wpt Info

Sequence List Map

For The Selected Departure
Departure Diagram
Traffic
Touch To Load
Departure Terrain
Figure 6-6 Previewing a Departure
7. Touch the Load Departure key. The Active Flight Plan page Weather
will be displayed.
Touch To Change Nearest
Or Remove
Departure Services/
Music
Touch To Edit
Waypoint Scroll To View Utilities
Touch To Edit Flight Plan
Waypoint With Departure
Waypoints System

Figure 6-7 Flight Plan View of the Selected Departure

Messages
8. Remove a departure or select a new one by touching the
Departure key and selecting the desired choice. Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 6-5

Foreword
6.3 Selecting an Arrival
A Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR) can be loaded at any airport that has one
Getting published. Only one arrival can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If an arrival
Started
is loaded when another arrival is already in the active flight plan, the new arrival
Xpdr Ctrl replaces the previous arrival. The route is defined by selection of an arrival, the
transition waypoint, and a runway.
Com/Nav
1. Touch the PROC key on the Home page to display the
FPL Procedures page and then touch the Arrival key to display
the Arrival page.
Direct-To

Proc

Touch To Display
Wpt Info Arrival Page

Map
Figure 6-8 Procedure Page
Traffic
2. If necessary, touch the Airport key to select a new airport.
Touch the Arrival key to display the Arrival list for the selected
Terrain
airport.
Weather
Touch To Select Touch To Display
Airport Arrival List For The
Nearest Selected Airport

Services/
Music

Utilities
Figure 6-9 Arrival Page
System 3. Touch the desired Arrival from the Arrival list for the selected
airport.
Messages

Symbols

Appendix
Touch To Select
Arrival
Index
Figure 6-10 Select from Arrival List
6-6 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
 4. Touch the Transition key and then touch the key for the
Foreword
desired transition.
Getting
Started
Touch To Select
Transition
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

Figure 6-11 Select from Transition List FPL

5. Touch the key for the desired Runway, if necessary. The Direct-To
completed Arrival page will be displayed.
Proc
Touch To Display
Touch To Select Arrival List For The
Airport Selected Airport Wpt Info

Touch To Select Touch To Display

Transition Runway List For The Map
Selected Arrival
Traffic
Touch To Preview Arrival Touch To Load Arrival Into
Wpt List And Map The Active Flight Plan Terrain
Figure 6-12 Completed Arrival Page
Weather
NOTE: If the selected runway is depicted as RW10B, for instance, this
means both runways 10L and 10R. Nearest

6. Touch the Preview key. A preview of the Arrival and the Services/
Sequence List will be displayed. Music

Utilities
Sequence List
For The Selected Arrival
Arrival System
Diagram

Touch To Load Messages

Arrival
Figure 6-13 Arrival Map Preview and Sequence List Symbols

7. Touch the Load Arrival key to insert the arrival into the flight Appendix
plan. The Active Flight Plan page will be displayed.
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 6-7

 Touch To Select
Foreword Or Remove
Arrival
Getting Scroll To View
Started Flight Plan
Touch To Edit With Departure
Xpdr Ctrl Waypoint Waypoints

Figure 6-14 Flight Plan With Arrival Loaded

Com/Nav
6.4 Selecting an Approach
FPL Only one approach can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If an approach
is loaded when another approach is already in the active flight plan, the new
Direct-To
approach replaces the previous approach. The route is defined by selection of an
approach, the transition waypoint, and a runway.
Proc
1. Touch the PROC key on the Home page. The Approach, Arrival,
Wpt Info and Departure fields will be dashed until a selection is made.

Map
Touch To Select Departure
Traffic
Touch To Select Arrival
Terrain
Touch To Select Approach
Weather
Figure 6-15 Procedures Selection Window
Nearest 2. Touch the Approach key on the Procedures page to select
an approach for the destination airport. Confirm that the
Services/
Music intended airport is shown or touch the Airport key and select
the desired airport.
Utilities Touch To Select Airport

System

Touch To Select Approach

Messages

Touch To Select Channel ID

Symbols

Appendix

Figure 6-16 Selecting an Approach

Index

6-8 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 3. Touch the Approach key on the Procedures-Approach page
Foreword
and then touch the key for the desired approach.
Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Touch To Select Approach Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To
Figure 6-17 Selecting an Approach from the List
4. After selecting the approach for the destination airport, the Proc
approach overview will be displayed.
Wpt Info
Touch To Select Touch To Select
Airport Approach
Map
Touch To Select Touch To Select
Transition Channel/ID
Touch To Activate Traffic
Touch To Preview
Approach Approach
Touch To Load Terrain
Approach
Figure 6-18 Selected Approach Overview Weather

5. Touch the Transition key and then touch the key for the desired
Nearest
transition. The selected Transition will be shown in white on
the Procedure page Approach diagram. Unselected Transitions Services/
will be shown in grey. Music

Drag Finger On Utilities

Selected List To View List Or
Transition Touch Up/Down
Keys To Scroll List System

Messages

Symbols
Figure 6-19 Select Approach Transition
6. If desired, touch the Channel/ID key, then use the numeric Appendix
keypad to select the channel number, and then touch the Enter
key. The Channel and ID are typically loaded automatically if Index
they are present.
190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 6-9
Foreword NOTE: As an alternate means of loading an approach, the
Channel ID key allows you to select the channel ID for a SBAS
Getting approach for the current destination. The channel ID for the
Started
SBAS approach is available from an approved approach chart.
Xpdr Ctrl
If duplicate numbers are available for a channel, a list will be available
where you may select the desired approach.
Com/Nav

7. Touch the Load Approach key. The Active Flight Plan page
FPL
will be displayed. The approach waypoints are placed at the
end of the flight plan and the unit will automatically sequence
Direct-To
to them after the en route waypoints.
Proc NOTE: If you build your flight plan with the destination airport at the end
and then load an approach procedure, you will navigate all the way to the
destination airport before joining the procedure. Be sure when LOADING
Wpt Info
and not ACTIVATING an approach procedure that the route to be flown is
correct.
Map
8. Touch the Activate Approach key, which makes the active
Traffic leg Direct-To the IAF, or for Vector approaches to activate a
leg that is an extended final approach course. You can also
Terrain "activate" the selected procedure on the Procedures page, if
the approach is not activated on this page.
Weather
9. Touch the Preview key.
Nearest Unselected
Sequence List Transition
Services/ For The Selected
Music Selected
Transition Transition
Utilities Approach Touch To Load
Diagram Approach
System Figure 6-20 Selected Approach Preview

Messages
NOTE: When re-activating an approach, the decision as to whether a hold
is inserted at the IAF or not is assumed to be the same as the first time
the approach was activated, regardless of current aircraft position. If the
Symbols
pilot wishes to have the hold inserted or removed from the procedure, the
procedure must be re-loaded or activated from the PROC-Approach page.
Appendix

Index

6-10 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

6.5 Approaches with Procedure Turns Foreword
The procedure turn portion of an approach is stored as one of the legs of
Getting
the approach. For this reason, the GTN 6XX unit requires no special operations Started
from the pilot — other than flying the procedure turn itself — beyond what is
Xpdr Ctrl
required for any other type of approach. Roll steering is provided to aircraft with
compatible autopilots.
Com/Nav
6.6 Flying the Missed Approach
FPL
Upon reaching the Missed Approach Point, the GTN 6XX unit continues to
give guidance along an extension of the final course segment (FAF to MAP) until Direct-To
you manually initiate the missed approach procedure (as mentioned in reference
to the “SUSP” advisory). Proc

NOTE: If the unit is not configured for a CDI key, then the “activate GPS missed
Wpt Info
approach” will only resume automatic waypoint sequencing. The user must
switch to GPS navigation, if desired, by using their external source selection
method (this is typical an EFIS system). Map

1. When the MAP is reached, a pop-up will appear. Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Figure 6-21 Pop-Up Upon Reaching the MAP Services/

Music
2. Touch the Remain Suspended key to continue with
sequencing suspended or touch Activate GPS Missed Utilities

Approach for guidance to the Missed Approach Hold Point.

System

The Activate GPS Missed Approach function is the same for the on screen Messages
controls or a remote switch. Activating the missed approach prior to the MAP
can be accomplished on either the Flight Plan or Procedures pages. If using the Symbols

Flight Plan page, the approach banner must be touched to display the Approach
Options where Activate Missed Approach can be selected. Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 6-11

Foreword Touch the Approach
Banner to Display the
Getting Approach Options
Started Touch the
Desired Option
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav
Figure 6-22 Approach Option Selection on the Flight Plan Page

FPL

Direct-To

Proc Touch the Approach Touch the

Banner to Display the Desired Option
Approach Options
Wpt Info
Figure 6-23 Approach Option Selection on the Procedures Page
Map
Once an option is selected, the GTN will continue to provide guidance along
Traffic
the final approach course. Upon reaching the MAP, the unit will automatically
sequence to the first leg of the missed approach. This is used when a pilot needs
Terrain to execute the missed approach prior to reaching the MAP.

Weather
6.7 Flying an Approach with a Hold
Upon activating an RNAV GPS approach, you are given the option to skip
Nearest any non-required holding patterns during the initial transitions of the approach.
The Default NAV Page and Flight Plan Page displays a timer or distance, as
Services/
Music appropriate, during the holding pattern. Use this timer or distance to fly the
outbound portion of the holding pattern. (The holding pattern is displayed on
Utilities
the Map Page and indicated as the active leg on the Default NAV and Active
Flight Plan pages.)
System
NOTE: If you need to lose extra altitude or speed by going around the holding
Messages pattern again, touch SUSP to manually suspend waypoint sequencing BEFORE
crossing the holding waypoint the second time. If you’ve already passed this
Symbols waypoint, re-activate the holding pattern.
As you cross the MAP, a “SUSP” annunciation will appear, indicating that
Appendix
automatic sequencing of approach waypoints is suspended at the MAP. A “from”
indication is displayed on the CDI and Default NAV Page, but course guidance
Index
along the final approach course continues.
6-12 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
6.8 Flying a DME Arc Approach Foreword
Approaches that contain DME arcs are supported by the GTN. The GTN will
Getting
provide guidance (left / right) relative to the arc. If you wish to activate the DME Started
arc leg manually, the aircraft must be near the arc, as shown in the shaded area
Xpdr Ctrl
below.
Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather
Figure 6-24 DME Arc Example
Nearest
6.9 Vectors to Final
Services/
With “Vectors-To-Final” (VTF) selected, the CDI needle remains off center Music
until you’re established on the final approach course. With the approach
Utilities
activated, the Map Page displays an extension of the final approach course in
magenta (remember, magenta is used to depict the active leg of the flight plan)
System
and “vtf” appears as part of the active leg on the Map page (as a reminder that
the approach was activated with vectors-to-final). Messages

NOTE: Once VTF is activated all waypoints in the approach prior to the FAF
are removed. Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 6-13

Foreword
6.10 ILS Approaches (GTN 650 Only)
Precision ILS approaches can be performed with the built-in VLOC (VOR/
Getting
Started localizer/glideslope) receivers. The GPS receiver can be used for guidance prior
to reaching the final approach fix, but once there, the proper frequency must
Xpdr Ctrl
be selected on the VLOC window (right side of screen) and the CDI output set
to “VLOC”.
Com/Nav
1.2NM 1.2NM The GTN 6XX can be set to automatically
FPL 15NM switch the external CDI output from GPS to
VLOC as you intercept the final approach
Direct-To course (if used with a KAP140/KFC225
GPS
autopilot, you will need to manually enable
Proc VLOC
outputs). See instructions in the "Enabling
Autopilot Outputs for the King KAP140/
Wpt Info OC
VL
to rea
KFC225" section. When the ILS approach is
h a
itc his activated (and the correct ILS frequency is
Map o Sw n t
t i
Au with GPS active in the VLOC window), the GTN 6XX
automatically switches within 1.2 NM left or
VLOC

Traffic
right of the final approach course. This
Terrain switch can take place anywhere from 2.0 to
2NM 15.0 NM from the FAF.
Weather
MANUAL
FAF
Nearest
The illustration shows multiple locations
along the approach path and the CDI
Services/ selection that you can expect: GPS or VLOC.
Music
Within the area of the shaded box, the
Utilities automatic switch from GPS to VLOC should
occur.
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

6-14 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 NOTE: If you attempt to intercept the approach course at a distance less Foreword
than 2.0 NM from the FAF, the GTN 6XX does not automatically switch
the CDI to VLOC. In this case, touch the CDI key to manually switch from Getting
Started
GPS to VLOC.
Xpdr Ctrl
The automatic switch from GPS to VLOC is not immediate, but instead occurs
gradually to prevent abrupt CDI changes when coupled to an autopilot. The CDI
Com/Nav
selection can also be changed manually by touching the CDI key.
6.11 RNAV Approach Procedures FPL

The GTN 6XX allows for flying LNAV, LNAV/VNAV, LNAV + V, LP, and LPV Direct-To
approaches according to the published chart.
Proc
Phase of flight Description Minimums
Annunciation
Wpt Info
L/VNAV Lateral Navigation/Vertical Navigation. RNAV non- Published LNAV/
precision approach with vertical guidance. VNAV minimums.
Map
LNAV Lateral Navigation. RNAV non-precision approach. Published LNAV
minimums. Traffic
LNAV + V Lateral Navigation with Advisory Vertical Published LNAV
Guidance. RNAV non-precision LNAV approach minimums. Terrain
with advisory vertical guidance. The glidepath
is typically denoted by a light dashed line on Weather

the vertical profile (Jeppeson only) with an

Nearest
associated glidepath angle (usually in the 3.00
degree range) and is provided to assist the pilot Services/
in maintaining a constant vertical glidepath, Music

similar to an ILS glideslope. Utilities

LPV Localizer Performance with Vertical guidance Published LPV
(LPV) approach. minimums. System

RNAV precision approach.

Messages
LP LP indicates Localizer Performance with no Published LP
vertical guidance. minimums. Symbols
Table 6-2 RNAV Approach Annunciations
Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 6-15

Foreword
6.11.1 Flying the LPV Approach
1. Within 31 NM of the destination, the GTN switches from en
Getting
Started
route mode to terminal mode and the CDI scale transitions
from 2.0 to 1.0 NM, full scale deflection.
Xpdr Ctrl 2. As you approach the IAF, a waypoint message appears on the
bottom of the screen.
Com/Nav
3. As the distance (DIST) to the IAF approaches zero, the message
FPL
is replaced by a turn advisory that counts down 10 seconds
prior to the turn.
Direct-To 4. As you approach the FAF, the GTN will begin to automatically
rescale in an angular fashion. This will allow the LPV approach
Proc to be flown in an identical fashion to a standard ILS. At
2.0 NM from the FAF, CDI scaling is tightened from 1.0 NM to
Wpt Info the angular full scale deflection (typically the angular full-scale
deflection is 2.0°, but will be as defined for the approach).
Map
5. Sixty seconds prior to reaching the FAF, the unit will check the
required Horizontal Alarm Limit (HAL) and Vertical Alarm Limit
Traffic
(VAL) to ensure the GPS position integrity is within limits to
complete the LPV precision approach. In the event the HAL
Terrain
or VAL limits are exceeded, the approach will be downgraded
Weather
to a non-precision approach indicated by “LNAV” on the
moving map, a message that the approach is downgraded
Nearest (“APPROACH DOWNGRADE - GPS approach downgraded. Use
LNAV minima.”), and the glideslope indicator will be flagged.
Services/ You may continue the approach using LNAV non-precision
Music
minimums if there are LNAV minimums for this approach. In
Utilities the rare event the GPS integrity cannot meet the non-precision
HAL limits, the unit will send a message to the pilot to abort
System the approach (“ABORT APPROACH - GPS approach no longer
available.”). The unit will revert to terminal limits to support
Messages navigation to the missed approach when the message is
acknowledged. After the aircraft has passed the FAF, a loss of
Symbols WAAS integrity will cause the approach to abort instead of
downgrade.
Appendix
6. Capture the glideslope as you would an ILS glideslope.
Index

6-16 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 7. As you cross the FAF, the destination sequences to the MAP
Foreword
(e.g. “RW31”, the runway threshold). With the needle on the
external CDI (or HSI) centered, fly toward the MAP, observing Getting
the altitude minimums dictated by the approach plate. Started

8. When viewing the Map Page, you’ll note that the final course Xpdr Ctrl
segment is displayed in magenta (the active leg of the flight
plan always appears in magenta). Com/Nav

9. As you approach the MAP, a waypoint message appears on

the bottom of the screen. FPL

10. Once the unit crosses the MAP (defined as the runway end
Direct-To
waypoint), sequencing will be suspended. Prepare the aircraft
for missed approach operation. Touch the Unsuspend key to Proc
sequence to the Missed Approach procedure.
11. Fly the guidance provided by the unit to the MAHP and hold. Wpt Info

6.11.2 Flying the LP Approach Map

An LP approach is flown similarly to an LNAV approach, except the precision
is greater as it utilizes the SBAS accuracy. It has similar lateral accuracy as an LPV Traffic

approach. Angular scaling is similar to a localizer approach. Most LP approaches

Terrain
have step down altitudes associated with them. The approach still results in an
MDA and missed approach point.
Weather
1. Within 30 NM of the destination, the GTN switches from en
route mode to terminal mode and the CDI scale transitions Nearest
from 2.0 to 1.0 NM, full scale deflection.
Services/
2. As you approach the IAF, a turn direction message appears on Music
the bottom of the screen.
Utilities
3. As the distance (DIST) to the IAF approaches zero, the message
is replaced by a time to turn advisory that counts down 10
System
seconds prior to the turn.
4. As you approach the FAF, the GTN will begin to automatically Messages
rescale in an angular fashion. This will allow the LP approach to
be flown in the same fashion as a standard localizer approach. Symbols
At 2.0 NM from the FAF, CDI scaling is tightened from up to
either 2° or 0.3 NM, full scale deflection, whichever is smaller. Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 6-17

 5. Sixty seconds prior to reaching the FAF, the GTN will check
Foreword
the required Horizontal Alarm Limit (HAL) to ensure the GPS
Getting position integrity is within limits to complete the LP non-
Started precision approach. In the event the HAL limits are exceeded,
the approach will be downgraded, when available, indicated
Xpdr Ctrl
by “LNAV” on the moving map, otherwise the approach will be
Com/Nav
aborted. A message will note that the approach is downgraded
and the NAV indicator will be flagged. You may continue the
FPL approach using LNAV non-precision minimums if there are
LNAV minimums for this approach. In the rare event the GPS
Direct-To HAL limits cannot meet non-precision limits, the GTN will notify
the pilot with a message to abort the approach. The GTN will
Proc revert to terminal limits of 1.0 NM to support navigation to
the missed approach.
Wpt Info 6. As you cross the FAF, the destination sequences to the MAP.
With the needle on the external CDI (or HSI) centered, fly
Map toward the MAP, observing the altitude minimums dictated
by the approach plate.
Traffic
7. When viewing the Map Page, you’ll note that the final course
Terrain
segment is displayed in magenta (the active leg of the flight
plan always appears in magenta).
Weather 8. As you approach the MAP, a waypoint message (“Arriving at
Waypoint”) appears on the bottom of the screen.
Nearest
9. At the MAP initiate the missed approach, if necessary. Once
Services/
the GTN crosses the MAP, sequencing will be suspended.
Music Prepare the aircraft for missed approach operation. Touch
the Unsuspend key to sequence to the Missed Approach
Utilities
procedure.
System NOTE: For missed approaches with heading legs, fly manually until the
first active course leg is reached.
Messages
10. Fly the guidance provided by the GTN to the MAHP and hold.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

6-18 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

6.12 Points to Remember for All Procedures Foreword
• The GTN 6XX Map page is designed to complement your printed approach
Getting
plates and vastly improve situational awareness throughout the approach. Started
However, you must always fly an approach as it appears on the approach plate.
Xpdr Ctrl
• The active leg (or the portion of the approach currently in use) is depicted
in magenta on the Map Page. As you fly the approach, the GTN 6XX Com/Nav
automatically sequences through each leg of the approach unless “SUSP”
appears at the annunciation bar at the bottom of the display. “SUSP” FPL
indicates that automatic sequencing of approach waypoints is suspended on
the current leg and normally appears at holding patterns and upon crossing Direct-To
the missed approach point (MAP), for Climb to Altitude legs, and for Hold
to Altitude legs. Proc

• For roll steering autopilots: roll steering is terminated when approach mode Wpt Info
is selected on the autopilot and is available once the missed approach is
initiated. Map
• If Vectors-to-Final is activated while on the “FROM” side of the FAF, automatic
waypoint sequencing is suspended and the SUSP annunciation will appear. Traffic

Automatic waypoint sequencing will resume once the aircraft is on the “TO”
Terrain
side of the FAF and within full-scale deflection.
• For all procedures, make sure to check the runway, transition, and all Weather
waypoints.
Nearest
CAUTION: Not all autopilots will follow guidance when on a heading leg
using NAV, GPSS, or APR mode on the autopilot. Heading legs for procedures Services/
can be identified by “HDG XXX°” in white on the Flight Plan page, as well Music
as the procedure chart indicating that the aircraft must fly a particular
Utilities
heading. Certain autopilots will revert to a “Roll Only” or “Wings Level”
mode on these leg types and the pilot must engage the heading (HDG)
mode of the autopilot and set the heading bug appropriately in order to System

use the autopilot on these legs.

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 6-19

Foreword
6.13 Points to Remember for Localizer or
Getting
VOR-based Approaches
Started • The default factory setting allows the CDI output to automatically switch
Xpdr Ctrl
from the GPS receiver to the LOC receiver. This may be changed to manual
in some installations. If the “ILS CDI Selection” setting is changed to
Com/Nav “Manual”, you must determine when to select “GPS” or “VLOC” guidance
during the approach. Remember, “VLOC” is required for the final course
FPL segment from Final Approach Fix (FAF) to MAP.
NOTE: Installations with certain autopilots, such as the KAP 140 and
Direct-To
KFC225, do not allow automatic ILS CDI switching.
Proc
NOTE: GPS phase of flight annunciations (LPV, ENR, etc.) are not applicable
to the external CDI (or HSI) when VLOC is active.
Wpt Info
• If the CDI output has not automatically switched from GPS to ILS upon
Map reaching the FAF, you must manually switch to the VLOC receiver by
touching the CDI key. Verify that “VLOC” is displayed.
Traffic
• Automatic switching of CDI output is available for ILS, localizer, SDF and
Terrain LDA approaches. Automatic CDI switching is not available for backcourse
approaches or VOR approaches.
Weather • When flying an approach with the autopilot-coupled, you must monitor
system functions at all times and verify that the autopilot and external CDI
Nearest
(or HSI) switch to the VLOC receiver with sufficient time to capture and
Services/ track the approach course. Switching to “VLOC” late in the approach may
Music
not provide the autopilot enough time to respond and intercept the approach
Utilities
course prior to the FAF (depending upon the performance characteristics of
your autopilot and aircraft). In such instances, you should manually fly the
System approach or refer to the documentation provided with your autopilot.
• When an ILS or VOR approach is first selected or executed, the frequency
Messages
is automatically checked. If the frequency is incorrect, you will receive a
message and you must place the correct ILS or VLOC frequency in the
Symbols
active frequency field.
Appendix • When flying a localizer-based approach (other than backcourse) with
automatic CDI switching enabled:
Index

6-20 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 1. “GPS” guidance may be used while flying outbound and on
Foreword
the initial portion of the procedure turn.
2. “VLOC” guidance is used on the remainder of the approach Getting
Started
from the time you turn inbound on the procedure turn.
3. The localizer frequency must be active to use “VLOC” guidance Xpdr Ctrl
at the MAP.
Com/Nav
• When flying a localizer-based approach with automatic CDI switching
disabled. FPL

1. You may select “VLOC” guidance at any point on the approach

Direct-To
prior to reaching the FAF.
2. The localizer frequency must be active to use “VLOC” Proc
guidance.

6.14 Enabling Autopilot Outputs for the Wpt Info

King KAP140/KFC225 Map

Autopilot outputs for the King KAP140/KFC225 autopilots are activated

Traffic
manually by the pilot after being prompted during the approach procedure. After
enabling outputs, the GTN 6XX will provide guidance information consistent
Terrain
with what the autopilot expects (i.e., angular CDI scaling and glideslope capture
for an LPV or other vertically guided GPS approach). Weather

Touch To Activate Nearest

Autopilot Outputs
Prompt To Activate Services/
Autopilot Outputs Music

Utilities
Figure 6-25 Prompt To Activate Autopilot Outputs
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 6-21

Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
This page intentionally left blank
Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

6-22 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

7 WAYPOINT INFO Foreword

Getting
The Waypoint Info function allows you to view information about the selected Started
waypoint. The Waypoint Info page can be reached from the Home page, selected
from a flight plan, or selected from the Nearest page. Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Touch The Key To Display Direct-To

Waypoint Type

Proc

Wpt Info
Figure 7-1 Waypoint Info Page

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 7-1

 FPL

Proc

Map

Index
Music
Traffic

Terrain

System
Started
Getting

Utilities
Nearest

Symbols
Weather

Services/
Wpt Info
Direct-To
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav
Foreword

Appendix
Messages

7-2
Info Select INT Select VOR Select NDB Name Name User Wpt Import
Preview Preview Preview Preview View All Preview
Procedures Frequency
Edit Comment
Runways
Delete Position Type
Runway
PCL Lat/Lon
Frequencies Lat/Lon

Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide

Radial/Radial
Wx Data
Ref Wpt - Rad

Figure 7-2 Waypoint Info Functional Diagram

Metars
Radial/Dist
Forecast
TAF Ref Wpt - Rad - Dis
Temporary?
NOTAMs Create

190-01004-03 Rev. H
7.1 Waypoint Selection Foreword
1. Touch the Waypoint Info key and then touch the desired
Getting
waypoint type (Airport, INT, VOR, etc). Started

2. Touch the waypoint identifier. Xpdr Ctrl

3. The waypoint identifier selection page will be shown and the

Com/Nav
waypoint identifier field will be active for selection. Touch the
required keys on the alphanumeric keypad to select the desired
FPL
waypoint identifier and then touch the Enter key.
Backspace Direct-To
Airport Identifier Key Clears
Find Key Displays Wpt Ident
Proc
Waypoint Search Active Keypad
Range
Wpt Info
Touch Enter
After Selecting
Ident Map
Selected
Keypad Range
Traffic
Figure 7-3 Waypoint Ident Selection
Terrain
4. The selected waypoint will be the selected Airport Identifier.

Selected Airport Bearing and Weather

Identifier Distance To
Selected Wpt
From Present Nearest
Position
Services/
Music

Utilities
Figure 7-4 Waypoint Ident Selection Result
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 7-3

Foreword
7.2 Airport
Getting The Airport page of the Waypoint Info function provides a variety of detailed
Started information about the airport.
Xpdr Ctrl
7.2.1 Info
Com/Nav The upper part of the page shows the airport identifier and type, name, city
and region, the lat/lon coordinates of the airport, and the bearing (and direction
FPL arrow) and distance to the airport from your present position. The center area
shows the airport elevation, fuel availability, and time zone.
Direct-To
1. While viewing the Waypoint Info page, touch the Airport
Proc key.
2. Touch the Info key to display available information for the airport.
Wpt Info

Airport
Map Identifier, City,
& Type
Traffic

Airport Airport
Terrain Information Lat/Lon

Weather Figure 7-5 Waypoint Info Airport Page

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

7-4 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

7.2.2 Preview Foreword
The Waypoint Info Airport Preview page provides detailed information about
Getting
the selected airport. Started

1. Touch the Preview key to view a map of the airport and Xpdr Ctrl
surrounding area.
2. Use the In and Out keys to zoom in and out on the Preview Com/Nav
map.
FPL
Touch & Move
Finger While
Pressing To Pan Map Direct-To

Airport Preview
Area Map Proc
Touch
To Zoom
Wpt Info
Figure 7-6 Waypoint Info Airport Map Page
Map
3. You may touch the map window and while pressing the display
drag your finger to move the map view.
Traffic

7.2.3 NOTAM Pages

Terrain
1. Touch the NOTAMs key on the Airport Waypoint Info page to
view NOTAMS available for the selected airport. Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities
Figure 7-7 Waypoint Info Airport NOTAMs Page
2. Touch the Up and Down keys to view additional information, System
as needed.
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 7-5

Foreword
7.2.4 Procedures
1. Touch the Procedures key to view details about procedures
Getting
Started
for the selected airport.
Airport
Xpdr Ctrl Identifier Touch, Hold,
& Drag Up Or
Com/Nav Down To Scroll

Touch To Return Approach

FPL Name & Type
To Previous Page

Direct-To Figure 7-8 Waypoint Info Airport Procedures Page

2. Touch the Up and Down keys to view additional procedures,

Proc
as needed.
Wpt Info 3. Touch one of the procedure keys to select it for the Procedures
function.
Map

Airport Identifier
Traffic
(Touch To Change) Approach Name

Terrain Touch To Select

Transition Channel And ID
Touch To Cancel
Weather Approach
Selection
Nearest
Touch To Preview Touch To Load Touch To Activate
Services/
Approach Approach Approach
Music
Figure 7-9 Waypoint Info Airport Arrival Information
Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

7-6 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

7.2.5 Runways Foreword
Airport Identifier
Getting
Started
Runway Number.
Touch To Select Xpdr Ctrl

Runway Detail
Runway Map Com/Nav

FPL
Pilot-Controlled
Lighting Freq. Touch Direct-To
To Place In Standby.
Figure 7-10 Waypoint Info Airport Runway Information Page Proc

1. Touch the Runways key to view information about the Wpt Info
available runways for the selected airport. The runway
identifiers, surface type, lighting with Pilot Controlled Lighting Map
(PCL) frequency, runway size, and traffic pattern direction are
shown. Traffic

2. Touch the Runway key to select a runway from the list. Touch
Terrain
the desired runway to select it.
Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System
Figure 7-11 Waypoint Info Airport Runway Selection

3. Touch the PCL key to load the PCL frequency into the Com Messages
Standby location.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 7-7

Foreword
7.2.6 Frequencies
1. Touch the FREQ key to view details about available frequencies
Getting
Started
for the selected airport.
2. Touch the Up and Down keys to view additional frequencies,
Xpdr Ctrl as needed. A "c" symbol in a white circle will appear next to
frequencies that also function as the Common Traffic Advisory
Com/Nav
Frequency (CTAF).

FPL "c" Indicates

CTAF

Direct-To
Airport
Identifier, City,
& Airport Type
Proc
Frequency Name Touch And Drag
To Scroll
Wpt Info Touch For More Touch
Information To Scroll
Map
Touch Frequency
Key To Load Into
Traffic Com Standby
Figure 7-12 Waypoint Info Airport Frequency List Page
Terrain
3. Touch the Frequency key next to the frequency name to
Weather
load it as the Com or Nav standby frequency, depending on
frequency type.
Nearest 4. Some frequencies have more information available and will
indicate that below the frequency name.
Services/
Music
Touch Frequency
Utilities Key To Load Into
Com Standby
Additional
System Frequency
Information
Messages

Symbols
Figure 7-13 Waypoint Info Airport Frequency More Information

Appendix

Index

7-8 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

7.2.7 Weather (WX) Data Foreword
1. Touch the WX Data key on the Airport Waypoint Info page
to view textual METARs, City Forecast, and TAF weather Getting
Started
information available for the selected airport.
Xpdr Ctrl
Airport Identifier

Com/Nav
Touch And Drag
Weather To Scroll
Information Touch To Scroll FPL
Pages
Direct-To
Figure 7-14 Waypoint Info Airport Weather Page

2. Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the Weather Proc

page information.
Wpt Info
7.2.8 Helipads
Map
1. Touch the Helipads key on the Airport Waypoint Info page
to view any information available for the selected helipad.
Traffic
Helipad information may not be complete or consistent due
to the data available from the 3rd party sources.
Terrain

Weather

Nearest
Helipad
Information Services/
Music

Utilities

Figure 7-15 Helipad Waypoint Info System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 7-9

Foreword
7.3 Intersection (INT)
The Intersection page of the Waypoint Info function provides a variety
Getting
Started of detailed information about the intersection. The top left area of the page
displays the Intersection identifier and region. The top center area shows the
Xpdr Ctrl
lat/lon coordinates of the Intersection and the bearing (with direction arrow)
and distance to the Intersection from your present position.
Com/Nav
Select another Waypoint by touching the Waypoint Identifier key, entering
FPL the characters for the desired name with the alphanumeric keypad, and then
touching the Enter key. You may also search through the list by touching the
Direct-To Find key and then choosing from the existing list of waypoints by touching the
desired waypoint from the list.
Proc
The center area of the page shows a map with the Intersection in the center.
Wpt Info 1. While viewing the Waypoint Info page, touch the Intersection
key.
Map
Distance & Bearing To Intersection
From Current Position
Traffic
Intersection
Identifier
Terrain
Touch & Move Finger Intersection
While Pressing To Lat/Lon
Weather Pan Map
Touch To View Nearest VOR
Nearest Intersection Area Information
Map
Services/ Figure 7-16 Waypoint Info - Intersections
Music

Utilities
2. Touch Preview and then use the In and Out keys to zoom
in and out on the map. You may touch the map window and
System
while lightly pressing the display, drag your finger to move the
map view.
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

7-10 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

7.4 VOR Foreword
The VOR page of the Waypoint Info function provides a variety of detailed
information about the VOR. The top left area of the page displays the VOR Getting
Started
identifier, name, city and state, and region. The top center area shows the
lat/lon coordinates of the VOR and the bearing (with direction arrow) and distance Xpdr Ctrl
to the VOR from your present position. The top right area shows the frequency
in a key. Select another Waypoint by touching the Waypoint Identifier key, Com/Nav

entering the characters for the desired name with the alphanumeric keypad, and
FPL
then touching the Enter key. You may also search through the list by touching
the Find key and then choosing from the existing list of waypoints by touching
Direct-To
the desired waypoint from the list.
The center area of the page shows a map with the VOR in the center. Proc

1. While viewing the Waypoint Info page, touch the VOR key. Wpt Info
VOR Identifier, Distance & Bearing To VOR
Symbol, & Name From Current Position Map

Traffic
VOR Location
& Region VOR Lat/Lon Terrain
VOR Class
Magnetic Nearest Airport Weather
Variation Information
Touch To View VOR Area Map VOR Frequency - Touch To Nearest
Insert Into Nav Standby
Figure 7-17 Waypoint Info - VORs Services/
Music

2. Touch Preview and then use the In and Out keys to zoom Utilities

in and out on the map. You may touch the map window and
System
while lightly pressing the display, drag your finger to move the
map view.
Messages
3. Touch the Frequency key next to load it as the Nav standby
frequency. Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 7-11

Foreword
7.5 NDB
The NDB page of the Waypoint Info function provides a variety of detailed
Getting
Started information about the NDB. The top left area of the page displays the NDB
identifier, name, city and state, and region. The top center area shows the
Xpdr Ctrl
lat/lon coordinates of the NDB and the bearing (with direction arrow) and
distance to the NDB from your present position. The top right area shows the
Com/Nav
frequency in a key.
FPL Select another Waypoint by touching the Waypoint Identifier key, entering
the characters for the desired name with the alphanumeric keypad, and then
Direct-To touching the Enter key. You may also search through the list by touching the
Find key and then choosing from the existing list of waypoints by touching the
Proc desired waypoint from the list.
Wpt Info
The center area of the page shows a map with the NDB in the center.
1. While viewing the Waypoint Info page, touch the NDB key.
Map
NDB Identifier, Distance & Bearing To NDB
Symbol, & Name From Current Position
Traffic

Terrain NDB Location &

Region NDB Lat/Lon
Weather Marker
Description Nearest Airport
Nearest Information
Touch To View NDB Area Map VOR Frequency - Touch To
Services/
Music Insert Into Nav Standby
Figure 7-18 Waypoint Info for NDBs
Utilities
2. Touch Preview and then use the In and Out keys to zoom
in and out on the map. You may touch the map window and
System
while pressing the display lightly drag your finger to move the
Messages
map view.

Symbols

Appendix

Index

7-12 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

7.6 User Waypoints (User) Foreword
In addition to the airport, VOR, NDB and intersection information contained
Getting
in your Jeppesen NavData® card, the GTN 6XX allows you to store up to 1,000 Started
user-defined waypoints. The User Waypoint Page displays the waypoint name
Xpdr Ctrl
(up to six characters long), identifier and radial from two reference waypoints,
distance from one reference waypoint, along with the user waypoint’s lat/lon
Com/Nav
position.
The following descriptions and abbreviations appear on the User Waypoint FPL
Page:
Direct-To
• Ref Wpt — Reference waypoint identifier (name)
• Radial — Radial from reference waypoint, in degrees magnetic or degrees Proc
true (depending upon unit configuration)
• Distance — Distance from reference waypoint, in nautical miles/statute Wpt Info

miles/kilometers (depending upon unit configuration)

Map
• Lat/Lon — Latitude/Longitude (degrees/minutes)
Delete Wpt Traffic
Distance & Bearing
Identifier, Symbol, To Wpt From Terrain
& References Current Position
Distance & Bearing Weather
Edit Wpt To Wpt From
Reference Wpt Nearest
Touch To View
Area Map View All Wpts
Services/
Music
Wpts Used
Figure 7-19 Waypoint Info for a User Waypoint Utilities

Select another Waypoint by touching the Waypoint Identifier key, entering

System
the characters for the desired name with the alphanumeric keypad, and then
touching the Enter key. You may also search through the list by touching the Messages
View All key and then choosing from the existing list of User waypoints by
touching the desired waypoint from the list. Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 7-13

Foreword
7.6.1 Select User Waypoint By Name
1. While viewing the User Waypoint page, touch the User
Getting
Started
Waypoint Name.
2. Use the keypad to select the characters for the name and then
Xpdr Ctrl touch Enter.

Com/Nav 7.6.2 Select User Waypoint From A List

1. While viewing the Waypoint Info page, touch the User WPT
FPL
key.
Direct-To
2. Touch the View All key and then use the Up and Down keys
Proc to view the waypoints on the list.

Wpt Info User

Waypoint
List Name User
Map Waypoint
List
User
Traffic Waypoint
Name
Terrain
Figure 7-20 Waypoint Info User Waypoint List

Weather 7.6.3 Edit User Waypoint

1. Select the desired User Waypoint and touch the Edit key.
Nearest
2. Touch the key for the desired information and make changes
Services/ as needed.
Music

Utilities
7.6.4 Delete User Waypoint
1. Select the desired User Waypoint and touch the Delete key.
System 2. Touch the OK key to confirm deleting the selected waypoint.

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

7-14 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

7.7 Create Waypoint Foreword
User waypoints are created from the Create User Waypoint page. To create a
Getting
new user waypoint, simply enter its name (identifier) and position, or reference Started
another waypoint by radial and distance.
Xpdr Ctrl

Touch To View
Com/Nav
Waypoint Name Area Map
Waypoint Temporary FPL
Comment Waypoint
Touch To Setup Touch to Finalize Direct-To
Ref Wpt Waypoint Creation

Figure 7-21 Waypoint Info - Create User Waypoint Proc

1. From the Waypoint Info page, touch the Create Wpt key.
Wpt Info

2. Touch the User Identifier key.

Map
3. Use the alphanumeric keypad to make the waypoint name (up
to six characters) and then touch the Enter key. Traffic

User Waypoint Backspace

Name Key Clears Terrain
Wpt Name
Alphanumeric Weather
Keypad For
Selected Range Touch Enter
After Creating Nearest
Name

Selected Services/
Music
Character Range
Figure 7-22 Waypoint Info - Create User Waypoint Name Utilities

4. Touch the Comment key to add a short comment for the new
System
waypoint.
5. To u c h t h e Po s i t i o n ke y a n d t h e n L a t / L o n , Messages
Radial/Radial, or Radial/Distance to assign the type. See
the following instructions for more detail. Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 7-15

Foreword Touch to Select the
Desired Waypoint
Getting Reference Type
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Figure 7-23 Waypoint Info - Create User Waypoint Type

Com/Nav
6. If desired, touch the Temporary? key to create the waypoint
for only temporary use. Temporary waypoints will be removed
FPL
when the power is cycled.
Direct-To 7. When finished with all selections, touch the Create key to
create the new waypoint.
Proc
7.7.1 Mark On Target
Wpt Info If an external Mark On Target (MOT) switch is installed, pressing that switch
will result in the creation of a User waypoint called MOTxxx at the point in space
Map where the MOT switch was pushed. The waypoints are created in increasing
numeric order up to number 999, at which point they will start replacing
Traffic
existing waypoints at the beginning of the list.
Terrain When a Mark on Target waypoint is created, it may not be immediately
visible on the moving map page because the ownship icon will be directly on
Weather top of the waypoint. Creation of the waypoint can be verified by changing zoom
scales on the map or viewing the User Waypoints page.
Nearest
NOTE: This feature is available in software version 4.00 and later.
Services/
Music
7.7.2 Waypoint Location Based on Lat/Lon
Utilities Coordinates
1. From the Create User Waypoint page, touch the Position
System key and then the Lat/Lon key. Then, touch the Latitude/
Longitude value key.
Messages
Touch to Select
Lat/Lon Waypoint
Symbols Reference Type

Touch to Select
Appendix
Lat/Lon Values

Index
Figure 7-24 Waypoint Info - Create User Waypoint Type - Lat/Lon

7-16 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 2. The Lat/Lon coordinate values will be highlighted. Touch the
Foreword
Lat or Lon key to toggle selection of the hemisphere values
and highlight the selected value. The Large knob may also be Getting
used for cursor movement and characters selected with the Started

Small knob. Use the Large knob to backspace or move the

Xpdr Ctrl
cursor to the left.
When The Lat Key Is Touched, The Latitude Com/Nav
Hemisphere Value Is Active For Selection

Touch to Select Touch To Toggle FPL

Hemisphere Value Lat/Lon Selection
Touch to Select Direct-To
Lat/Lon Coordinates
Proc
Figure 7-25 Waypoint Info - Set Lat/Lon Coordinates
3. Touch the desired hemisphere keys to select the desired values. Wpt Info
After selecting the hemisphere value, the cursor will advance to
the first character of the adjacent numeric value for selection. Map

Even when the hemisphere values are highlighted, touching

a valid numeric key will always place the cursor at the first Traffic

numeric value. The Large knob may also be used for cursor
Terrain
movement and characters are selected with the Small knob.
NOTE: When editing values, turn the Large knob counter-clockwise to Weather
backspace or move the cursor to the left.
Nearest
4. As each value is selected, the cursor will advance to the next
character. Touch the necessary key for the desired values. Services/
Music
5. When finished with the Lat/Lon selections, touch the Enter
key. Utilities

6. When finished with all selections, touch the Back and then
System
the Create key to create the new waypoint.
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 7-17

Foreword
7.7.3 Waypoint Location Based on Two Radials
1. From the Create User Waypoint page, touch the Position key
Getting and then the Radial/Radial key.
Started
Touch to Select
Xpdr Ctrl Radial/Radial Waypoint
Reference Type
Com/Nav
Touch to Select Touch to Select
Reference Wpts Radial Values
FPL
Figure 7-26 Waypoint Info - Create User Waypoint Type - Radial/Radial
Direct-To
2. Touch a Ref Wpt key and use the alphanumeric keypad to
Proc select the desired identifier.
3. Touch the upper Radial key and use the numeric keypad to
Wpt Info select the desired value.
4. Touch the Enter key.
Map

5. When finished with all selections, touch the Create key to

Traffic create the new waypoint.
Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

7-18 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

7.7.4 Waypoint Location Based on Radial and Distance Foreword
1. From the Create User Waypoint page, touch the Position key
and then the Radial/Distance key. Getting
Started

Touch to Select
Radial/Distance Waypoint Xpdr Ctrl
Reference Type
Com/Nav
Touch to Select Touch to Select
Reference Wpts Distance Values
FPL

Touch to Select
Radial Values Direct-To

Figure 7-27 Waypoint Info - Create User Waypoint Type - Radial/Distance

Proc
2. From the Create User Waypoint page, touch the Ref Wpt
key and use the alphanumeric keypad to select the desired Wpt Info
identifier.
Map
3. Touch the Radial key and use the numeric keypad to select
the desired value.
Traffic
4. Touch the Distance key and use the numeric keypad to select
the desired value. Terrain
5. Touch the Enter key.
Weather

6. Touch the Create WPT key to save the new waypoint. Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 7-19

Foreword
7.8 Import User Waypoints (SD Card)
The GTN can import user generated waypoints from a file on the SD card.
Getting The created waypoints will be at the latitude and longitude specified in the file
Started
with the specified name and comment.
Xpdr Ctrl
NOTE: This feature is available in software version 5.10 and later.
Com/Nav
When a user waypoint file is on the SD card, a key will be available on the
FPL
Waypoint Info page for importing user waypoints.
1. Insert an SD card with the User waypoints into the the GTN.
Direct-To
2. From the Waypoint Info page, touch the Import Waypoints
key.
Proc
3. Touch OK to acknowledge the pop-up to import all of the user
waypoints in the file.
Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Figure 7-28 Start User Waypoint Import

Weather 4. The pilot is informed of the status of the user waypoint import
via one of the following system messages.
Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

7-20 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Message Description Foreword
USER WAYPOINT IMPORT - User All user waypoints were imported
Getting
waypoints were imported successfully. successfully. Started
USER WAYPOINT IMPORT - User User waypoint import failed due to
Xpdr Ctrl
waypoint import failed. improper file format.
USER WAYPOINT IMPORT - User User waypoint catalog is full and the Com/Nav
waypoint import failed. User waypoint requested user waypoints could not be
database is full. imported. FPL
USER WAYPOINT IMPORT - User User waypoints imported and existing
waypoints imported successfully - waypoints are used instead of creating Direct-To
existing waypoints reused. duplicate waypoints. This occurs when
a waypoint to be imported is within Proc
0.001° latitude and longitude of an
existing user waypoint (roughly a few Wpt Info
hundred feet, depending on latitude).
Map
Table 7-1 User Waypoint Import Messages

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 7-21

Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
This page intentionally left blank

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

7-22 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

8 MAP Foreword

The Map page is used to provide situational awareness in flight. The Map Getting
page can display the following information: Started

• Airports, NAVAIDs, airspace, • Flight plan legs Xpdr Ctrl

airways, land data (highways, • Topography scale
cities, lakes, rivers, borders, etc.) Com/Nav
with names • Topography data
• Wind direction and speed • NEXRAD (or Precip) Weather FPL
(Opt.)
• Icons for enabled map features Direct-To
• Terrain Overlay
• Aircraft icon (with the nose
representing present position) • Traffic Overlay Proc

• Nav range ring

Wpt Info
Map Menu Active Flight
Options Plan Leg Map
North Indicator
Map Orientation Aircraft Symbol
(Present Position) Traffic
Back to Range Keys
Previous Page Touch to Zoom Terrain
In and Out
Nav Range Ring Map Scale
Weather
Figure 8-1 Map Page Description
Nearest
NOTE: The electronic map is an aid to navigation and is designed to
facilitate the use of authorized government charts, not replace them. Services/
Music
Land and water data is provided only as a general reference. The accuracy
of the land and water data is not suitable for use as a primary source of
Utilities
navigation and should only be used to supplement official government
charts and notices.
System
The following information describes the ownship function in
a helicopter that does not have a source of magnetic heading Messages
information connected to the GTN. When greater than 15
knots groundspeed the map is oriented either north up with Symbols
ownship oriented to its track or track up. When less than 15
kts groundspeed, the directional ownship icon is replaced Appendix
with a non-directional icon because it can't be determined if
the rotorcraft is going sideways or backwards. The map will Index
continue to orient to the current track if the map is selected
190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-1
 for Track Up. If the map is oriented to track up, then below
Foreword
5 kts groundspeed the map orientation will "latch" to the last
Getting
valid track prior to the groudspeed going below 5 kts. The map
Started will reorient when the groundspeed again exceeds 5 kts. The
position of the ownship over the map is always correct.
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Graphically Edit FPL

Proc Map Overlays Topo
Airways Map Pointer - Create Wpt
Wpt Info Terrain
NEXRAD (or PRECIP)*
StormScope*
Map
Traffic*

Traffic Map Setup Map

Aviation
Terrain Land
Traffic*
Weather* * Optional
Weather
Change Data Fields
Nearest
Map Detail
Services/
Music Restore Defaults

Utilities Figure 8-2 Map Page Functional Diagram

System
8.1 Map Menu
The Map Menu provides the ability to modify and control the information
Messages displayed on the Map page.
• Map Overlays are selected to overlay various types of information over the
Symbols base map.
Appendix
• Map Setup modifies the display of other map features.
• Map Data Fields determines whether or not the fields in the corners of the
Index Map page are displayed and the data shown in each corner.

8-2 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 • Map Detail lets you control the amount of information displayed at different
Foreword
map ranges.
• Restore Defaults lets you start all over again with the default values for all Getting
Started
Map page settings.
Xpdr Ctrl
NOTE: Changes made in the Map Menu take effect immediately on the
map display. Com/Nav

1. From the Home page, touch Map to reach the Map page, and
FPL
then touch the Menu key.
Direct-To
Map Overlay
Selections
Proc

Touch To Edit Map Setup Wpt Info

Touch and Drag Finger To

Adjust Map Detail Level Map

Touch To Edit Map

Data Fields (Corners) Traffic
Return Map Menu Settings To
Default Values Terrain

Figure 8-3 Map Menu

Weather
2. Touch the key for the desired option to access its settings.
3. Touch the Back key to return to the Map page. Any changes Nearest
made will be retained until changed or the Restore Defaults
key is touched. Services/
Music

Utilities
8.1.1 Map Overlays
Map Overlays are layers of information that are referenced to geographic System
location and are overlayed on the base map. A green bar will appear below the
Map Overlay key text when the overlay is selected, except for Airways. Messages

NOTE: Map overlay keys do not turn on or activate equipment necessary Symbols
for the overlay to function. Map overlay keys may remain available even
if the information necessary for the overlay is not available. For example: Appendix
the Radar overlay key is available even if the radar is turned off.
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-3

Foreword
NOTE: Map overlays for StormScope or Traffic are prevented from
being overlaid on the main map without a heading source or while User
Getting Navigation Angles are selected.
Started
8.1.1.1 Overlay Priority
Xpdr Ctrl
The data overlayed on the map is displayed according the following priorities
(from highest to lowest):
Com/Nav
1 - Traffic 10 - Lightning 19 - City Forecast 28 - Cloud Tops
FPL 2 - Ownship 11 - METARs 20 - Surface 29 - IR Satellite
Analysis
Direct-To
3 - Flight Plan 12 - Winds Aloft 21 - Airspace 30 - SafeTaxi
Proc 4 - TAWS Alerts 13 - SIGMETs 22 - Waypoints 31 - Terrain
5 - Stormscope 14 - AIRMETs 23 - Airways 32 - Base Map
Wpt Info 6 - Obstacles 15 - Cyclone 24 - Turbulence 33 - Topo
Warning
Map
7 - TFRs 16 - County 25 - Icing Potential
Warning
Traffic
8 - Freezing Levels 17 - PIREPs 26 - Echo Tops
Terrain 9 - Cell Movement 18 - AIREPS 27 - NEXRAD
Table 8-2 Data Overlay Priority
Weather
8.1.1.2 Topo
Nearest
The Topo Data option selects whether the colored topographical features are
displayed. Traffic, Land Data, Terrain, and Obstacles will still be displayed even
Services/ with Topo Data turned off.
Music
1. While viewing the Map Menu, touch Map Overlays key, and
Utilities then the TOPO Map Overlay key to toggle the Topo setting.

System

Messages

Symbols Topo Map Overlay Off Topo Map Overlay On

Figure 8-4 Topo Map Overlay Selections
Appendix
2. When the Topo Map Overlay is toggled off, all topographic
color features are removed.
Index

8-4 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

8.1.1.3 Airways
Foreword
The Airways option allows you to select the airways that are shown on the
Map page. All, Low only, and High only Airways may be selected. When Off is Getting
Started
selected, airways will not be shown.
1. While viewing the Map Menu, touch Map Overlays key, Xpdr Ctrl
and then the Airways Map Overlay key to select the Airways
viewed. Selections are: Off, Low, High, and All. Com/Nav

FPL

Low Airway
Direct-To

High Airway
Proc

Wpt Info

Figure 8-5 Map Menu Airways Map Overlay Selection Map

2. Low Airways are shown as grey lines. High Airways are shown
as green lines. Traffic
8.1.1.4 Terrain
The Terrain Data option selects whether Terrain Data is shown on the Map Terrain
page. Terrain and NEXRAD weather may not be displayed at the same time.
Selecting one will disable the other. A Terrain icon will indicate that the Terrain Weather
overlay has been selected. Terrain overlay colors may or may not be shown
depending on the altitude of the aircraft. Nearest

1. While viewing the Map Menu, touch Map Overlays key, and Services/
then the Terrain Map Overlay key to toggle the view of Terrain Music
data.
Utilities
Red Terrain - At or
Within 100 ft below
Aircraft Altitude System
Yellow Terrain - Between
100 ft and 1000 ft below Messages
current aircraft altitude

Symbols
Icon Shows Terrain Overlay
Is Active Appendix
Figure 8-6 Map Menu Terrain Map Overlay On Selection
Index
2. The colors of the terrain are referenced to your aircraft altitude.
190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-5
 8.1.1.5 NEXRAD (Optional)
Foreword
The NEXRAD menu option allows the display of NEXRAD Precip weather
Getting information overlayed on the Map page. Terrain and NEXRAD Precip weather
Started
may not be displayed at the same time. Selecting one will disable the other.
Xpdr Ctrl NEXRAD Precip weather is an optional feature that requires the installation of
a GDL 69/69A, GDL 88, or GSR 56 and an appropriate Weather subscription.
Com/Nav Only one weather source can be displayed at a time (i.e. FIS-B and XM cannot be
displayed on the map simultaneously. See the Weather section for more detail.
FPL
While viewing the Map Menu, touch the NEXRAD Map Overlay
key to toggle the view of NEXRAD weather data.
Direct-To

Proc NEXRAD
Product Age
Wpt Info NEXRAD
Weather
Map
Figure 8-7 Map Menu NEXRAD Map Overlay On Selection
Traffic
8.1.1.6 StormScope® (Optional)
Terrain The WX-500 StormScope Weather Mapping Sensor is a passive weather
avoidance system that detects electrical discharges associated with thunderstorms
Weather within a 200 NM radius of the aircraft. The StormScope measures relative
bearing and distance of thunderstorm-related electrical activity and reports the
Nearest information to the display. Stormscope and XM Lightning are mutually exclusive.
Services/ NOTE: Refer to the WX-500 Pilot’s Guide for a detailed description of the
Music WX-500 StormScope.
Utilities 1. While viewing the Map Menu, touch the StormScope Map
Overlay key to show the menu for selecting the StormScope
System radar weather data display mode (Cell, Strike, Off, or Clear
Strikes). Touch the desired function.
Messages
2. StormScope data will be overlayed on the Map page. See the
Weather section for more details.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

8-6 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Foreword

Getting
Started

Icon Shows StormScope Xpdr Ctrl

Overlay Is Active
Figure 8-8 Map Menu StormScope Map Overlay On Selection
Com/Nav

8.1.1.7 Traffic (Optional)

FPL
The Traffic Map Overlay option selects whether Traffic data is shown on the
Map page. A Traffic icon will indicate that the Traffic overlay has been selected.
Direct-To
Traffic may or may not be shown depending on the other aircraft's location and
equipment. See the Traffic section for more detail. Proc
While viewing the Map Menu, touch the Traffic Map Overlay key
to toggle the view of Traffic data. Wpt Info

Icon Shows Traffic Overlay Map

Is Active
Non-Threat Traffic Indication. Traffic
Currently 1200 Ft Above And
Rising
Terrain
Icon Shows Aircraft Is
Receiving TIS Traffic From
Ground Stations When A Weather
GDL 88 Is Connected
(GTN software version 5.11
Nearest
or earlier)
Figure 8-9 Map Menu Traffic Map Overlay On Selection Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-7

 FPL

Proc

Map

Index
Music
Traffic

Terrain

System
Started
Getting

Utilities
Nearest

Symbols
Weather

Services/
Wpt Info
Direct-To
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav
Foreword

Appendix
Messages

8-8
8.1.2
Map Setup

Orientation Airport Range Road Detail Smart Airspace Range Weather Source
North Up Above SafeTaxi Diagrams City Detail Show Airspaces Type Cell Movement
Auto Zoom Runway Extensions State/Province Names Class B/TMA Range Restore Defaults METAR
Auto Zoom Min Intersection Range River/Lake Detail Class C/TCA Range Cloud Tops
Auto Zoom Max NDB Range Restore Defaults Class D Range Echo Tops
Nav Range Ring VOR Range Restricted Range Lightning

Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide

Topo Scale User Waypoint Range MOA (Military) Range Restore Defaults
Point Obstacle Rng Airway Range Other/ADIZ Range

Figure 8-10 Map Setup Functional Diagram

Wire Obstacle Rng TFRs Restore Defaults
Chart Color Restore Defaults
Restore Defaults

190-01004-03 Rev. H
 The Map page is customized by selecting groups from the Map Menu. The
Foreword
Map Menu groups include choices for Map, Aviation, Land, Airspace, Traffic,
and Weather groups depending on the installed equipment of a given aircraft. Getting
Started
Each group has a list of options that vary with the group.
1. While viewing the Map page, touch the Menu key. Then, touch Xpdr Ctrl
the Map Setup key. The Map Setup page will be displayed.
Com/Nav
Map Group
Setup Options
Group FPL

Direct-To
Group
Option Proc
Details

Wpt Info

Figure 8-11 Map Setup Page

Map
2. Touch the desired Map Setup Group tab (Map, Aviation, Land,
Airspace, Traffic, or Weather) to display the set of group options. Traffic

3. Touch the desired group key. A list of options for the selected
Terrain
group will be shown. (i.e. Map - Orientation, North Up Above,
Auto Zoom, etc.) Touch the Up or Down keys as needed to
Weather
scroll through the list.
4. Touch the key for the selected option. Nearest
5. Touch the Restore Defaults key to return to the original
Services/
default values for the selected option. Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-9

 8.1.2.1 Map
Foreword
The Map option defines the behavior and display of information on the Map
Getting page such as: Orientation, North Up Above, Auto Zoom, Nav Range Ring, Topo
Started
Scale, Obstacle Range, and Restore Defaults. The default values are shown in
Xpdr Ctrl bold type.
Feature Selection
Com/Nav
Orientation North Up, Track Up, Heading Up
FPL Off, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM, 75 NM,
North Up Above
100 NM, 150 NM, 250 NM
Direct-To Auto Zoom Off, On
250 ft, 400 ft, 500 ft, 750 ft, 1000 ft, 1500 ft, 2500 ft,
Proc
0.5 NM, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5
Auto Zoom Min
Wpt Info
NM, 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM,
75 NM, 100 NM, 150 NM, 250 NM, 400 NM
Map 250 ft, 400 ft, 500 ft, 750 ft, 1000 ft, 1500 ft, 2500 ft,
0.5 NM, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM,
Auto Zoom Max
Traffic 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM,
75 NM, 100 NM, 150 NM, 250 NM, 400 NM
Terrain Nav Range Ring Off, On
Topo Scale Off, On
Weather
Point Obstacle Range Off, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM
Nearest Wire Obstacle Range Off, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM
Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings
Services/
Music Table 8-1 Map Setup Map Options

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

8-10 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

Map Orientation
Foreword
The Map Orientation selection sets the orientation of the Map page. Selections
are North Up, Track Up, and Heading Up. A Map Orientation label is shown below Getting
Started
the North indicator (reference to True North) in the top left corner of the Map page.
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav
Selected Orientation
FPL

Direct-To

Figure 8-12 Map Setup Map Orientation

Proc
North Up Above
The North Up Above option allows you to select the map range where at Wpt Info
and above the selected value the Map Orientation will automatically change
to North Up as a default. For example, with the 500 NM value selected in the Map

figure below, when the map range is 500 NM or more, the map orientation will
Traffic
automatically become North Up.
Terrain

Selected North Up Weather

Range
Nearest

Figure 8-13 North Up Above Range Selection Services/

Music
Auto Zoom
With a valid flight plan, the Auto Zoom feature will automatically change the Utilities
Map page range depending on the distance to the next waypoint in the flight
plan. If enabled, it will also automatically zoom to the SafeTaxi zoom range System
when the aircraft is on the ground. Auto Zoom can be overridden at any time by
manually zooming with the In and Out keys. The Auto Zoom Min selection sets Messages

the minimum range that the display will Zoom in. The Auto Zoom Max value sets
the maximum range the display will Zoom out. Symbols

Auto Zoom is re-enabled once one of the following conditions is met:

Appendix
• A waypoint is sequenced
• the aircraft transitions from “on ground” to “in air” Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-11

 • a point is reached where the Auto Zoom range matches the manual override
Foreword
range (known as auto-sync) and will be noted as “Auto” above the map
Getting
range value on the map page
Started • Auto Zoom is toggled off and back on in the Map Setup page
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Map Setup - Map selection, touch the Auto
Zoom key to toggle it On or Off.
Com/Nav 2. When Auto Zoom is On the Auto Zoom Min and Max values
will be used.
FPL NOTE: Rotorcraft use a Local Auto Zoom function where Auto Zoom will remain
at the 1500 ft zoom scale until the rotorcraft is above 400 ft GSL or 40 kts.
Direct-To
Auto Zoom Min
Set the limit that the display will zoom in automatically.
Proc

Wpt Info
Selected Minimum
Map Auto Zoom Range

Traffic
Figure 8-14 Map Setup Minimum Auto Zoom Range
Terrain Auto Zoom Max
Set the limit that the display will zoom out automatically.
Weather

Nearest
Selected Maximum
Auto Zoom Range
Services/
Music

Utilities Figure 8-15 Map Setup Maximum Auto Zoom Range

Nav Range Ring
System
When turned on, the Nav Range Ring option will show a ring with a compass
rose oriented to magnetic north around your present position on the Map page.
Messages

Symbols
Nav Range Ring

Current Position
Appendix
Nav Range Ring Range

Index
Figure 8-16 Nav Range Ring
8-12 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
TOPO Scale
Foreword
The Topo Scale option selects whether the elevation scale for topographical
features on the Map page is displayed. The scale will be located on the right side Getting
Started
of the display.
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map
Figure 8-17 Map Page Topo Scale
Traffic
Point Obstacle Range
The Point Obstacle Range option selects whether the Point Obstacle Data is Terrain

shown on the Map page at and below the selected Point Obstacle range. Map
Weather
ranges above this value will not show the Point Obstacle Data. An obstacle with
an asterisk indicates a group of the same obstacle type.
Nearest
Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle
(Height is less than (Height is less (Height is greater (Height is greater than Services/
Music
1000 ft AGL) than 1000 ft AGL) than 1000 ft AGL) 1000 ft AGL)
Utilities

System
Table 8-2 Navigation Map Point Obstacle Icons by Elevation

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-13

Foreword Tower Windmill Windmill in Group Power Line

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl
Table 8-3 Obstacle Icon Types

Com/Nav
Color Description
FPL
None Lines are removed when they are more than 2000 ft below the
aircraft.
Direct-To White Lines are white when they are within 2000 ft below the aircraft.
Amber Lines are amber when they are within 1000 ft below the aircraft.
Proc
Red Lines are red when they are within 100 ft below or above the
altitude of the airplane.
Wpt Info
Table 8-4 Fixed Wing Color Scheme for Obstacles and Wires

Map
Color Description
Traffic
None Lines are removed when they are more than 500 ft below the
rotorcraft.
Terrain White Lines are white when they are within 500 ft below the rotorcraft.
Amber Lines are amber when they are within 250 ft below the rotorcraft.
Weather
Red Lines are red when they are at or above the altitude of the
rotorcraft.
Nearest
Table 8-5 Rotorcraft Color Scheme for Obstacles and Wires
Services/
Music Grouped obstacles are shown with an asterisk. The color of the asterisks
is tied to the relative altitude of the highest obstacle in the group, not other
Utilities obstacles within that group. Obstacles are grouped when they would otherwise
overlap.
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

8-14 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 1. While viewing the Map function, touch the Menu key.
Foreword

Getting
2. Touch the Map Setup key and then with the Map tab Started
highlighted drag the list down or use the Down key to show
the Obstacle Range. Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Touch To Select
Obstacle Range Direct-To

Figure 8-18 Map Setup For Obstacle Range Proc

3. Touch the Point Obstacle Range key and select the maximum Wpt Info
range where obstacles will be displayed.
Map

Traffic
Selected Obstacle Range
Terrain

Weather
Figure 8-19 Select Obstacle Display Range

Nearest
Lighted Obstacle
Services/
Unlighted Obstacle Music
Grouped Obstacles
Utilities
Current Position

System
Active Obstacle
Overlay Types *
Messages
Figure 8-20 Navigation Map Point Obstacles
* The icon on the left shows that the point obstacle overlay is Symbols
active. The icon on the right shows that the wire obstacle overlay
is active. These icons are available in software version 5.12 or Appendix
later.
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-15

 4. Touch an obstacle on the map and the elevation will be shown.
Foreword
If there are nearby or overlayed objects (obstacle, airspace,
Getting airport, etc), touch the Next key to step through the nearby
Started objects.
Xpdr Ctrl Obstacle Location Selected
Detail Obstacle
Com/Nav Selected Obstacle
Info and Type Obstacle
FPL Touch To Step To Group
Next Nearby Obstacle
Direct-To

Proc
Figure 8-21 Point Obstacle Detail
Wpt Info 5. Touch the Back key to return to the normal map view.

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

8-16 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

Wire Obstacle Range
Foreword
The Wire Obstacle Range option selects whether the power lines are shown
on the Map page at and below the selected Wire Obstacle range. Map ranges Getting
Started
above this value will not show the Wire Obstacle Data.
Xpdr Ctrl
NOTE: This feature is available in software version 5.10 and later and
requires the use of obstacle databases that contain wire obstacle data.
Com/Nav

HTAWS Alert
Selected FPL
Detail at Obstacle
Cursor Point
Wire Direct-To
Obstacle
Proc

Figure 8-22 Wire Obstacles

Wpt Info

Restore Defaults Map

Returns values to the original factory settings. Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-17

 8.1.2.2 Aviation
Foreword
The Aviation group selection from the Map Setup Page Menu allows you
Getting to customize the display of Active Flight Plan, Active Flight Plan Waypoints,
Started
Airport size range, SafeTaxi information, Runway Extensions, Intersection/NDB
Xpdr Ctrl locations, VOR locations, Airspace Detail, and TFR icons on the Map page. The
feature will be shown at map ranges of the selected value and lower. The options
Com/Nav for each feature are shown in the following table. The default values are shown
in bold type.
FPL
Feature Selection
Direct-To Off, 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM, 75 NM,
Airport Range
100 NM, 150 NM
Proc
Heliports (Optional) Off, On
Wpt Info Off, 1000 ft, 1500 ft, 2500 ft, 0.5 NM, 0.75 NM, 1 NM,
SafeTaxi Diagrams
1.5 NM
Map Runway Extensions Off, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM
Off, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5 NM,
Traffic Intersection Range
10 NM
Off, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM,
Terrain NDB Range
7.5 NM, 10 NM
Weather Off, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM, 75 NM,
VOR Range
100 NM
Nearest Off, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5 NM,
User Wpt Range
10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM, 75 NM, 100 NM
Services/
Music Airspace Detail None, Least, Less, Normal, More, Most
Utilities
Airway Range 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM
TFRs Off, On
System Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings
Table 8-6 Map Setup Aviation Options
Messages
NOTE: The term “intersection range” means any GPS waypoint included
Symbols in the navigation database, and includes waypoints that may not be
intersections of two VOR radials.
Appendix

Index

8-18 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Airport Size Size Criteria Display Criteria Foreword
Longest runway length
Small airports and heliports are displayed Getting
is less than 5000 feet, Started
on the map when the Map Range is less
Small unless it has a tower
than or equal to 1/4 times the Airport
frequency, in which case Xpdr Ctrl
Range Setting.
it is a Medium Airport.
Com/Nav
Longest runway length
is less than 8100 feet Medium airports are displayed on the
FPL
but greater than or map when the Map Range is less than
Medium
equal to 5000 feet or or equal to 1/2 times the Airport Range
Direct-To
less than 8100 feet and Setting.
has a tower frequency. Proc
Longest runway length Large airports are displayed on the map
Large is greater than or equal when the Map Range is less than or Wpt Info
to 8100 feet. equal to the Airport Range Setting.
Table 8-7 Airport Display Range Setting Map

NOTE: The Airport Range Setting of "Off" means airports are never displayed. Traffic

Heliports are displayed on the map page if the Heliport Display Setting is Terrain
"On" and the Map Range is less than or equal to 1/4 times the Airport
Range Setting.
Weather

8.1.2.3 Land Nearest

The Land Data option selects whether detailed land features, such as Freeways,
National Highways, Local Roads, Cities, States/Provinces, and Rivers/Lakes are Services/
Music
displayed. Topo features, traffic, terrain, and obstacles will still be displayed,
even with Land Data turned off. The options for each feature are shown in the Utilities
following table. The default values are shown in bold type.
Feature Selection System

Road Detail None, Least, Less, Normal, More, Most

Messages
City Detail None, Least, Less, Normal, More, Most
State/Province Names Off, On Symbols
River/Lake Detail None, Least, Less, Normal, More, Most
Appendix
Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings
Table 8-8 Map Setup Land Options
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-19

 8.1.2.4 Airspace
Foreword
The Airspace viewing range options select whether the Airspaces are shown
Getting on the Map and at and below the selected map ranges. The Smart Airspaces
Started
selection filters airspaces to show the ones appropriate for your altitude.
Xpdr Ctrl Feature Selection
Airspace Label Range Off, 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM
Com/Nav
Smart Airspace Off, On
FPL
All, Below 18000 ft, Below 15000 ft, Below 12000 ft,
Show Airspaces
Direct-To
Below 9000 ft, Below 6000 ft, Below 3000 ft
Class B/TMA Range Off, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM
Proc Off, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5
Class C/TCA Range
NM, 10 NM
Wpt Info
Off, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM,
Class D Range
7.5 NM, 10 NM
Map
Off, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM, 75 NM,
Restricted Range
Traffic
100 NM
Off, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5
MOA (Military)
Terrain NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM, 75 NM, 100
Range
NM
Weather Other/ADIZ Range None, Least, Less, Normal, More, Most
Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings
Nearest
Table 8-9 Map Setup Airspace Options
Services/
Music Airspace Labels
The Airspace Label feature shows the airspace altitude limits within the
Utilities
selected range.
System

Messages Airspace Labels - On

Symbols Airspace Labels - On

Appendix
Figure 8-23 Display of Airspace Labels
Index

8-20 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Smart Airspaces:
Foreword
Garmin’s Smart Airspace™ feature aids visual clarity on-screen by de-
emphasizing airspace that’s well above or below the aircraft’s current altitude. Getting
Started
The vertical separation is 1,000 feet at sea level and the vertical separation will
gradually increase to 2,000 feet until the aircraft reaches 10,000 feet. Anything Xpdr Ctrl
above 10,000 feet keeps the 2,000 feet vertical separation.
Com/Nav
NOTE: Smart Airspace only changes the depiction of the airspace on the
moving map display. It does not alter the Airspace Alerts that can be set FPL
on the System-Alerts portion of the system.
Direct-To
Smart Airspaces - Off Smart Airspaces - On
Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Figure 8-24 Display of Smart Airspaces (Airspace Borders Grayed

Terrain
To control the display of European airway airspaces:
1. While viewing the Map Setup Airspaces option, touch the Weather
Other/ADIZ Range key and select a value.
2. Select Off for the Other/ADIZ Range to turn off the display of Nearest

airway airspaces. Services/

Airway Airspaces - On Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols
Airway Airspaces - Off Airway Airspaces - On
Figure 8-25 Selecting the Display of European Airway Airspaces Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-21

 8.1.2.5 Airway Range
Foreword
The Airways viewing range option selects whether the Airways are shown on
Getting the Map and at and below the selected map ranges for Low and High Airways.
Started
When Off is selected, the information will not be shown.
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Map function, touch the Menu key.
Com/Nav

2. Touch the Map Setup key and then with the Aviation tab
FPL
highlighted drag the list down or use the Down key to show
the Airway Range.
Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info Touch To Select

Airway Range
Map

Traffic Figure 8-26 Map Setup For Airway Range

Terrain 3. Touch the Airway Range key and select a range.

Weather

Nearest Selected Airway Display Range

Services/
Music
Figure 8-27 Select Airway Display Range
Utilities
4. Touch the Airways key to select the desired Airways (Off, Low,
System High, or All).

Messages

Low Airway (Grey)

Symbols

High Airway (Green)

Appendix

Index Figure 8-28 Navigation Map Airways

8-22 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

8.1.2.6 Traffic (Optional)
Foreword
The Traffic group selection from the Map Setup Page Menu allows you to
customize the display of traffic on the Map page. The Traffic function requires Getting
Started
the installation of the appropriate traffic device. Only one traffic source can be
configured for the GTN and this traffic source will be overlaid on the main map. Xpdr Ctrl
Coverage follows the airplane. In the Navigation Map page setup you can select
the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown. Once outside of the Com/Nav

selected range, traffic will be decluttered. The default values are shown in bold
FPL
type.
Traffic Selection Display Result Direct-To

Range 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5 NM, 10 NM,
Proc
15 NM, 25 NM
Traffic All Traffic, Alerts & Advisories, Alerts Only Wpt Info
Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings
Table 8-10 Map Page Traffic Display Options Map

8.1.2.7 Weather (Optional) Traffic

The Weather group selection from the Map Setup Page Menu allows you to
customize the overlay of the available weather information on the Map page. Terrain
Weather is an optional feature that requires an external weather source, which
must be selected to allow the overlay. Weather

Feature Selection Nearest

Weather Source SiriusXM, Connext, or FIS-B
Services/
Cell Movement Off, On Music

METAR Off, On Utilities

Cloud Tops Off, On
Echo Tops Off, On System

Lightning Off, On
Messages
Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings
Table 8-11 Map Setup SiriusXM Weather Options Symbols

NOTE: Map overlay keys may remain available even if the information
Appendix
necessary for the overlay is not available. For example: the Radar overlay
key is available even if the radar is turned off.
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-23

Foreword Feature Selection
Weather Source SiriusXM, Connext, or FIS-B
Getting
Started METAR Off, On
IR Satellite Off, On
Xpdr Ctrl
Lightning Off, On
Com/Nav Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings
Connext Settings Selectable Connext Settings
FPL
Table 8-12 Map Setup Connext Weather Options

Direct-To Feature Selection

Weather Source SiriusXM, Connext, or FIS-B
Proc
METAR Off, On
Wpt Info Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings
Table 8-13 Map Setup FIS-B Weather Options
Map
8.1.3 Change User Fields
Traffic The Change User Fields selection allows you to configure the Data, Function,
and Page field type shown in each of the four corners of the Map page. The
Terrain information shown in each field may be selected from a list after Change User
Fields is selected.
Weather
1. While viewing the Map page, touch the Menu key.
Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System
Figure 8-29 Map Menu

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

8-24 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 2. From the Map Menu screen, touch the Change User Fields
Foreword
key.
Getting
Touch To Select Data Field Started
(TRK Currently Shown)
Xpdr Ctrl

Touch To Select Data Field Com/Nav

(DIS Currently Shown)
Touch To Cancel Any Changes FPL

Figure 8-30 Map Data Fields Selection

Direct-To
NOTE: Map Data Field Types that use the term "Destination" refer to the
final destination in the flight plan. Proc

NOTE: ETE to Destination is not available when a procedure is loaded Wpt Info
and there are waypoints in the Enroute section of the flightplan.
Map
NOTE: Only the bottom right corner data field on the map page can be
configured for a Page or Function. The other three corner data fields are Traffic
for Data items only.
Terrain
3. Touch the corner data field key you want to select. Touch the
Data, Function, or Page keys to select the User Field type.
Weather
A list of information types will be displayed.
Nearest
Touch To Select Field Type List. Touch To
Data, Function, Select Data Field
Services/
or Page Music
Slider Indicates More
Selections Available. Press Utilities
Finger and Slide To View
More Selections.
System
Figure 8-31 Map Data Field Type Selections
Messages
4. Touch the Up or Down keys or touch the display and drag
your finger to scroll through the list. Touch the desired item
Symbols
to select it or touch the Back key to cancel selection.
Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-25

Foreword
Map Data Field Type
ACTV WPT - Active Waypoint Generic Timer - Timer Display
Getting
Started B/D AID - Bearing/DIS from NAV AID MSA - Minimum Safe Altitude
B/D APT - BRG/DIS from Dest APT 1 NAV/COM - Active NAV/COM FREQ
Xpdr Ctrl
BRG - Bearing to Current Waypoint OAT (static) - Static Air Temperature
Com/Nav DIS - Distance to Current Waypoint OAT (total) - Total Air Temperature
DIS to Dest - Distance to Destination 2 RAD ALT - Radar Altimeter
FPL DTK - Desired Track Time - Current Time
ESA - Enroute Safe Altitude TKE - Track Angle Error
Direct-To
ETA - Estimated Time of Arrival TRK - Track
Proc ETA at Dest - ETA at Destination Trip Timer - Timer Display
ETE - Estimated Time Enroute VOR/LOC - Tuned VOR/LOC Info
Wpt Info
ETE to Dest - ETE to Destination VSR - Vertical Speed Required
Fuel Flow - Total Fuel Flow Wind - Wind Speed and Direction
Map
GS - GPS Ground Speed XTK - Cross Track Error
Traffic GSL - GPS Altitude OFF - Do Not Display Data Field
Table 8-14 Map Data Field Types of Information
Terrain
Note 1: B/D APT is the straight line distance.
Weather Note 2: Dist to DEST is the distance along the flight plan.

Nearest Function Field Type

CDI - Course Deviation Indicator OBS/Suspend/Unsuspend Button
Services/
Music Flap Override - Flap Override 1 On Scene - "On Scene" Mode Toggle
GPWS Inhibit - GPWS Inhibit 1 TAWS Inhibit - TAWS Inhibit
Utilities
G/S Inhibit - G/S Inhibit 1 Gen Timer - Generic Timer Control
System HTAWS RP Mode - HTAWS RP Mode 2 OFF - Do Not Display Data Field
Table 8-15 Map Function Field Types of Information
Messages
Note 1: With TAWS-A enabled
Symbols
Note 2: With HTAWS enabled

Appendix

Index

8-26 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Map Page Field Type Foreword
DFLT NAV - Default Navigation Checklist - Checklist Page
Getting
Flight Plan - Flight Plan Page Fuel PLAN - Fuel Planning Page Started
Map - Map Page SCHED MSG - Scheduled Messages
Xpdr Ctrl
Nearest - Nearest Page Trip PLAN - Trip Planning Page
NEAR APT - Nearest Airport Page VCALC - VCALC Page Com/Nav
PROC - Procedures Page User FREQ - User Frequencies
Approach - Approach Page WPT INFO - Waypoint Information FPL

Arrival - Arrival Page Weather - Weather Page

Direct-To
Departure - Departure Page CNXT WX - Connext WX Page
Services - Services Page FIS-B WX - FIS-B Weather Page Proc
Traffic - Traffic Page Stormscope - Stormscope Page
Wpt Info
Terrain - Terrain Page SiriusXM WX - Sirius XM WX Page
Utilities - Utilities Page OFF - Do Not Display Page Field
Map
Table 8-16 Map Page Field Types of Information
Traffic
8.1.4 Map Detail
The Map Detail feature allows four levels of decluttering to remove map Terrain
information. The declutter level is displayed in the DCLTR key. There are four
levels of decluttering. Level 0 shows the most detail and level 3 shows the least Weather

detail.
Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages
0 1 2 3
Figure 8-32 Map Detail (Declutter) Levels Symbols
1. While viewing the Map page, touch the Menu key.
2. While viewing the Map Menu, touch the Map Detail scale Appendix

and slide your finger to adjust the level. Features marked with
a • are shown at the indicated Map Detail (Declutter) Level. Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-27

Foreword
Feature 0 1 2 3 Feature 0 1 2 3
River/Lake Names • TRSA • •
Getting Land/Country Text • ADIZ • •
Started
Large City • Alert Areas • •
Xpdr Ctrl
Medium City • Caution Areas • •
Small City • Danger Areas • •
Com/Nav
Small Town • Warning Areas • •
FPL Freeways • Large Airports • • •
Highways • Medium Airports • • •
Direct-To Roads • Restricted Areas • • •
Railroads • Prohibited Areas • • •
Proc
Political Boundaries • MOAs • • •

Wpt Info
User Waypoints • • Runway Labels • • •
VORs • • Lightning Strike Data • • •
Map NDBs • • NEXRAD Data • • •
Intersections • • Traffic Symbols • • •
Traffic Class B Airspace • • Traffic Labels • • •
Class C Airspace • • Water Detail • • • •
Terrain
Class D Airspace • • Active FPL Legs • • • •
Weather Tower • • Airways • • • •
Table 8-17 Features Shown at Each Map Detail Level
Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

8-28 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

8.2 Map Panning Foreword
In the Map Page function, panning allows you to move the map beyond its
current limits without adjusting the map scale. The panning function is selected Getting
Started
by simply touching the Map display. The In and Out keys at the lower right
corner of the page control the map range. Touching the display momentarily Xpdr Ctrl
switches the display to Map Pan Mode. While in Map Pan Mode, touch the
display gently and drag your finger to pan around the map. Com/Nav

1. Touch the Map page display.

FPL
Pan Mode Annunciation
and Coordinates Of Map
Direct-To
Center

Selected Selected Proc

Waypoint Or Airspace Or Wpt
Item Info Highlighted
Wpt Info
Touch To Aircraft Present
Display Next Position
Item Map

Traffic
Touch To Edit
Flight Plan
Terrain
Figure 8-33 Map Panning With Airspace Highlighted
2. If you touch an item on the display (waypoint, airspace, Weather
obstacle) there may be other items very close that are difficult
to see at a given zoom level. Touch the Next key to annunciate Nearest

and highlight the next item. Each touch of the Next key steps
Services/
to another item near the Map Pointer. Music

Next Utilities
Nearest
Item
Touch To Display System
Nearest Next Item
Item
Highlighted Messages

Figure 8-34 Map Panning With Next Airspace Shown Symbols

NOTE: It is possible that multiple airspaces can be stacked vertically and be

Appendix
difficult to visually identify them. Touching the Next key will step through
the airpaces.
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-29

 3. Touch the Airspace Info (Item) key for more information
Foreword
about the selected item. Touch the Back key to return to the
Getting Map Panning display.
Started
4. While pressing your finger gently against the display, drag your
Xpdr Ctrl finger across the display to scroll the display in the direction
of your finger movement. The Map Pointer cross hair location
Com/Nav
is based on where your finger touches the display, but after
dragging your finger the Map Pointer will be centered on the
FPL
map when your finger is lifted from the display.
Direct-To Pan Mode
Annunciation Map Pointer
Coordinates Of
Proc Map Pointer

Wpt Info

Map Figure 8-35 Map Panning With Map Pointer

NOTE: Pressing the Direct-To key will use the Map Pointer location as the
Traffic
destination.
Terrain
5. Touch the Back key to return to the normal map display.
Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

8-30 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

8.3 Map Controls Foreword
While in the Map page function, several controls are available to manage the
Getting
view and display of information. The In and Out keys at the lower right corner Started
of the page control the map range. Touching the display momentarily switches
Xpdr Ctrl
the display to Map Pan Mode.
While in any of the Map function pages, touching the display starts Pan Com/Nav
Mode. Options are available to Create a waypoint at the Map Pointer position
and to Graphically Edit Flight Plan. FPL

8.3.1 Pan Map Mode Direct-To

The Pan Map mode allows you to move the map display to view the
surrounding area. Proc

1. Touch the Map page display.

Wpt Info
2. See the description in the Map Panning section for details of
using this feature. Touch the Back key to return to the normal Map
Map display.
Traffic
8.3.2 Create Waypoint
The Create Waypoint function will create a User Waypoint at the Map Pointer Terrain
location when that location is not an already named object, such as an airport
or airspace. Weather

1. In Pan Mode, touch the Create Waypoint key.

Nearest

2. Follow the directions in the Waypoint Info section for Creating Services/
Music
User Waypoints.
Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Figure 8-36 Create User Waypoint While Map Panning

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-31

Foreword
8.3.3 Graphically Edit Flight Plan Mode
The Edit Flight Plan Mode allows making quick changes to the active flight
Getting plan directly on the display. The process is simply touching the display to start
Started
Map Pan Mode, touching the Graphically Edit FPL key, dragging the desired
Xpdr Ctrl leg to a new waypoint or airway, and touching the Done key. At any point, a
step may be removed by touching the Undo key or the whole process ended by
Com/Nav touching the Cancel key. The Undo key will remove up to nine steps.

FPL NOTE: It is not possible to graphically add an intermediate waypoint

between the current position and a direct-to waypoint unless that waypoint
Direct-To
is in the flight plan. Garmin recommends deleting any flight plan prior to
graphically editing a direct to waypoint.
Proc
8.3.3.1 Adding a Waypoint to an Existing Flight Plan
Wpt Info
1. Touch the Map page display. The Map Mode selection keys
will appear. Touch the Graphically Edit FPL key.
Map
Current Active Flight Plan
Traffic

Map Pointer Where

Terrain
Display Was Touched

Weather
Touch To Change FPL

Touch Back To Return

Nearest To Map Display
Services/ Figure 8-37 Edit Flight Plan Mode
Music
2. Touch and hold the desired leg of the flight plan and drag the
Utilities flight plan leg to a new waypoint to add a waypoint to the
active flight plan. The leg may also be dragged to an airway.
System
The leg being edited will turn cyan.
Messages Current Active
FPL Waypoints
Symbols
Intended New Waypoint

Active Flight Plan Leg

Appendix
Touch To Return To
Map Display
Index
Figure 8-38 Drag Selected Leg of Flight Plan to New Waypoint
8-32 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
 3. Touch the Done key to accept the new flight plan leg or Undo
Foreword
to maintain the existing flight plan.
Getting
Started
New Active FPL Waypoint
Xpdr Ctrl
New FPL Waypoint

Active Flight Plan Leg Com/Nav

Touch To Accept
Changes To FPL FPL

Touch To Undo Last Step

Direct-To
Figure 8-39 Confirm Flight Plan to New Waypoint
Proc
4. The aircraft will now navigate according to the new flight plan.
Wpt Info

Map
New Active FPL Waypoint
Traffic

Terrain
Aircraft Position Active Flight Plan Leg
Figure 8-40 Aircraft Navigates on Edited Flight Plan to New Waypoint
Weather

NOTE: Parallel track will be cancelled when graphically editing a flight

plan. Nearest

Services/
8.3.3.2 Adding a Waypoint to the End of an Existing Flight Plan Music

1. Touch the Map page display. The Map Mode selection keys Utilities
will appear. Touch the Graphically Edit FPL key.
2. Touch a waypoint that you want to add to the end of the flight System
plan.
Messages
3. Touch the Done key to accept the changes and return to the
Map page.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-33

 8.3.3.3 Removing a Waypoint from an Existing Flight Plan
Foreword
1. Touch the Map page display. The Map Mode selection keys
Getting will appear. Touch the Graphically Edit FPL key.
Started
2. Touch waypoint, or airway, on the flight plan that you want
Xpdr Ctrl to remove.
3. Drag the flight plan line away from the waypoint, or airway,
Com/Nav
and release the line. The waypoint will be removed from the
flight plan.
FPL
4. Touch the Done key to accept the changes and return to the
Direct-To Map page.

Proc
8.3.3.4 Creating a Flight Plan Without an Existing Flight Plan
1. Touch the Map page display. The Map Mode selection keys
Wpt Info will appear. Touch the Graphically Edit FPL key.
2. Touch a waypoint on the map to set the first waypoint in the
Map flight plan. If there are several nearby waypoints, touch the
desired waypoint to select it.
Traffic

Terrain
Touch Desired Waypoint
Weather

Nearest
Figure 8-41 Select the Desired Waypoint From Multiple Waypoints
Services/
Music 3. Touch a waypoint, or airway, on the map for the next waypoint,
or airway, in the flight plan. Continue adding waypoints, or
Utilities airways, as needed.
4. Touch the Done key to accept the changes and return to the
System
Map page.
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

8-34 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

8.4 CDI (GTN 650 only) Foreword

The GTN 650's CDI key is used to select data that is sent from the GPS or Getting
Started
VLOC receiver to the external CDI (or HSI). CDI selection is available on the
Default Navigation page. When the external CDI (or HSI) is connected to the Xpdr Ctrl
GPS receiver, “GPS” is shown on the annunciation bar. When the external CDI
(or HSI) is being driven by the VLOC receiver, “VLOC” appears instead. Com/Nav

NOTE: The VLOC receiver must be selected for display on the external CDI/ FPL
HSI for approaches which are not approved for GPS. See the ILS example
in the Procedures section for more information.
Direct-To

NOTE: GPS phase of flight annunciations (LPV, ENR, etc.) are not applicable Proc
to the external CDI (or HSI) when VLOC is active.
Wpt Info
NOTE: The internal on-screen CDI information is based on GPS data and
cannot be used for primary navigation.
Map

NOTE: If the unit is not configured for a CDI key, then the “activate GPS missed
Traffic
approach” will only resume automatic waypoint sequencing. The user must
switch to GPS navigation, if desired, by using their external source selection
method (this is typical an EFIS system). Terrain

1. The navigation source is shown in the center of the annunciation Weather

bar at the lower part of the display.

Nearest
CDI Display
Services/
Music

Utilities

Touch CDI Touch To Edit FPL

Key To Toggle System
Navigation Touch To Access
Source Map Page
Messages

GPS Level Navigation Touch OBS

Of Service Source Key To Toggle Symbols
Annunciation OBS Mode
Figure 8-42 Navigation Source Selection Appendix

2. Touch the CDI key to toggle between sources.

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-35

Foreword 8.5 OBS
Getting The OBS key is used to select manual or automatic sequencing of waypoints.
Started OBS selection is available on the Default Navigation page. Touching this key
selects OBS mode, which retains the current “active to” waypoint as your
Xpdr Ctrl
navigation reference even after passing the waypoint (i.e., prevents sequencing
Com/Nav
to the next waypoint). Touching the OBS key again returns to normal operation,
with automatic sequencing of waypoints. Whenever OBS mode is selected, you
FPL may set the desired course To/From a waypoint using the pop-up window on the
GTN 6XX or with the external OBS selector on your HSI or CDI.
Direct-To For leg types that do not support OBS, this key will be shown as a SUSP key.
This key will then also function as an Unsuspend key for legs that auto-suspend,
Proc such as holds, missed approaches, etc.
Wpt Info NOTE: In dual GTN installations with crossfill on, the OBS course will only
be updated real time on the GTN that is receiving the new OBS course. The
Map course will be transferred to the other GTN when OBS is exited.

Traffic 1. Touch the OBS key to enable the OBS function.

Terrain

Weather
OBS Heading Touch the OBS
Nearest Key To Enable
GPS Level OBS Function
Services/ Of Service
Music
Active FPL Leg OBS Function
Annunciation
Utilities
Figure 8-43 OBS Course Selection
System
2. Enter the desired OBS heading using the keypad and touch
Messages Enter.

Symbols
3. The OBS heading will be shown in the flight plan annunciation
above the CDI in the lower portion of the display. The OBS
Appendix
function annunciation will show.

Index

8-36 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

8.6 Map Symbols Foreword
Various symbols are used to distinguish between waypoint types. The
Getting
identifiers for any on-screen waypoints can also be displayed. Special-use and Started
controlled airspace boundaries appear on the map, showing the individual
Xpdr Ctrl
sectors in the case of Class B, Class C, or Class D airspace. The following symbols
are used to depict the various airports and navaids on the Map Page:
Com/Nav

Symbol Description
FPL
Airport with hard surface runway(s); Serviced, Primary runway shown
Direct-To
Airport with hard surface runway(s); Non-Serviced, Primary runway
shown Proc
Airport with soft surface runway(s) only, Serviced
Wpt Info
Airport with soft surface runway(s) only, Non-Serviced
Map
Unknown Airport
Traffic
Restricted (Private) Airfield
Terrain
Intersection
Weather
VOR
VORTAC Nearest

VOR/DME Services/
Music
TACAN
Utilities
DME
System
NDB
Locator Outer Marker Messages

Heliport Symbols

Table 8-18 Map Symbols Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-37

Foreword
8.7 SafeTaxi®
SafeTaxi® is an enhanced feature that gives greater map detail when zooming
Getting
Started in on airports. The airport display on the map reveals runways with numbers,
taxiways with identifying letters/numbers, airport Hot Spots, and airport
Xpdr Ctrl
landmarks including ramps, buildings, control towers, and other prominent
features. Resolution is greater at lower map ranges (zooming in). When the
Com/Nav
aircraft location is within the screen boundary, including within SafeTaxi ranges,
FPL
an airplane symbol is shown on any of the navigation map views for enhanced
position awareness.
Direct-To Designated Hot Spots are recognized at airports with many intersecting
taxiways and runways, and/or complex ramp areas. Airport Hot Spots are outlined
Proc to caution pilots of areas on an airport surface where positional awareness
confusion or runway incursions happen most often. Hot Spots are defined with
Wpt Info
a magenta circle or outline around the region of possible confusion.
Map Taxiway Detail
Taxiway Identification
Traffic Aircraft Position

Terrain

Weather Figure 8-44 SafeTaxi Depiction on the Navigation Map Page

Nearest
8.7.1 Using SafeTaxi®
Any map page that displays the navigation view can also show the SafeTaxi®
Services/ airport layout within the maximum configured range.
Music
During ground operations the aircraft’s position is displayed in reference to
Utilities taxiways, runways, and airport features. The nose of the ownship symbol, not
the center, depicts the current location of the aircraft.
System
NOTE: Do not use SafeTaxi or Chartview functions as the basis for
Messages ground maneuvering. SafeTaxi and Chartview functions do not comply
with the requirements of AC 20-159 and are not qualified to be used as
Symbols an airport moving map display (AMMD). SafeTaxi and Chartview are to
be used by the flight crew to orient themselves on the airport surface to
Appendix improve pilot situational awareness during ground operations.

Index

8-38 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

8.7.2 Hot Spot Information Foreword
Hot Spots can contain more information about the area that can be displayed
Getting
when shown. Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Hot Spot Detail Com/Nav

FPL

Hot Spot Outline Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Figure 8-45 SafeTaxi Hot Spot Detail and Outline

Map
8.7.3 SafeTaxi Cycle Number and Revision
®
Traffic
The SafeTaxi database is revised every 56 days. SafeTaxi is always available
for use after the expiration date. When turning on the GTN 6XX, the Power-up Terrain
Page indicates whether the databases are current, out of date, or not available.
The Power-up Page shows the SafeTaxi database is current when the “SafeTaxi Weather
Expires” date is shown in white. When the SafeTaxi cycle has expired, the
“SafeTaxi Expires” date appears in yellow. The message “unknown” appears in Nearest
white if no SafeTaxi data is available on the database card.
Services/
The SafeTaxi Region, Version, Cycle, Effective date and Expires date of the Music

database cycle can also be found on the System - System Status page. SafeTaxi
Utilities
information appears in white and yellow text. The EFFECTIVE date appears in
white when data is current and in yellow when the current date is before the System
effective date. The EXPIRES date appears in white when data is current and in
yellow when expired. SafeTaxi REGION NOT AVAILABLE appears in white if Messages
SafeTaxi data is not available on the database card.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 8-39

Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
This page intentionally left blank

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

8-40 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

9 TRAFFIC Foreword

The Traffic function displays available traffic information depending on Getting

Started
your installed equipment to assist in situational awareness. The features and
operation depend on the capabilities and options of each type of traffic system. Xpdr Ctrl

NOTE: The reference point for the ownship is the nose of the ownship
Com/Nav
aircraft symbol (either miniature aircraft or triangle). The reference point
for all traffic icons is the center of the depicted traffic.
FPL
1. From the Home page, touch the Traffic key.
Direct-To

2. Use the active areas on the display and the Menu options to Proc
set up the Traffic display.

9.1 Traffic Pop-Up Wpt Info

When the GTN 6XX is displaying any page (other than the Traffic page) and Map
a traffic alert becomes active, the Traffic Warning pop-up will be displayed.
Traffic
NOTE: The traffic pop-up will not appear when your aircraft is on the
ground.
Terrain
1. The traffic pop-up will appear on pages other than the Traffic
page when a traffic alert occurs. Weather
Touch To Go To
Traffic Page Nearest

Traffic Location Traffic Alert Services/

Annunciation Music
Ownship Position
Touch To Close Utilities
Pop-Up
Traffic Alert
Annunciation System
Figure 9-1 Traffic Pop-Up On the Map Page
Messages
2. Touch the Go to Traffic key to view the Traffic page.
OR Symbols
3. Touch the Close key to close the pop-up. The pop-up will
return if the traffic alert persists. Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 9-1

Foreword
9.2 Traffic Test
The Traffic Test function is only available on some traffic systems. The aircraft
Getting
Started must be on the ground and Traffic Status must be in Standby.
1. Touch the Test key to activate the test function in the Traffic
Xpdr Ctrl
equipment.
Com/Nav
Touch For Traffic Test
While In Standby Traffic
FPL Status

Direct-To
Test Traffic Status
Proc
Figure 9-2 Traffic Test Mode
Wpt Info 2. The unit will return to normal operation mode after the test
process is successfully completed.
Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

9-2 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

9.3 Traffic Information Service (TIS) (Optional) Foreword

WARNING: The Traffic Information Service (TIS) is intended for advisory Getting
Started
use only. TIS is intended to help the pilot locate traffic visually. It is the
responsibility of the pilot to see and maneuver to avoid traffic. Xpdr Ctrl

NOTE: TIS is available only when the aircraft is within the service volume of Com/Nav
a TIS-capable terminal radar site. Aircraft without an operating transponder
are invisible to both Traffic Advisory Systems (TAS) and TIS. Aircraft without FPL
altitude reporting capability are shown without altitude separation data
or climb descent indication.
Direct-To

NOTE: TIS and Traffic Advisory System (TAS) may not both be configured
Proc
at the same time.
Wpt Info
NOTE: GDL 88 equipped aircraft only: When the radio tower symbol is
crossed out, the ownship is not a participant in the TIS-B system – i. e. not
Map
visible to other TIS-B clients. The GDL 88 will, however, continue to receive
available TIS-B and FIS-B ground station up-links and continue to display
TIS-B and FIS-B data along with available ADS-B and ADS-R data. Traffic

NOTE: Except for GDL 88 equipped aircraft, TIS, and Traffic Advisory System Terrain
(TAS) may not both be displayed at the same time.
Weather
NOTE: More information is available about the GDL 88 in the "Garmin
GDL 88 ADS-B Transceiver Pilot’s Guide, P/N 190-01122-03." Nearest

Traffic Information Service (TIS) is designed to help in detection and Services/

Music
avoidance of other aircraft. TIS uses the Mode S transponder for the traffic data
link. TIS receives traffic information from ground stations, and is updated every Utilities
five seconds. The GTN 6XX displays up to eight traffic targets within a 7.5 NM
radius, from 3000 feet below to 3500 feet above the requesting aircraft. System

7.0 NM
3,500 ft Messages

Symbols

3,000 ft Appendix

Figure 9-3 TIS Coverage Volume (not to scale) Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 9-3

Foreword
9.3.1 TIS Symbology
Traffic is displayed according to TCAS symbology using three different
Getting symbols.
Started
TIS Symbol Description
Xpdr Ctrl
Non-Threat Traffic
Com/Nav

FPL Traffic Advisory (TA)

Direct-To
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
Proc
Table 9-1 TIS Traffic Symbols

Wpt Info Traffic Advisories (TA) alert the crew to intruding aircraft. When traffic meets
the advisory criteria for the TA, a solid yellow circle symbol is generated. A Non-
Map threat Advisory, shown as an open white diamond, indicates that an intruding
aircraft is at greater than ±1200 feet relative altitude or the distance is beyond five
Traffic NM. A Traffic Advisory that is beyond the selected display range is indicated by
a half TA symbol at the edge of the screen at the relative bearing of the intruder.
Terrain
TIS also provides a vector line showing the direction in which the traffic
Weather is moving, to the nearest 45°. Traffic information for which TIS is unable to
determine the bearing (non-bearing traffic) is displayed in the center of the
Nearest Traffic Page or in a banner on maps other than the Traffic Map Page on which
traffic can be displayed.
Services/
Music The altitude difference between the requesting aircraft and other intruder
aircraft is displayed above/below the traffic symbol in hundreds of feet. If the
Utilities
other aircraft is above the requesting aircraft, the altitude separation appears
System
above the traffic symbol with a "+" sign; if below, the altitude separation appears
below. Altitude trend is displayed as an up/down arrow (for speeds greater than
Messages 500 fpm in either direction) to the right of the target symbol. Traffic symbols for
aircraft without altitude reporting capability appear without altitude separation
Symbols or climb/descent information.
Always remember that TIS cannot alert you to the presence of aircraft that
Appendix
are not equipped with transponders, nor can it alert you to aircraft that may be
nearby, but obscured from the ground surveillance radar by interfering terrain.
Index

9-4 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

9.3.2 Traffic Page Foreword
The Traffic Map Page is configured to show surrounding TIS traffic data in
Getting
relation to the aircraft’s current position and altitude, without clutter from the Started
basemap. Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is
no valid heading. Xpdr Ctrl

The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Com/Nav
Page. When the aircraft is on the ground, TIS automatically enters Standby
Mode. Once the aircraft is airborne, TIS switches from Standby to Operating FPL
Mode and the GTN 6XX begins to display traffic information.
Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Altitude Filter TRF Status

Map
Normal Operate
Above Standby Traffic
Below
Unrestricted
Terrain
Figure 9-4 Traffic Page Functional Diagram
Weather

Non-Threat Traffic Proximity

Traffic Advisory Nearest

Heading Services/
Annunciation Music

Ownship Range Rings Utilities

Position
Traffic Mode Key Altitude Filter System
(Operate/Standby)
Traffic Direction Proximity Advisory, 1200 ft Messages
Of Travel Above and Climbing
Figure 9-5 Traffic Page Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 9-5

Foreword
9.3.3 Displaying Traffic on the Traffic Page
1. From the Home page, touch the Traffic key.
Getting
Started
2. Confirm TIS is in Operating Mode.
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav 3. Touch the Traffic Status key to toggle between Operate and
Standby mode.
FPL
9.3.4 Altitude Display
Direct-To 1. While viewing the Traffic page, touch the Operate key to begin
displaying traffic. “Operate” is displayed in the Traffic Status
Proc
field.
Wpt Info
2. The Altitude Filter limits the traffic displayed to the Below,
Normal, Above or Unrestricted altitude block as listed in the
Map
“Displayed Traffic Range” table. The filter altitudes are relative
to ownship altitude. Touch the Altitude Filter key to change
Traffic the altitude filter value. Select the desired altitude filter by
touching the BELOW, NORMAL, ABOVE, or UNRESTRICTED
Terrain keys. The selection is displayed in the Altitude mode field.

Weather
Selected
Nearest
Altitude Filter Slider Indicates
More Selections
Are Available
Services/
Music

Utilities

System Figure 9-6 Traffic Altitude Filter Page

Messages Altitude Mode Displayed Traffic Range

Below -9900 ft to 2700 ft
Symbols
Normal -2700 ft to 2700 ft
Appendix Above -2700 ft to 9900 ft
Unrestricted All Traffic Shown
Index Table 9-2 Displayed Traffic Range

9-6 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

9.3.5 TIS Limitations Foreword

NOTE: This section on TIS Limitations is not comprehensive. Garmin

Getting
recommends the user review the TIS Limitations section of the Aeronautical Started
Information Manual, Section 1-3-5.
Xpdr Ctrl
TIS is NOT intended to be used as a collision avoidance system and does not
relieve the pilot of responsibility to “see and avoid” other aircraft. TIS should not Com/Nav
be used for avoidance maneuvers during IMC or other times when there is no
visual contact with the intruder aircraft. TIS is intended only to assist in visual FPL
acquisition of other aircraft in VMC. No recommended avoidance maneuvers
are provided for, nor authorized, as a direct result of a TIS intruder display or Direct-To

TIS advisory.
Proc
While TIS is a useful aid to visual traffic avoidance, it has some system
limitations that must be fully understood to ensure proper use. Many of these Wpt Info
limitations are inherent in secondary radar surveillance. In other words, the
information provided by TIS will be no better than that provided to ATC. TIS Map
will only display aircraft with operating transponders installed.
Traffic
TIS relies on surveillance of the Mode S radar, which is a “secondary
surveillance” radar similar to the ATCRBS. TIS operation may be intermittent Terrain
during turns or other maneuvering. TIS is dependent on two-way, “line-of-
sight” communication between the aircraft and the Mode S radar. Whenever the Weather
structure of the client aircraft comes between the transponder antenna (usually
located on the underside of the aircraft) and the ground-based radar antenna, Nearest
the signal may be temporarily interrupted. Other limitations and anomalies
Services/
associated with TIS are described in the AIM, Section 4-5-6. Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Garmin is not responsible for Mode S Symbols

geographical coverage. Operation of the
ground stations is the responsibility of the
FAA. Refer to the Aeronautical Information Appendix
Manual for a Terminal Mode S Radar Site Map
covering the U.S. Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 9-7

Foreword
NOTE: TIS will be unavailable at low altitudes in many areas of the U.S.,
particularly in mountainous regions. Also, when flying near the “floor” of
Getting radar coverage in a particular area, intruders below the client aircraft may
Started not be detected by TIS.
Xpdr Ctrl TIS information is collected one radar scan prior to the scan during which
the uplink occurs. Therefore, the surveillance information is approximately
Com/Nav
five seconds old. In order to present the intruders in a “real time” position,
the TIS ground station uses a “predictive algorithm” in its tracking software.
FPL
This algorithm uses track history data to extrapolate intruders to their expected
Direct-To
positions consistent with the time of display in the cockpit. Occasionally, aircraft
maneuvering will cause this algorithm to induce errors in the display. These
Proc errors primarily affect relative bearing information and traffic target track vector
(it will lag); intruder distance and altitude will remain relatively accurate and
Wpt Info may be used to assist in “see and avoid.” Some of the more common examples
of these errors follow:
Map
• When client or intruder aircraft maneuvers excessively or abruptly, the
Traffic
tracking algorithm may report incorrect horizontal position until the
maneuvering aircraft stabilizes.
Terrain • When a rapidly closing intruder is on a course that crosses the client aircraft
course at a shallow angle (either overtaking or head on) and either aircraft
Weather abruptly changes course within 0.25 NM, TIS may display the intruder on
the opposite side of the client than it actually is.
Nearest
These are relatively rare occurrences and will be corrected in a few
Services/ radar scans once the course has stabilized.
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

9-8 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

9.3.6 TIS Alerts Foreword
When the number of Traffic Advisories (TAs) on the Traffic Map Page
Getting
increases from one scan to the next, the following occur: Started
• A single “Traffic” voice alert is generated.
Xpdr Ctrl
• A TRAFFIC Annunciation appears at the bottom of the display, flashing for
5 seconds and remaining displayed until no TAs are detected in the area. Com/Nav

To reduce the number of nuisance alerts due to proximate aircraft,

FPL
the “Traffic” voice alert is generated only when the number of TAs
increases. For example, when the first TA is displayed, a voice and visual
Direct-To
annunciation are generated. As long as a single TA remains on the display,
no additional voice alerts are generated. If a second TA appears on the Proc
display or if the number of TAs initially decreases and then subsequently
increases, another voice alert is generated. Wpt Info

A “Traffic Not Available” (TNA) voice alert is generated when the TIS service
Map
becomes unavailable or is out of range.
Traffic may not be displayed in the radar coverage area due to the following: Traffic

• Radar site TIS Mode S sensor is not operational or is out of service.

Terrain
• Traffic or requesting aircraft is beyond the maximum range of the TIS-
capable Mode S radar site. Weather
• Traffic or requesting aircraft is above the radar site in the cone of silence and
out of range of an adjacent site. Nearest

• Traffic or requesting aircraft is below radar coverage. In flat terrain, the Services/
Music
coverage extends from about 3000 feet upward at 55 miles. Terrain and
obstacles around the radar site can further decrease radar coverage in all Utilities
directions.
• Traffic does not have an operating transponder. System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 9-9

Foreword
9.3.7 TIS System Status
The GTN 6XX performs an automatic test of TIS during power-up. If
Getting TIS passes the test, TIS enters Standby Mode on the ground or Operating
Started
Mode in the air. If TIS fails the power up test, an annunciation is shown
Xpdr Ctrl in the center of the Traffic Map Page. Contact a service center or Garmin
dealer for corrective action for a failure message.
Com/Nav
Traffic Page
Description
FPL Annunciation
No Data Data is not being received from the transponder
Direct-To

Failed The transponder has failed

Proc
Unavailable TIS is unavailable or out of range
Wpt Info
Table 9-3 TIS Failure Annunciations
Map
The Traffic mode is annunciated in the bottom left corner of the Traffic Page.
When the aircraft is on the ground, TIS automatically enters Standby Mode.
Traffic
Once the aircraft is airborne, TIS switches to Operating Mode and traffic
Terrain
information is displayed. The mode can be changed manually using the
Traffic Status key.
Weather
Traffic Display
Traffic Traffic Mode Annunciation
Enabled Icon
Nearest Status (Traffic On Map Page)
(Other Maps)
Services/
Music TIS Operating Operate
Utilities
TIS Standby Standby
System

Messages
TIS Failed* TIS Fail

Symbols * Contact a service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action

Table 9-4 TIS Modes Shown on the Map Page
Appendix

Index

9-10 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 The annunciations that indicate the status of traffic information appear in a
Foreword
banner at the bottom center of maps on which traffic can be displayed.
Getting
Traffic Status Started
Banner Description
Annunciation Xpdr Ctrl
The displayed data is not current (6 to 12 seconds since last
message). Com/Nav
Traffic Coast 9 SEC
The quality of displayed traffic information is reduced when
this message is displayed. FPL

Traffic is removed because it is too old for coasting (12 to 60

Direct-To
seconds since last message).
Traffic Removed
Traffic may exist within the selected display range, but it is Proc
not displayed.
Table 9-5 TIS Traffic Status Annunciations Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 9-11

Foreword
9.4 TAS Traffic (Optional)
Getting NOTE: TIS and Traffic Advisory System (TAS) may not both be configured
Started at the same time.

Xpdr Ctrl TAS data comes from a TAS unit such as a Garmin GTS 800 or 820, Skywatch
497, KTA 810, or other unit.
Com/Nav
Refer to the appropriate Traffic Advisory System’s Pilot’s Guides for a detailed
FPL
discussion of the respective traffic advisory system.
The type of traffic systems that is installed is described by the Traffic Page
Direct-To keys. If a Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is configured, a TRF Status and ALT
Filter key will be displayed.
Proc
NOTE: Pilots should be aware of TAS system limitations. TAS systems
Wpt Info require transponders of other aircraft to respond to system interrogations.
If the transponders do not respond to interrogations due to phenomena
Map such as antenna shading or marginal transponder performance, traffic may
be displayed intermittently, or not at all. Aircraft without altitude reporting
Traffic
capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb descent
indication. Pilots should remain vigilant for traffic at all times.
Terrain
WARNING: The Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is intended for advisory use
only to aid the pilot in visually acquiring traffic. No avoidance maneuvers
Weather
should be based solely upon TAS traffic information. It is the responsibility
of the pilot in command to see and maneuver to avoid traffic.
Nearest
A Traffic Advisory System (TAS) enhances flight crew situational awareness
Services/
Music by displaying traffic information for transponder-equipped aircraft. The TAS
also provides visual and aural traffic alerts including voice announcements to
Utilities
assist in visually acquiring traffic.
System When the TAS is in Operating Mode, the unit interrogates the transponders
of intruding aircraft while monitoring transponder replies. The TAS uses this
Messages information to derive the distance, relative bearing, and if reported, the altitude
and vertical trend for each aircraft within its surveillance range. The TAS then
Symbols calculates a closure rate to each intruder based on the projected Closest Point of
Approach (CPA). If the closure rate meets the threat criteria for a Traffic Advisory
Appendix (TA), visual and aural alerting is provided.
Index

9-12 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

9.4.1 TAS Symbology Foreword
Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is designed to help in detection and avoidance
Getting
of other aircraft. TAS uses an on-board interrogator-processor to detect traffic. Started
Only aircraft with operating transponders will be detected. Traffic is displayed
according to TCAS symbology using four different symbols. Xpdr Ctrl

TAS Symbol Description Com/Nav

Non-Threat Traffic
FPL
(intruder is beyond 5 NM and greater than 1200 ft vertical
separation) Direct-To
Proximity Advisory (PA)
(intruder is within 5 NM and less than 1200 ft vertical separation) Proc

Traffic Advisory (TA)

Wpt Info
(closing rate, distance, and vertical separation meet TA criteria)

Traffic Advisory Off Scale Map

Table 9-6 TAS Intruder Symbol Description Traffic

Terrain
Relative Altitude (1200 ft Above)
Non-Threat Traffic Vertical Trend Arrow (Climbing) Weather

Figure 9-7 Intruder Type, Altitude, and Vertical Trend Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 9-13

Foreword
9.4.2 Displaying and Operating Traffic
(TAS Systems)
Getting
Started
The unit must be in operating mode for traffic to be displayed. The ability
to switch from standby to operating mode on the ground is especially useful for
Xpdr Ctrl scanning the airspace around the airport before takeoff.
Non-Threat Traffic Proximity
Com/Nav Traffic Advisory

FPL Heading
Annunciation

Direct-To Range Rings

Proc Traffic Status Key Altitude Filter

(Operate/Standby)
Wpt Info Ownship
Position
Map Figure 9-8 Traffic Page

Traffic 9.4.2.1 Switching from Standby Mode to Operating Mode

The Traffic Page shows surrounding TAS traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s
Terrain
current position and altitude without basemap clutter. Aircraft orientation is
always heading up unless no valid heading is received. The Traffic Status is
Weather
shown in the lower left corner and the Altitude Filter is shown in the lower right
Nearest
corner.
1. While viewing the Traffic Page, touch the Traffic Status key
Services/
Music to select Operate.
2. To switch to Standby Mode from the Traffic Page, touch the
Utilities
Traffic Status key to select Standby.
System
3. The Altitude Filter limits the traffic displayed to the Below,
Normal, Above or Unrestricted altitude block as listed in the
Messages “Displayed Traffic Range” table. The filter altitudes are relative
to ownship altitude. Touch the Altitude Filter key to change
Symbols the altitude filter value.
4. Touch the Traffic Status key to place the system in the Standby
Appendix mode. Standby is displayed in the Traffic mode field.

Index NOTE: Not all TAS systems can be set to “Standby” mode while in the air.

9-14 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

9.4.2.2 Range Ring
Foreword
Touching the In and Out keys will zoom in and out in preset steps depending
on the installed equipment as shown in the following table. Getting
Started

Traffic Device Map Ranges

Xpdr Ctrl
Garmin GTS 800, Skywatch (SKY497/ 2 NM, 6 NM, 12 NM
SKY889) Com/Nav
Garmin GTS 820 and 850, Honeywell 2 NM, 6 NM, 12 NM, 24 NM, 40 NM
KTA 810 TAS, KTA 910 TAS, KMH 820 FPL
IHAS, KMH 920 IHAS, and Avidyne TAS
620 (Ryan 9900BX) Direct-To

Table 9-7 Available Traffic Range Ring Steps

Proc
9.4.3 Altitude Display
Wpt Info
Changing the altitude display mode

1. While viewing the Traffic page, touch the Traffic Status key Map
to begin displaying traffic. “TAS OPERATING” is displayed in
the Traffic Status field. Traffic

2. Touch the Altitude Filter key to change the altitude filter

Terrain
value. The filter altitudes are relative to ownship altitude. Select
the desired altitude filter by touching the BELOW, NORMAL,
Weather
ABOVE, or UNREST (unrestricted) keys. The selection is
displayed in the Altitude mode field. Nearest

Services/
Music
Selected
Altitude Filter Slider Indicates
More Selections Utilities
Are Available
System

Messages

Figure 9-9 Traffic Altitude Filter Page Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 9-15

Foreword Altitude Mode Displayed Traffic Range
Below -9900 ft to 2700 ft
Getting
Started Normal -2700 ft to 2700 ft
Above -2700 ft to 9900 ft
Xpdr Ctrl
Unrestricted All Traffic Shown
Com/Nav Table 9-8 Displayed Traffic Range

FPL 9.4.4 Traffic System Status

NOTE: Refer to the equipment documentation for information on the
Direct-To
self-test and operating modes.

Proc The Traffic Status is indicated in the upper right corner of the Traffic Page.
Traffic Display
Wpt Info Traffic Mode Annunciation
Mode Enabled Icon
(Traffic Page)
Map (Other Maps)

Traffic
TAS Self-test Initiated Test

Terrain TAS Operating Operate

Weather
TAS Standby Standby
Nearest

Services/
TAS Failed TAS Fail
Music
Table 9-9 TAS Modes
Utilities
If the unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the
System
center of the Traffic Page.
Traffic Page
Description
Messages Annunciation
No Data Data is not being received from the TAS unit
Symbols
Data is being received from the TAS unit, but the unit is
Data Failed
Appendix self-reporting a failure
Failed Incorrect data format received from the TAS unit
Index
Table 9-10 TAS Failure Annunciations

9-16 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a
Foreword
banner at the lower left corner of maps on which traffic can be displayed.
Getting
Traffic Status Started
Banner Description
Annunciation Xpdr Ctrl
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory.
Annunciation indicates distance in NM, altitude separation in Com/Nav
TA 6.0 + 03 ↓
hundreds of feet, and altitude trend arrow
(climbing/descending). FPL

Failed Traffic data has failed.

Direct-To
Data is being received from the transponder, but a failure is
Data Fail
detected in the data stream. Proc
No Data Traffic has not been detected.
Wpt Info
Table 9-11 TAS Traffic Status Annunciations
Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 9-17

Foreword
9.5 ADS-B Traffic
ADS-B technology is an important part of the FAA’s Next Generation Air
Getting
Started Transportation System (NextGen), allowing for enhanced safety, efficiency, and
the ability of the system to handle greater numbers of aircraft. ADS-B In allows
Xpdr Ctrl
a properly-equipped aircraft to access FAA broadcast services such as TIS-B and
FIS-B. With ADS-B Out, the avionics transmit an aircraft’s precise location, as
Com/Nav
well as specific information about that aircraft, to ground stations and other
FPL
aircraft equipped with 978 MHz ADS-B technology.
If more than one target is occupying the same area of the screen, the GTN
Direct-To will combine the two traffic targets into one traffic group. The group symbol
maintains the iconology of the highest priority traffic target in the group and
Proc indicates a grouped symbol by the presence of an asterisks to the left of the
grouped traffic target.
Wpt Info
Traffic targets displayed on the dedicated traffic page may be selected in
Map order to obtain additional information about a traffic target or to view all targets
in a grouped target. When a grouped target is selected, the Next key on the
Traffic dedicated traffic page will cycle through all targets located in close proximity to
where the screen has been touched.
Terrain
ADS-B and TCAS Proximity Advisory,
Status and Altitude 1200 ft Above and
Weather Filter Climbing
Map
Orientation
Nearest Touch To View
Traffic Menu Selected
Traffic Info
Services/ Range Rings
Music
Selected Vector Touch For
Motion and Duration Next Target
Utilities
Range Ring
Radius Traffic Direction
System
Ownship Of Travel
Icon

Messages
Figure 9-10 ADS-B Traffic Page

NOTE: The “Next” key on the dedicated traffic page will cycle through
Symbols all targets located in close proximity to where the pilot has touched the
screen.
Appendix

Index

9-18 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

9.5.1 ADS-B Traffic Menu Foreword
The Traffic Menu allows control of the traffic information display.
Select TCAS Status: Getting
Started
Operate and Standby
Select ADS-B Status: Touch To Perform Xpdr Ctrl
Off, Surface, or Traffic Test
Airborne Select Altitude Filter:
Com/Nav
Select Motion Vector: Normal, Above, Below,
Absolute, Relative, Off Unrestricted
Select Vector Duration: FPL
30 sec, 1 min, 2 min,
5 min Direct-To
Figure 9-11 ADS-B Traffic Menu
Proc
Symbol Description
Basic Non-Directional Traffic Wpt Info

Basic Directional Traffic Map

Traffic
Basic Off-scale Selected Traffic

Proximate Non-Directional Traffic Terrain

Proximate Directional Traffic Weather

Nearest
Proximate Off-scale Selected Traffic
Services/
Non-Directional Alerted Traffic Music

Off-Scale Non-Directional Alerted Traffic Utilities

Directional Alerted Traffic System

Off-Scale Directional Alerted Traffic Messages

Non-Directional Surface Vehicle Symbols

Directional Surface Vehicle Appendix

Table 9-12 ADS-B Traffic Symbols Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 9-19

Foreword
NOTE: Color of basic and proximate traffic is dependent on configuration
(cyan or white) and airborne/on-ground status of target (target is brown
Getting when on the ground, see the surface vehicles).
Started

Xpdr Ctrl
9.5.1.1 ADS-B Status
ADS-B Status displays the current status of traffic application: Off, Surface,
Com/Nav or Airborne.
Touch the ADS-B Status key to toggle the ADS-B Status.
FPL

Direct-To
9.5.1.2 TCAS Status
Proc This shows the current status of the TCAS system. The modes reported by
the traffic device are "Operate" while in the air and "Standby" while on the
Wpt Info ground. This control allows the pilot to manually select the TCAS Status.
Touch the TCAS Status key to toggle the TCAS Status.
Map

Traffic
9.5.1.3 Test
Terrain The Traffic Test function is only available on some TAS traffic systems. The
aircraft must be on the ground and Traffic Status must be in Standby.
Weather 1. Touch the Test key to activate the test function in the Traffic
equipment.
Nearest
2. The unit will return to normal operation mode after the test
Services/ process is successfully completed.
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

9-20 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

9.5.1.4 Motion Vector
Foreword
When Absolute Motion Vectors are selected, the vectors extending from the
traffic targets depict the target reported track and speed over the ground. When Getting
Started
Relative Motion Vectors are selected, the vectors extending from the traffic targets
display how the traffic target is moving relative to your aircraft. These vectors are Xpdr Ctrl
calculated using the traffic targets track and ground speed and your aircraft’s track
and ground speed. These two values are combined to depict where the traffic target Com/Nav

is moving purely with respect to your aircraft and give a forecast of where the traffic
FPL
target will be, relative to your aircraft, in the near future.
Direct-To
Selected Vector Type
Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
Figure 9-12 Traffic Motion Vector Type Selection
Terrain

NOTE: Absolute motion vectors are colored either white or cyan. Relative Weather
motion vectors are always green. The annunciation on the bottom of the
dedicated traffic page indicates which vector type is selected and their
Nearest
length.
Services/
Music
ADS-B and TCAS Status
and Altitude Filter Utilities
Map
Touch To View Orientation System
Traffic Menu
Selected
Traffic Motion Traffic Info
Vector (White) Messages

Selected Vector
Motion and Symbols
Duration Touch For
Next Target Appendix

Figure 9-13 Absolute Motion (White Vectors)

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 9-21

 ADS-B and TCAS Status
Foreword and Altitude Filter
Map
Getting Orientation
Started Touch To View
Traffic Menu Selected
Xpdr Ctrl Traffic Motion Traffic Info
Vector (Green) Traffic Motion
Com/Nav Selected Vector Vector
Motion and
Duration Touch For
FPL
Next Target

Direct-To
Figure 9-14 Relative Motion (Green Vectors)

Proc Motion Vector Target Motion Vector Target

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
Ownship Icon Ownship Icon
Terrain
Figure 9-15 Comparison of Absolute and Relative Motion Vectors With a Single Target

Weather
Target Motion Vector Motion Vector Target

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

Target Motion Ownship Icon Target Motion Ownship Icon

System Vector Vector
Figure 9-16 Comparison of Absolute and Relative Motion Vectors With a Two Targets
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

9-22 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

9.5.1.5 Vector Duration
Foreword
The Vector Duration selection sets the time that the vector will show the
calculated distance and direction of the traffic target. A longer duration will Getting
Started
result in a longer vector.
Xpdr Ctrl

Selected Vector Duration Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc
Figure 9-17 Traffic Motion Vector Duration Selection
Wpt Info
9.5.1.6 Altitude Filter
1. The Altitude Filter limits the traffic displayed to the Below, Map
Normal, Above or Unrestricted altitude block as listed in the
“Displayed Traffic Range” table. The filter altitudes are relative Traffic
to ownship altitude. Touch the Altitude Filter key to change
the altitude filter value. Terrain

2. Select the desired altitude filter by touching the BELOW,

Weather
NORMAL, ABOVE, or UNRESTRICTED keys. The selection
is displayed in the Altitude mode field.
Nearest

Services/
Selected Altitude Filter Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Figure 9-18 Traffic Altitude Filter Page

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 9-23

Foreword Altitude Mode Displayed Traffic Range
Below -9900 ft to 2700 ft
Getting
Started Normal -2700 ft to 2700 ft
Above -2700 ft to 9900 ft
Xpdr Ctrl
Unrestricted All Traffic Shown
Com/Nav Table 9-13 Displayed Traffic Range

FPL 9.5.1.7 On Scene Mode

When a GDL 88 (with software version 3.00, or later) is installed with a GTN
Direct-To in a helicopter, the GTN provides controls for enabling/disabling "On Scene"
mode in the GDL 88. "On Scene" mode decreases traffic alerts when operating
Proc
near other helicopters (e.g., news reporting).
1. While viewing the Traffic page, touch the Menu key.
Wpt Info

Map 2. Touch the On Scene key to enable/disable On Scene mode.

Traffic
9.5.2 Rotorcraft Traffic Page Orientation
NOTE: Rotorcraft Traffic Page Orientation functionality is available in
Terrain software version 5.12 or later.

Weather When flying at low speeds in a helicopter, heading may not always be closely
aligned with track (it could easily be up to 180 degrees different). If the GTN is
Nearest interfaced with a heading source, the ADS-B traffic page will remain fixed with
the ownship heading pointed up. However, if heading is not being received by
Services/
Music the GTN, the display of ADS-B traffic will be unavailable.
When one of the following conditions is true, the ADS-B traffic page will be
Utilities
unavailable:
System • Ownship directionality is invalid (no valid heading or track)
• GPS ground speed is less than 15 knots and ownship heading is not
Messages
available
Symbols While the traffic display is unavailable due to these conditions, traffic alerts
will be provided in a non-bearing textual form at the top of the traffic page.
Appendix

Index

9-24 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

9.6 RYAN TCAD 9900BX with the GDL 88 Foreword
Ryan TCAD is a system that provides audio and visual alerts for traffic near
Getting
your aircraft. The information from this system can be interfaced through the Started
GTN series. Operating instructions and details on the modes of operation are
Xpdr Ctrl
described in the Ryan TCAD operator’s handbooks.
• TCAS-like symbols are used in the 9900BX. Com/Nav
• Altitude modes are available (normal, look up, look down, unrestricted).
FPL
• Ranges are manually controlled for the current shield.
• Traffic display range selections: Direct-To

- Ryan 9900BX — 1 NM, 1 and 2 NM, 2 and 6 NM, 6 and

Proc
12 NM, and 12 and 24 NM.

9.6.1 Ryan TCAD Description Wpt Info

NOTE: Refer to the Ryan TCAD Pilot’s Guide for a detailed description of Map
the Ryan TCAD System.
Traffic
The Ryan TCAD (Traffic and Collision Alert Device) is an on-board air traf-
fic display used to identify potential collision threats. TCAD computes rela- Terrain
tive altitude and range of threats from nearby Mode C and Mode S-equipped
aircraft. TCAD will not detect aircraft without operating transponders or those Weather
that are beyond radar coverage. TCAD, within defined limits, creates a “shield”
of airspace around the aircraft that detected traffic cannot penetrate without Nearest
triggering an alert.
Services/
TA: Traffic Advisory. This is traffic with 500 feet, or less, of altitude separation Music

that is converging or maintaining altitude separation.

Utilities
PA: Proximity Advisory. This is traffic with 500 feet of altitude separation that
is not a TA. System

TRFC: Other traffic.

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 9-25

 Touch To View
Foreword Traffic Menu
Touch Icon For Info
ADS-B and TCAD Map
Getting
Status and Altitude Orientation
Started
Filter
Alerted Target, Selected
Xpdr Ctrl Traffic Info
1200 ft Above and
Climbing
Com/Nav Touch For
Range Ring Next Target
Radius
FPL
Traffic Traffic Motion Selected Vector
Annunciation Vector Motion and Duration
Direct-To
Figure 9-19 Traffic Page for Ryan TCAD with GDL 88

Proc 9.6.2 Altitude Mode

The GDL 88 has four altitude display modes: Normal (±2,700 feet, Above
Wpt Info (-2,700 feet to +9,000 feet), Below (-9,000 feet to +2,700 feet), and Unrestricted
(±9,900 feet). The GDL 88 continues to track up to 30 intruder aircraft within its
Map
maximum surveillance range, regardless of the altitude display mode selected.
Traffic The selected altitude display mode is displayed in the upper left-hand corner
of the Traffic page.
Terrain The Altitude Filter limits the traffic displayed to the Below,
Normal, Above or Unrestricted altitude block as listed in the
Weather “Displayed Traffic Range” table. The filter altitudes are relative
to ownship altitude. While viewing the Traffic page, touch the
Nearest
Altitude Filter key to change the altitude filter value. Select
Services/
the desired altitude filter by touching the BELOW, NORMAL,
Music ABOVE, or UNRESTRICTED keys. The selection is displayed
in the Altitude mode field.
Utilities

System Selected Altitude Filter

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Figure 9-20 Traffic Altitude Filter Selection

Index

9-26 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Altitude Mode Displayed Traffic Range Foreword
Below -9900 ft to 2700 ft
Getting
Normal -2700 ft to 2700 ft Started
Above -2700 ft to 9900 ft
Xpdr Ctrl
Unrestricted All Traffic Shown
Table 9-14 Displayed Traffic Range Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 9-27

Foreword
9.6.3 TCAD Control Menu
The TCAD Control Menu allows control over the settings for the TCAD
Getting
Started Traffic display.

Xpdr Ctrl
Select TCAD Control Menu
Com/Nav

FPL

Figure 9-21 TCAD Traffic Menu

Direct-To
1. While viewing the Traffic menu, touch the TCAD Control key.
Proc Select Field Elevation

Wpt Info
Set Traffic Audio Select Local Baro
Map Volume
Activate Select Approach
Traffic
Operation Mode: Set,
Armed, or Active

Terrain Select Ground Mode

Figure 9-22 TCAD Control Menu
Weather
2. Touch the desired key from the menu to make any settings.
Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

9-28 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

9.6.3.1 Traffic Audio
Foreword
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Traffic
Audio key. Getting
Started

Touch To Lower Xpdr Ctrl

Touch To Raise
The Volume The Volume
Com/Nav

Bar Graph Showing Volume Level

FPL
Figure 9-23 TCAD Traffic
2. Touch the arrow keys to raise or lower the TCAD Traffic Audio Direct-To
level. The selected volume will be shown as a percentage value
and graphically with a bar graph. Proc

3. Touch the Back key to return to the TCAD Control menu.

Wpt Info

9.6.3.2 Field Elevation Map

1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Field
Elevation key. Traffic

Terrain
Touch To Manually Touch To Automatically
Set Field Elevation Select The Destination
Airport Field Elevation Weather

Figure 9-24 TCAD Traffic Field Elevation Selection Nearest

2. With the Use DEST APT key deactivated (no green bar), touch Services/
the Field Elevation key to manually select the Field Elevation Music
for traffic reporting. Use the keypad to select the elevation
Utilities
value.
3. Touch the Enter key to accept the selected value. The selected System
value will be shown in the Field Elevation key.
4. Touch the Use DEST APT key to automatically use the field Messages
elevation of the destination airport of the active flight plan for
traffic reporting. Symbols

NOTE: Activating the Use DEST APT feature automatically uses the
Appendix
elevation for the current destination airport for the TCAD. If no destination
airport is present in the GTN system, the TCAD will not receive a field
Index
elevation and therefore not automatically enter approach mode.

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 9-29

 9.6.3.3 Baro
Foreword
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the BARO key
Getting to manually select the barometric pressure.
Started
2. Use the keypad to select the barometric pressure value.
Xpdr Ctrl
3. Touch the Enter key to accept the selected value. The selected
value will be shown in the BARO key.
Com/Nav
9.6.3.4 Operate
FPL
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Operate
key to activate TCAD traffic.
Direct-To
2. Touching the Operate key toggles TCAD traffic operation on
Proc and off.

Wpt Info
9.6.3.5 Ground Mode
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Ground
Map key to activate Ground Mode TCAD traffic.
2. Touching the Ground key toggles Ground Mode on and off.
Traffic
9.6.3.6 Approach Mode
Terrain
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Approach
key to activate Approach Mode TCAD traffic.
Weather
2. Touching the Approach key toggles Approach Mode on and
Nearest off.

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

9-30 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

9.7 TCAD 9900B Operation Foreword
The TCAD 9900B provides a passive system that uses transponder replies
from other aircraft to acquire traffic information. Getting
Started
Map Orientation
Traffic Advisory Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To View Altitude Separation
Traffic Menu 0 Feet, Steady
Altitude Separation Com/Nav

Altitude Separation
300 Feet Below, FPL
Touch To Select Closing
Barometric Touch To Select Direct-To
Pressure Active Shield
Proc
Traffic Traffic, Separation
Annunciation 500 Feet, Opening
Wpt Info
Figure 9-25 Traffic Page for Ryan TCAD 9900B

Map
Symbol Description
Imminent Traffic Non-Imminent Traffic
(Traffic within ±500 feet Traffic
AND 1.0 NM; OR no altitude Terrain
AND within 1.0 NM)
Traffic Closing Vertically Weather

Traffic Diverging Vertically Nearest

Traffic not Closing or Diverging Services/

Music
Vertically
Table 9-15 9900B TCAD Symbols Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 9-31

Foreword
9.7.1 Select Local Barometric Pressure
1. While viewing the TCAD display, touch the Baro key to select
Getting
Started
the local barometric pressure.
2. Use the keypad to select the values and touch Enter to save
Xpdr Ctrl the values.

Com/Nav 9.7.2 Select Active Shield

1. While viewing the TCAD display, touch the Active Shield
FPL
key to select the Active Shield values (Departure, Enroute, or
Ground).
Direct-To
2. Touch the desired setting to save the values.
Proc

Wpt Info 9.7.3 TCAD 9900B Traffic Menu

The TCAD 9900B Menu allows control over the settings for the TCAD Traffic
Map
display.
Traffic
1. While viewing the Traffic page, touch the Menu key.
Select Approach
Set Traffic Audio Mode: Set,
Terrain
Volume Armed, or Active
Weather Select Shield Setup
Figure 9-26 TCAD 9900B Traffic Menu
Nearest
2. Touch the desired key from the menu to make any settings.
Services/
Music
9.7.3.1 Traffic Audio
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Traffic
Utilities Audio key.

System
Touch To Lower Touch To Raise
The Volume The Volume
Messages

Symbols Bar Graph Showing Volume Level

Figure 9-27 TCAD Traffic Audio
Appendix
2. Touch the arrow keys to raise or lower the TCAD Traffic Audio
level. The selected volume will be shown as a percentage value
Index
and graphically with a bar graph.
9-32 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
 3. Touch the Back key to return to the TCAD Control menu.
Foreword

Getting
9.7.3.2 Shield Setup Started

The Shield Setup function allows you to select the Shield Type (mode of Xpdr Ctrl
operation) and the size of the shield volume that will provide alerts when
entered by aircraft. Com/Nav

Approach Shield Type

FPL
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Shield Type
key and touch the Approach Shield Type. Direct-To

Touch To Select Proc

Shield Type:
Approach or
Standard Wpt Info
Touch To Manually Touch To Automatically
Set Field Elevation Select The Destination
Airport Field Elevation Map

Figure 9-28 TCAD 9900B Shield Setup for Approach Traffic

2. Touch the Field Elevation key.

Terrain
3. With the Use DEST APT key deactivated (no green bar), touch
the Field Elevation key to manually select the Field Elevation Weather
for traffic reporting. Use the keypad to select the elevation
value. Nearest

4. Touch the Enter key to accept the selected value. The selected
Services/
value will be shown in the Field Elevation key. Music

5. Touch the Use DEST APT key to automatically use the field Utilities
elevation of the destination airport of the active flight plan for
traffic reporting. System

NOTE: Activating the Use DEST APT feature automatically uses the
elevation for the current destination airport for the TCAD. If no destination Messages
airport is present in the GTN system, the TCAD will not receive a field
elevation and therefore not automatically enter approach mode. Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 9-33

 En Route, Standard, or Terminal Shield Type
Foreword
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Shield Type
Getting key and touch the desired Shield Type: Enroute, Standard, or
Started
Terminal.
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Select
Shield Type:
Com/Nav Approach or
Standard
FPL Touch To Manually Touch To Shield Range
Set Shield Height
Direct-To

Figure 9-29 TCAD 9900B Shield Setup for En Route, Standard, and Terminal
Proc
2. Touch the Shield Height key and use the keypad to select
Wpt Info
the Shield Height value. The selected value will be shown in
the Shield Range key.
Map 3. Touch the Shield Range key and use the keypad to select
the Shield Range value. The selected value will be shown in
Traffic the Shield Range key.

Terrain 9.7.3.3 Approach Mode

1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Approach
Weather key to activate Approach Mode TCAD traffic.
2. Touching the Approach key toggles Approach Mode between
Nearest
Set, Armed, or Active.
Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

9-34 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

9.8 TCAD 9900BX Operation Foreword
The TCAD 9900BX provides an active system that interrogates other aircraft
to acquire traffic information. Getting
Traffic Advisory Started
Out Of Range Traffic Altitude Separation
Altitude Separation 0 Feet 200 Feet Xpdr Ctrl
Map
Orientation
Com/Nav
Other Traffic Proximate Traffic,
Altitude Separation 500 FPL
Separation 700 Feet Below,
Feet Above, Descending
Ascending Direct-To

Touch To Select Touch To Select

Barometric Altitude Filter Proc
Pressure
Figure 9-30 Traffic Page for Ryan TCAD 9900BX Wpt Info

Symbol Description Map

Traffic Advisory
Traffic
Proximity Advisory
(color may be configured as cyan) Terrain

Other Traffic
Weather
(color may be configured as cyan)
Out-of-Range Traffic Advisory Nearest

Table 9-16 9900BX (TCAS) Symbols Services/

Music

9.8.1 Select Local Barometric Pressure Utilities

1. While viewing the TCAD display, touch the Baro key to select
the local barometric pressure. System

2. Use the keypad to select the values and touch Enter to save
the values. Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 9-35

Foreword
9.8.2 Select Altitude Filter
The Altitude Filter limits the traffic displayed to the Below,
Getting Normal, Above or Unrestricted altitude block as listed in the
Started
“Displayed Traffic Range” table. The filter altitudes are relative
Xpdr Ctrl to ownship altitude. While viewing the Traffic page, touch the
Altitude Filter key to change the altitude filter value. Select
Com/Nav the desired altitude filter by touching the Normal, Above,
Below, or Unrestricted keys. The selection is displayed in
FPL the Altitude Filter field.

Direct-To
Selected Altitude Filter

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic Figure 9-31 Traffic Altitude Filter Selection

Altitude Mode Displayed Traffic Range
Terrain
Below -9900 ft to 2700 ft
Weather
Normal -2700 ft to 2700 ft
Above -2700 ft to 9900 ft
Nearest Unrestricted All Traffic Shown
Services/
Table 9-17 Displayed Traffic Range
Music
9.8.3 TCAD 9900BX Traffic Menu
Utilities
The TCAD 9900BX Menu allows control over the settings for the TCAD
Traffic display.
System 1. While viewing the Traffic page, touch the Menu key.
Select Shield Setup
Messages Select Approach
Set Traffic Audio Mode: Set,
Symbols Volume Armed, or Active
Toggle Ground
Appendix Mode On or Off
Figure 9-32 TCAD 9900BX Traffic Menu
Index
2. Touch the desired key from the menu to make any settings.
9-36 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
9.8.3.1 Traffic Audio
Foreword
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Traffic
Audio key. Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Lower Touch To Raise
The Volume The Volume
Com/Nav

Bar Graph Showing Volume Level

FPL
Figure 9-33 TCAD Traffic Audio
2. Touch the arrow keys to raise or lower the TCAD Traffic Audio Direct-To
level. The selected volume will be shown as a percentage value
and graphically with a bar graph. Proc

3. Touch the Back key to return to the TCAD Control menu.

Wpt Info

Map
9.8.3.2 Shield Setup
The Shield Setup function allows you to select the Shield Type (mode of Traffic
operation) and the size of the shield volume that will provide alerts when
entered by aircraft. Terrain

Approach Shield Type

Weather
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Shield Type
key and touch the Approach Shield Type. Nearest

Touch To Select Services/

Shield Type: Music
Approach or
Standard Utilities
Touch To Manually Touch To Automatically
Set Field Elevation Select The Destination
Airport Field Elevation System

Figure 9-34 TCAD 9900BX Shield Setup for Approach Messages

2. Touch the Field Elevation key.

Symbols
3. With the Use DEST APT key deactivated (no green bar), touch
the Field Elevation key to manually select the Field Elevation Appendix
for traffic reporting. Use the keypad to select the elevation
value. Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 9-37

 4. Touch the Enter key to accept the selected value. The selected
Foreword
value will be shown in the Field Elevation key.
Getting 5. Touch the Use DEST APT key to automatically use the field
Started
elevation of the destination airport of the active flight plan for
Xpdr Ctrl traffic reporting.
NOTE: Activating the Use DEST APT feature automatically uses the
Com/Nav elevation for the current destination airport for the TCAD. If no destination
airport is present in the GTN system, the TCAD will not receive a field
FPL elevation and therefore not automatically enter approach mode.
En Route, Standard, or Terminal Shield Type
Direct-To
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Shield Type
key and touch the desired Shield Type: Enroute, Standard, or
Proc
Terminal.
Wpt Info Touch To Select
Shield Type:
Approach or
Map
Standard
Touch To Manually Touch To Shield Range
Traffic Set Shield Height

Terrain
Figure 9-35 TCAD 9900BX Shield Setup for En Route, Standard, and Terminal
Weather 2. Touch the Shield Height key and use the keypad to select
the Shield Height value. The selected value will be shown in
Nearest the Shield Range key.
Services/
3. Touch the Shield Range key and use the keypad to select
Music the Shield Range value. The selected value will be shown in
the Shield Range key.
Utilities
9.8.3.3 Approach Mode
1. While viewing the Traffic menu, touch the Approach key to
System
activate Approach Mode TCAD traffic.
Messages 2. Touching the Approach key toggles Approach Mode between
Set, Armed, or Active.
Symbols 9.8.3.4 Ground Mode
1. While viewing the Traffic menu, touch the Ground key to
Appendix activate Ground Mode TCAD traffic.
2. Touching the Ground key toggles Ground Mode between On
Index and Off.

9-38 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

10 TERRAIN Foreword

10.1 Terrain Configurations Getting

Started
During power-up of the GTN 6XX, the terrain/obstacle database versions are
Xpdr Ctrl
displayed along with a disclaimer. At the same time, the Terrain system self-test
begins. A failure message is issued if the terrain test fails. Com/Nav
Garmin provides the following terrain awareness solutions within the GTN
6XX environment: FPL

• Terrain Proximity - This is the standard Terrain function and refers to the Direct-To
display of the relative terrain elevations on the moving map. No aural alerts
of any type are provided by a Terrain configuration. Proc
• TAWS-B (Optional) - A system developed to meet the terrain alerting and
ground proximity requirements for Class B TAWS systems as defined in Wpt Info

TSO-C151c. Garmin’s GTN 6XX Terrain Awareness and Warning System

Map
(TAWS-B) is an optional feature and is intended to provide the flight crew
with both aural and visual alerts to aid in preventing inadvertent Controlled
Traffic
Flight Into Terrain (CFIT).
• HTerrain Proximity - This is the standard Terrain function and refers to the Terrain
display of the relative terrain elevations on the moving map. No aural alerts
of any type are provided by a Terrain Proximity configuration. Weather

• HTAWS - (HTAWS) is an optional feature to increase situational awareness

Nearest
and aid in reducing controlled flight into terrain. Garmin TAWS satisfies
TSO-C194 requirements for certification. Services/
Music
• TAWS-A (Optional) - A system to increase situational awareness and aid
in reducing controlled flight into terrain (CFIT) as defined in TSO-C151c. Utilities

TAWS-A provides visual and aural annunciations when terrain and obstacles
System
are within the given altitude threshold from the aircraft.
Messages

NOTE: Obstacles are removed from the Terrain and TAWS pages at ranges
greater than 10 NM. Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-1

Foreword
10.2 General Database Information
Garmin TAWS and HTAWS use terrain and obstacle information supplied by
Getting government and private sources. The data undergoes verification by Garmin to
Started
confirm accuracy of the content. However, the displayed information should
Xpdr Ctrl never be understood as being all-inclusive. Pilots must familiarize themselves
with the appropriate charts for safe flight.
Com/Nav
NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes
FPL from government and private agencies. Garmin accurately processes
and cross-validates the data, but cannot guarantee the accuracy and
Direct-To
completeness of the data.

The terrain database is contained on the datacard.

Proc
10.2.1 Database Versions
Wpt Info The version and area of coverage of each terrain/obstacle database is shown
on the System-System Status page. Databases are checked for integrity at power-
Map
up. If a database is found to be missing and/or deficient, the TAWS/HTAWS
system fails the self-test and displays the TAWS/HTAWS system failure message.
Traffic

10.2.2 HTAWS Database Requirements

Terrain
To function properly, HTAWS requires the use of databases specific to
Weather helicopters and HTAWS. The databases required are:
• 2.5 arc-second Terrain Database
Nearest • Helicopter Obstacle Database
• Helicopter Navigation Database
Services/
Music
10.2.3 Database Updates
Utilities Terrain and obstacle databases are updated periodically with the latest terrain
and obstacle data. Visit the Garmin website to check for newer versions of
System terrain/obstacle databases. Compare database cycle numbers to determine if a
newer version is available.
Messages
The database update process includes either reprogramming or
replacing the database card and inserting the updated card in the card
Symbols
slot on the unit front panel. The terrain/obstacle database may be
Appendix
downloaded via the internet and the card reprogrammed using a USB
programmer available from Garmin. Contact Garmin at 866-739-5687 or at
Index www.garmin.com or http://fly.garmin.com for more information.

10-2 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 To update your terrain/obstacle databases:
Foreword
1. Prepare the card with new terrain data.
2. Turn off the power to the unit. Getting
Started
3. Remove the old terrain data card and insert the new card into
the unit. Xpdr Ctrl

4. Turn on the unit and verify that the Terrain Database verification Com/Nav
is succesful.
5. Verify that TAWS/HTAWS passes the self-test (if configured for FPL
TAWS or HTAWS).
Direct-To
10.2.4 Terrain Database Areas of Coverage
The fixed-wing terrain database provides worldwide coverage. The following Proc
describes the area of coverage available in each helicopter terrain database.
Regional definitions may change without notice. Wpt Info

Database Coverage Area

Map
Latitudes: 0° to N90°
Americas - North
Longitudes: W180° to W30° Traffic
Latitudes: N30° to S90°
Americas - South
Longitudes: W180° to W30° Terrain
Latitudes: 0° to N90°
Atlantic - North
Longitudes: W30° to E90° Weather

Latitudes: N30° to S90°

Atlantic - South Nearest
Longitudes: W30° to E90°
Latitudes: 0° to N90° Services/
Pacific - North Music
Longitudes: E60° to E180°
Latitudes: N30° to S90° Utilities
Pacific - South
Longitudes: E60° to E180°
Table 10-1 Terrain Database Coverage System

NOTE: Because of higher resolution helicopter terrain data, the world-wide

Messages
data won't fit on the terrain database card. Therefore, data is regionalized.
If you have the wrong region database for your present position, then you
get the message that terrain is unavailable for the current location and a Symbols
crosshatched pattern on the terrain display.
Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-3

Foreword
10.2.5 Obstacle Database Areas of Coverage
The following describes the area of coverage available in each database.
Getting Regional definitions may change without notice.
Started
Database Coverage Area
Xpdr Ctrl Limited to the United States plus some areas of Canada,
United States (US)
Mexico, Caribbean, and the Pacific.
Com/Nav
Alaska, Austria, Belgium, Canada*, Caribbean*, Czech
Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece,
FPL
US/Europe Hawaii, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Mexico*,
Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Slovakia, Spain,
Direct-To
Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States
Proc * Indicates partial coverage
Table 10-2 Obstacle Database Coverage
Wpt Info NOTE: It is very important to note that not all obstacles are necessarily
charted and therefore may not be contained in the Obstacle Database.
Map
Obstacle databases created for GTN software version 5.10 or later include
Traffic all power lines or only HOT lines depending on the type of obstacle database
installed. Hazardous Obstacle Transmission (HOT) Lines are those power lines
Terrain that are co-located with other FAA-identified obstacles. The installed obstacle
database type can be verified on the System Status page. Power line data is
Weather available for the contiguous United States as well as small parts of Canada and
Mexico.
Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

10-4 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

10.3 Terrain Proximity Foreword
Garmin Terrain Proximity is a non-TSO-C151c-certified terrain awareness
Getting
system provided as a standard feature of GTN 6XX to increase situational Started
awareness and help reduce controlled flight into terrain (CFIT). Terrain may be
Xpdr Ctrl
displayed on the Map and Terrain pages.
Terrain Proximity uses information provided from the GPS receiver to Com/Nav
provide a horizontal position and altitude. GPS altitude is derived from satellite
measurements. GPS altitude is converted to a Mean Sea Level (MSL)-based FPL
altitude (GSL altitude) and is used to determine Terrain alerts. GSL altitude
accuracy is affected by factors such as satellite geometry, but it is not subject Direct-To
to variations in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude
devices. GSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL Proc

altitude. Therefore, GPS altitude provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL
Wpt Info
altitude source to calculate terrain and obstacle alerts.
Terrain Proximity utilizes terrain and obstacle databases that are referenced Map
to mean sea level (MSL). Using the GPS position and GSL altitude, Terrain
Proximity displays a 2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative Traffic
to the position and altitude of the aircraft. In this manner, Terrain Proximity can
provide advanced alerts of predicted dangerous terrain conditions. Terrain

Terrain Proximity requires the following to operate properly:

Weather
• The system must have a valid 3-D GPS position solution.
• The system must have a valid terrain/obstacle database. Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages
View 360
Arc
Symbols
Layers Flight Plan
Legend
Appendix
Figure 10-1 Terrain Proximity Page Functional Diagram
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-5

Foreword
10.3.1 Displaying Terrain Proximity
The Terrain page is in the Terrain function.
Getting
Started 1. Touch the Terrain key on the Home page.
Yellow Terrain Is
Xpdr Ctrl Between 100 ft and
1000 ft Below The
Com/Nav
Aircraft Altitude
Terrain Page Title Heading Annunciation
FPL
Obstacles Aircraft GSL Value
Direct-To (GPS Derived)
Range
Rings Red Terrain Is Above Or
Proc Within 100 ft Below The
Aircraft Altitude
Wpt Info
Terrain Scale Active Flight Terrain Type
Plan Leg
Map
Figure 10-2 Terrain Proximity Page
Traffic
2. Touch the Menu key for options.
Terrain Selected View Flight Plan Selected To Show

Weather
Terrain Legend
Selected To Show
Nearest

Services/
Music Figure 10-3 Terrain Menu Options

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

10-6 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

10.3.1.1 Terrain Page 120° Arc or 360° Rings
Foreword
Select the 120º Arc or 360º rings overlay for the Terrain page with either the
360 or Arc keys from the Menu. Getting
Started
1. While viewing the Terrain page, touch the Menu key.
Xpdr Ctrl

2. Touch the 360º or Arc key. Com/Nav

Yellow Terrain Is
Between 100 ft and FPL
1000 ft Below The
Aircraft Altitude
Direct-To
Heading Annunciation

Proc
Aircraft GSL Value
Arc Range (GPS Derived) Wpt Info
120° Arc Outline
Red Terrain Is
Above Or Within Map
100 ft Below The
Aircraft Altitude
Traffic
Terrain Scale Terrain Type
Icon shows point Icon shows wire Terrain
obstacle overlay obstacle overlay
is active (software is active (software
version 5.12, or version 5.12, or Weather
later) later)
Figure 10-4 Terrain 120° Arc View Nearest

10.3.1.2 Display Flight Plan on Terrain Page Services/

Music
Select the display of the active flight plan on the Terrain page.
Touch the Flight Plan key to toggle the display of the active Utilities
flight plan on or off.
System

10.3.1.3 Display Terrain Legend Messages

Select the display of the Terrain Legend on the Terrain page.

Symbols
Touch the Legend key to toggle the display of the Terrain
Legend on or off. Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-7

Foreword
10.3.2 Terrain Limitations
Terrain Proximity displays terrain and obstructions relative to the altitude of the
Getting
Started aircraft. The displayed alerts are advisory in nature only. Individual obstructions
may be shown if available in the database. However, all obstructions may not
Xpdr Ctrl be available in the database and data may be inaccurate. Terrain information
should be used as an aid to situational awareness. Never use this information for
Com/Nav
navigation or to maneuver to avoid obstacles.
FPL Terrain Proximity uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by
government sources. The displayed information should never be understood as
Direct-To being all-inclusive.
NOTE: The data contained in the Terrain Proximity databases comes from
Proc
government agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates the
data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
Wpt Info

NOTE: TERRAIN, TAWS-A, TAWS-B, HTAWS, or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY

Map
functionality will be available via the Terrain page, depending on the
installed hardware and configuration. HTAWS or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY
Traffic are available in software version 4.00, or later. TAWS-A is available in
software version 5.00, or later.
Terrain

10.4 Terrain Awareness and Warning System

Weather
(TAWS-B) Optional
Nearest TAWS (Terrain Awareness and Warning System) is an optional feature to
increase situational awareness and aid in reducing controlled flight into terrain
Services/
Music (CFIT). TAWS provides visual and aural annunciations when terrain and
obstacles are within the given altitude threshold from the aircraft.
Utilities
TAWS satisfies TSO-C151c Class B requirements for certification. Class B
System TAWS is required for all Part 91 turbine aircraft operations with six or more
passenger seats and for Part 135 turbine aircraft operations with six to nine
Messages passenger seats (FAR Parts 91.223, 135.154).

Symbols 10.4.1 TAWS-B Requirements

TAWS requires the following to operate properly:
Appendix
• A valid terrain/obstacle database
Index • A valid 3-D GPS position solution

10-8 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

10.4.2 TAWS-B Limitations Foreword

NOTE: The data contained in the TAWS databases comes from government
Getting
agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates the data but Started
cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
Xpdr Ctrl
TAWS displays terrain and obstructions relative to the altitude of the aircraft.
Compliance with TAWS B alerts and warnings is MANDATORY. When a TAWS Com/Nav
B "pull up" annunciation is issued, the pilot is required to pull up.
FPL
TAWS uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government sources.
Terrain information is based on terrain elevation information in a database that
Direct-To
may contain inaccuracies. Individual obstructions may be shown if available in
the database. The data undergoes verification by Garmin to confirm accuracy of Proc
the content, per TSO-C151c.
Wpt Info
10.4.3 Computing GPS Altitude for TAWS
TAWS uses information provided from the GPS receiver to provide a horizontal Map
position and altitude. GPS altitude is derived from satellite measurements. GPS
altitude is converted to a Mean Sea Level (MSL)-based altitude (GSL altitude) Traffic

and is used to determine TAWS alerts. GSL altitude accuracy is affected by

factors such as satellite geometry, but it is not subject to variations in pressure Terrain

and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude devices. GSL altitude does
Weather
not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL altitude. Therefore, GPS
altitude provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL altitude source to calculate
Nearest
terrain and obstacle alerts.
Services/
The terrain and obstacle databases used by TAWS are referenced to Mean Sea Music
Level. Using the GPS position and GSL altitude, TAWS displays a 2-D picture of
the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and altitude of the Utilities

aircraft. Furthermore, the GPS position and GSL altitude are used to calculate
System
and “predict” the aircraft’s flight path in relation to the surrounding terrain
and obstacles. In this manner, TAWS can provide advanced alerts of predicted
Messages
dangerous terrain conditions.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-9

Foreword
10.4.4 Baro-Corrected Altitude Versus GSL Altitude
Baro-corrected altitude (or indicated altitude) is derived by adjusting the
Getting
Started altimeter setting for local atmospheric conditions. The most accurate baro-
corrected altitude can be achieved by frequently updating the altimeter setting
Xpdr Ctrl to the nearest reporting station along the flight path. However, because actual
atmospheric conditions seldom match the standard conditions defined by the
Com/Nav
International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) model (where pressure, temperature,
and lapse rates have fixed values), it is common for the baro-corrected altitude
FPL
(as read from the altimeter) to differ from the GSL altitude. This variation results
Direct-To
in the aircraft’s true altitude differing from the baro-corrected altitude.

10.4.5 Using TAWS-B

Proc
During unit power-up, the terrain/obstacle database versions are displayed.
Wpt Info At the same time, TAWS self-test begins. One of the following aural messages is
generated:
Map
• “TAWS System Test OK”
Traffic • “TAWS System Failure”
TAWS information can be displayed on the Map page. Terrain and obstacles
Terrain with heights greater than 200 feet Above Ground Level (AGL) are displayed
in yellow and red. The GTN 6XX adjusts colors automatically as the aircraft
Weather
altitude changes.
Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System
View 360
Messages Arc
Layers Flight Plan
Symbols Legend
Layers TAWS Inhibit
Appendix Test TAWS

Index Figure 10-5 TAWS-B Page Functional Diagram

10-10 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

10.4.6 Displaying TAWS-B Data Foreword
TAWS uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain and obstacles
alerts relative to aircraft altitude. Colors are adjusted automatically as the aircraft Getting
Started
altitude changes. The colors and symbols shown below are used to represent
terrain, obstacles, and threat locations. Obstacles are removed when more than Xpdr Ctrl
2000 ft below the aircraft.
Threat Location Com/Nav
Projected Flight Path Terrain above or
within 100 ft
100 ft Threshold below the aircraft
Unlighted Obstacle altitude (Red)
FPL

1000 ft
Direct-To
Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the
aircraft altitude (Yellow)

Proc
Terrain more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude (Black)

Figure 10-6 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for Terrain Proximity Wpt Info

Unlighted Obstacle Lighted ObstacleThreat

Location Terrain Terrain/ Map
Alert
< 1000 ft > 1000 ft < 1000 ft > 1000 ft Indicator Color Obstacle
Level
AGL AGL AGL AGL Location
Traffic

Terrain/
Obstacle at or Terrain
within 100 ft WARNING
Red
below current (Red) Weather
aircraft
altitude
Nearest
Terrain/
Obstacle
Services/
between
Obstacle Symbol

Music
100 ft and CAUTION
Yellow
1000 ft (Yellow) Utilities
below current
aircraft
altitude System

Terrain/
Obstacle Messages
between
1000 ft and Symbols
White
2000 ft
below current
aircraft Appendix
altitude
Index
Table 10-3 TAWS-B Terrain/Obstacle Colors and Symbology

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-11

Foreword Tower Windmill Windmill in Group Power Line

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl
Table 10-4 Obstacle Icon Types

Com/Nav Grouped obstacles are shown with an asterisk (as shown in the Windmill in
Group example above). The color of the asterisks is tied to the relative altitude
FPL of the highest obstacle in the group, not other obstacles within that group.
Obstacles are grouped when they would otherwise overlap.
Direct-To
10.4.7 TAWS-B Page
Proc TAWS information is displayed on the Map and Terrain pages. The TAWS
Page is specialized to show terrain, obstacle, and threat location data in relation
Wpt Info to the aircraft’s current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Flight plan
information (airports, VORs, and other NAVAIDs) included in the flight plan are
Map displayed for reference. If an obstacle and the projected flight path of the aircraft
intersect, the display automatically zooms in to the closest threat location on the
Traffic TAWS Page.
Terrain
Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid
heading. If orientation is not heading up, it will be track up. Two views are
Weather
available relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360° default display and the
radar-like ARC (120°) display. Map range is adjustable with the In and Out keys
Nearest from 1 to 200 NM, as indicated by the map range rings (or arcs).

Services/ 10.4.7.1 Terrain Page Layers

Music
1. While viewing the Terrain page, touch the Menu key.
Utilities
Select Terrain View Select Displayed Layer

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Select TAWS Function

Index
Figure 10-7 Terrain Page TAWS-B Menu
10-12 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
 2. Touch the Flight Plan key to toggle the display of the active
Foreword
flight plan.
Getting
Obstacles
Terrain Overlay Started

Flight Plan Xpdr Ctrl

Terrain Com/Nav
Legend
TAWS-B Annunciation FPL
Icon shows point obstacle Icon shows wire obstacle
overlay is active (software overlay is active (software
Direct-To
version 5.12, or later) version 5.12, or later)
Figure 10-8 Flight Plan and Legend Shown On TAWS-B Terrain Page Proc

10.4.7.2 Terrain Page View

Wpt Info
Select the 120º Arc or 360º rings overlay for the Terrain page with either the
360º or Arc keys from the Menu. Map

1. While viewing the Terrain page, touch the Menu key.

Traffic

2. Touch the 360º or Arc key. Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-13

 10.4.7.3 Terrain Page TAWS-B Selections
Foreword
The TAWS selections allow you to inhibit aural TAWS alerts and to send a
Getting request to the TAWS equipment to run its internal tests. After cycling power,
Started
TAWS will no longer be inhibited.
Xpdr Ctrl 1. While viewing the Terrain page, touch the Menu key.

Com/Nav
2. Touch the TAWS Inhibit key to toggle the inhibiting of TAWS
FPL
alerts.

Direct-To

Proc
TAWS Alerts Test TAWS - Only
Inhibited Available on
Wpt Info Ground

Map TAWS Inhibited

Annunciation
Traffic Figure 10-9 TAWS-B Alerts Inhibited Selected
3. Touch the Test TAWS key to test the TAWS system. This function
Terrain is not available when the aircraft is in the air.

Weather

TAWS Test
Nearest Display

Services/
Music TAWS Test
Annunciation
Utilities Figure 10-10 TAWS-B Test Selected

System
10.4.8 TAWS Alerts
Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within
Messages
TAWS software algorithms. When an alert is issued, visual annunciations are
displayed and aural alerts are simultaneously issued. TAWS alert types are
Symbols shown in the TAWS Alerts Summary with corresponding annunciations and
aural messages.
Appendix
When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the TAWS page. If the
TAWS page is not displayed at the time, a pop-up alert appears on the page
Index
being viewed.
10-14 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
 Blinking Message Foreword
Touch To Remove
Pop-Up And Remain Touch To Display Getting
On Current Page Started
Terrain Page
TAWS Annunciation
Xpdr Ctrl
Figure 10-11 Terrain Alert Pop-Up
To acknowledge the pop-up alert: Com/Nav

Touch the Go to Terrain key (accesses the TAWS Page)

FPL

OR Direct-To

Touch the Close key to remove the pop-up alert Proc

Wpt Info

If the pilot takes no action, the pop-up will be removed when the alert is no Map
longer active.
Traffic
10.4.8.1 TAWS-B Alerting Colors and Symbology
Color and symbols are also associated with TAWS alerts. The three TAWS Terrain
alert levels and their associated text coloring as well as any associated symbology
are shown in the following table. Weather

Alert Level Annunciator Text Threat Location Example Visual Annunciation

Nearest
Indicator
Warning White text on red Services/
background Music

Caution Black text on yellow Utilities

background
Informational Black text on white Not Applicable System
background
Table 10-5 TAWS-B Alert Colors and Symbology Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-15

 Alert
Foreword Alert Type Aural Message
Annunciation
Getting Excessive Descent Rate “Pull Up”
Started
Warning (EDR-W)
Xpdr Ctrl FLTA Terrain Warning “Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead,
(RTC-W, ITI-W) Pull Up”*
Com/Nav or
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
FPL
FLTA Obstacle Warning “Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead,
(ROC-W, IOI-W) Pull Up”*
Direct-To
or
Proc
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
FLTA Wire Warning "Wire Ahead Pull Up, Wire Ahead Pull
Wpt Info (ILI-W, RLC-W) Up"
FLTA Terrain Caution “Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”*
Map (RTC-C, ITI-C) or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
Traffic
FLTA Obstacle Caution “Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”*
(ROC-C, IOI-C) or
Terrain
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
Weather FLTA Wire Caution "Wire Ahead"
(ILI-C, RLC-C)
Nearest Premature Descent “Too Low, Terrain”
Alert Caution (PDA)
Services/
Music Excessive Descent Rate “Sink Rate”
Caution (EDR-C)
Utilities
Negative Climb Rate “Don’t Sink”*
System
Caution (NCR-C) or
“Too Low, Terrain”
Messages Voice Call Out None “Five-Hundred”
(VCO-500)
Symbols
* Alerts with multiple messages are configurable at installation and are installation-
dependent. Alerts for the default configuration are indicated with asterisks.
Appendix
Table 10-6 TAWS-B Alerts Summary
Index

10-16 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

10.4.8.2 Excessive Descent Rate Alert
Foreword
The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) alert is to provide
notification when the aircraft is determined to be descending upon terrain at an Getting
Started
excessive rate. The parameters for the alert as defined by TSO-C151c are shown
below. Xpdr Ctrl
6000

5500 Com/Nav

5000
FPL
4500
���������������������������

��
4000
� � �� Direct-To
�
��
3500 ��
Proc
3000

2500 Wpt Info

2000
Map
1500

1000 ��������� Traffic

500
Terrain
0
2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000
Descent Rate Weather

Figure 10-12 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria

Nearest
10.4.8.3 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance
Services/
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC), Reduced Required Line Music
Clearance (RLC), and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC) alerts
Utilities
are issued when the aircraft flight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come
within the minimum clearance values in the FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and System
Obstacle Clearance Values table. When an RTC, RLC, and/or a ROC alert is
issued, a threat location indicator is displayed on the TAWS Page. Messages

Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI), Imminent Line Impact (ILI), and

Symbols
Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are issued when the aircraft is below
the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the aircraft’s projected path. ITI, ILI,
Appendix
and IOI alerts are accompanied by a threat location indicator displayed on the
TAWS Page. The alert is annunciated when the projected vertical flight path is Index
calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in the following table.
190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-17
Foreword Minimum Clearance Altitude (feet)
Flight Phase
Level Flight Descending
Getting
Started En Route 700 500
Terminal 350 300
Xpdr Ctrl
Approach 150 100
Com/Nav Departure 100 100
Table 10-7 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values
FPL
During final approach, FLTA alerts are automatically inhibited when the
Direct-To aircraft is below 200 feet AGL while within 0.5 NM of the approach runway or
below 125 feet AGL while within 1.0 NM of the runway threshold.
Proc
10.4.8.4 Premature Descent Alerting
Wpt Info A Premature Descent Alert (PDA) is issued when the system detects that the
aircraft is significantly below the normal approach path to a runway.
Map
PDA alerting begins when the aircraft is within 15 NM of the destination
Traffic airport and ends when the aircraft is either 0.5 NM from the runway threshold
or is at an altitude of 125 feet AGL while within 1.0 NM of the threshold. During
Terrain the final descent, algorithms set a threshold for alerting based on speed, distance,
and other parameters.
Weather 700
Height Above Terrain (Feet)

600

Nearest
500

Services/ 400
Music
300

Utilities 200 PDA Alerting Area

100
System
Runway 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Threshold
Messages Distance From Destination Airport (nm)

Figure 10-13 PDA Alerting Threshold

Symbols
PDA and FLTA aural and visual alerts can be manually inhibited. Discretion
Appendix should be used when inhibiting TAWS and the system should be enabled when
appropriate. When TAWS is inhibited, the alert annunciation “TAWS INHB” is
Index shown.

10-18 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

10.4.8.5 Inhibiting/Enabling TAWS-B PDA/FLTA Alerting
Foreword
TAWS also has an inhibit mode that deactivates the PDA/FLTA aural and
visual alerts. Pilots should use discretion when inhibiting TAWS and always Getting
Started
remember to enable the system when appropriate. Only the PDA and FLTA
alerts are disabled in the inhibit mode. After cycling power, TAWS will no longer Xpdr Ctrl
be inhibited.
Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To
TAWS Alerts
Inhibited
Proc

TAWS Inhibited
Annunciation Wpt Info

Figure 10-14 TAWS-B Alerting Disabled (TAWS Inhibited) Annunciation

Map
1. While viewing the Terrain page, touch the Menu key.
Traffic

2. Touch the TAWS Inhibit key to inhibit or enable TAWS (choice Terrain
dependent on current state). A green bar in the key indicates
the TAWS is inhibited. Weather

10.4.8.6 Negative Climb Rate After Take-Off Alert (NCR)

Nearest
The Negative Climb Rate (NCR) After Take-Off alert (also referred to as
“Altitude Loss After Take-Off”) provides alerts when the system determines the Services/
Music
aircraft is losing altitude (closing upon terrain) after takeoff. The aural message
“Don’t Sink” is given for NCR alerts, accompanied by an annunciation and a Utilities

pop-up terrain alert on the display. NCR alerting is only active when departing
System
from an airport and when the following conditions are met:
• Height above the terrain is less than 700 feet Messages

• Distance from the departure airport is 2 NM or less

Symbols
• Heading change from the departure heading is less than 110º
The NCR alerting parameters as defined by TSO-C151c are shown below. Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-19

Foreword

Getting
Height Above Terrain (Feet)

Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav
“DON’T SINK”
or
FPL “TOO LOW, TERRAIN”

Direct-To

Proc

Altitude Loss (Feet)

Wpt Info
Figure 10-15 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Altitude Loss
Map

Traffic

Terrain
Height Above Terrain (Feet)

Weather “DON’T SINK”

or
Nearest
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
Services/
Music

Utilities

System
Sink Rate (FPM)
Messages
Figure 10-16 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Sink Rate
Symbols

Appendix

Index

10-20 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

10.4.8.7 Altitude Voice Call Out (VCO)
Foreword
TAWS-B provides aural advisory alerts as the aircraft descends, beginning at
500 feet above the terrain, as determined by the radar altimeter (if greater than Getting
Started
5 NM from the nearest airport) or 500 feet above the nearest runway threshold
elevation (if less than 5 NM from the nearest airport). Upon descent to this Xpdr Ctrl
altitude, TAWS-B issues the aural alert message “Five-hundred”.
10.4.8.8 TAWS-B Not Available Alert Com/Nav

TAWS-B requires a 3-D GPS position solution along with specific vertical
FPL
accuracy minimums. Should the position solution become degraded or if the
aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation “TAWS N/A” is
Direct-To
generated in the annunciation window and on the TAWS-B page. The aural
message “TAWS Not Available” is generated. When the GPS signal is re- Proc
established and the aircraft is within the database coverage area, the aural
message “TAWS Available” is generated (when the aircraft is airborne). Wpt Info

10.4.8.9 TAWS-B Failure Alert

Map
TAWS continually monitors several system-critical items such as database
validity, hardware status, and GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not
Traffic
available, the aural message “TAWS System Failure” is generated along with a
“TAWS FAIL” annunciation. Terrain
10.4.9 TAWS-B System Status
During power-up, TAWS-B conducts a self-test of its aural and visual Weather

annunciations. The system test can also be manually initiated. An aural alert is
Nearest
issued at test completion. TAWS System Testing is disabled when ground speed
exceeds 30 knots. Services/
Music
Alert
Alert Type Aural Message
Annunciation Utilities
TAWS Available None “TAWS Available”
System
TAWS System Test in Progress None
TAWS System Test Pass None “TAWS System Test OK” Messages

TAWS N/A TAWS Not Available Symbols

TAWS Alerting is Disabled None
Appendix
TAWS System Test Fail “TAWS System Failure”
Index
Table 10-8 TAWS-B System Test Status Annunciations
190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-21
Foreword
10.5 HTAWS (Optional)
Getting 10.5.1 Introduction
Started
NOTE: TERRAIN, TAWS, HTAWS, or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY functionality will
Xpdr Ctrl be available via the Terrain page, depending on the installed hardware and
configuration. HTAWS or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY are available in software
Com/Nav version 4.00, or later.

FPL 10.5.1.1 Overview

Garmin’s Helicopter Terrain Awareness Warning System (HTAWS) is an
Direct-To
optional feature to increase situational awareness and aid in reducing controlled
Proc
flight into terrain. Garmin HTAWS is TSO-C194 authorized. Units installed in
helicopters that do not have HTAWS installed will display HTerrain Proximity.
This is noted by the five color terrain scale which is appropriate to the low
Wpt Info
altitude operating environment for helicopters.
Map HTAWS provides visual and aural annunciations when terrain and obstacles
are a hazard to the aircraft.
Traffic
HTAWS Relative
Terrain Depiction
Terrain
Rotorcraft Ownship
Weather

Nearest
Figure 10-17 Map Page with Terrain
Services/
Music NOTE: HTAWS-enabled units can be identified by going to the Terrain
page and checking the lower right-corner for “HTAWS.”
Utilities

10.5.1.2 Operating Criteria

System
Garmin HTAWS requires the following to operate properly:
Messages • The system must have a valid 3D GPS position solution
• The system must have a valid terrain/obstacle database.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

10-22 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

10.5.1.3 Limitations
Foreword
NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes
Getting
from government agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross- Started
validates the data, but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness
of the data. Xpdr Ctrl

HTAWS displays terrain and obstructions relative to the flight path of the Com/Nav
aircraft. Individual obstructions may be shown if available in the database.
However, all obstructions may not be available in the database and data may be FPL
inaccurate. Never use this information for navigation.
Direct-To
NOTE: Terrain databases do not consistently represent foliage. Some trees
may extend above HTAWS protection limits in some operating modes.
Proc

Terrain information is based on terrain elevation data contained in a database

Wpt Info
that may contain inaccuracies. Terrain information should be used as an aid
to situational awareness. Never use it for navigation or to maneuver to avoid
Map
terrain.
HTAWS uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government Traffic
sources. The data undergoes verification by Garmin to confirm accuracy of the
content. However, the displayed information should never be understood as Terrain

being all-inclusive.
Weather
10.5.2 HTAWS Operation
Nearest
10.5.2.1 HTAWS Alerting
Services/
HTAWS uses information provided from the GPS receiver to provide Music
a horizontal position and altitude. GPS altitude is derived from satellite
Utilities
measurements. GPS altitude is converted to a mean sea level (MSL)-based
altitude (GSL altitude) and is used to determine HTAWS alerts. GSL altitude
System
accuracy is affected by factors such as satellite geometry, but it is not subject
to variations in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude Messages
devices. GSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL
altitude. Therefore, GPS altitude provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL Symbols
altitude source to calculate terrain and obstacle alerts.
HTAWS utilizes terrain and obstacle databases that are referenced to mean Appendix

sea level (MSL). Using the GPS position and GSL altitude, HTAWS displays a
Index
2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and
190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-23
 altitude of the aircraft. The GPS position and GSL altitude are used to calculate
Foreword
and “predict” the aircraft’s flight path in relation to the surrounding terrain and
Getting obstacles. In this manner, HTAWS can provide advanced alerts of predicted
Started
dangerous terrain conditions. Detailed alert modes are described later in this
Xpdr Ctrl section.
10.5.2.2 Power Up
Com/Nav
During power-up of the unit, the terrain/obstacle database versions are
FPL displayed along with a disclaimer to the pilot. At the same time, HTAWS self-
test begins. HTAWS gives the following aural messages upon test completion:
Direct-To
• “HTAWS System Test, OK”, if the system passes the test
• “HTAWS System Failure”, if the system fails the test
Proc
A test failure is also annunciated visually for HTAWS, as shown in the HTAWS
Wpt Info Alert Summary table.

Map 10.5.3 HTAWS Page

HTAWS is shown on the Terrain page when HTAWS is available.
Traffic

360º View
Terrain Rotorcraft
HTAWS Legend Ownship
Weather HTAWS Terrain HTAWS
Colorization Overlay Annunciation
Nearest
Icon shows point
Services/
obstacle overlay Icon shows wire obstacle
Music is active (software overlay is active (software
version 5.12, or later) version 5.12, or later)
Utilities Figure 10-18 Terrain/HTAWS Page

System
Terrain information, aircraft ground track, and GPS-derived MSL altitude are
displayed on the page. The “GSL” above altitude display in the top right corner
Messages of the display reminds the pilot that altitude is GPS-derived.

Symbols

Appendix

Index

10-24 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 The HTAWS page menu provides options to acknowledge caution alerts,
Foreword
reduce protection, or inhibit alerting.
Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

Figure 10-19 HTAWS Terrain Menu FPL

10.5.3.1 View Selection Direct-To

The HTAWS Page has two selectable view settings:
Proc
Relative Terrain
360º View Elevation depiction
Wpt Info

Terrain Legend Map

Rotorcraft Ownship
Figure 10-20 Terrain Page with HTAWS - 120° View Traffic
• 360˚ View—View from above aircraft depicting surrounding terrain on
all sides. Terrain
• Arc (120˚) View—View of terrain ahead of and 60˚ to either side of the
aircraft flight path. Weather

NOTE: If a heading source is available the HTAWS page will be oriented

Nearest
heading up. If no heading source is available the HTAWS page will be
oriented track up. Services/
Music
1. While viewing the Terrain/HTAWS Page, touch MENU.
Touch Arc or 360˚. Utilities

System
2. Touch Back to return to the Terrain/HTAWS display. The
HTAWS Page displays the selected view. Repeat step 1 to Messages
select the alternate view, and press Back.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-25

 10.5.3.2 HTAWS Inhibit
Foreword
HTAWS provides an “inhibit mode.” This mode deactivates aural and visual
Getting alerts when they are deemed unnecessary by the aircrew. Pilots should use
Started
discretion when inhibiting the HTAWS system and always remember to enable
Xpdr Ctrl the system when appropriate. VCO’s are not inhibited in Inhibit Mode. See section
3 for more information on HTAWS alerts. When alerting is inhibited, all FLTA
Com/Nav aural and visual alerting is suppressed. HTAWS should only be inhibited when
in visual contact with terrain and when the pilot can be assured of maintaining
FPL
clearance from terrain and obstacles. When conducting en route operations and
operations from published airports and heliports, HTAWS should be operated
Direct-To
in Normal mode. HTAWS configured units will always start up with HTAWS
Proc
alerts uninhibited.
To inhibit HTAWS alerts:
Wpt Info 1. While viewing the Terrain/HTAWS page, touch MENU.

Map
2. Touch HTAWS Inhibit. The green bar will show when HTAWS
Traffic Inhibit is active.

Terrain
3. Touch Back to return to the Terrain/HTAWS display. The HTAWS
alerts are inhibited. The annunciation is displayed
Weather
in the terrain annunciator field whenever HTAWS is inhibited.
Nearest
NOTE: When the ground speed is less than 30 knots HTAWS
will automatically display the “HTAWS INHB” annunciation.
Services/
Music This indicates that HTAWS is no longer providing protection.

Utilities This automatic “HTAWS INHB” cannot be removed by menu option

selection. Menu selections for INHIBIT HTAWS and RP Mode remain
System available when HTAWS is automatically inhibited due to groundspeed. If the
pilot selects a mode on the menu while HTAWS is auto inhibited because it
Messages
is less than 30 knots then the unit will enter that mode once ground speed
exceeds 30 knots. Hence, the presence of these selections on the Menu.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

10-26 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

10.5.3.3 External HTAWS Inhibit Control
Foreword
An optional installation is allowed for providing an external HTAWS Inhibit
switch. Pressing the external HTAWS Inhibit switch toggles the HTAWS inhibit Getting
Started
on and off in the same manner as using the Terrain Menu selection.
Xpdr Ctrl
10.5.3.4 Reduced Protection Mode
The Reduce Protection (RP) functionality allows operating with a reduction Com/Nav

in the alerting thresholds, and suppresses visual and aural annunciation of

FPL
caution alerts. Reduced protection allows low level operations and landings off
airport with a minimum number of alerts while continuing to provide protection
Direct-To
from terrain and obstacles. Reduced Protection should only be selected when
operating in visual contact with the terrain as alerting times are significantly less Proc
than in normal mode. There is support for an external RP Mode switch and an
external Alert Acknowledge switch. Wpt Info
To toggle protection:
Map
1. While viewing the Terrain/HTAWS Page, touch MENU.
Traffic
2. Touch the RP Mode key to toggle the RP mode on and off.
The green bar will show when RP mode is active. Terrain

Weather
3. Touch Back to return to the Terrain/HTAWS display. The “RP
Mode” annunciation is displayed in the terrain annunciator Nearest
field and in the lower right corner of the terrain page whenever
protection is reduced. Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-27

 10.5.3.5 HTAWS Manual Test
Foreword
Garmin HTAWS provides a manual test capability which verifies the proper
Getting operation of the aural and visual annunciations of the system prior to a flight.
Started
To manually test the HTAWS system:
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Terrain/HTAWS Page, touch MENU.
Com/Nav
2. Touch the Test HTAWS key.
FPL

Direct-To 3. Touch Back to return to the Terrain/HTAWS display.

Proc
An aural message is played giving the test results:
Wpt Info • “HTAWS System Test, OK” if the system passes the test
• “HTAWS System Failure” if the system fails the test
Map
NOTE: HTAWS System Testing is disabled when in the air so as not to
impede HTAWS alerting.
Traffic

Terrain
10.5.3.6 HTAWS Legend
1. While viewing the Terrain/HTAWS page, touch MENU.
Weather

2. Touch the Legend key to toggle the legend on or off. The

Nearest
green bar will show when the Legend is active.
Services/
Music
3. Press Back to return to the Terrain/HTAWS display.

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols Figure 10-21 HTAWS Terrain Legend

Appendix

Index

10-28 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Color Description Foreword
Red Terrain is more than 250 ft above the aircraft.
Getting
Orange Terrain is between 0 ft and 250 ft above the aircraft. Started

Yellow Terrain is between 250 ft and 0 ft below the aircraft.

Xpdr Ctrl
Green Terrain is between 250 ft and 500 ft below the aircraft.
Black Terrain is more than 500 ft below the aircraft. Com/Nav
Table 10-9 HTAWS Terrain Altitude Color Description
FPL

Terrain is more than 250 ft

Red above the aircraft altitude
Aircraft Altitude +250 ft Direct-To
Orange Terrain is between 250 ft and 0 ft
above the aircraft altitude

Aircraft Altitude
Proc
Terrain is between 0 ft and 250 ft
Yellow below the aircraft altitude

Aircraft Altitude -250 ft

Wpt Info
Terrain is between 250 ft and 500 ft
Green
below the aircraft altitude

Aircraft Altitude -500 ft

Black Terrain more than 500 ft Map
below the aircraft altitude

Figure 10-22 HTAWS Terrain Altitude Colors and Symbology

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-29

 10.5.3.7 Flight Plan Overlay
Foreword
1. While viewing the Terrain/HTAWS page, touch MENU.
Getting
Started
2. Touch the Flight Plan key to toggle the overlay of the active
Xpdr Ctrl
flight plan on or off. The green bar will show when the Flight
Plan overlay is shown.
Com/Nav
3. Press Back to return to the Terrain/HTAWS display.
FPL

10.5.4 HTAWS Symbols

Direct-To
The symbols and colors in the following figures and table are used to represent
Proc
obstacles and the location of terrain threats on the HTAWS Page. Each color is
associated with a height above terrain.
Wpt Info Obstacles are ALWAYS shown on the HTAWS page at 10 NM and below.

Map NOTE: If an obstacle or terrain cell and the projected flight path of the
aircraft intersect, the display automatically zooms in to the closest threat
Traffic location on the HTAWS Page.

Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle

Terrain
Obstacle
< 1000 ft > 1000 ft < 1000 ft > 1000 ft Obstacle Location
Color
Weather AGL AGL AGL AGL
Obstacle is at or
Nearest
Red above current
Services/ aircraft altitude
Music
Obstacle is between
250 ft and 0 ft
Obstacle Symbol

Utilities Yellow
below current
System
aircraft altitude
Obstacle is 250 ft, or
Messages
more, below current
aircraft altitude.
Symbols
White Obstacles are
removed when more
Appendix
than 500 ft below
the helicopter.
Index
Table 10-10 HTAWS Obstacle Colors and Symbology

10-30 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Obstacle is at or above the aircraft altitude (Red)
Foreword
250 ft

Getting
Started
250 ft Obstacle is between 250 ft and 0 ft
below the aircraft altitude (Yellow)
Xpdr Ctrl

Obstacle is 250 ft, or more,

below the aircraft altitude (White) Com/Nav

Figure 10-23 HTAWS Obstacle Altitude Colors and Symbology

FPL

Threat Location Indicator Alert Level

Direct-To
WARNING (Red)
Proc
CAUTION (Yellow)
Wpt Info
Table 10-11 HTAWS Alert Coloring and Symbology

Tower Windmill Windmill in Group Power Line Map

Traffic

Terrain
Table 10-12 Obstacle Icon Types
Grouped obstacles are shown with an asterisk (as shown in the Windmill in Weather
Group example above). The color of the asterisks is tied to the relative altitude
of the highest obstacle in the group, not other obstacles within that group. Nearest

Obstacles are grouped when they would otherwise overlap.

Services/
Music
10.5.5 HTAWS Alerts
Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within Utilities
HTAWS software algorithms. HTAWS alerts employ either a CAUTION or a
WARNING alert severity level. When an alert is issued, visual annunciations System
are displayed. Aural alerts are simultaneously issued. Annunciations appear in a
dedicated field in the lower left corner of the display. Messages

Annunciations are color-coded according to the HTAWS Alert Summary Symbols

table. Pop-up terrain alerts will occur if an HTAWS alert is activated while not
on the HTAWS page. There are two options when an alert is displayed: Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-31

 To acknowledge the pop-up alert and return to the currently viewed
Foreword page:
Getting Touch the Close key.
Started
To acknowledge the pop-up alert and quickly access the HTAWS Page:
Xpdr Ctrl Touch the ENT key.
NOTE: To further capture the attention of the pilot, HTAWS issues aural
Com/Nav
(voice) messages that accompany visual annunciations and pop-up alerts.
For a summary of aural messages, see the HTAWS Alert Summary table.
FPL
NOTE: HTAWS Caution Alerts are displayed as constant black text on a
Direct-To yellow background; HTAWS Warning Alerts are displayed as constant white
text on a red background.
Proc
10.5.5.1 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance
Wpt Info The unit will issue terrain alerts not only when the aircraft altitude is below
the terrain elevation but also when the aircraft is projected to come within
Map
minimum clearance values of the terrain. This alerting, called Forward Looking
Terrain Avoidance (FLTA), is also provided for obstacles.
Traffic
The FLTA functionality looks ahead of the aircraft using GPS position
Terrain information and the terrain and obstacle databases to provide alerts when
the predicted flight path does not clear the terrain or obstacle by the required
Weather clearance. The amount of clearance required varies depending on position
relative to airports and heliports, in order to reduce the occurrence of nuisance
Nearest alerting.
Services/ Any threat locations are depicted on the display. There are 2 levels of severity
Music
for FLTA alerts. They are cautionary (amber) and warning (red) in nature and are
Utilities described in further detail below.
FLTA CAUTION—Estimated potential impact in approximately 30 seconds after a caution
System
pop-up alert and annunciation. FLTA caution alerts are accompanied by the aural message
“Caution Terrain; Caution Terrain”. Similarly, a “Caution Obstacle; Caution Obstacle” alert
is also provided. The time to an alert can vary with conditions, therefore there is no guarantee
Messages
of a 30 second caution alert being issued.

Symbols
FLTA WARNING— Warning pop-up alerts are issued 15 seconds prior to an estimated potential
impact in normal mode and approximately 10 seconds in RP Mode. FLTA warning alerts are
Appendix
accompanied by the aural message “Warning - Terrain, Terrain” . Similarly, a “Warning -
Obstacle, Obstacle” alert is also provided. The time to an alert can vary with conditions,
Index therefore there is no guarantee of a 15/10 second warning alert being issued.

10-32 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 The alerts are annunciated visually through the annunciator status bar, a
Foreword
pop-up alert box, and the red and yellow areas on the HTAWS page. The alerts
are annunciated aurally through a voice message indicating the potential threat, Getting
Started
such as “Caution - Terrain, Terrain” or “Warning - Obstacle, Obstacle”.
Xpdr Ctrl
10.5.5.2 HTAWS Voice Call Out Aural Alert
The purpose of the Voice Call Out (VCO) aural alert messages are to provide Com/Nav
an advisory alert to the pilot that the aircraft is between 500 feet and 100 feet
above terrain in 100 foot increments. When the aircraft descends within the FPL
selected distance from the terrain, the aural message for the selected height
above terrain is generated. There are no display annunciations or pop-up alerts Direct-To

that accompany the aural message. HTAWS allows an additional 50 foot VCO
Proc
alert with radar altimeter input.
10.5.5.3 HTAWS Voice Call Out Selection Wpt Info

The Voice Call Out (VCO) selection is available when HTAWS is installed. The
Map
VCO functionality provides a voice annunciation of the aircraft’s height above
terrain or the nearest airport, heliport, runway, or helipad when that threshold Traffic
is first crossed. The available call outs include “Five Hundred” through “One
Hundred” in one hundred foot intervals. The voice call outs can be enabled and Terrain
disabled through the Voice Call Outs Selection option on the System - Audio
page. Weather

NOTE: VCOs are available down to 100 feet above terrain when HTAWS is Nearest
installed and use GSL above terrain to generate call outs (no radar altimeter
required). If a radar altimeter is interfaced to the GTN, alerts are available Services/
down to 50 feet and the height above terrain when the radar altimeter is Music
used to generate the call outs.
Utilities
To select the Voice Call Out choices in the System - Audio page, select the
Voice Call Out Selection item and then select the desired value. System

1. From the Main page, touch System and then Audio.

Messages

Symbols

2. Touch the Voice Callouts key to view the Voice Call Outs Appendix

page.
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-33

 Audio Volume Bar Graph
Foreword

Getting
Started Audio Volume
Numeric Value Touch To Adjust
Audio Volume
Xpdr Ctrl

Touch To View
Com/Nav Touch To Maximum
Select Alert Voice Call Outs
Voice
FPL
Figure 10-24 Select Voice Call Outs from the System Audio Page
Direct-To 3. Touch the MAX Voice Callout key to select the Voice Call
Outs.
Proc
Touch To Set
Wpt Info Maximum Voice
Call Out Range
Map

Traffic Maximum Voice

Call Out Range -
None Selected
Terrain
Figure 10-25 View the Maximum Voice Call Out Range (None Selected)
Weather
4. The values above the selected value will be disabled (Off).
Nearest
Touch To Set
Maximum Voice
Services/ Call Out Range -
Music
200 ft Selected
Utilities
Maximum Voice Call
Out Range - 200 feet
System Selected

Messages Figure 10-26 View the Maximum Voice Call Out Range (200 ft Selected)

Symbols

Appendix

Index

10-34 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

10.5.5.4 HTAWS Not Available Alert
Foreword
Garmin HTAWS requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific
vertical accuracy minimums. Should the navigation solution become degraded, Getting
Started
or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation “HTAWS
N/A” is shown in the annunciation window. When the GPS signal is re- Xpdr Ctrl
established and the aircraft is within the database coverage area, the “HTAWS
N/A” annunciation is removed. Com/Nav

10.5.5.5 HTAWS Failure Alert FPL

HTAWS continually monitors several system-critical items, such as database

Direct-To
validity, hardware status, and GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not
available, the aural message “HTAWS System Failure” is issued along with the Proc
“HTAWS FAIL” annunciation.
Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-35

 10.5.5.6 HTAWS Alert Summary
Foreword
The aural alert voice gender is configurable to be either male or female. See
Getting your Garmin installer for further information on configuring the alert system.
Started

HTAWS
Xpdr Ctrl Pop-Up Alert Aural Message Description
Annunciation
Com/Nav None “HTAWS System Failure” HTAWS has failed
None None HTAWS has been
FPL inhibited by the
crew, or the
Direct-To aircraft ground-
speed is below 30
knots (automatic
Proc
inhibiting).
None “HTAWS Not Available” HTAWS not
Wpt Info
available.
Map
“Caution - Terrain, Terrain” Forward Looking
Terrain Avoidance
Caution for
Traffic
Terrain
“Warning - Terrain, Terrain” Forward Looking
Terrain
Terrain Avoidance
Warning for
Weather Terrain
“Caution - Obstacle, Forward Looking
Nearest
Obstacle” Terrain Avoidance
Caution for
Services/
Music Obstacle
“Warning - Obstacle, Forward Looking
Utilities Obstacle” Terrain Avoidance
Warning for
System Obstacle
None None Alerting
Messages thresholds
are reduced.
Symbols Visual and aural
annunciation of
Appendix
caution alerts
are suppressed.
Index

10-36 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 HTAWS Foreword
Pop-Up Alert Aural Message Description
Annunciation
“Wire Ahead” Forward Looking Getting
Started
Terrain Avoidance
Caution for Wire. Xpdr Ctrl
"Wire Ahead Pull Up, Wire Forward Looking
Ahead Pull Up" Terrain Avoidance Com/Nav
Warning for
Power Lines. FPL
None None “Five Hundred” HTAWS provides
“Four Hundred” optional 500 ft Direct-To
“Three Hundred” through 100 ft (in
100 ft increments)
“Two Hundred” Proc
altitude call
“One Hundred” out alerts.
"Fifty" An additional Wpt Info
value of 50 ft
is available if a Map
radar altimeter is
installed. Traffic
Table 10-13 HTAWS Alert Summary
Terrain
NOTE: HTAWS Caution Alerts are displayed as constant black text on a yellow
background; HTAWS Warning Alerts are displayed as constant white text on a red
Weather
background.

10.5.6 Pilot Actions Nearest

If an HTAWS warning and associated aural are received, the pilot should Services/
Music
immediately maneuver the rotorcraft in response to the alert unless the terrain
or obstacle is clearly identified visually and determined by the pilot not to be a Utilities
factor to the safety of the operation.
System
A HTAWS caution alert indicates terrain or obstacle nearby. If possible
visually locate the terrain or obstacle for avoidance. A HTAWS warning alert Messages
may follow a HTAWS caution unless the aircraft’s path towards the terrain or
obstacle is changed. Symbols

NOTE: Display of terrain and obstacles on the display is supplemental data

Appendix
only. Maneuvering solely by reference to the terrain and obstacle data is
not recommended or authorized.
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-37

Foreword
10.6 TAWS-A (Optional)
Getting 10.6.1 Introduction
Started
NOTE: TERRAIN, TAWS-A, TAWS-B, HTAWS, or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY
Xpdr Ctrl functionality will be available via the Terrain page, depending on the
installed hardware and configuration. HTAWS or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY
Com/Nav are available in software version 4.00, or later. TAWS-A is available in
software version 5.00, or later.
FPL
NOTE: The data contained in the TAWS databases comes from government
Direct-To agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates the data but
cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
Proc
TAWS-A (Terrain Awareness and Warning System - Class A) is an optional
Wpt Info
feature to increase situational awareness and aid in reducing controlled flight
into terrain (CFIT). TAWS-A provides visual and aural annunciations when
Map terrain and obstacles are within the given altitude threshold from the aircraft.
TAWS-A satisfies TSO-C151c Class A and TSO-92c requirements for
Traffic
certification.
Terrain Class A TAWS requires the following components and will not work properly
without them:
Weather • A valid terrain/obstacle/airport terrain database
Nearest
• A valid 3-D GPS position solution
• Valid flap and landing gear status inputs
Services/
Music • A valid radar altimeter
Utilities TAWS-A uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government
sources. Terrain information is based on terrain elevation information in a
System database that may contain inaccuracies. Individual obstructions may be shown if
available in the database. The data undergoes verification by Garmin to confirm
Messages accuracy of the content, per TSO-C151c. However, the displayed information
should never be understood as being all-inclusive and data may be inaccurate.
Symbols
TAWS-A uses information from the GPS receiver to provide a horizontal
position and altitude, along with additional altitude input from the radar
Appendix
altimeter. GPS altitude is derived from satellite measurements. GPS altitude is
Index
then converted to a height above geodetic sea level (GSL), which is the height
above mean sea level (MSL) calculated geometrically. GSL altitude accuracy is
10-38 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
affected by factors such as satellite geometry, but it is not subject to variations
Foreword
in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude devices. GSL
altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL altitude. Getting
Therefore, GSL altitude provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL altitude Started

source to calculate terrain and obstacle alerts. Xpdr Ctrl

The terrain and obstacle databases used by TAWS-A are referenced to mean
sea level (MSL). Using the GPS position and GSL altitude, TAWS-A displays a Com/Nav
2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and
altitude of the aircraft. Furthermore, the GPS position and GSL altitude are used FPL

to calculate and “predict” the aircraft’s flight path in relation to the surrounding
terrain and obstacles. In this manner, TAWS-A can provide advanced alerts of Direct-To

predicted dangerous terrain conditions.

Proc
Class A TAWS incorporates radar altimeter input with the GSL altitude to
provide a more accurate position reference when at lower altitudes for certain Wpt Info
alert types, and to retain a level of ground proximity warning capability in the
unlikely event of an airport, terrain or obstacle database failure. Map

Baro-corrected altitude (or indicated altitude) is derived by adjusting the

altimeter setting for local atmospheric conditions. The most accurate baro- Traffic

corrected altitude can be achieved by frequently updating the altimeter setting

Terrain
to the nearest reporting station along the flight path. However, because actual
atmospheric conditions seldom match the standard conditions defined by the
Weather
International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) model (where pressure, temperature,
and lapse rates have fixed values), it is common for the baro-corrected altitude
Nearest
(as read from the altimeter) to differ from the GPS-MSL altitude. This variation
results in the aircraft’s true altitude differing from the baro-corrected altitude. Services/
Music
TAWS-A provides the following alert types:
Utilities
• Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA) Alerting, which consists of:
- Required Terrain Clearance (RTC) / Required Line Clearance (RLC) / System
Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC) Alerting
Messages
- Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI) / Imminent Line Impact (ILI) /
Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) Alerting
Symbols
• Premature Descent Alerting (PDA)
Appendix
• Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS) Alerting, which consists of:
- Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) Alerting Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-39

 - Excessive Closure Rate (ECR) to Terrain Alerting
Foreword
- Flight Into Terrain (FIT) Alerting
Getting
Started - Negative Climb Rate (NCR) after takeoff Alerting
Xpdr Ctrl
- Excessive below Glideslope/Glidepath Deviation (GSD) Alerting
- Altitude Voice Call Out (VCO) Alerting
Com/Nav
10.6.1.1 Displaying TAWS-A Data
FPL
TAWS-A uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain and
obstacle (with a height greater than 200 feet above ground level, AGL) alerts
Direct-To relative to aircraft altitude. Depictions of obstacles more than 200 feet below the
aircraft are removed. Colors are adjusted automatically as the aircraft altitude
Proc changes. The colors and symbols in Figure 10-11 and Tables 10-7 and 11-12 are
used to represent terrain, obstacles, and threat locations.
Wpt Info Threat Location
Projected Flight Path Terrain above or
within 100 ft
100 ft Threshold below the aircraft
Map Unlighted Obstacle altitude (Red)

1000 ft
Traffic
Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the
aircraft altitude (Yellow)
Terrain
Terrain more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude (Black)

Weather
Figure 10-27 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for TAWS-A

Nearest Alert Level Annunciator Text Threat Location Example Visual Annunciation
Indicator
Services/ Warning White text on red
Music
background
Utilities Caution Black text on yellow
background
System
Informational Black text on white Not Applicable
background
Messages
Table 10-14 TAWS-A Alert Colors and Symbology

Symbols Tower Windmill Windmill in Group Power Line

Appendix

Index
Table 10-15 Obstacle Icon Types
10-40 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
 Grouped obstacles are shown with an asterisk (as shown in the Windmill in
Foreword
Group example above). The color of the asterisks is tied to the relative altitude
of the highest obstacle in the group, not other obstacles within that group. Getting
Started
Obstacles are grouped when they would otherwise overlap.
Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Threat Xpdr Ctrl
Location Terrain Terrain/
Alert
< 1000 ft > 1000 ft < 1000 ft > 1000 ft Indicator Color Obstacle
Level Com/Nav
AGL AGL AGL AGL Location

Terrain/ FPL
Obstacle
above or Direct-To
WARNING
Red within 100 ft
(Red)
below current
aircraft Proc
Obstacle Symbol

altitude
Terrain/ Wpt Info
Obstacle
between Map
100 ft and CAUTION
Yellow
1000 ft (Yellow)
below current Traffic
aircraft
altitude Terrain

Table 10-16 TAWS-A Terrain/Obstacle Colors and Symbology Weather

10.6.2 TAWS-A Display

Nearest
The TAWS-A Page shows terrain, obstacle, and threat location data in relation
to the aircraft’s current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Aviation Services/
Music
data (airports, VORs, and other NAVAIDs) can be displayed for reference. If
an obstacle and the projected flight path of the aircraft intersect, the display Utilities
automatically zooms in to the closest potential point of impact on the TAWS-A
Page. System

Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid

Messages
heading. Two views are available relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360°
default display and the radar-like ARC (120°) display. Map range is adjustable
Symbols
with the In and Out keys from 1 to 200 NM, as indicated by the map range rings
(or arcs). Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-41

 Terrain Page Title Heading Annunciation Aircraft GSL Value
Foreword (GPS Derived)

Getting Terrain Yellow Terrain Is Between

Started Menu Key 100 ft and 1000 ft Below
The Aircraft Altitude
Xpdr Ctrl
Range Arc

Com/Nav
TAWS Annunciations
Terrain (all annunciations shown
Scale on Terrain page)
FPL
Alert Annunciation Ownship Position Red Terrain Is Above Or
Direct-To Within 100 ft Below The
Terrain Type Aircraft Altitude
Proc Figure 10-28 TAWS-A Page with Arc View

Wpt Info Terrain Page Title Heading Annunciation Aircraft GSL Value
(GPS Derived)
Map Terrain Yellow Terrain Is Between
Menu Key 100 ft and 1000 ft Below
Traffic An Asterisk The Aircraft Altitude
Indicates Range Arcs
Grouped
Terrain
Obstacles Red Terrain Is Above Or
Within 100 ft Below The
Terrain Aircraft Altitude
Weather Scale

Nearest TAWS Annunciations Ownship Position Terrain Type

(shown on all displays)
Services/ (+ indicates there are
Music more annunciations and
will show each one for
Utilities five seconds)
Figure 10-29 TAWS-A Page with 360° View
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

10-42 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 1. While viewing the Terrain page, touch the Menu key.
Foreword

Getting
2. Selections are grouped by function: the Terrain Menu and Map Started
Setup.
Glideslope Alert Inhibit Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav
Flap Override
Selection Map Setup
FPL
Ground Proximity Test TAWS - Only
Warning System Available on Direct-To
Inhibit Ground
Proc
TAWS Alerts
Inhibit
Wpt Info
Figure 10-30 TAWS-A Menu

3. Touch the Map Setup key make the desired selections for the Map

Terrain map display.

Traffic
Selected View Flight Plan Selected To Show
Terrain

Terrain Legend Weather

Selected To Show
Nearest
Figure 10-31 TAWS-A Map Setup Menu
Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-43

Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav Flap Override

G/S Inhibit
FPL
GPWS Inhibit
TAWS Inhibit
Test TAWS
Direct-To
Map Setup 360
Proc
Arc
Flight Plan
Legend
Wpt Info

Map Figure 10-32 TAWS-A Page Functional Diagram

10.6.3 TAWS-A Alerts

Traffic
Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set
within TAWS-A software algorithms. TAWS-A alerts employ a CAUTION or a
Terrain
WARNING alert severity level. When an alert is issued, visual annunciations are
Weather
displayed and aural alerts are simultaneously issued. TAWS-A alert types with
corresponding annunciations and aural messages are shown in Table 10-9.
Nearest When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the display. The TAWS-A
Alert Annunciation is shown on the lower left part of the display. If the TAWS-A
Services/
Music Page is not already displayed, a pop-up alert appears while an alert is active.
Utilities Blinking Alert
Touch To Remove
System Pop-Up And Remain Touch To Display
On Current Page Terrain Page
Messages TAWS Annunciation
Figure 10-33 Terrain Alert Pop-Up
Symbols
To acknowledge the pop-up alert:
Appendix
Touch the Close key (returns to the currently viewed page), or

Index Touch the Go to Terrain key (accesses the TAWS-A Page)

10-44 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

10.6.3.1 TAWS-A Alerts Summary
Foreword
Alert Pop-Up Alert Aural
Alert Type Annunciation Getting
(Except TAWS-A Page) Message Started
Reduced Required * “Terrain, Terrain;
Terrain Clearance or Pull Up, Pull Up” * Xpdr Ctrl
Warning (RTC) or
“Terrain Ahead, Com/Nav
Pull Up; Terrain
Ahead, Pull Up”
FPL
Imminent Terrain * “Terrain, Terrain;
Impact Warning (ITI) or Pull Up, Pull Up”*
Direct-To
or
"Terrain Ahead,
Pull Up; Terrain Proc
Ahead, Pull Up”
Reduced Required * “Obstacle, Ob- Wpt Info
Obstacle Clearance or stacle; Pull Up, Pull
Warning (ROC) Up”* Map
or
“Obstacle Ahead,
Pull Up; Obstacle Traffic
Ahead, Pull Up”
Imminent Obstacle * “Obstacle, Ob- Terrain
Impact Warning (IOI) or stacle; Pull Up, Pull
Up”* Weather
or
“Obstacle Ahead,
Pull Up; Obstacle Nearest
Ahead, Pull Up”
Services/
Excessive Descent “<whoop> Music
Rate Warning (EDR) <whoop> Pull Up”
Excessive Closure “<whoop> Utilities
Rate Warning (ECR) <whoop> Pull Up”
Imminent Line "Wire Ahead, Pull System
Impact Warning Up; Wire Ahead,
(ILI) Pull Up" Messages
or
"Wire, Wire; Pull Symbols
Up, Pull Up"
Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-45

Foreword Alert Pop-Up Alert Aural
Alert Type Annunciation (Except TAWS-A Page) Message
Getting
Started Reduced Line "Wire Ahead, Pull
Clearance Warning Up; Wire Ahead,
Xpdr Ctrl (RLC) Pull Up"
or
Com/Nav "Wire, Wire; Pull
Up, Pull Up"
FPL Reduced Required * “Caution, Terrain;
Terrain Clearance or Caution, Terrain”*
Direct-To
Caution (RTC) or
“Terrain Ahead;
Terrain Ahead”
Proc
Imminent Terrain * “Caution, Terrain;
Impact Caution (ITI) or Caution, Terrain”
Wpt Info or
“Terrain Ahead;
Map Terrain Ahead”
“Caution,
Traffic Obstacle; Caution,
Reduced Required *
or Obstacle”*
Obstacle Clearance
or
Terrain Caution (ROC)
“Obstacle Ahead;
Obstacle Ahead”
Weather “Obstacle Ahead;
* Obstacle Ahead”*
Imminent Obstacle or
Nearest or
Impact Caution (IOI)
“Caution, Obstacle;
Services/ Caution, Obstacle”
Music
"Wire Ahead; Wire
Ahead"*
Utilities Imminent Line
or
Impact Caution (ILI)
"Caution, Wire;
System Caution, Wire"
"Wire Ahead; Wire
Messages Reduced Line Ahead"*
Clearance Caution or
(RLC) "Caution, Wire;
Symbols
Caution, Wire"
Premature Descent “Too Low, Terrain”
Appendix
Alert Caution (PDA)

Index

10-46 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Alert Pop-Up Alert Aural Foreword
Alert Type Annunciation (Except TAWS-A Page) Message
Getting
Excessive Descent “Sink Rate” Started
Rate Caution (EDR)
Xpdr Ctrl
Excessive Closure “Terrain, Terrain”
Rate Caution (ECR)
Com/Nav
* “Don’t Sink”*
Negative Climb or or
Rate Caution (NCR) “Too Low, Terrain” FPL

Flight Into Terrain “Too Low, Terrain”

Direct-To
High Speed Caution
(FIT)
Proc
Flight Into Terrain “Too Low, Gear”
Gear Caution (FIT)
Wpt Info
Flight Into Terrain “Too Low, Flaps”
Flaps Caution (FIT)
Map
Flight Into Terrain “Too Low, Terrain”
Takeoff Caution (FIT)
Traffic
Glide Slope Devia-
“Glideslope”
tion Caution (GSD) Terrain

“Five-Hundred”,
Weather
“Four-Hundred”*,
Altitude Voice Call
None None “Three-Hundred”*,
Out (VCO)
“Two-Hundred”*, Nearest
“One-Hundred”*
“TAWS Available” Services/
TAWS Available None N/A Music

TAWS System Test None Utilities

N/A
in Progress
TAWS System Test “TAWS System System
Pass None N/A
Test OK”
TAWS Not Messages
TAWS N/A N/A
Available
TAWS Alerting is None Symbols
N/A
Disabled
TAWS System Test “TAWS System Appendix
N/A
Fail Failure”
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-47

Foreword Alert Pop-Up Alert Aural
Alert Type Annunciation (Except TAWS-A Page) Message
Getting
Started Incorrect TAWS “TAWS System
configuration, Failure”
Xpdr Ctrl invalid/missing
terrain, airport, or ** N/A
Com/Nav obstacle database,
or TAWS audio
fault.
FPL
“TAWS Not
No GPS position N/A
Available”
Direct-To
GPS position “TAWS Not
unavailable/ Available”
Proc degraded, outside N/A
of terrain database
Wpt Info coverage
Sufficient GPS “TAWS Available”
Map signal reception None N/A (aural message
restored only in flight)
Traffic Incorrect TAWS “GPWS System
configuration, Failure”
radar altimeter
Terrain
unavailable,
* N/A
GPS position
Weather unavailable/
degraded, TAWS
Nearest audio fault
“GPWS System
GPWS Inhibit N/A
Services/ Failure”
Music

Utilities GPWS Not

Available.
Incorrect TAWS
System
configuration,
radar altimeter
Messages unavailable, N/A None
GPS position
Symbols unavailable/
degraded, TAWS
audio fault.
Appendix

Index

10-48 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Alert Pop-Up Alert Aural Foreword
Alert Type Annunciation (Except TAWS-A Page) Message
Getting
Started
Glideslope Inhibit N/A None
Xpdr Ctrl
FLAP Override N/A None
Com/Nav
* Alerts with multiple messages are configurable. Alerts for the default configuration are indicated with
asterisks.
FPL
** VCO alerts are not issued if both TAWS and GPWS systems have failed or are not available
† GSD alert will be available if a valid ILS is being used for navigation, even in no valid GPS signal is
Direct-To
being received.
Table 10-17 TAWS-A Alerts Summary
Proc
10.6.3.2 Excessive Descent Rate Alert
The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) alert is to provide Wpt Info
notification when the aircraft is determined to be descending upon terrain at an
excessive rate. The parameters for the alert as defined by TSO-C151c are shown Map
below.
6000
Traffic
5500

5000 Terrain

4500
���������������������������

�� Weather
4000
� � ��
�
��
3500 �� Nearest

3000
Services/
2500
Music

2000 Utilities
1500

System
1000 ���������
500
Messages
0
2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000
Descent Rate Symbols

Figure 10-34 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-49

 10.6.3.3 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance
Foreword
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC) Reduced Required Line
Getting Clearance (RLC), and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC) alerts
Started
are issued when the aircraft flight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come
Xpdr Ctrl within the minimum clearance values in the FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and
Obstacle Clearance Values table. When an RTC, RLC, and/or a ROC alert is
Com/Nav issued, a threat location indicator is displayed on the TAWS Page.
FPL
Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI), Imminent Line Impact (ILI), and
Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are issued when the aircraft is below
Direct-To the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the aircraft’s projected path. ITI, ILI,
and IOI alerts are accompanied by a threat location indicator displayed on the
Proc TAWS Page. The alert is annunciated when the projected vertical flight path is
calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in the following table.
Wpt Info
Minimum Clearance Altitude (feet)
Map
Flight Phase
Level Flight Descending
En Route 700 500
Traffic
Terminal 350 300
Terrain Approach 150 100
Departure 100 100
Weather
Table 10-18 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values
Nearest During final approach, FLTA alerts are automatically inhibited when the
aircraft is below 200 feet AGL while within 0.5 NM of the approach runway or
Services/ below 125 feet AGL while within 1.0 NM of the runway threshold.
Music

Utilities
10.6.3.4 Premature Descent Alerting
A Premature Descent Alert (PDA) is issued when the system detects that the
System aircraft is significantly below the normal approach path to a runway.

Messages
PDA alerting begins when the aircraft is within 15 NM of the destination
airport and ends when the aircraft is either 0.5 NM from the runway threshold
Symbols or is at an altitude of 125 feet AGL while within 1.0 NM of the threshold. During
the final descent, algorithms set a threshold for alerting based on speed, distance,
Appendix and other parameters.

Index

10-50 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 700

Foreword

Height Above Terrain (Feet)

600

500 Getting
Started
400

300
Xpdr Ctrl

200 PDA Alerting Area

Com/Nav
100

FPL
Runway 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Threshold
Distance From Destination Airport (nm)
Direct-To
Figure 10-35 PDA Alerting Threshold
PDA and FLTA aural and visual alerts can be manually inhibited. Discretion Proc
should be used when inhibiting TAWS and the system should be enabled when
appropriate. When TAWS is inhibited, the alert annunciation “TER INHB” is Wpt Info
shown.
Map
10.6.3.5 Inhibiting/Enabling TAWS-A PDA/FLTA Alerting
Traffic
TAWS-A also has an inhibit mode that deactivates the PDA/FLTA aural and
visual alerts. Pilots should use discretion when inhibiting TAWS-A and always
Terrain
remember to enable the system when appropriate. Only the PDA and FLTA
alerts are disabled in the inhibit mode. After cycling power, TAWS-A will no Weather
longer be inhibited.
Nearest

Services/
Music
Touch To Toggle TAWS
Terrain (TAWS) Inhibit. TAWS Inhibited
shown. Utilities
Inhibited
Annunciation
System
"+" Indicates Multiple Annunciations
Figure 10-36 TAWS-A Alerting Disabled (TAWS Inhibited) Annunciation Messages

1. While viewing the Terrain page, touch the Menu key.

Symbols

2. Touch the TAWS Inhibit key to inhibit or enable TAWS (choice Appendix

is dependent on current state). A green bar in the key indicates

the TAWS is inhibited. Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-51

 10.6.3.6 Excessive Closure Rate Alert
Foreword
The Excessive Closure Rate (ECR) alert provides suitable notification
Getting when the aircraft is determined to be closing upon terrain at an excessive speed
Started
for a given aircraft gear and flap configuration.
Xpdr Ctrl
The following figures show the ECR alerting criteria for flaps in the landing
configuration and for all other flight phases respectively.
Com/Nav
ECR alerts are automatically inhibited when the aircraft is 5 NM from the
FPL nearest airport, except when FLTA is not available (causing the TAWS N/A or
TAWS FAIL annunciation to be displayed), in which case ECR alerting will
Direct-To remain active until landing.

Proc

Wpt Info

Map
Height Above Terrain (Feet)

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music
Closure Rate (FPM)
Utilities Figure 10-37 Excessive Closure Rate Alert Criteria (Flaps Up or Takeoff Configuration)

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

10-52 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Foreword

Getting
Height Above Terrain (Feet)

Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Closure Rate (FPM) Wpt Info

Figure 10-38 Excessive Closure Rate Alert Criteria (Flaps in Landing Configuration)
Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-53

 10.6.3.7 Flight Into Terrain Alert
Foreword
Flight Into Terrain (FIT) alerts occur when the aircraft is too low with
Getting respect to terrain based on landing gear status, flap position, and groundspeed.
Started
FIT caution alerts are issued when flight conditions meet the criteria shown
Xpdr Ctrl below.

Com/Nav

FPL
Height Above Terrain (Feet)

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain Altitude Change Rate (FPM)

* Flap position will not trigger alert if Flap Override option is enabled; see discussion below.
Weather
Figure 10-39 Flight Into Terrain Caution Alert Criteria
Nearest To reduce nuisance FIT alerts on approaches where flap extension is not
desired (or is intentionally delayed), the pilot may override FIT alerting based
Services/
Music on the flap position, while all other FIT alerting remains in effect.
Utilities

Flap Override
System Selection

Messages Flap Override

Annunciation
Symbols "+" Indicates Multiple Annunciations
Figure 10-40 TAWS-A Page Menu and FIT Flap Override Annunciation
Appendix

Index

10-54 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

10.6.3.7.1 Overriding Flaps-based FIT alerting
Foreword
1. While viewing the TAWS-A Page, touch the MENU key.
Getting
Started
2. Touch the Flap Override key to toggle the override state.
Xpdr Ctrl

When the Flaps Override option is enabled, the annunciation “FLAP O/R” Com/Nav
is annunciated on the TAWS-A Page. If GPWS alerts are also inhibited (which
include FIT), the “FLAP O/R” annunciation is not shown. FPL

FIT alerts also occur during takeoff or go-around if the aircraft’s height Direct-To
above ground level (as determined by the radar altimeter) is too close to rising
terrain. TAWS-A will issue the aural message “Too Low - Terrain” and visual Proc
annunciations when conditions enter the caution alert area.
Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
Height Above Terrain (Feet)

Terrain

Weather

“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

Radio Altitude Loss (Feet)

System
Figure 10-41 FIT Alerting After Takeoff
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-55

 10.6.3.8 Negative Climb Rate After Take-Off Alert (NCR)
Foreword
The Negative Climb Rate (NCR) After Take-Off alert (also referred to as
Getting “Altitude Loss After Take-Off”) provides alerts when the system determines the
Started
aircraft is losing altitude (closing upon terrain) after takeoff. The aural message
Xpdr Ctrl “Don’t Sink” is given for NCR alerts, accompanied by an annunciation and a
pop-up terrain alert on the display. NCR alerting is only active when departing
Com/Nav from an airport and when the following conditions are met:
FPL
• Height above the terrain is less than 700 feet
• Distance from the departure airport is 2 NM or less
Direct-To
• Heading change from the departure heading is less than 110º
Proc The NCR alerting parameters as defined by TSO-C151c are shown below.

Wpt Info
Height Above Terrain (Feet)

Map

Traffic

Terrain
“DON’T SINK”
or
Weather “TOO LOW, TERRAIN”

Nearest

Services/
Music
Altitude Loss (Feet)
Utilities
Figure 10-42 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Altitude Loss
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

10-56 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Foreword

Getting
Started
Height Above Terrain (Feet)

Xpdr Ctrl
“DON’T SINK”
Com/Nav
or
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Sink Rate (FPM) Wpt Info

Figure 10-43 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Sink Rate Map

10.6.3.9 Excessive Below Glideslope/Glidepath Deviation Alert

Traffic
A Glideslope Deviation or Glidepath Deviation (GSD) caution alert
is issued when the system detects that the aircraft is significantly below the Terrain
glidepath for the selected approach.
Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music
Radio Altitude (Feet)

Utilities
“GLIDESLOPE”
System

Messages

Symbols

Number of Dots Below Glideslope/Glidepath Appendix

Figure 10-44 Excessive Below Glideslope/Glidepath Deviation Alert Criteria Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-57

 GSD alerting is only active after departure and the following conditions are
Foreword
met:
Getting • An ILS, LPV, LNAV/VNAV, or LNAV+V approach is active and vertical
Started
navigation indications are being displayed.
Xpdr Ctrl • Aircraft is below 1000 feet AGL.
• Gear is configured for landing.
Com/Nav When a GSD caution alert occurs on an ILS approach, the aural and visual
annunciation “GLIDESLOPE” is issued. If a GSD caution alert occurs on an
FPL
LPV, LNAV/VNAV, or LNAV+V approach, the aural and visual annunciation
“GLIDESLOPE” is issued.
Direct-To
10.6.3.9.1 Inhibiting Glideslope Deviation (GSD) Alerts
Proc
NOTE: The G/S Inhibit function should be activated when flying a localizer
Wpt Info backcourse approach to prevents nuisance GSD alerts. GSD alerts are
inhibited independent from all other FLTA, PDA, and GPWS alerts.
Map
1. While viewing the TAWS-A Page, touch the MENU key.
Traffic
2. Touch the G/S Inhibit key to inhibit or enable glideslope or
Terrain glidepath alerts (choice dependent on current state).

Weather NOTE: The G/S Inhibit function will only be active for a single approach
and the inhibit function will not remain active for subsequent approaches.
Nearest When G/S alerts are inhibited, they are only inhibited for a single approach.
To inhibit G/S alerts on the next approach, the G/S Inhibit function must
Services/ be activated again between the first and second approaches.
Music

Utilities
NOTE: Glideslope Deviation alerts will not be available if the G/S INHB
function is activated.
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

10-58 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

10.6.3.10 Inhibiting GPWS Alerts (EDR, ECR, FIT, and NCR)
Foreword

NOTE: The "Inhibit GPWS" function only affects GPWS alerts (EDR,
Getting
ECR, NCR, and FIT). Alerting for FLTA, PDA, and GSD is controlled Started
independently from the GPWS alerts listed below.
Xpdr Ctrl

EDR, ECR, FIT, and NCR aural and visual alerts can be manually inhibited as
a group. Discretion should be used when inhibiting alerts and the GPWS system Com/Nav

should be enabled when appropriate. When these alerts are inhibited, the alert
FPL
annunciation “GPWS INH” is shown on the TAWS-A Page annunciation window.
1. While viewing the TAWS-A Page, touch the MENU key. Direct-To

Proc
2. Touch the GPWS INH key to inhibit or enable GPWS alerts
(choice dependent on current state).
Wpt Info

Map

GPWS Inhibit
Selection Traffic

GPWS Inhibit Terrain

Annunciation
"+" Indicates Multiple Annunciations
Weather
Figure 10-45 GPWS Inhibit Annunciation

10.6.4 Altitude Voice Call Out (VCO) Nearest

TAWS-A provides aural advisory alerts as the aircraft descends, beginning at Services/
Music
500 feet above the terrain, as determined by the radar altimeter (if greater than
5 NM from the nearest airport) or 500 feet above the nearest runway threshold Utilities
elevation (if less than 5 NM from the nearest airport). Upon descent to this
altitude, TAWS-A issues the aural alert message “Five-hundred”. System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 10-59

Foreword
10.6.5 TAWS-A System Status
During power-up, TAWS-A conducts a self-test of its aural and visual
Getting
Started annunciations. The system test can also be manually initiated. An aural alert
is issued at test completion. TAWS-A System Testing is disabled when ground
Xpdr Ctrl speed exceeds 30 knots.
Com/Nav 10.6.6 TAWS-A Abnormal operations
TAWS-A continually monitors several system-critical items such as database
FPL
validity, flap and landing gear position, radar altimeter input, and GPS status.
Direct-To If the GTN does not contain Terrain, Airport Terrain, and Obstacle databases
(or the databases are invalid), the aural message “TAWS System Failure” is
Proc generated along with the “TAWS FAIL” alert annunciation.
TAWS-A requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical
Wpt Info
accuracy minimums. Should the navigation solution become degraded or if
Map
the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation “TAWS N/A”
is generated in the annunciation window and on the TAWS-A page, the aural
Traffic message “TAWS Not Available” is generated if airborne, some TAWS-A terrain
alerts will not be issued, and GPWS alerting (which are not dependent on GPS
Terrain position) will continue to operate. When the GPS signal is re-established and the
aircraft is within the database coverage area, the aural message “TAWS Available”
Weather is generated.
TAWS-A also requires radar altimeter input. Should the radar altimeter input
Nearest
fail or become degraded, the annunciation “GPWS FAIL” is generated in the
Services/ annunciation window and on the TAWS-A Page. The aural message “GPWS
Music
System Failure” is also generated. The “GPWS FAIL” annunciation will also occur
Utilities if both GPS altitude and barometric altitude are unavailable. If only the GPWS
system has failed, GPWS-based alerts will not be available, while other TAWS-A
System alerting remains unaffected.
Multiple TAWS or GPWS annunciations cannot be displayed at the same
Messages
time. When multiple annunciations exist, an asterisk will be present next to the
Symbols
annunciation. The display of each annunciation will alternate with each being
displayed for approximately five seconds.
Appendix

Index

10-60 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11 WEATHER Foreword

Weather data are displayed by the Weather function when an optional Getting
Started
weather source is installed. The Wx Weather pages may be oriented to Track
Up, Heading Up, or North Up. Xpdr Ctrl

When more weather products are installed, a key for each product will be
Com/Nav
shown. Touch the key for the desired weather product. When a single weather
product is installed, touching the Weather key will go directly to the Weather
FPL
page.
Direct-To

Touch To Select Desired Proc

Weather Product
Wpt Info

Figure 11-1 Weather Page Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Figure 11-2 Weather Page Functional Diagram Services/

Music

WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in,
Utilities
near, or around areas of hazardous weather. Information contained within
data link weather products may not accurately depict current weather
conditions. System

NOTE: Do not rely solely upon data link services to provide Temporary Flight Messages
Restriction (TFR) information. Always confirm TFR information through
official sources such as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control. Symbols

NOTE: In data link weather, Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs) and Appendix
Notices to Airmen (NOTAMs) that do not have geographical locations
cannot be viewed on the GTN.
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-1

Foreword NOTE: Stormscope and XM Lightning are mutually exclusive.

Getting
Started 11.1 SiriusXM Weather Products (Optional)
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To NEXRAD
Off US Canada
Proc
WX Forecast

Wpt Info Current 12 Hour 24 Hour 36 Hour 48 Hour

Lightning
Map Echo Tops
Cloud Tops
Traffic METAR
Cell Movement
AIREP/PIREP
Terrain
County Warnings
Winds Aloft
Weather
Surface 3000 ft ... 45,000 ft
Nearest SIGMET/AIRMET
Freezing Level
Services/ Icing
Music
Turbulence
Cyclone
Utilities
Orientation

System Track Up Heading Up North Up

Legend
Messages
Figure 11-3 SiriusXM Weather Page Functional Diagram
Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-2 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.1.1 Displaying SiriusXM Weather Foreword
To display SiriusXM weather touch the following sequence of keys starting
Getting
from the Home page. Started
1. Touch the Weather key on the Home page and then touch
Xpdr Ctrl
the Data Link key.
Com/Nav

FPL
Age Of Selected
Selected Altitude Weather
Products Direct-To

Touch + or - To Proc
Select Altitude
Figure 11-4 Data Link Weather Page Wpt Info

2. While viewing the Data Link weather page, touch the Menu
Map
key to configure the Data Link Weather page.
Touch Keys To Traffic
Select Weather
Weather Overlay Product. Green
Bar Indicates Terrain
Map Orientation
Selected Product.
Touch Legend Key Weather
Touch Keys
To Display Legend To Scroll List
Of Products Nearest
Touch And Drag Menu
To Scroll List Of Products Services/
Music
Figure 11-5 Weather Data Link Menu
Utilities
3. Once you selected what items you want to display, touch BACK
to return to the Data Link Weather page. System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-3

Foreword
11.1.2 Weather Legend
The Legend key displays a pop-up legend of the currently used weather
Getting
Started products.
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Legend
Xpdr Ctrl
key.
Com/Nav Legend Of Touch Legend And
Selected Weather Slide Finger Up And
Products Down To Scroll Legend
FPL
Touch To Select Touch Up And Down
Close Legend Keys To Scroll Legend
Direct-To
Figure 11-6 Weather Legend Display
Proc 2. Touch the Legend area of the display and while maintaining
light pressure against the display, drag your finger up or down
Wpt Info to scroll through the legend display for the selected weather
products, or use the Up/Down keys.
Map
3. Touch the Back key to remove the Legend.
Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-4 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 NEXRAD Surface-Fronts Cloud Tops Echo Tops
Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL
City Forecast SIGMET/AIRMET Freezing Levels METAR

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map
Icing Potential Winds Aloft County Warnings Turbulence

Traffic

Terrain

Weather
Cell Movement AIREPS PIREPS Lightning
Nearest

Services/
Music
Cyclone TFR
Utilities

System
Figure 11-7 Available Weather Legends

11.1.3 Weather Map Orientation Messages

1. While viewing the Weather Data Link function, touch the Menu
Symbols
key.
2. Touch the Orientation key to toggle the map view orientation Appendix
choices of North Up, Track Up, and Heading Up.
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-5

Foreword
11.1.4 Product Age and SiriusXM Weather Symbols
When a weather product is active on the Map function or the Weather Data
Getting
Started Link function is selected, the age of the data is displayed on the screen. The age
of the data may not indicate the time between the current GPS time and the time
Xpdr Ctrl when the data is assembled, but rather a general indication of the time elapsed
from when the data is received by the GTN.
Com/Nav
Updated weather data may or may not contain new weather data. Weather
FPL data is refreshed at intervals that are defined and controlled by SiriusXM Radio
Inc. and its data vendors.
Direct-To If for any reason, a weather product is not refreshed within the designated
intervals, the data is considered expired and is removed from the display.
Proc This ensures that the displayed data is consistent with what is currently being
broadcast by SiriusXM Radio. If more than half of the designated time has
Wpt Info elapsed from the time the data is received, the color of the product age displayed
changes to yellow.
Map
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to
Traffic determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link
weather product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing
Terrain weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by
the data link weather product may be significantly older than the indicated
Weather
weather product age.

The following table contains the expiration time and XM broadcast interval.
Nearest
The expiration time is an elapsed time after which the data is considered
Services/
Music
expired and is removed from the display. This ensures that the displayed data
is consistent with what is currently being broadcast by SiriusXM Radio. If more
Utilities than half of the expiration time has elapsed from the time the data is received,
the color of the product age displayed changes to yellow.
System
The SiriusXM Weather broadcast interval is the time interval when
Messages
SiriusXM Satellite Radio broadcasts new signals that may or may not contain
new weather data. Weather data is broadcast at intervals that are defined and
Symbols controlled by SiriusXM Radio.
NOTE: SiriusXM Weather does not provide a timestamp for AIRMETs,
Appendix SIGMETs, City Forecasts, County Warnings, Cell Movement and TFR
products. Therefore, the unit does not display a product age indication
Index for these products.

11-6 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 NOTE: The unit displays valid times on the weather map in lieu of product Foreword
age indications for SiriusXM Weather Icing Potential, Winds Aloft, and
Turbulence weather products. Getting
Started

NOTE: The unit displays product age for SiriusXM Weather Freezing Level
Xpdr Ctrl
and Canada Winds Aloft weather products. The product age indication
represents the number of minutes that have elapsed since the weather
Com/Nav
product was created by SiriusXM Weather. The unit does not display the
valid times assigned to the information within these products.
FPL
Weather Product Expiration Broadcast Rate
Time (Minutes) Direct-To
(Minutes)
NEXRAD (NEXRAD and Echo Top are Mutually 30 5 (U.S.) Proc

Exclusive) 10 (Canada)
Wpt Info
Echo Top (Cloud Top and Echo Top Mutually 30 7.5
Exclusive) (NEXRAD and Echo Top Mutually Map
Exclusive)
Cloud Top (Cloud Top and Echo Top Mutually 60 15 Traffic
Exclusive)
Terrain
XM Lightning 30 5
Cell Movement 30 1.25 Weather
SIGMETs / AIRMETs 60 12
METARs 90 12 Nearest

City Forecast 90 12 Services/

Music
WX Forecast 60 12
Freezing Levels 120 12 Utilities

Winds Aloft 90 12
System
County Warnings 60 5
Cyclone Warnings 60 12 Messages
Icing Potential (Icing) 90 22
Symbols
(SLD)
Pilot Weather Report (PIREP) 90 12 Appendix
(Blue - Regular, Yellow - Urgent)
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-7

Foreword Weather Product Expiration Broadcast Rate
Time (Minutes)
Getting (Minutes)
Started
Air Report (AIREP) 90 12
Xpdr Ctrl Turbulence 180 12
Radar Coverage 30 5
Com/Nav
Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR) 60 12
FPL Terminal Aerodrome Forecast (TAF) 60 12
Table 11-1 Weather Products and Data Timing
Direct-To

Proc
Symbol Description
Wpt Info Flood

Map Severe Thunderstorm

Traffic Tornado

Terrain
Sunny
Part Sun
Weather
Cloudy
Nearest
Rainy
Services/
Music T-Storm
Utilities Snow

System
Windy

Foggy
Messages

Haze
Symbols
High/Low Temp
Appendix Table 11-2 Weather Symbols

Index

11-8 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.1.5 NEXRAD Foreword
WSR-88D, or NEXRAD (NEXt-generation RADar), is a network of 158 high-
Getting
resolution Doppler radar systems that are operated by the National Weather Started
Service (NWS). NEXRAD data provides centralized meteorological information
for the continental United States and selected overseas locations. The maximum Xpdr Ctrl

range of a single NEXRAD radar site is 250 NM. The NEXRAD network provides
Com/Nav
important information about severe weather for air traffic safety.
NEXRAD data is not real-time. The lapsed time between collection, FPL
processing, and dissemination of NEXRAD images can be significant and may
not reflect the current radar synopsis. Due to the inherent delays and the relative Direct-To
age of the data, it should be used for long-range planning purposes only. Never
use NEXRAD data for maneuvering in, near, or around areas of hazardous Proc
weather. Instead, use it in an early-warning capacity of pre-departure and en
route evaluation. Wpt Info

Composite data from all the NEXRAD radar sites in the United States is Map
shown. This data is composed of the maximum reflectivity from the individual
radar sweeps. The display of the information is color-coded to indicate the Traffic
weather severity level.
Terrain
NOTE: Due to similarities in color schemes, the display of Echo Tops cannot
be shown with Cloud Tops and NEXRAD. Weather

1. While viewing the SiriusXM Weather menu, touch the NEXRAD

Nearest
key to display the NEXRAD selections.
Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages
Figure 11-8 SiriusXM NEXRAD Weather Selection
Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-9

 2. Touch the desired NEXRAD source selection and then the
Foreword
Back key to view the weather information.
Getting
Started NEXRAD Age Of Selected
Weather Weather
Xpdr Ctrl Products
City Forecast -
Com/Nav Touch To Select
Time
FPL Figure 11-9 NEXRAD Weather

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather Figure 11-10 NEXRAD Weather Legend

Nearest 11.1.5.1 Reflectivity

Services/
Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver.
Music Colors on the NEXRAD display directly correlate to the level of detected
reflectivity. Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous weather can be very complex.
Utilities
The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere. Simply
System put, certain types of weather reflect radar better than others. The intensity of a
radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of the weather hazard level. For
Messages instance, wet hail returns a strong radar reflection, while dry hail does not. Both
wet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous.
Symbols
The different NEXRAD echo intensities are measured in decibels (dB) relative
Appendix to reflectivity (Z). NEXRAD measures the radar reflectivity ratio, or the energy
reflected back to the radar receiver (designated by the letter Z). The value of Z
Index increases as the returned signal strength increases.

11-10 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.1.5.2 NEXRAD Limitations
Foreword
NEXRAD radar images may have certain limitations:
• NEXRAD base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to Getting
Started
determine cloud layers or precipitation characteristics. For example, it is
not possible to distinguish between wet snow, wet hail, and rain. Xpdr Ctrl

• NEXRAD base reflectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation

Com/Nav
angle. An individual NEXRAD site cannot depict high altitude storms at
close ranges. It has no information about storms directly over the site. FPL
• In the Cell Movement function, “Base” height is actually the height of
maximum radar reflection and that the “Base” and “Top” heights are based Direct-To
on radar height and not MSL or AGL.
Proc
• Each square block on the display represents an area of four square
kilometers (2.15 NM). The intensity level reflected by each square Wpt Info
represents the highest level of NEXRAD data sampled within the area.
Block Area Is 4 km2 Map
(2.15 NM2)
Block Area Is 4 km2 Traffic
(2.15 NM2)
Terrain

Weather

Nearest
Figure 11-11 NEXRAD Data Blocks
The following may cause abnormalities in displayed NEXRAD radar images: Services/
Music
• Ground clutter
Utilities
• Strobes and spurious radar data
• Sun strobes (when the radar antenna points directly at the sun) System

• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows Messages

• Metallic dust from military aircraft, which can cause alterations in radar
scans Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-11

 NEXRAD Limitations (Canada)
Foreword
• Radar coverage extends to 55ºN.
Getting
Started
• Any precipitation displayed between 52ºN and 55ºN is displayed as mixed
because it is unknown.
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL Precipitation Above 52°N

Direct-To

Figure 11-12 NEXRAD Data - Canada

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-12 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.1.6 Echo Tops Foreword
Echo Tops data shows the location, elevation, and direction of the highest
radar echo. The highest radar echo does not indicate the top of a storm or Getting
Started
clouds; rather it indicates the highest altitude at which precipitation is detected.
This information is determined from NEXRAD data. Xpdr Ctrl

NOTE: Due to similarities in color schemes, the display of Echo Tops cannot Com/Nav
be shown with Cloud Tops and NEXRAD.
FPL
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Echo
Tops key.
Direct-To

Product Age
Proc

Present Position
Wpt Info
Echo Tops
Map
Figure 11-13 Echo Tops

2. Touch the Echo Tops key again to turn it off. Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

Figure 11-14 Echo Tops Legend System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-13

Foreword
11.1.7 Cloud Tops
NOTE: Due to similarities in color schemes, it is not possible to display
Getting
Started Echo Tops and Cloud Tops at the same time.

Xpdr Ctrl Cloud tops data depicts cloud top altitudes as determined from satellite
imagery.
Com/Nav
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Cloud
FPL
Tops key.

Product Age
Direct-To

Proc Present Position

Cloud Tops
Wpt Info
Figure 11-15 Cloud Tops
Map
2. Touch the Cloud Tops key again to turn it off.
Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities
Figure 11-16 Cloud Tops Legend
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-14 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.1.8 Cell Movement Foreword
Cell Movement data shows the location and movement of storm cells as
Getting
identified by a ground-based system. Cells are represented by yellow squares, Started
with direction of movement indicated with short, orange arrows.
Xpdr Ctrl
NOTE: In the Cell Movement function, “Base” height is actually the height
of maximum radar reflection and that the “Base” and “Top” heights are Com/Nav
based on radar height and not MSL or AGL.
FPL
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Cell
Movement key. Direct-To
Cell Movement
(Position And Direction Proc
Of Movement)
Product Age
Wpt Info
Present Position
Map

Figure 11-17 Cell Movement

Traffic

2. Touch a Cell Movement icon to view cell details.

Terrain
Top Height Reported
as Maximum Altitude Cell Speed and Weather
of Reflected Precip. Direction
Base Height Reported
as Altitude of Maximum Nearest
Reflectivity
Services/
Figure 11-18 Cell Movement Detail Music

3. Touch the Cell Movement key again to turn it off.

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Figure 11-19 Cell Movement Legend

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-15

Foreword
11.1.9 SIGMETs and AIRMETs
SIGMETs (SIGnificant METerological Information) and AIRMETs (AIRmen's
Getting
Started METerological Information) are broadcast for potentially hazardous weather
considered of importance to aircraft.
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the
Com/Nav SIGMET/AIRMET key.
IFR Line
FPL
SIGMET Line

Direct-To Present Position

Turbulence Line
Proc

Figure 11-20 SIGMETs and AIRMETs

Wpt Info
2. Touch the SIGMET/AIRMET key again to turn it off.
Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music
Figure 11-21 SIGMET/AIRMET Legend
Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-16 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.1.10 County Warnings Foreword
County Warnings data provides specific public awareness and protection
Getting
weather warnings from the National Weather Service. This can include Started
information on fires, tornadoes, severe thunderstorms, flood conditions, and
other natural disasters. Xpdr Ctrl

1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the County Com/Nav
Warnings key.
FPL
County Warning Symbol
- Touch To Display Detail Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info
County Warning Detail
Map

Traffic

Terrain

Figure 11-22 County Warnings Data Weather

2. After viewing the County Warning detail, touch the Back key
to return to the Map view. Nearest

3. Touch the County Warnings key again to turn it off. Services/

Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix
Figure 11-23 County Warnings Legend
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-17

Foreword
11.1.11 Freezing Level
Freezing Level data shows the color-coded contour lines for the altitude and
Getting
Started location at which the Freezing Level is found. When no data is displayed for a
given altitude, the data for that altitude has not been received, or is out of date
Xpdr Ctrl and has been removed from the display. New data appears on the next update.
Com/Nav 1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the
Freezing Level key.
FPL
Freezing Level Line
Direct-To
Product Age
Proc
Present Position

Wpt Info
Figure 11-24 Freezing Level

Map 2. Touch the Freezing Level key again to turn it off.

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music
Figure 11-25 Freezing Level Legend
Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-18 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.1.12 METARs Foreword
METAR (METeorological Aerodrome Report), known as an Aviation Routine
Getting
Weather Report, is the standard format for current weather observations. Started
METARs are updated hourly and are considered current. METARs typically
contain information about the temperature, dew point, wind, precipitation, Xpdr Ctrl

cloud cover, cloud heights, visibility, and barometric pressure. They can also
Com/Nav
contain information on precipitation amounts, lightning, and other critical data.
METARs are shown as colored flags at airports that provide them.
FPL
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the METAR
key. Direct-To

Proc
Product Age

Present Position Wpt Info

METAR Flags -
Touch For Detail Map

Figure 11-26 METARs Traffic

2. Touch a METAR to show detailed information. Touch the Back

Terrain
key to return to the Weather display.

Slider Shows More Detail Weather

Available - Touch And
Drag Display To View Nearest

METAR Detail Services/

Music

Figure 11-27 METARs Detail Utilities

3. Touch the METAR key again to turn it off.

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-19

Foreword
METAR Symbol Description
Getting
Started VFR (ceiling greater than 3000 ft. AGL and visibility greater than
five miles)
Xpdr Ctrl
Marginal VFR (ceiling 1000–3000 ft. AGL and/or visibility three
to five miles)
Com/Nav
IFR (ceiling 500 to below 1000 ft. AGL and/or visibility one mile
FPL to less than three miles)
Low IFR (ceiling below 500 ft. AGL or visibility less than one mile)
Direct-To
Unknown
Proc Table 11-3 METAR Symbols

Wpt Info
11.1.13 Cyclone
The current location of the cyclone is shown along with its projected path
Map with the date and time.

Traffic 1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Cyclone
key.
Terrain

Weather
Projected Path With
Nearest Date And Time
Name, Date, Time, And
Services/ Current Position Of Cyclone
Music

Utilities
Figure 11-28 Cyclone
2. Touch the Cyclone key again to turn it off.
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix Figure 11-29 Cyclone Legend

Index

11-20 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.1.14 Lightning Foreword
Lightning data shows the approximate location of cloud-to-ground lightning
Getting
strikes. A yellow cross icon represents a strike that has occurred within a 2 Started
kilometer region. The exact location of the lightning is not displayed.
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the
Lightning key. Com/Nav

FPL
Lightning Strikes
Product Age
Direct-To
Present Position

Proc

Figure 11-30 Lightning

Wpt Info
2. Touch the Lightning key again to turn it off.
Map

Traffic

Terrain
Figure 11-31 Lightning Legend
Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-21

Foreword
11.1.15 Weather Forecast
The Weather Forecast data provides Surface Analysis and City Forecast
Getting information for current and forecast weather conditions. The Surface Analysis
Started forecast shows frontal lines indicating weather fronts and the direction they are
moving. High and Low pressure centers are noted with a large H or L. A Cold
Xpdr Ctrl Front is a front where cold air replaces warm air. A blue line with blue triangles
will point in the direction of cold air flow. A Warm Front is where warm air
Com/Nav replaces cold air. A red line with red half moons will point in the direction of
the warm air flow.
FPL
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Wx
Forecast key.
Direct-To
City Forecast Symbol
Proc
Weather Front Surface Analysis
Wpt Info

Map
Figure 11-32 Surface Conditions
Traffic
2. Touch the desired Surface Forecast time (Current, 12 Hour, 24
Hour, 36 Hour, or 48 Hour) to display the desired information.
Terrain

Touch And Drag Slider To

Weather
Scroll Selections

Nearest
Touch To Select Time

Services/
Touch To Scroll Selections
Music
Figure 11-33 Select City Forecast Time
Utilities
3. Touch a City Forecast symbol to show detailed information.
Touch the Back key to return to the Weather display.
System

Messages City Forecast Symbol

Symbols

Appendix

Index Figure 11-34 Surface Conditions Detail

11-22 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 4. Touch the Wx Forecast key again to turn it off.
Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

City Forecast Fronts Direct-To

Figure 11-35 Surface Legends
Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-23

Foreword
11.1.16 Winds Aloft
Winds Aloft data shows the forecast wind speed and direction at the surface
Getting
Started and at selected altitudes. Altitudes can be selected in 3000 foot increments from
the surface up to 45,000 feet.
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Winds
Com/Nav Aloft key.

FPL

Direct-To
Selected Wind Wind Symbols
Altitude
Proc

Touch To Select
Wpt Info Wind Altitude
Figure 11-36 Winds Aloft
Map

2. Touch the WX Aloft ALT – or + keys to increase or

Traffic
decrease the reporting altitude of the winds aloft in 3,000
foot increments. The selected altitude is shown in a window
Terrain
above the altitude keys.
Weather 3. Touch the Winds Aloft key again to turn it off.

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages
Figure 11-37 Winds Aloft Legend

Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-24 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.1.17 Icing Foreword
The Icing product provides information about the current icing environment
Getting
and where it may occur between 1,000 feet and 30,000 feet in 3,000 foot Started
increments. Supercooled Large Droplets (SLD) Icing provides an alert to the
potential for freezing rain due to the presence of large, supercooled water Xpdr Ctrl

droplets. SLD data is shown between 1,000 feet and 30,000 feet in 3,000 foot
Com/Nav
increments.
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Icing FPL
key.
Direct-To

Icing Potential SLD Threat Proc

Shading
Present Position
Selected Icing Wpt Info
Altitude
Map
Touch To Select
Icing Altitude Traffic
Figure 11-38 Icing
Terrain
2. Touch the WX Aloft ALT – or + keys to increase or decrease
the reporting altitude of icing in 3,000 foot increments. The Weather
selected altitude is shown in a window above the altitude keys.
Nearest
3. Touch the Icing key again to turn it off.
Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Figure 11-39 Icing Legend

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-25

Foreword
11.1.18 Turbulence
The Turbulence product provides information about the potential for erratic
Getting
Started movement of air at high altitudes. Conditions are reported at altitudes between
21,000 and 45,000 feet in 3,000 foot increments.
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Weather Data Link menu, touch the
Com/Nav Turbulence key.

FPL Product Age

Turbulence Shading
Direct-To Present Position
Selected
Turbulence
Proc
Altitude

Wpt Info Touch To Select

Turbulence Altitude
Map Figure 11-40 Turbulence

Traffic 2. Touch the WX Aloft ALT – or + keys to increase or decrease

the reporting altitude for turbulence in 3,000 foot increments.
Terrain The selected altitude is shown in a window above the altitude
keys.
Weather 3. Touch the Turbulence key again to turn it off.

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System
Figure 11-41 Turbulence Legend
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-26 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.1.19 AIREP/PIREP Foreword
Pilot Weather Reports (PIREPs) provide timely weather information for a
Getting
particular route of flight. When significant weather conditions are reported or Started
forecast, Air Traffic Control (ATC) facilities are required to solicit PIREPs. A
PIREP may contain non-forecast adverse weather conditions, such as low in- Xpdr Ctrl

flight visibility, icing conditions, wind shear, and turbulence. PIREPs are issued
Com/Nav
as either Routine (UA) or Urgent (UUA).
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the FPL
AIREP/PIREP key.
Direct-To
Touch Weather
Info Icon To Proc
View AIREP Touch Weather
Details Info Icon To View
PIREP/Details Wpt Info
Touch TFR Icon
To View TFR
Details Map
Figure 11-42 Weather Display With AIREP/PIREP Information Active
Traffic
2. Touch a weather information icon to view details for that item.
Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music
Figure 11-43 AIREP and PIREP Detail
Utilities
3. Touch the Back key to remove the detailed information.
System

4. Touch the AIREP/PIREP key again to turn it off. Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-27

Foreword
11.2 StormScope® Weather
Getting 11.2.1 StormScope® (Optional)
Started
NOTE: Refer to the WX-500 Pilot’s Guide for a detailed description of the
Xpdr Ctrl WX-500 StormScope.

Com/Nav The StormScope WX-500 Weather Mapping Sensor is a passive weather

avoidance system that detects electrical discharges associated with thunderstorms
FPL within a 200 NM radius of the aircraft. The StormScope measures relative
bearing and distance of thunderstorm-related electrical activity and reports the
Direct-To information to the display. Interfaces are currently only available for the WX-
500 StormScope System.
Proc
For lightning display interpretation, study the examples in the WX-500
Wpt Info
Pilot's Guide that are designed to help you relate the cell or strike patterns
shown on the display to the size and location of thunderstorms that may be near
Map your aircraft.
Symbol Time Since Strike (Seconds)
Traffic
6
Terrain

Weather
60

Nearest
120
Services/
Music 180
Utilities
Table 11-4 Stormscope Symbols
System 1. From the Home page, touch the Weather key (and then the
StormScope key if present) to reach the StormScope function.
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-28 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Orientation
Annunciation. Foreword
HDG N/A - Heading Is
Not Available. Getting
Started
Range Ring
Lightning Strikes Xpdr Ctrl
Touch
To Clear Lightning Display Mode
Lightning (Cell or Strike) Com/Nav
Strikes
Lightning Strike Rate
Figure 11-44 StormScope Display (360º Display View Shown) FPL

2. Touch the Menu key to setup the StormScope display.

Direct-To

Proc

Lightning Wpt Info

360º View Display Mode
Selected - Cell Selected
Map

Figure 11-45 StormScope Menu

Traffic
3. Touch the 360° or Arc to select the display view.
Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

View Utilities

360 Arc
System
Mode
Cell Strike Messages

Figure 11-46 StormScope Functional Diagram Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-29

Foreword
11.2.2 Clearing the StormScope® Page
Routinely clearing the StormScope Page of all discharge points is a good
Getting
Started way to determine if a storm is building or dissipating. In a building storm,
discharge points reappear faster and in larger numbers. In a dissipating storm
Xpdr Ctrl discharge points appear slower and in smaller numbers.
1. While viewing the Weather StormScope page, touch MENU.
Com/Nav

FPL 2. Touch the Clear Strikes key to clear lightning strikes.

Direct-To
NOTE: When Heading is not available (N/A), the pilot must clear the strikes
Proc after each turn.

Wpt Info 11.2.3 Changing the StormScope® Display View

The Lightning Page displays either a 360° or a 120° viewing angle.
Map
1. While viewing the Weather StormScope page, touch MENU.
Traffic

2. Touch the 360° or Arc to select the display view.

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities
Figure 11-47 StormScope 360º and Arc Display Views
System
NOTE: Cell mode uses a clustering program to identify clusters of electrical
activity that indicate cells. Cell mode is most useful during periods of heavy
Messages
storm activity. Displaying cell data during these periods frees the user
from sifting through a screen full of discharge points and helps to better
Symbols
determine where the storm cells are located.

Appendix

Index

11-30 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.2.4 Changing the StormScope® Data Display Foreword
Range
Getting
StormScope data can be displayed on the Map page 2000 NM zoom scale, Started
but the data only goes out as far as the StormScope can report (200 NM). The
Xpdr Ctrl
500 NM zoom scale will display all lightning data. Scales greater than 500 NM
do not display any additional StormScope data.
Com/Nav
1. While viewing the StormScope page, touch the In and Out
keys to display a larger or smaller area. FPL

11.2.5 Displaying StormScope® Data on the Map Direct-To

Page
The Map Page displays cell or strike information using yellow lightning Proc

strike symbology overlaid on a moving map. This added capability improves

Wpt Info
situational awareness, which in turn makes it much easier for the pilot to relate
storm activity to airports, NAVAIDs, obstacles and other ground references.
Map
NOTE: StormScope data is displayed on the Map Page only if aircraft
heading is available. Traffic

1. On the Home page, touch the Map key. Terrain

Weather
2. Touch the Menu key.
Nearest
3. Touch the StormScope key to enable StormScope lightning
display on the Map page. Repeated touches toggle between Services/
Music
Off, Cell, and Strike.
Utilities

System

NOTE: The selected lightning display type, cell or strike, will be shown the Messages
same on both the StormScope and the Map pages.
Symbols

NOTE: The GTN will display StormScope data with or without a heading
source. If no heading source is available, the display will indicate this by Appendix
placing “HDG N/A” in the upper right portion of the display. If no heading
is available, the pilot must clear the strikes after each heading change. Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-31

Foreword
11.3 Connext Weather
Connext Weather is an optional feature available with the Iridium® satellite
Getting system that is interfaced through the optional Garmin GSR 56. Connext Weather
Started
may be viewed in the Weather and Map functions. The Weather pages may
Xpdr Ctrl be oriented to either Track Up, Heading, or North Up. Both Connext and XM
Weather may be installed and selected individually. Connext Weather coverage
Com/Nav is available throughout most of Europe, Canada and the U.S. Additional radar
coverage areas are being added continuously.
FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

PRECIP
Map
Lightning
IR Satellite
Traffic METAR
PIREP
Terrain Winds Aloft
Surface 3000 ft ... 45,000 ft
Weather
SIGMET/AIRMET
Connext Settings
Nearest
Coverage Region
Services/ Present Position
Music
Destination
Flight Plan Distance
Utilities
Waypoint Waypoint Ident

System Data Request

Request Data
Messages Auto Request
Cov Diameter
Symbols Datalink Status
Orientation
Appendix Legend

Index Figure 11-48 Connext Weather Functional Diagram

11-32 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 More detail on Connext weather products and coverage can be found at:
Foreword
http://fly.garmin.com/fly-garmin/gfds-weather/
Getting
Started
NOTE: A system can be configured for multiple weather products, but only
one may be selected for viewing in the Weather or map pages at a given
Xpdr Ctrl
time.
Com/Nav
11.3.1 Using Connext Satellite Weather Products
When a weather product is active on the Weather Data Link Page or the FPL
Navigation Map Page, the age of the data is displayed on the screen. The age of
the product is based on the time difference between when the data was assembled Direct-To
on the ground and the current GPS time. Weather products are refreshed at
selectable intervals. Proc

Weather products expire at intervals based on each product. When the data Wpt Info
expires, it is removed from the display. This ensures that the displayed data is
consistent with what is currently being broadcast by Connext Satellite Radio Map
services. If more than half of the expiration time has elapsed from the time the
data is received, the color of the product age displayed changes to yellow. Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-33

Foreword
11.3.2 Connext Weather Menu
The Connext Weather page is customized by selecting options from the
Getting
Started Connext Weather and the Connext Settings Menus. The Connext Weather Menu
options include choices for Weather Setup and displaying selected weather
Xpdr Ctrl products. The Connext Settings Menu makes settings for the Coverage Region
and Data Request frequency.
Com/Nav
1. While viewing the Connext Weather page, touch the MENU
FPL key to display the Connext Weather Menu. Touch the desired
keys to toggle the weather product.
Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Figure 11-49 Connext Weather Menu

Traffic
2. Touch and slide the display to view the complete menu.
Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music
Figure 11-50 More Connext Weather Menu
Utilities
3. Touch the Connext Settings key to make detailed settings
for the Connext Weather display.
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-34 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.3.3 Connext Settings Foreword

Getting
Started

Touch To Xpdr Ctrl

Manually Auto Request
Request Data Setting
Com/Nav

Coverage Region Datalink FPL

Settings Status
Direct-To
Coverage
Diameter
Proc
Figure 11-51 Connext Settings Menu

11.3.3.1 Connext Data Request Wpt Info

It is necessary to request the downloading of weather products. Requests can

Map
be sent manually or set to automatically update at a selected rate. The Connext
weather data may be updated at any time regardless of the automatic update Traffic
timing by selecting a Manual Request. When multiple requests are made, some
products are merged with the old data (SIGMETs/AIRMETs, TAFs, TFRs, and Terrain
METARs), but the old data of other products is discarded.
Weather
1. While viewing the Connext Settings Menu, touch the Request
Data key to manually request data. Nearest
2. Touch the Auto Request key to set the Auto Request Period.
Services/
Music

Utilities

System
Touch To Select
Request Period
Messages

Symbols
Figure 11-52 Select Auto Request Period
Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-35

 3. Touch the Cancel Request key to cancel a request in progress.
Foreword

Getting
Started Touch To Touch To Select
Cancel Request Request Period
Xpdr Ctrl
Time Remaining
Until Next Request
Com/Nav
Figure 11-53 Cancelling A Request
FPL
11.3.3.2 Connext Data Request Coverage Region
Direct-To
1. While viewing the Connext Settings Menu, touch the
Coverage Region key.
Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Figure 11-54 Connext Weather Coverage Region Menu

Terrain
2. Touch the desired settings to customize the Connext Weather
Weather display.
Present Position Data Request
Nearest
Touch the Present Position key to request that weather
Services/ information will be shown around your present position.
Music
Destination Connext Data Request
Utilities Touch the Destination key to request that weather information
will be shown around the destination waypoint in the flight
System plan.
Flight Plan Data Request
Messages
Touch the Flight Plan key to request that weather information
Symbols will be shown around the active flight plan.
Flight Plan Distance Data Request
Appendix
Touch the Distance key to request that weather information
will be shown for the selected distance along the active flight
Index
plan.
11-36 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
Waypoint Connext Data Request
Foreword
1. Touch the Waypoint key to request that weather information
will be shown around the selected waypoint. Getting
Started
2. Select the waypoint and then press ENT.
Xpdr Ctrl

Diameter/Route Width Connext Data Request

Com/Nav
After selecting a coverage option in the previous section, select
the desired Diameter and then press ENT. FPL

Direct-To
11.3.3.3 Connext Weather Map Orientation
Proc
1. While viewing the Connext Weather Menu, touch the
Orientation key.
Wpt Info
2. Touch the orientation choices of North Up, Track Up, and
Heading Up and to accept the displayed value and return to Map
the Connext Weather Menu.
Traffic

Touch To Select
Map Orientation Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Figure 11-55 Connext Weather Map Orientation Services/

Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-37

Foreword
11.3.4 Register With Connext
It is necessary to register the GTN with Connext to utilize the weather
Getting
Started products.
1. Call Garmin Customer Service to create a Connext account.
Xpdr Ctrl
Provide the GTN System ID and airframe info (model, tail
number, etc).
Com/Nav
2. Customer Service will issue an access code to enter on the
FPL Connext Registration page.
3. While viewing Connext Settings Menu, touch the Datalink
Direct-To Status key.

Proc
Current
Registration Info Iridium
Wpt Info Signal Level

Map Touch To
Phone and Register
Traffic Datalink Status

Terrain Figure 11-56 GSR 56 Status

4. Touch the Connext Registration key to display the Connext
Weather
Registration display.
Nearest
Touch To Enter Touch To
Services/
Access Code Register
Music
Current
Utilities Registration Info

System
Figure 11-57 Connext Registration Page
Messages 5. Touch the Access Code key to enter the appropriate code and
then touch the Enter key.
Symbols
6. Touch the Register key to complete the process. The GTN will
Appendix
contact the Connext servers using the GSR 56 transceiver. If
the access code and system ID are correct, it will download
Index
and display the airframe info.

11-38 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

Deactivate Unit Registration With Connext
Foreword
Registration of the GTN unit with Connext can be deactivated so that the unit
can no longer make requests to Connext. This does not cancel the subscription. Getting
Started
1. While viewing the Connext Registration display, touch the
Access Code field and press CLR to remove the access code. Xpdr Ctrl

2. Any weather requests will now fail and the system will no
Com/Nav
longer be linked to the Connext account.

11.3.5 Connext Weather Product Age FPL

The weather product expiration time and the refresh rate are shown in the
Direct-To
following table. The refresh rate represents the interval at which Connext Satellites
broadcast new signals that may or may not contain new weather data. It does not
Proc
represent the rate at which weather data is updated or new content is received by
the Data Link Receiver. Weather data is refreshed at intervals that are defined and Wpt Info
controlled by Connext and its data vendors.
Weather Product Expiration Time Map

(Minutes)
Traffic
PRECIP 30
Lightning 30 Terrain
IR Satellite 60
Weather
SIGMETs / AIRMETs 60
METARs 90 Nearest
Winds Aloft 90
Services/
Pilot Weather Report (PIREP) 90 Music
(Blue - Regular, Yellow - Urgent)
Utilities
Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR) 60
Table 11-5 Connext Weather Products and Aging Times
System
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to
determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link Messages
weather product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing
weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by Symbols
the data link weather product may be significantly older than the indicated
weather product age.
Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-39

Foreword
11.3.6 TFRs
Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs) provide detailed information for local
Getting
Started short term restrictions.

Xpdr Ctrl

Figure 11-58 Connext TFR Legend

Com/Nav

1. Touch a TFR symbol on the Weather page to view details.

FPL

Direct-To

TFR Detail
Proc
Touch TFR Symbol
Wpt Info To View Details
Figure 11-59 Connext TFR Detail
Map
2. Touch the Back key to return to the Weather display.
Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-40 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.3.7 Precipitation (PRECIP) Data Foreword
Graphical data is overlaid on the map indicating the rainfall detected by
ground based radar for a specific area. The colors indicating increasing levels Getting
Started
of rainfall progresses from light green for light rainfall to red for heavy rainfall.
Review the Limitations section in the front of this guide for the limitations that Xpdr Ctrl
apply to the Connext data. Rainfall data is color coded as follows:
Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Figure 11-60 Connext PRECIP Weather Map Display and Legend

Traffic

Product Age Terrain

Precipitation
Weather

Nearest

Figure 11-61 Connext Precipitation Data Services/

Music
The "No Coverage" color indicates that no data is available for that area, and
rainfall in that area is unknown. Utilities
When weather data is received, the airborne system will display that data for
20 minutes. If no new data has been received for a given area, the rainfall will System

be removed after 20 minutes and the area will revert back to the "No Coverage"
Messages
color.
The Connext Weather Function is based on a ground-to-air data link and Symbols
requires that the appropriate ground systems are broadcasting weather data and
the aircraft is within reception range of the Ground Broadcast Transceiver (GBT). Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-41

Foreword
11.3.8 Lightning
Lightning data shows the approximate location of cloud-to-ground lightning
Getting strikes. A strike icon represents a strike that has occurred within a two kilometer
Started
(1.08 NM) region. The exact location of the lightning strike is not displayed.
Xpdr Ctrl Only cloud to ground strikes are reported in the US and extreme southern
Canada (cloud to cloud strikes are not reported).
Com/Nav
Lightning
Symbol
FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info
Figure 11-62 Connext Data Link Lightning and Legend
Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-42 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.3.9 Infrared Satellite Data Foreword
Infrared Satellite data is available over North America and Europe and depicts
cloud top temperatures from satellite imagery. Brighter cloud top colors indicate Getting
Started
cooler temperatures occurring at higher altitudes. Information is updated every
half hour. Xpdr Ctrl

IR Satellite Com/Nav
Product Age

FPL
IR Satellite
Coverage
Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
Figure 11-63 Connext Infrared Satellite Data Map Display and Legend

11.3.10 METARs Terrain

NOTE: Atmospheric pressure reported for METARs is given in hectopascals Weather

(hPa), except in the United States, where it is reported in inches of mercury
(in Hg). Temperatures are reported in Celsius. Nearest

NOTE: METAR information is only displayed within the installed aviation Services/
Music
database service area.
Utilities
METAR (METeorological Aerodrome Report), known as an Aviation Routine
Weather Report, is the standard format for current weather observations. System
METARs are generally updated hourly, but some site are more frequent. Special
updates are done as conditions warrant. METARs typically contain information Messages
about the temperature, dew point, wind, precipitation, cloud cover, cloud
heights, visibility, and barometric pressure. They can also contain information Symbols
on precipitation amounts, lightning, and other critical data. METARs are shown
as colored flags at airports that provide them. Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-43

Foreword METAR Symbol Description
VFR (ceiling greater than 3000 ft. AGL and visibility greater than
Getting
Started five miles)
Marginal VFR (ceiling 1000–3000 ft. AGL and/or visibility three to
Xpdr Ctrl five miles)
IFR (ceiling 500 to below 1000 ft. AGL and/or visibility one mile
Com/Nav
to less than three miles)
FPL Low IFR (ceiling below 500 ft. AGL or visibility less than one mile)
Unknown
Direct-To
Table 11-6 METAR Symbols
Proc 1. While viewing the Connext Weather page, touch the airport
with a METAR flag.
Wpt Info

Map METAR Detail

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music Figure 11-64 Connext Weather - Graphic METARs and Legend
2. Touch the Back key to return to the Weather page.
Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-44 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.3.11 PIREPs Foreword
Pilot Weather Reports (PIREPs) provide timely weather information for a
Getting
particular route of flight. When significant weather conditions are reported or Started
forecast, Air Traffic Control (ATC) facilities are required to solicit PIREPs. A
PIREP may contain non-forecast adverse weather conditions, such as low in- Xpdr Ctrl

flight visibility, icing conditions, wind shear, and turbulence. PIREPs are issued
Com/Nav
as either Routine (UA) or Urgent (UUA).
1. While viewing the Connext Weather page, touch a PIREP FPL
symbol.
Direct-To

PIREP Detail Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Figure 11-65 Connext Weather - PIREPs and Legend Terrain

2. Touch the Back key to return to the Weather page.
Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-45

Foreword
11.3.12 Winds Aloft
Winds Aloft data shows the forecast wind speed and direction at the surface
Getting
Started and at selected altitudes. Altitudes can be selected in 3000 foot increments from
the surface up to 42,000 feet MSL. Pressing the WX Aloft ALT + or – soft keys
Xpdr Ctrl steps down or up in 3,000 foot increments.
Com/Nav
Product Age

FPL
Winds Aloft
Altitude Selection
Direct-To
Winds Aloft Symbol

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic Figure 11-66 Connext Weather - Winds Aloft and Legend

Winds Aloft Altitude

Terrain
The Winds Aloft Altitude option allows you to select the altitude for the
Weather Winds Aloft weather product. Altitude can be selected in 3000 foot increments
from the surface up to 42,000 feet MSL.
Nearest
Pressing the WX Aloft ALT + or – soft keys steps down or up in 3,000 foot
Services/ increments. In the figure shown above, 6000 feet is selected and Winds Aloft
Music
data is shown for winds reported at an altitude of 6000 feet.
Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-46 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.3.13 SIGMETs and AIRMETs Foreword
SIGMETs (SIGnificant METeorological Information) and AIRMETs (AIRmen’s
Getting
METeorological Information) are broadcast for potentially hazardous weather Started
considered of importance to aircraft. A Convective SIGMET is issued for
hazardous convective weather. A localized SIGMET is a significant weather Xpdr Ctrl

condition occurring at a localized geographical position.

Com/Nav

FPL
SIGMET/AIRMET Detail

Direct-To

Proc
Figure 11-67 Connext Weather Page - AIRMETs/SIGMETs
When enabled, SIGMET/AIRMETs advise the pilot of potentially hazardous Wpt Info

weather. SIGMETs are directed to all aircraft. AIRMETs are intended for light
Map
aircraft. SIGMET/AIRMET data covers icing, turbulence, dust, and volcanic ash
as issued by the National Weather Service. The update rate is selected in the
Traffic
Connext Settings Menu.
Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Figure 11-68 Connext Weather - AIRMETs/SIGMETs Detail and Legend Services/

Music
When enabled, the following AIRMETs are available for display:
• Icing Utilities

• Turbulence
System
• IFR conditions
• Mountain obscuration Messages

• Surface winds
Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-47

Foreword
11.4 FIS-B Weather
Getting
Started The Flight Information Services (FIS-B) function is capable of displaying text
Xpdr Ctrl
and graphic weather information with GDL 88 installations. No subscription for
FIS-B services is required with the GDL 88.
Com/Nav The FIS-B Function is a graphic weather display capable of displaying
graphical weather information on UAT equipped installations. Graphical data is
FPL overlaid on the map indicating the rainfall detected by ground based radar for a
specific area. The colors indicating increasing levels of rainfall progresses from
Direct-To
light green for light rainfall to magenta for heavy rainfall. Review the Limitations
section in the front of this guide for the limitations that apply to the FIS-B data.
Proc
Rainfall data is color coded as follows:
Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Figure 11-69 FIS-B Weather Precipitation Legend

Services/
Music
A cyan checkerboard pattern indicates that no data is available for that area,
Utilities and rainfall in that area is unknown.
The FIS-B Function is based on a ground-to-air data link and requires that
System the appropriate ground systems are broadcasting weather data and the aircraft is
within reception range of the Ground Broadcast Transceiver (GBT).
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-48 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

NEXRAD Com/Nav

Off CONUS Regional Combined

FPL
METAR
PIREP Direct-To
Wind/Temp Aloft
1,000 ft ... 53,000 ft Proc

SIGMET/AIRMET
Orientation Wpt Info

Track Up Heading Up North Up

Map
Legend
Traffic
Figure 11-70 FIS-B Weather Functional Diagram
Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-49

Foreword Weather Product Expiration Transmission Update Interval (Minutes)
Time Interval
Getting (Minutes) (Minutes)
Started
CONUS NEXRAD 60 15 15
Xpdr Ctrl Regional NEXRAD 30 2.5 5
AIRMETs 60 5 As Available (Typically 20
Com/Nav
minutes)
FPL SIGMETs 60 5 As Available (Typically 20
minutes), then at 15 minute
Direct-To intervals for 1 hour
METARs 90 5 1 minute (where available),
Proc
As Available otherwise
(Typically ≤ 20 minutes)
Wpt Info
Winds and 90 or at the 10 12 hours
Map Temperatures Aloft end of the
valid period
Traffic Pilot Weather 90 10 As available (Typically 20
Report (PIREP) minutes)
Terrain (Blue - Regular,
Yellow - Urgent)
Weather
TAFs 60 10 8 hours
Nearest
TFRs 60 10 20
NOTAMs 60 10 As available (Typically 20
Services/
Music minutes)
Table 11-7 FIS-B Weather Products and Aging
Utilities
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to
determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link
System
weather product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing
weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by
Messages the data link weather product may be significantly older than the indicated
weather product age.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-50 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.4.1 FIS-B Operation Foreword
Weather data reception time is shown in the upper right corner of the screen.
An indicated time shows if the aircraft is currently within reception coverage Getting
Started
of a ground station with weather broadcast capabilities. The ground system
determines the weather coverage area and extent of data that is transmitted by Xpdr Ctrl
each ground station. The GDL 88 can display weather from multiple ground
stations. Com/Nav

1. From the Home page, touch the Weather key on the Home FPL
page and then touch the FIS-B Weather key (if necessary).
Direct-To
Age Of Selected
Weather Products
Proc

NEXRAD Touch + or - To Wpt Info

Selection Select Map Range
Figure 11-71 FIS-B Weather Page (NEXRAD Key Shown) Map

2. While viewing the FIS-B weather page, touch the Menu key Traffic
to configure the Data Link Weather page.
Touch NEXRAD Terrain
Key To Select Off,
CONUS, Regional,
Weather
or Combined
Weather Overlay NEXRAD
Map Orientation Nearest
Touch Legend Key Touch Keys To
To Display Legend Select Weather Services/
Product. Green Bar Music
Indicates Selected
Product. Utilities
Figure 11-72 FIS-B Weather Data Link Menu
3. Once you selected what items you want to display, touch BACK System
to return to the FIS-B Weather page.
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-51

Foreword
11.4.2 FIS-B NEXRAD
WSR-88D weather surveillance radar or NEXRAD (NEXt generation RADar) is
Getting
Started a Doppler radar system that has greatly improved the detection of meteorological
events such as thunderstorms, tornadoes, and hurricanes. An extensive network
Xpdr Ctrl of NEXRAD stations provides almost complete radar coverage of the continental
United States, Alaska, and Hawaii. The unobstructed range of each NEXRAD is
Com/Nav
124 nautical miles.
FPL 11.4.2.1 NEXRAD Abnormalities
There are possible abnormalities regarding displayed NEXRAD images. Some,
Direct-To
but not all, causes of abnormal displayed information include:
Proc • Ground Clutter
• Strobes and spurious radar data
Wpt Info
• Sun strobes, when the radar antenna points directly at the sun
Map • Military aircraft deploy metallic dust which can cause alterations in radar
scans
Traffic
• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows
Terrain • Scheduled maintenance may put a radar off-line

Weather 11.4.2.2 NEXRAD Limitations

Certain limitations exist regarding the NEXRAD radar displays. Some, but
Nearest not all, are listed for the user’s awareness:
Services/ • The Regional NEXRAD “pixels” are 1.5 minutes (1.5 nautical miles
Music = 2.78 km) wide by 1 minute (1 nautical miles = 1.852 km) tall. The
Utilities
CONUS NEXRAD “pixels” are 7.5 minutes (7.5 nautical miles = 13.89
km) wide by 5 minutes (5 nautical miles = 9.26 km) wide. Above 60
System degrees of latitude the Regional NEXRAD "pixels" are 3 minutes/nautical
miles. CONUS NEXRAD is not available above 60 degrees of latitude.
Messages The intensity level reflected by the pixel will be the highest level sampled
within the area covered by each pixel.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-52 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.4.2.3 NEXRAD Intensity
Foreword
Colors are used to identify the different NEXRAD echo intensities (reflectivity)
measured in dBZ (decibels of Z). “Reflectivity” is the amount of transmitted power Getting
Started
returned to the radar receiver. Reflectivity (designated by the letter Z) covers a
wide range of signals (from very weak to very strong). So, a more convenient Xpdr Ctrl
number for calculations and comparison, a decibel (or logarithmic) scale (dBZ),
is used. The dBZ values increase as the strength of the signal returned to the Com/Nav

radar increases.
FPL
11.4.2.4 NEXRAD
When enabled, NEXRAD weather information is shown. Composite data Direct-To

from all of the NEXRAD radar sites in the United States is shown. This data is
composed of the maximum reflectivity from the individual radar sweeps. The Proc

display of the information is color-coded to indicate the weather level severity.

Wpt Info
Refer to the legend for a description of the color code.
The NEXRAD option has selections of Regional, CONUS, or Combined Map
NEXRAD. CONUS NEXRAD includes a composite of available NEXRAD radar
imagery across the 48 states. Regional NEXRAD is a composite of available Traffic
NEXRAD radar imagery in a local area, showing a more detailed image
than CONUS NEXRAD. FIS-B weather data reception requires line-of-site Terrain
communication between the receiver and the ADS-B ground station. Incomplete
Regional and/or CONUS NEXRAD imagery displayed on the MAP and FIS-B Weather
Weather Pages of the affected products is an indicator of poor FIS-B reception.
Nearest
Affected Areas
Any area in the continental United States (CONUS) or Alaska where the Services/
Music
distance from ADS-B ground stations, or the combined effect of distance and
low altitude, is sufficiently great may cause poor reception. A good source of Utilities
information for ground station coverage can be found at:
http://www.faa.gov/nextgen/flashmap/ System

Reception will improve in some affected areas as the FAA completes the
Messages
NextGen ADS-B ground station infrastructure. However, due to line-of-sight
broadcast characteristics, operators with properly installed and functioning Symbols
equipment may still receive incomplete FIS-B data when signal reception is
limited by the distance from ground stations combined with a low altitude. Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-53

 The example below displays an area where FIS-B data is degraded due to
Foreword
poor reception:
Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic Figure 11-73 Example of Areas Where FIS-B Reception Is Unavailable

Terrain
Continental US NEXRAD (CONUS)
Weather The Display CONUS NEXRAD selection shows NEXRAD radar information
for the entire continental United States. CONUS NEXRAD data is updated every
Nearest 15 minutes.
Services/
Music
CONUS NEXRAD
Coverage Shown
Utilities
Out Of CONUS
System
CONUS Selected NEXRAD
On NEXRAD Key Coverage
Messages Figure 11-74 Weather Page With CONUS Displayed

Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-54 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

Regional NEXRAD
Foreword
The Regional NEXRAD selection shows regional NEXRAD radar information
within 500 NM of the aircraft location. Getting
Started
Out Of Regional
NEXRAD Coverage Xpdr Ctrl
Within Regional
NEXRAD Area But
Coverage Not Available Com/Nav

Regional Selected
On NEXRAD Key FPL

Figure 11-75 Weather Page With Regional NEXRAD Displayed

Direct-To
Combined NEXRAD
Proc
Regional NEXRAD data and CONUS NEXRAD data are shown together. The
two types of NEXRAD are separated by a white stippled border. This boundary Wpt Info
is updated whenever new Regional or CONUS NEXRAD data is received. The
radius of the boundary is fixed at 150 NM. Map
Out Of Regional
NEXRAD Coverage
Traffic
Regional NEXRAD
Boundary Shown
Terrain
NEXRAD Weather Shown
CONUS & Regional Weather
Selected On NEXRAD Key
Figure 11-76 Weather Page With Combined NEXRAD Displayed Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-55

 Selecting NEXRAD in the FIS-B Weather Menu
Foreword
1. While viewing the FIS-B weather page, touch the Menu key
Getting to select the NEXRAD choice.
Started
2. Touch the NEXRAD key to select Off, Regional, CONUS, or
Xpdr Ctrl Combined NEXRAD.

Com/Nav

FPL
Touch the Desired
Direct-To
NEXRAD Source

Proc

Wpt Info Figure 11-77 NEXRAD Source Selection

3. Touch the Back key to return to the FIS-B Weather Menu.
Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-56 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.4.3 FIS-B TFRs Foreword
Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs) provide detailed information for local
Getting
short term restrictions. The update rate is approximately every 20 minutes. Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL
Figure 11-78 FIS-B TFR Legend
Direct-To
1. Touch a TFR symbol on the Weather page to view details.
Proc

Wpt Info

Touch TFR Symbol Map

To View Details
Traffic

Terrain
TFR Detail
Weather

Figure 11-79 FIS-B TFR Detail Nearest

2. Touch the Back key to return to the Weather display. Services/

Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-57

Foreword
11.4.4 FIS-B METARs
When enabled, graphic METARs (METeorological Aviation Reports) are
Getting shown as colored flags at airports that provide METAR reports. Press the
Started
METARs key to enable or disable METARs. Refer to the Legend for a description
Xpdr Ctrl of the color code. The update rate is every five minutes.
METAR Symbol Description
Com/Nav
VFR (ceiling greater than 3000 ft. AGL and visibility greater than
FPL
five miles)
Marginal VFR (ceiling 1000–3000 ft. AGL and/or visibility three to
Direct-To five miles)
IFR (ceiling 500 to below 1000 ft. AGL and/or visibility one mile to
Proc less than three miles)
Low IFR (ceiling below 500 ft. AGL or visibility less than one mile)
Wpt Info
Unknown
Map
Table 11-8 METAR Symbols

Traffic
1. While viewing the FIS-B weather page, touch the Menu key
to select the METAR choice. Touch an airport symbol for more
Terrain METAR detail.

Weather
Product Age
Touch Airport For
Nearest METAR Detail

Services/ METAR Flags

Music

Utilities

System METAR Detail

Messages

Figure 11-80 METARS Map Symbols and Detail

Symbols
2. Touch the METAR key to toggle METARS on or off.
Appendix
3. Touch the Back key to return to the FIS-B Weather page.
Index

11-58 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.4.5 FIS-B PIREPs Foreword
Pilot Weather Reports (PIREPs) provide timely weather information. When
Getting
significant weather conditions are reported or forecast, Air Traffic Control (ATC) Started
facilities are required to solicit PIREPs. A PIREP may contain non-forecast
adverse weather conditions, such as low in-flight visibility, icing conditions, Xpdr Ctrl

wind shear, and turbulence. PIREPs are issued as either Routine (UA) or Urgent
Com/Nav
(UUA). The update rate is approximately every 20 minutes.
1. While viewing the FIS-B weather page, touch the Menu key FPL
to select the PIREP choice.
2. Touch the PIREP key to toggle PIREPs on or off. Direct-To

3. Touch a weather information symbol to view details for that Proc

item.
Wpt Info

Map

Routine PIREP Traffic

Symbol (Blue).
Touch For Details.
Terrain

Weather

Nearest
PIREP Details
Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Figure 11-81 PIREP Information Detail and Legend Symbols

4. Touch the Back key to remove the detailed information.

Appendix

5. Touch the PIREP key again to turn it off. Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-59

Foreword
11.4.6 FIS-B Winds and Temperatures Aloft
Winds and Temperatures Aloft data shows the forecast wind speed, direction,
Getting
Started and Temperature at selected altitudes. Altitudes can be selected in increments
from the 1,000 feet up to 53,000 feet. The update rate is every 12 hours.
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Wind/
Com/Nav Temp Aloft key.

FPL

Direct-To

Proc
Wind Symbols
Wpt Info

Map

Selected Wind Altitude

Traffic
Touch To Select
Wind Altitude
Terrain
Figure 11-82 Winds Aloft

Weather 2. Touch the WX Aloft ALT – or + keys to increase or decrease

the reporting altitude of the winds aloft in increments. The
Nearest
selected altitude is shown in a window above the altitude keys.
Services/ 3. Touch the Wind/Temp Aloft key again to turn it off.
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Figure 11-83 FIS-B Winds Aloft Legend

Appendix

Index

11-60 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

11.4.7 FIS-B SIGMETs and AIRMETs Foreword
SIGMETs (SIGnificant METerological Information) and AIRMETs (AIRmen’s
Getting
METerological Information) are broadcast for potentially hazardous weather Started
considered of importance to aircraft. The update rate is approximately every 20
minutes. Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Figure 11-84 FIS-B SIGMET/AIRMET Legend

Wpt Info
1. While viewing the FIS-B Weather menu, touch the SIGMET/
AIRMET key. Map

Traffic

Surface Winds Terrain

Turbulence Line
Weather
Mountain Obscured
Figure 11-85 FIS-B SIGMETs and AIRMETs Map
Nearest

2. Touch a SIGMET/AIRMET line to view details. Touch the Back Services/

key to return to the Weather display. Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Figure 11-86 SIGMET and AIRMET Details Symbols

3. Touch the SIGMET/AIRMET key again to turn it off.

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 11-61

Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
This page intentionally left blank

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

11-62 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

12 NEAREST Foreword

Getting
The Nearest function provides detailed information for the 25 nearest Started
airports, VORs, NDBs, Intersections and User waypoints within 200 NM of your
current position. In addition, the Nearest pages include the five nearest Flight Xpdr Ctrl

Service Station (FSS) and center (ARTCC/FIR) points of communication and

Com/Nav
alert you to any Special Use (SUA) or Controlled Airspace you may be in or near.
Function Title FPL
Touch Slider And Drag To
View More Waypoint Types Direct-To
Nearest Waypoint Types
Use Up/Down Keys To Proc
View More Waypoint Types
Figure 12-1 Nearest Page Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

List Terrain
List List
Wpt Info Wpt Info Frequency
Weather

List List List Nearest

Wpt Info Wpt Info Frequency

Services/
Music

List List List Utilities

Wpt Info Airspace Info Wpt Info

Freq Frequency System

Figure 12-2 Nearest Page Functional Map Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 12-1

Foreword
12.1 Select a Nearest Page
The available waypoint types are shown on the Nearest page. Touch the key
Getting
Started to display the nearest 25 waypoint types (FSS and ARTCC will display up to
five items). Not all 25 nearest waypoints can be displayed on the corresponding
Xpdr Ctrl
Nearest page at one time. The Nearest page displays detailed information for five
nearest items.
Com/Nav
1. On the Home page, touch the Nearest key.
FPL

Direct-To 2. Touch the desired waypoint type (Airport, VOR, etc.) and then
touch the Up and Down keys on the lower right of the display
Proc to navigate through the list of available items. You can also
touch an item on the list and drag your finger to scroll the
Wpt Info
list.
Map
3. Touch the highlighted item to view more detailed
information.
Traffic 4. To navigate Direct-To the waypoint you're viewing, press the
Direct-To key. The waypoint will be loaded into the Waypoint
Terrain window of the Direct-To function.
5. Touch the Activate key to navigate directly to that
Weather
waypoint.
Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

12-2 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

12.2 Nearest Airport Foreword
The Nearest Airport Page displays the identifier, symbol, bearing and distance,
Getting
and the length of the longest runway for the 25 nearest airports (within 200 NM Started
of your present position).
Xpdr Ctrl
The Nearest Airport Page can be configured to exclude shorter runways or
undesirable runway surface types, so that the corresponding airports do not Com/Nav
appear on the list. You may wish to use this feature to exclude seaplane bases,
heliports, or runway lengths which would be difficult or impossible to land upon. FPL
See System - Setup - Nearest Airport Criteria for information about configuring the
Nearest Airport display criteria. Direct-To

1. While viewing the Nearest function, touch the Airport key. A Proc
list of the nearest 25 airports within 200 NM will be listed.
Wpt Info
Scroll Bar Indicates
Airport More Items On The List
Identifier Map
Airport Information
Up/Down Keys Indicate Traffic
More Items On The List
Terrain
Figure 12-3 Nearest Airport
2. Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list. Weather

3. Touch the Airport Identifier key to show the Waypoint Info Nearest

page for the selected airport. Services/

Music
Airport Information
Referenced To
Current Position Utilities

Touch A Key For More System

Airport Information
Messages

Figure 12-4 Nearest Airport Waypoint Info

Symbols
4. Touch one of the keys (Map, Procedures, Runways, etc.) for
more information about the selected airport.
Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 12-3

Foreword
12.3 Nearest Intersection (INT)
The Nearest Intersection Page displays the identifier, symbol, bearing and
Getting
Started distance to the 25 nearest intersections (within 200 NM of your present position).
1. While viewing the Nearest function, touch the INT key. A list
Xpdr Ctrl
of the nearest 25 Intersections within 200 NM will be listed.
Com/Nav Slider Indicates More
Intersection Items On The List
FPL
Identifier
Intersection
Information
Direct-To Arrow Indicates More
Items On The List
Proc Figure 12-5 Nearest Intersection List

Wpt Info 2. Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list.

Map

Touch Screen And Drag

Traffic Finger To View More
Items On The List
Terrain
Touch Arrows To View
More Items On The List
Weather
Figure 12-6 Scrolling Down the Nearest Intersection List
Nearest 3. Touch the Intersection Identifier key to show the Waypoint
Info page for the selected Intersection.
Services/
Music
Intersection
Information Referenced
Utilities To Current Position

System
Touch To View
Intersection Map Detail
Messages
Figure 12-7 Nearest Intersection Waypoint Detail
Symbols

Appendix

Index

12-4 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

12.4 Nearest VOR Foreword
The Nearest VOR Page displays the identifier, symbol, bearing and distance
Getting
to the 25 nearest VORs (within 200 NM of your present position). For each VOR Started
listed, the Nearest VOR Page also indicates the frequency and may be used to
Xpdr Ctrl
quickly tune the Nav radio to the nearby VOR (GTN 650 only).
Touch the VOR Frequency key to place the frequency in the standby field of the Com/Nav
Nav window. Touch the Nav Active window to flip/flop the Nav frequencies.
FPL
1. While viewing the Nearest function, touch the VOR key. A list
of the nearest 25 VORs within 200 NM will be listed.
Direct-To
Nearest VOR
Nearest VOR Frequency Proc
Identifier
Distance
from Current Wpt Info
Bearing Position to VOR
from Current
Position to VOR Map

Figure 12-8 Nearest VOR List and Information

Traffic

2. Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list.

Terrain

3. Touch the VOR Identifier key to show the Waypoint Info Weather
page for the selected VOR.
Nearest
Touch To Select VOR Information
New Waypoint Referenced To
Current Position Services/
Additional VOR Music
Information
Utilities
Touch To View Touch To Place
VOR Map Detail Freq In Standby
System
Figure 12-9 Nearest VOR Waypoint Information
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 12-5

 4. Touch the Frequency key on this page or from the Nearest VOR
Foreword
List page to place the selected frequency into the Nav Standby
Getting window. Touch the Preview key to view map detail.
Started

Xpdr Ctrl
VOR Frequency Inserted
Into Standby Window.
Com/Nav Touch To Flip/Flop Freqs

FPL VOR Map Preview

Direct-To Figure 12-10 Nearest VOR Frequency Entry

Proc 12.5 Nearest NDB

The Nearest NDB Page displays the identifier, symbol, bearing, distance and
Wpt Info
frequency to the 25 nearest NDBs (within 200 NM of your present position).
Map 1. While viewing the Nearest function, touch the NDB key. A list
of the nearest 25 NDBs within 200 NM will be listed.
Traffic
NDB Identifier. NDB
Touch For Information
Terrain More Detail.

Weather
Arrows Indicate More
Items On The List
Nearest
Figure 12-11 Nearest NDB
Services/ 2. Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list.
Music

Utilities 3. Touch the NDB Identifier key to show the Waypoint Info
page for the selected NDB.
System
Touch To Select NDB Information
New Waypoint Referenced To
Messages Current Position
Additional NDB
Information
Symbols
Touch To View
NDB Map Detail
Appendix
Figure 12-12 Nearest NDB Waypoint Information
Index

12-6 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

12.6 Nearest User Waypoint Foreword
The Nearest User Waypoint Page displays the name, bearing and distance to
Getting
the 25 nearest user waypoints (within 200 NM of your present position). Started

1. While viewing the Nearest function, touch the User WPT key. Xpdr Ctrl
A list of the nearest 25 User waypoints within 200 NM will be
listed. Com/Nav

Nearest User FPL

Wpt Identifier Distance and
Bearing from
Current Position to Direct-To
User Wpt
Proc

Figure 12-13 Nearest User Waypoint

Wpt Info
2. Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list.
Map

3. Touch the Nearest User Waypoint Identifier key to show

the Waypoint Info page for the selected User waypoint. Traffic

Delete Wpt Terrain

Distance & Bearing
Identifier, Symbol, To Wpt From
Current Position Weather
& References
Distance & Bearing Nearest
Edit Wpt To Wpt From
Reference Wpt
Touch To View Services/
Area Map View All Wpts Music

Wpts Used Utilities

Figure 12-14 Nearest User Waypoint Information System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 12-7

Foreword
12.7 Nearest Airspace
The Nearest Airspace Page, alerts you to as many as nine controlled or special
Getting
Started use airspaces near or in your flight path. Alerts are provided according to the
following conditions:
Xpdr Ctrl
• If your projected course will take you inside an airspace within the
Com/Nav next ten minutes, the alert message “AIRSPACE ALERT - Airspace entry
in less than 10 minutes” appears. The Nearest Airspace Page shows the
FPL airspace as “Airspace Ahead”.
• If you are within two nautical miles of an airspace and your current
Direct-To
course will take you inside, the message “AIRSPACE ALERT - Within
2nm of airspace” appears. The Nearest Airspace Page shows the air-
Proc
space as “Airspace Within 2 NM”.
Wpt Info • If you are within two nautical miles of an airspace and your current
course will take you inside in less than 10 minutes, the message “AIR-
Map SPACE ALERT - Airspace within 2nm and entry in less than 10 minutes”
appears. The Nearest Airspace Page shows the airspace as “Ahead <
Traffic 2 NM”.
Terrain
• If you have entered an airspace, the message “AIRSPACE ALERT -
Inside Airspace” appears. The Nearest Airspace Page shows “Inside of
Weather airspace”.
Note that the airspace alerts are based on three-dimensional data (latitude,
Nearest
longitude and altitude) to avoid nuisance alerts. The alert boundaries for
Services/ controlled airspace are also sectorized to provide complete information on
Music any nearby airspace. Once one of the described conditions exists, the message
Utilities
annunciator flashes, alerting you of an airspace message (if airspace alert messages
are enabled). See System-Alerts to set the Arrival Alert Proximity, Airspace Type,
System and Altitude Buffer values.

NOTE: The Airspace Alert setting does not alter the depiction of airspace,
Messages
or change the Smart Airspace setting for the main map page.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

12-8 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Map Pointer Map Pointer
Location Relative Foreword
To Present Position Selected Getting
Airspace Airspace Sector Started
Sector
Name Current Position
Xpdr Ctrl
Active Flight Airspace
Plan Leg Boundary
Com/Nav
Figure 12-15 Airspace Sectors
1. While viewing the Nearest function, touch the Airspace key.
FPL
A list of the nearest 25 Airspaces within 200 NM along the
aircraft flight path will be listed, depending on the airspace
types and values set by the user. Direct-To

Proc
Airspace
Airspace Proximity Wpt Info
Name Information
Map

Figure 12-16 Nearest Airspace List

Traffic
2. Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list.
Terrain
3. Touch the Airspace Identifier key to show the Waypoint
Info page for the selected Airspace. Weather
Airspace
Name Nearest
Airspace Contact
Name Airspace Services/
Information Music

Utilities
Touch To Touch To
View Airspace View Airspace System
Frequency List Vicinity Map
Figure 12-17 Nearest Airspace Waypoint Information Messages
Once you have been provided an airspace alert message, detailed information
concerning the specific airspace is provided on the Nearest Airspace Page. The Symbols
Nearest Airspace Page displays the airspace name, status (“AIRSPACE ALERT -
inside Airspace”, “AIRSPACE ALERT - Airspace entry in less than 10 minutes”, Appendix
etc.), and a time to entry (if applicable). By selecting any airspace name listed
on the Nearest Airspace Page, additional details are provided — including Index
controlling agency, communication frequencies and floor/ceiling limits.
190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 12-9
Foreword
12.8 Nearest ARTCC
The Nearest ARTCC page displays the facility name, bearing to, distance, and
Getting
Started frequency to the five nearest ARTCC points of communication (within 200 NM
of your present position). For each ARTCC listed, the Nearest ARTCC page also
Xpdr Ctrl
indicates the frequency(s) and may be used to quickly tune the COM transceiver
to the center’s frequency.
Com/Nav
Touch the ARTCC Frequency key to place the frequency in the standby
FPL field of the COM window. Touch the COM Active window to flip/flop the Com
frequencies (GTN 650 only).
Direct-To
1. While viewing the Nearest function, touch the ARTCC key. A
Proc list of the nearest 25 ARTCCs within 200 NM will be listed.
ARTCC Frequency
Wpt Info Key With Multiple
Frequencies Available
ARTCC
Map Name and ARTCC Frequency
Information Key. Touch To Insert
Into Standby Com.
Traffic

Figure 12-18 Nearest ARTCC

Terrain
2. Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list as
Weather needed.
3. The Frequency category will show "Multiple" keys if multiple
Nearest frequencies are available. Touch the Multiple FREQ key to
display the frequencies.
Services/
Music ARTCC Touch To Flip/Flop
Multiple Active And Standby
Utilities Frequency List Frequencies
ARTCC
Selected Multiple
System ARTCC Frequency
Frequency Key Key
Messages
Figure 12-19 Nearest ARTCC Multiple Frequency List
Symbols
4. Touch the key for the desired frequency to place the selected
frequency into the Com Standby window.
Appendix

Index

12-10 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

12.9 Nearest Flight Service Station (FSS) Foreword
The Nearest Flight Service Station (FSS) page displays the facility name, bearing
Getting
to, distance, and frequency to the five nearest FSS points of communication Started
(within 200 NM of your present position). For each FSS listed, the Nearest FSS
Xpdr Ctrl
page also indicates the frequency(s) and may be used to quickly tune the COM
transceiver to the FSS’s frequency.
Com/Nav
Touch the FSS Frequency key to place the frequency in the standby field
of the COM window. Touch the COM Active window to flip/flop the Com FPL
frequencies (GTN 650 only).
1. While viewing the Nearest function, touch the FSS key. A list Direct-To

of the nearest 25 FSSs within 200 NM will be listed.

Proc
FSS Name FSS Frequency
and Key Wpt Info
Information
FSS Frequency
Key With Map
Multiple
Frequencies
Traffic
Available
Figure 12-20 Nearest FSS
Terrain
2. Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list, if
necessary. Weather
3. The Frequency key will show "Multiple" if multiple frequencies
are available. Touch the "Multiple" Frequency key to display Nearest

the frequencies.
Services/
Music
4. Touch the key for the desired frequency to place the selected
frequency into the Com Standby window. Utilities

Selected FSS System

FSS Multiple Frequency
Frequency List Inserted Into
Standby Window Messages

FSS Multiple
Frequency Key Symbols

Figure 12-21 Selected FSS Frequency From List

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 12-11

Foreword
12.10 Nearest Weather Frequency (WX Freq)
The Nearest WX FREQ function displays facility name, bearing to, distance,
Getting
Started and frequency for the nearest 25 Automatic Terminal Information Service
(ATIS), Automated Service Observing System (ASOS), and Automated Weather
Xpdr Ctrl
Observing Station (AWOS) weather reporting stations within 200 NM.
Com/Nav 1. While viewing the Nearest function, touch the WX FREQ key.
A list of the nearest 25 Weather stations within 200 NM will
FPL be listed.
Reporting
Direct-To Weather AWOS Frequency
Waypoint
Proc Identifier ATIS Frequency
Distance and
Bearing from Arrows Indicate
Wpt Info
Current Position to More Items On
User Wpt The List
Map Figure 12-22 Nearest Weather Station

Traffic 2. Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list, as
needed.
Terrain
3. Touch the key for the desired frequency to place the selected
Weather frequency into the Com Standby window.
Selected Weather
Nearest Frequency Key
Selected Weather Frequency
Services/ Inserted Into Standby Window
Music

Utilities

Figure 12-23 Nearest Weather Station Selected Frequency

System

4. Touch the Weather Station Identifier key to show the

Messages
Waypoint Info page for the selected Weather station.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

12-12 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

13 SERVICES/MUSIC Foreword

The Services function is available when certain optional features are installed Getting
Started
and enabled. The key will be labeled as Music when only the Music feature
is enabled. Music is provided through SiriusXM Satellite Radio. The GSR 56 Xpdr Ctrl
is an Iridium® satellite transceiver that supports voice telephone calls, aircraft
position reporting, and world wide weather products. Com/Nav

While viewing the Home page, touch the Services key to view
the Services page. FPL

Touch To Use Direct-To

Text Messaging
Touch To Use Proc
Phone Services Touch To Access
SiriusXM Music
Touch To Wpt Info
Setup Position Touch To Access
Reporting Your Contact List
Map

Figure 13-1 Services Page

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Status Inbox Status Add

Services/
Phone Number Drafts Name Music
Automatic Reporting
Outbox Phone Number
Call/End Call Time Period
Utilities
Email Address
Volume
Volume Save Contact
System
Suppression Existing Contact
Call
Off Messages
Message
On
Edit
On During
APR/MAPR/ Delete Symbols
TERM
Appendix
Figure 13-2 Services Functional Diagram
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 13-1

Foreword
13.1 Music
Getting
NOTE: Refer to the Weather Section for information about SiriusXM
Started Weather products.

Xpdr Ctrl
The optional SiriusXM Radio entertainment feature of the GDL 69A Data
Link Receiver is available for the pilot’s and passengers’ enjoyment. The GDL
Com/Nav
69A can receive SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment services at any altitude
FPL
throughout the Continental United States Entertainment audio is not available
on the GDL 69 Data Link Receiver.
Direct-To SiriusXM Satellite Radio offers a variety of radio programming over long distances
without having to constantly search for new stations. Based on signals from satellites,
Proc coverage far exceeds land-based transmissions. SiriusXM Satellite Radio services
are subscription-based. For more information on specific service packages, visit
Wpt Info
http://www.garmin.com/xm/.
Audio entertainment is available through the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
Map
when activated in the optional installation of the GDL 69A. The GTN unit serves
Traffic
as the display and control head for your remotely mounted GDL 69A. When
enabled, the SiriusXM Satellite Radio audio entertainment is accessible in the
Terrain Music function.
The information on the SiriusXM Satellite Radio display is composed of
Weather
four areas: the Active Channel, Available Channels, Category of the highlighted
channel, and the Volume setting. The Active Channel window shows the
Nearest
Channel Name and Number, Artist, Song Title, and Category.
Services/
Music

Utilities

System
Channel Prev/Next Browse Volume Presets Menu
Messages Channel XM 1 GDL 69
Channel Up/Down
XM 2 Status
Category Mute
Symbols Select with XM 3
keypad
Appendix
Figure 13-3 Music Functional Map

Index

13-2 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

13.2 Activating SiriusXM Satellite Radio Services Foreword
The service is activated by providing SiriusXM Satellite Radio with either
Getting
one or two coded IDs, depending on the equipment. Either the Audio Radio ID Started
or the Data Radio ID, or both, must be provided to SiriusXM Satellite Radio to
Xpdr Ctrl
activate the entertainment subscription. The SiriusXM Satellite Radio Activation
Instructions are included with the GDL 69A (also available at www.garmin.
Com/Nav
com, P/N 190-00355-04).
It is not required to activate both the entertainment and weather service FPL
subscriptions with the GDL 69A. Either or both services can be activated.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio uses one or both of the coded IDs to send an activation Direct-To
signal that, when received by the GDL 69A, allows it to play entertainment
programming. Proc

These IDs are located: Wpt Info

• On the label on the back of the Data Link Receiver

Map
• On the Music Menu
Traffic
Contact the installer if the Data Radio ID and the Audio Radio ID cannot be
located. Terrain

NOTE: Refer to the GDL 69/69A SiriusXM Satellite Radio Activation

Weather
Instructions (190-00355-04) for further information.

Nearest
1. Contact SiriusXM Weather through the e-mail address listed on
their web site (www.xmradio.com) or by the customer service Services/
phone number listed on the web site (1-800-985-9200). Music

2. Follow the instructions provided. Utilities

If SiriusXM weather services have not been activated, all the weather product
System
boxes are cleared on the XM Information Page and a yellow Activation Required
message is displayed in the center of the Weather Data Link Page (Map Page
Messages
Group). The Service Class refers to the groupings of weather products available
for subscription. Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 13-3

Foreword
13.3 Music Operation
The GTN 6XX provides control for enjoying SiriusXM Radio audio
Getting entertainment in the aircraft. The Music function allows selecting music
Started
categories and specific channels, as well as saving category and channel selections
Xpdr Ctrl as presets for quick recall. The music volume level may also be managed.
Name Of Current Current Signal
Com/Nav Channel Category Level
Channel Number.
FPL Touch to Select a
Channel.
Current Volume.
Direct-To
Touch Step To Touch to Change
Previous Or Next Volume.
Channel
Proc Touch To Select
Current Preset. Preset
Touch To Step
Wpt Info Through Presets. Touch to Change Channels
Or Categories.
Map Figure 13-4 Music Menu

Traffic
Navigate through the channels in a category by touching the
Terrain Previous and Next channel keys.

Weather

Nearest NOTE: The Music Configuration function can be set so that when there
is radio reception or intercom conversation, the music level is dropped to
Services/ a low, or background level. When the radio or intercom traffic ceases, the
Music
level gradually returns to normal.
Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

13-4 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

13.3.1 Browsing Channels and Categories Foreword
The Category window displays the currently selected category of audio.
Categories of channels, such as Jazz, Rock, or News, can be selected to list the Getting
Started
available channels for a type of music or other contents.
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Music page, touch the Browse key and
then touch the desired channel to select it.
Com/Nav
Channel List
FPL

Touch to Change
Categories. Direct-To
Current
Channel
Proc

Wpt Info
Figure 13-5 Music Channels

2. Touch the Category key to activate Category selection and Map

then touch the desired Category to select it.

Traffic

Terrain
Selected
Category Weather
Categories.
Touch to Select.
Nearest
Figure 13-6 Music Categories
Services/
3. The current category will be shown at the top of the display. Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 13-5

Foreword
13.3.2 Selecting a SiriusXM Satellite Radio Channel
by Number
Getting
Started Channels may be selected directly in the selected category using the numeric
keypad.
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the main Music page, touch the Channel key.
Com/Nav
The Channel Number selection page will appear.

FPL Touch Channel Key

Direct-To

Proc
Figure 13-7 Selecting Music Channels
Wpt Info
2. Use the numeric keys to enter the number for the desired
channel and then touch the Enter key.
Map
Touch to Clear
Channel Channel Number
Traffic
Number Window
Window
Terrain
Numeric Keypad
for Channel
Number Selection
Weather
Touch Enter Or
Press Small Knob
Nearest To Save Number
Figure 13-8 Selecting Music Channels with the Numeric Keypad
Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

13-6 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

13.3.3 SiriusXM Satellite Radio Volume Foreword
The Volume control allows you to set the audio volume level, as well as mute
Getting
the audio. Started
1. While viewing the Music page, touch the Volume key.
Xpdr Ctrl
Bar Graph Showing Volume Level
Com/Nav

Touch Lower Touch Raise The Volume FPL

The Volume
Direct-To
Touch To Toggle Mute
Proc

Figure 13-9 Music Volume Control

Wpt Info
2. Touch the Up or Down Volume keys to adjust the radio volume.
Map

3. Touch MUTE to mute the radio volume. Traffic

Terrain
4. Touch MUTE again or the Volume key to unmute the radio
volume. Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 13-7

Foreword
13.3.4 SiriusXM Satellite Radio Channel Presets
The Music page allows you to store the Active Channel into a selected preset
Getting
Started position for easy later recall. A delay of several seconds can occur when setting
or recalling a preset.
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL
Touch To Recall
Selected Preset
Direct-To
Touch To Select Bank of Presets (XM 1, XM 2, or XM 3)
Proc Figure 13-10 Music Menu Presets

Wpt Info
13.3.4.1 Saving a Preset
1. While viewing the desired channel, select the preset bank
Map for saving the preset (XM 1, XM 2, or XM 3) by touching the
Presets key until the desire bank is shown.
Traffic
2. Touch the desired preset key and hold it for three seconds.
Terrain

Weather 13.3.4.2 Recalling a Preset

1. Touch the Presets key to select the preset bank (XM 1, XM
Nearest 2, or XM 3).
Services/ 2. Touch the desired preset key.
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

13-8 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

13.4 GDL 69/69A Data Link Receiver Foreword
Troubleshooting Getting
Some quick troubleshooting steps listed below can be performed to find the Started
possible cause of a failure.
Xpdr Ctrl
• Ensure the owner/operator of the aircraft in which the Data Link Receiver is
installed has subscribed to SiriusXM Satellite Radio Com/Nav
• Ensure the SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription has been activated
FPL
• Perform a quick check of the circuit breakers to ensure that power is applied
to the Data Link Receiver Direct-To
For troubleshooting purposes, check the Menu on the Music Page or the
GDL 69 Box on the System - External LRUs Page for Data Link Receiver Proc
(GDL 69/69A) status, serial number, and software version number. More
information about GDL Status is available in Section 15 - System Function - Wpt Info
External LRUs.
It may take several minutes for all subscribed data to become available after Map

power-up.
Traffic
1. Touch the Status key on the Music page. to display the
GDL 69/69A Status.
Terrain
Data Radio ID &
Signal Level
Weather
Audio Radio ID
Touch To View & Signal Level
Nearest
GDL Status Menu SW Version and
Serial Number Services/
Music
Touch To View
Weather Products
Utilities

Figure 13-11 GDL 69/69A Status Page

System
2. Touch the Menu key to display the GDL Status Menu.
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index
Figure 13-12 GDL Status Menu
190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 13-9
 3. Touch the Lock Activation key if this is for the initial
Foreword
subscription or a change in the subscription. Touch the OK
Getting key to continue the operation.
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL Figure 13-13 Lock Activation

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

13-10 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

13.5 Iridium Phone Operation (Optional) Foreword
Optional satellite telephone operation is available through the Iridium®
satellite system that is interfaced through the Garmin GSR 56. Getting
Started

Phone Status Touch To Start Xpdr Ctrl

Phone Call
Touch To Select
Phone Number Touch To End Com/Nav
To Call Phone Call
Touch To Select FPL
Touch To Adjust Suppression
Phone Volume Option
Direct-To
Figure 13-14 Services Phone Page
Proc
13.5.1 Status
The Status section shows the Call Time, Phone Status, and Call Suppression Wpt Info
selected. The Call Time value shows the length of the call time for the current
call using the Iridium phone. Phone Status shows the current operating status
Map
of the Iridium phone.
Traffic
Status Description
Idle The Iridium phone is not using the GSR 56 for communicating Terrain
at this time.
Initializing The GSR 56 and its driver are currently initializing. Weather
Connected The GSR 56 is connected to the called number.
Nearest
Connecting Call The GSR 56 is in the process of connecting to the called
number. Services/
Music
Changing Volume The volume level on the GSR 56 is changing.
Busy The phone is in use by another service and the call may not be Utilities
made.
Dialing The GSR 56 is dialing the called number. System

Incoming Call A call is being made to the GSR 56.

Messages
Hanging Up The GSR 56 is disconnecting from the current call.
Unavailable The GSR 56 is currently not usable by the Iridium phone system. Symbols

Table 13-1 Iridium Phone Status

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 13-11

Foreword
13.5.2 Making a Phone Call
1. While viewing the Iridium Phone page, touch Phone, select
Getting
Started
a phone number, or select one from Contacts.
Entered Phone Number
Xpdr Ctrl Touch To
Touch To Select Delete Previous
Number From Character
Com/Nav Existing Contacts
Touch To
FPL Select Phone
Number
Direct-To
Figure 13-15 Making a Phone Call
Proc 2. Touch Enter to accept the selected number.
3. Touch the Call key.
Wpt Info

Map Phone Status Touch To Start

Phone Call
Touch To Select
Traffic
Phone Number Touch To End
To Call Phone Call
Terrain Touch To Select
Touch To Adjust Suppression
Phone Volume Option
Weather
Figure 13-16 Phone Call In Progress
Nearest
4. To make a direct call with a keypad, touch the Touchtone
Services/ Entry key.
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols Figure 13-17 Touchtone Entry Pad

Appendix 5. After completing the call, touch the End Call key.

Index

13-12 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

13.5.3 Answering a Phone Call Foreword
An incoming phone call will generate a pop-up announcing the call. When
Getting
a call is accepted, the pop-up will show that the call is connected and the Started
cumulative call time will be shown.
Xpdr Ctrl
1. When an incoming call is available, touch the Enter key or the
ANSWER key to answer the call. Or, press the Ignore key to
Com/Nav
not answer the call and hang up.
FPL

Touch To Ignore
Touch To Answer Phone Call Direct-To
Phone Call
Proc

Figure 13-18 Incoming Call Display Wpt Info

2. After a called is accepted and connected, the connection
time will be shown on the pop-up. Touch the ATT soft key Map
to attenuate the call volume; touching it again will return to
normal volume. Touch the HANG UP soft key to end the call. Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 13-13

Foreword
13.5.4 Suppress Visuals
Call Suppression controls calling when use of the Iridium phone system is
Getting
Started allowed.

Xpdr Ctrl
NOTE: The “Suppress Visuals” setting only affects the visual indication
of an incoming call/text. It does not inhibit the phone ringer or incoming
SMS chime. Garmin recommends that you inhibit the audio from the GSR
Com/Nav
56 unless a phone call is active.
FPL
Status Description
Direct-To Off Call Suppression is turned off. Calls may be transmitted and
received through the Iridium phone.
Proc
On Call Suppression is turned on. The incoming call pop-up will not
be shown. The call may still be answered on the phone page.
Wpt Info
Outgoing calls are not affected.
Map
On During APR/ Call Suppression is turned on during Approach, Missed Approach,
MAPR/TERM and Terminal operations. The incoming call pop-up will not
Traffic be shown. The call may still be answered on the phone page.
Outgoing calls are not affected.
Terrain Table 13-2 Call Suppression
1. While viewing the Iridium Phone page, touch the Suppression
Weather
key.
Nearest
2. Touch the desired Call Suppression type.

Services/
Music

Utilities

Touch To Select The

System Desired Suppression

Messages Figure 13-19 Select Call/SMS Suppression

3. Or, press Back to return to the Phone page without making a
Symbols
selection.
Appendix

Index

13-14 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

13.5.5 Phone Volume Foreword
Use the Phone Volume controls to adjust the loudness of the phone calls
Getting
you hear. Volume controls will only be available when the Idle, Connected, or Started
Changing Volume states are displayed.
Xpdr Ctrl
Adjusting the Phone Volume with the Soft Keys
1. While viewing the Iridium Phone page, touch the VOL keys to Com/Nav
adjust the phone volume.
FPL

Touch To Touch To
Reduce Volume Increase Volume Direct-To

Proc
Phone Volume
Level Bar Graph
Wpt Info
Figure 13-20 Select Soft Keys for Phone Volume Adjustment
2. The phone volume level is shown as a bar graph. Map

13.5.6 SMS Text Operation Traffic

Send and receive text messages through the GSR 56 phone connection.
Terrain
1. While viewing the Services page, touch the SMS Text key.
Weather
Touch To
Touch To View Compose New
SMS Text Menu Message Nearest
Touch To Received
Messages Services/
Music
Touch To View
Draft Messages Utilities
Touch To View
Sent Messages System
Figure 13-21 SMS Text Page
Messages
2. Select Compose, Inbox, Drafts, or Outbox.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 13-15

 13.5.6.1 SMS Text Messaging Menu
Foreword
The SMS Text Messaging Menu allows you to sort, mark, or delete messages
Getting and select call suppression.
Started

Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Delete
Touch To Sort All Messages
Com/Nav
Msgs By Time
Touch To Select
Touch To Sort Suppression
FPL Msgs By Address Option

Direct-To Figure 13-22 SMS Text Messaging Menu

1. Touch the Time key to sort messages by Time or the Address
Proc key to sort by Address.

Wpt Info
2. Touch the Suppression key and then touch the call
Map suppression choice. The current choice will be shown on the
Suppression key.
Traffic
3. While viewing the Inbox, Drafts, or Outbox, touch the Mark
All As Read to tag the messages as having been read.
Terrain
4. Touch the Delete All Messages to delete the messages in
Weather
the viewed category.

13.5.6.2 Composing a SMS Text Message

Nearest
1. While viewing the SMS Text page, touch the Compose key.
Services/
Music
Touch To Select
Recipient
Utilities
Touch To Compose Touch To Send
System New Message Message
Figure 13-23 Compose a New SMS Text Message
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

13-16 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 2. Touch the To window to select the recipient. Select either a
Foreword
Phone Number or E-mail Address.
Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Select Touch To Select
Phone Number Email Address
Com/Nav

Figure 13-24 Select Destination for the SMS Text Message FPL
3. Use either the keypad or select from the Contacts.
Direct-To
4. Touch the Message window to enter the text for the message.
Use the keypad to create the message.
Proc
5. Touch Send to send the message. Touch Save to save the
message as a draft. Touch Delete to delete this message. Wpt Info

13.5.6.3 A Failed SMS Text Message

Map
1. While viewing the Services page, touch the SMS Text key
and touch the Outbox tab. A failed message is noted with an
Traffic
“x.”
Message With Terrain
Failed Mark
Weather

Outbox Group With

Nearest
Failed Notation
Figure 13-25 SMS Text Message List Showing a Failed Message Services/
Music
2. Touch the failed message. Touch the Send Again key to resend
the message. Utilities

Failed Message
System

Message Body
Messages
Touch Resend
Message
Symbols
Figure 13-26 Resend a Failed SMS Text Message
3. To delete the message, touch the Menu key and then the Appendix
Delete key.
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 13-17

Foreword

Getting
Started
Touch To Delete
Xpdr Ctrl Message

Figure 13-27 Delete a Failed SMS Text Message

Com/Nav

13.5.7 Position Reporting

FPL
Position Reporting is a system which collects system variables and transmits
Direct-To them over the Iridium® satellite at a given interval through the GSR 56.
1. While viewing the Services page, touch the Position Reports
Proc key.

Wpt Info

Report Status
Map

Touch To Manually
Traffic Touch To Enable Send A Report
Automatic
Terrain Reporting Touch To Set
Automatic
Reporting Period
Weather
Figure 13-28 Services Position Reporting
Nearest 2. Touch the Automatic Reporting key to enable Automatic
Reporting.
Services/
Music 3. After Automatic Reporting is enabled, touch the Report
Period key to set the Reporting Period.
Utilities
4. Select the Report Period with the keypad and press Enter.
System
5. When Automatic Reporting is disabled, touch the Send Report
Messages
key to manually send a report.

Symbols

Appendix

Index

13-18 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

13.5.7.1 Status
Foreword
The Status window shows the time until the next data transmission and the
status of the reporting system. Getting
Started

NOTE: The GSR 56 does not report its serial number until 90 seconds after Xpdr Ctrl
power up of the GTN. As a result, for that period, the product info for the
GSR 56 will show “Waiting.”
Com/Nav

13.5.7.2 Position Reporting Status FPL

The Time Until Transmit field is a countdown timer that shows the time until
the next data transmission. This field is blank when the aircraft is on the ground. Direct-To
Position Reporting will be enabled when the aircraft is in the air.
Proc
Status Description
Wpt Info
Idle The reporting system is not using the GSR 56 for reporting at
this time.
Map
Initializing The GSR 56 and its driver are currently initializing.
Transferring A position report is currently being transmitted. Traffic
Unavailable The GSR 56 is currently not usable by the reporting system.
Terrain
Table 13-3 Position Reporting Status

Weather
Countdown Time Until Transmit
Reporting Status Nearest
Number Of Reports In The Queue
Services/
Music
Figure 13-29 Position Reporting Status
Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 13-19

Foreword
13.5.8 Contacts
The Phone Book may hold up to 128 entries. A phone number may be
Getting
Started entered and dialed without saving it to the Phone Book. Note that it is necessary
to dial a “1,” the area code, and then the number.
Xpdr Ctrl
13.5.8.1 Creating a Contact
Com/Nav 1. While viewing the Services page, touch the Contacts key.

FPL

Touch To Add Touch To Search

Direct-To Contact Contact List

Proc Existing
Contacts Touch To Edit
Contact
Wpt Info
Figure 13-30 Contact List
Map 2. Touch the Add key to add a new contact.
Traffic
Touch To Add
Contact Name
Terrain
Touch To Add Contact
Phone Number
Weather Touch To Save
Touch To Add Contact
Email Address Contact
Nearest
Figure 13-31 Add a New Contact
Services/
Music
3. Use the keypad to enter the information for each item and
then touch the Save Contact key.
Utilities
13.5.8.2 Using a Contact
System
1. While viewing the Contacts page, touch an existing contact.

Touch To Send A
Messages Touch To Call The Message To The
Contact Phone Number Contact Phone Number
Symbols Touch To Edit The Touch To Delete
Contact The Contact
Appendix
Figure 13-32 Using the Contact List
Index 2. Touch the desired function for the selected Contact.

13-20 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

14 UTILITIES Foreword

The Utilities page provides a group of features that will support your flight Getting
Started
planning to make them easier and more efficient. The Vertical Calculator (VCALC)
calculates the time to begin descent and vertical speed required to reach a desired Xpdr Ctrl
altitude at the chosen location. The Flight Timers feature provides a number of
timer types to assist in monitoring your time in flight. RAIM Prediction predicts if Com/Nav
GPS coverage is available for your current location or at a specified waypoint at any
time and date. RAIM performs checks to ensure that the GTN unit has adequate FPL
satellite geometry during your flight. The Trip Planning feature allows the pilot to
view desired track (DTK), distance (DIS), estimated time en route (ETE), en route Direct-To
safe altitude (ESA) and estimated time of arrival (ETA) information for a direct-to,
point-to-point between two specified waypoints or for any programmed flight plan. Proc
The Fuel Planning feature will display fuel conditions along the active direct-to or
flight plan when equipped with fuel flow (FF) and/or fuel on board (FOB) sensors. Wpt Info

The DALT/TAS/Winds feature performs calculations about Altitude, Airspeed, and

Winds. The Scheduled Messages function allows you to create scheduled messages Map

by Message, Type, and setting a Timer. The Checklists function provides a built-in
Traffic
method of reviewing your aircraft checklist. The Clean Screen function will lock the
touchscreen so the display can be cleaned without activating any functions.
Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Figure 14-1 Utilities Home Page Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 14-1

 FPL

Proc

Map

Index
Music
Traffic

Terrain

System
Started
Getting

Utilities
Nearest

Symbols
Weather

Services/
Wpt Info
Direct-To
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav
Foreword

Appendix
Messages

14-2
Menu
Target Altitude Generic Timer Waypoint Mode Mode Indicated ALT Message
Arrival Date Group
Altitude Type Direction Point to Point Point to Point BARO Type
Arrival Time Checklist
P.POS P.POS CAS Timer
MSL Up Clear Current
RAIM Status From TAT
Above Wpt Down From Checklist
Compute To To TRK Clear All
VS Profile Start/Stop RAIM Flight Plan Flight Plan HDG Checklists
Reset Timer FPL FPL Ground Speed
Offset
Trip Timer Leg Leg
Before/After
Criteria Depart Time Fuel on Board
Target Wpt Depart Date Fuel Flow

Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide

Power On
In Air Ground Speed Ground Speed

Figure 14-2 Utilities Functional Diagram

Compute Data Compute Data
Reset Timer
Departure Time
Criteria
Power On
In Air
Reset Time

190-01004-03 Rev. H
14.1 Vertical Calculator (VCALC) Foreword

The Vertical Calculator (VCALC) function allows you to create a three- Getting
dimensional profile which guides you from your present position and altitude to Started

a final (target) altitude at a specified location. This is helpful when you’d like to Xpdr Ctrl
descend to a certain altitude near an airport. Once the profile is defined, message
alerts and additional data can be configured on the Default NAV and Map Pages Com/Nav
to keep you informed of your progress.
FPL
Cruise Altitude

Direct-To

Target Altitude Target

Waypoint Proc

Target Offset (Before)

Wpt Info
Figure 14-3 VCALC Target
VCALC is inhibited in the following conditions: Map
• Groundspeed is less than 35 knots
Traffic
• No active flight plan or direct-to destination
• SUSP mode Terrain
• Vectors-to-Final mode
Weather
• VLOC mode
• After the FAF on an approach Nearest

WARNING: Do not use VCALC messages as the only means of either avoiding Services/
Music
terrain/obstacles or following ATC guidance. VCALC provides advisory
information only and must be used in concert with all other available navigation
Utilities
data sources.
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 14-3

Foreword

Getting
Started
Target Altitude
Xpdr Ctrl
Altitude Type
MSL
Com/Nav Restore Defaults
Above Wpt
Display Messages
FPL VS Profile
Offset
Direct-To
Before/After

Proc Target Waypoint

Figure 14-4 VCALC Page Functional Diagram

Wpt Info

1. From the Utilities page, touch VCALC.

Map

Traffic Before/After Target Waypoint Target Waypoint

Altitude Type
Terrain
Desired Target Desired
Altitude Vertical Speed
Weather
Desired Distance
From Target Offset
Nearest
Vertical Speed
VCALC Status Required For
Message Target ALT At
Services/ Offset
Music
Figure 14-5 VCALC Page
Utilities
2. Select the VCALC items as necessary to set up parameters for
System the next waypoint. Touch the Back key when finished.

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

14-4 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

14.1.1 Target Altitude Foreword
This sets the desired ending altitude for the VCALC setup.
Getting
1. While viewing the VCALC page, touch Target ALT. Started

Xpdr Ctrl
Selected Backspace
Altitude Key
Com/Nav
Numeric
Keypad
FPL
Touch Enter Or
Press Small Knob
To Save Number Direct-To
Figure 14-6 Select VCALC Target Altitude
Proc
2. Use the numeric keypad to select the desired Target Altitude
and then touch the Enter key.
Wpt Info

14.1.2 Altitude Type

Map
This value selects the altitude reference that will be used for VCALC
calculations. Traffic
1. While viewing the VCALC page, touch Altitude Type.
Terrain

2. Touching the Altitude Type key will toggle between MSL and Weather
Above WPT. "Above WPT" is only available for waypoints that
are airports. Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 14-5

Foreword
14.1.3 Vertical Speed (VS) Profile
This value sets the vertical speed.
Getting
Started 1. While viewing the VCALC page, touch the VS Profile key.
Xpdr Ctrl
Selected Backspace
Vertical Key
Com/Nav
Speed
Numeric
FPL Keypad
Touch Enter Or
Direct-To Press Small Knob
To Save Value
Proc Figure 14-7 Select VCALC Vertical Speed
2. Use the numeric keypad to select the desired Vertical Speed
Wpt Info and then touch the Enter key.

Map 14.1.4 Target Offset

The Target Offset is a pilot-selected distance value that represents the
Traffic
geographical location where you wish to arrive at the target altitude. This
Terrain
distance is measured from the Target Waypoint and, in a separate data field on
the VCALC page, designated as either before or after the Target Waypoint.
Weather 1. While viewing the VCALC page, touch the Offset key.

Nearest
Selected Backspace
Target Key
Services/
Music Offset
Numeric
Utilities Keypad
Touch Enter Or
System Press Small Knob
To Save Number
Messages Figure 14-8 Select VCALC Target Offset
2. Use the numeric keypad to select the desired Target Offset and
Symbols then touch the Enter key.

Appendix

Index

14-6 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

14.1.5 Before/After Target Waypoint Foreword
This setting designates whether the offset distance defines a point before you
Getting
reach the target reference waypoint or after you reach the waypoint. The “After” Started
selection is not available for the last waypoint in a flight plan.
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the VCALC page, touch the Before/After
key.
Com/Nav

2. Touching the Before/After key will toggle between Before FPL

and After the Target Waypoint.
Direct-To
14.1.6 Target Waypoint
Proc
Select the waypoint in the flight plan that will be used for planning a descent.
When using a flight plan, the target waypoint is a reference that can be specified
Wpt Info
from the waypoints contained in the flight plan. By default, the last waypoint in
the flight plan is selected. Map
1. While viewing the VCALC page, touch Target Waypoint.
Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest
Figure 14-9 Select VCALC Target Waypoint List
Services/
Music
2. A list of the remaining waypoints in the flight plan will be
shown. Touch the desired waypoint to select it as the Target Utilities
Waypoint.
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 14-7

Foreword
14.1.7 Display VCALC Messages
Selecting Display Messages will allow the display of messages about the
Getting
Started VCALC function when they occur. With Display Messages not selected,
VCALC messages will not be displayed.
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the VCALC page, touch the Menu key and then
Display Messages to toggle the display of VCALC messages
Com/Nav
in the Message function.
FPL
VCALC
Message
Direct-To
Touch To Toggle
Messages
Proc

Wpt Info Figure 14-10 VCALC Approaching Target Altitude Message

Map 2. Touch the MSG key to toggle the display of available messages.

Traffic

14.1.8 Restore VCALC Defaults

Terrain
While viewing the VCALC page menu, touching the Restore Defaults
Weather key will reset all of the VCALC values back to their default values. The Target
Waypoint will not be changed.
Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

14-8 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

14.2 Flight Timers Foreword
The Flight Timers function provides count up/down timers, plus automatic
Getting
recording of departure time, and total trip time. Departure and total trip time Started
recording can be configured to run either any time unit power is on, or only when
Xpdr Ctrl
your ground speed exceeds the in-air threshold set by the installer (for example,
30 knots). A flexible Generic Timer is available for general timing needs.
Com/Nav
NOTE: When a count up timer is used, the preset value has no function.
FPL
1. While viewing the Utilities page, touch the Flight Timers key.
Direct-To
2. If the Generic Timer Direction counter is set to "Up," the Reset
Timer key will be shown and when touched will return the
Proc
timer to 00:00:00. If the Direction counter is set to "Down,"
the Preset Timer key will be shown and the key will return the Wpt Info
timer to the Preset time value.
Start/Stop Generic Timer Map
Selected
Counter Traffic
Direction
Elapsed
Select Preset Time Terrain
Time
Reset or Touch To
Preset Timer Toggle Timers Weather

Figure 14-11 Utility Flight Timers Page (Generic Timer)

Nearest
3. Touch the Trip/DEP Timers or Generic Timer keys to toggle
Services/
between the timer types. Music

Elapsed
Reset Timer Time
Utilities

Select Departure Time

Criteria For (Local Time) System
Timer Start
Touch To
Toggle Timers Messages

Set Departure Time

To Current Local Symbols
Time Of Timer Start
Figure 14-12 Utility Flight Timers Page (Trip/DEP Timers) Appendix

4. Touch each key as desired to set up timer operation. Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 14-9

Foreword
14.3 RAIM Prediction
RAIM Prediction predicts if GPS coverage is available for your current location
Getting
Started or at a specified waypoint at any time and date. RAIM performs checks to
ensure that the GTN unit has adequate satellite geometry during your flight.
Xpdr Ctrl
RAIM availability is near 100% in Oceanic, En Route and Terminal phases
of flight. Because the FAA’s TSO requirements for non-precision approaches
Com/Nav
specify significantly better satellite coverage than other flight phases,
FPL
RAIM may not be available when flying some approaches. The GTN unit
automatically monitors RAIM during approach operations and warns you if
Direct-To RAIM is not available. In such cases, use a non-GPS based approach. RAIM
prediction helps you plan for a pending flight to confirm GPS operation during
Proc an approach.
RAIM prediction only predicts the availability of Fault Detection (FD)
Wpt Info
integrity in the absence of SBAS corrections. It cannot predict the availability
of LPV or L/VNAV approaches. The FAA provides a NOTAM service for LPV
Map
approach availability.
Traffic 1. While viewing the Utilities page, touch the RAIM Prediction
key.
Terrain
Touch To Select
Weather Destination
Waypoint
Nearest Touch To Select
Local Arrival Date
Services/
Music Touch To Select
Local Arrival Time
Utilities Figure 14-13 Utility RAIM Prediction Page

System 2. Touch the Waypoint key and select the waypoint for RAIM
Prediction.
Messages 3. Touch the Arrival Date key and select the date of arrival at
the selected waypoint.
Symbols
4. Touch the Arrival Time key and select the local time of
Appendix
expected arrival at the selected waypoint.

Index

14-10 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 5. When the Waypoint, Arrival Date, and Arrival Time values have
Foreword
been entered, touch the Compute RAIM key to determine if
RAIM is available. Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To
Compute RAIM Com/Nav

RAIM Prediction
Result FPL

Direct-To
Figure 14-14 RAIM Prediction Completed

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 14-11

Foreword
14.4 Trip Planning
The GTN 6XX allows the pilot to view desired track (DTK), distance (DIS),
Getting
Started estimated time en route (ETE), en route safe altitude (ESA) and estimated time of
arrival (ETA) information for a direct-to, point-to-point between two specified
Xpdr Ctrl waypoints or for any programmed flight plan. This item also displays the
sunrise/sunset times for your destination waypoint (for the selected departure
Com/Nav
date). All times are based on the time set in System-Setup. For trip planning
inputs: departure time and date are manually entered, while ground speed can
FPL
be provided by sensor data, if selected.
Direct-To
The trip statistics are calculated based on the selected starting and ending
waypoints and the trip planning inputs.
Proc In Flight Plan mode with a stored flight plan selected, and the entire flight
plan (CUM) selected, the waypoints are the starting and ending waypoints of the
Wpt Info selected flight plan.
In Flight Plan mode with a stored flight plan selected, and a specific leg
Map
selected, the waypoints are the endpoints of the selected leg.
Traffic In Point-To-Point mode these are manually selected waypoints (if there is an
active flight plan, these default to the endpoints of the active leg).
Terrain
Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the
active flight plan has already been flown.
Weather
• Desired Track (DTK) - DTK is shown as nnn° and is the desired track
Nearest between the selected waypoints. It is dashed unless only a single leg is
selected.
Services/
Music • Distance (DIS) - The distance is shown in tenths of units up to 99.9, and
in whole units up to 9999.
Utilities
• Estimated time en route (ETE) - ETE is shown as hours:minutes until less
System than an hour, then it is shown as minutes:seconds.
• Estimated time of arrival (ETA) - ETA is shown as hours:minutes and is
Messages the local time at the destination.
Symbols
- If in Point-To-Point mode then the ETA is the ETE added to the
departure time.
Appendix - If a flight plan other than the active flight plan is selected it shows the
ETA by adding to the departure time all of the ETEs of the legs up to
Index and including the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected, then
14-12 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
 the ETA is calculated as if the last leg of the flight plan was selected.
Foreword
- If the active flight plan is selected the ETA reflects the current position
of the aircraft and the current leg being flown. The ETA is calculated Getting
Started
by adding to the current time the ETEs of the current leg up to and
including the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected, then the Xpdr Ctrl
ETA is calculated as if the last leg of the flight plan was selected.
Com/Nav
• En Route safe altitude (ESA) - The ESA is shown as nnnnnFT
• Destination sunrise and sunset times - These times are shown as FPL
hours:minutes and are the local time at the destination.
Direct-To
NOTE: The capability of using Sensor Data for the trip planning functions
is available in SW Versions 2.00, 4.10, and later. Proc

14.4.1 Point-To-Point Mode Wpt Info

The Trip Planning Point-to-Point mode shows trip calculations between two
selected points: either two waypoints from the database or from your present Map
position to a selected waypoint.
Traffic
1. While viewing the Utilities page, touch the Trip Planning
key.
Terrain
2. Touch the Mode key to toggle to Point-to-Point.
Touch To Select Touch To Select Weather
Departure Waypoint Arrival Waypoint
Touch To Use
Present Position Nearest
As Departure Touch To Select
Point P-to-P or Flight Services/
Touch To Toggle Plan Mode Music
Sensor Data Use
Touch To Select Touch To Toggle Utilities
Departure Time Between Statistics
and Data Input
System
Touch To Select
Departure Date
Messages
Figure 14-15 Utility Trip Planning Page To Edit Input Data (Point-To-Point Mode) -
Sensor Data Used
Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 14-13

 3. Touch the P.POS key to toggle between using your present
Foreword
position as the From waypoint when selected or a waypoint
Getting selected from the database when P.POS is deselected. If P.POS
Started is selected, the Lat/Lon of the present position will be shown
Xpdr Ctrl
in the From position.

Present Position Selected Touch To Select

Com/Nav Destination Wpt
As "From" Wpt

FPL Lat/Lon Of Present Position

Figure 14-16 Selecting Present Position as the From Waypoint
Direct-To
4. If P.POS is not selected for the From point, touch the From
key and then use the keypad to select a waypoint from the
Proc
database and touch Enter.
Selected "From" Waypoint
Wpt Info

Touch To Select
Map Waypoint Search

Traffic

Terrain
Touch To Select "From" Waypoint
Weather
Figure 14-17 Selecting a From Waypoint

Nearest
5. Touch the To key and then use the keypad to select a waypoint
from the database for the destination waypoint and touch
Services/ Enter.
Music
6. Touch the Depart Time key and then use the keypad to select
Utilities the departure time (local time at From waypoint) and touch
Enter.
System Selected Departure Time

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Touch To Select Departure Time

Index
Figure 14-18 Selecting Departure Time
14-14 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
 7. Touch the Depart Date key and then use the Departure Date
Foreword
page to select the departure year, month, and day and then
touch Enter. Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Select
Departure Year
Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To
Touch To Select
Departure Month Proc

Wpt Info

Map
Touch To Select
Departure Day
Traffic

Terrain
Figure 14-19 Selecting Departure Date

8. Touch the Ground Speed key and then the keypad to select Weather

the average ground speed for the trip and touch Enter.
Nearest
Selected Ground Speed
Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Touch To Select Ground Speed Messages

Figure 14-20 Selecting Expected Average Ground Speed

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 14-15

 9. After completing the Trip Planning selections, touch the
Foreword
Compute Data key to display the trip statistics.
Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl Trip Statistics

Touch To Toggle
Com/Nav Between Statistics
and Data Input
FPL Figure 14-21 Utility Trip Planning Page With Computed Data (Point-To-Point Mode)

Direct-To NOTE: When Local Time is selected in the Setup-Date/Time feature, Sunrise/
Sunset calculations in the Trip Planning feature are based on the From
Proc waypoint time zone. For instance, a flight plan originating in the Pacific
time zone and ending in the Central time zone would show Sunset/Sunrise
Wpt Info
times at the destination in Pacific time. This potential offset does not occur
when UTC time is used.
Map 14.4.2 Flight Plan Mode
1. Touch the Mode key to select Flight Plan mode, if required.
Traffic
Touch To Select
Flight Plan Leg
Terrain Touch To Select
Flight Plan From
Catalog Touch To Select
Weather
Touch To Toggle P-to-P or Flight
Sensor Data Use Plan Mode
Nearest
Touch To Select Touch To Toggle
Departure Time Between Statistics
Services/
Music and Data Input
Touch To Select Touch To Select
Departure Date Expected Average
Utilities Ground Speed
Figure 14-22 Utility Trip Planning Page Edit Input Data View (Flight Plan Mode)
System
2. Touch the Flight Plan key to select the flight plan.
Messages
Touch To Select
Flight Plan (Active
Symbols FPL Shown)

Appendix
Touch To Scroll List

Index
Figure 14-23 Select Flight Plan

14-16 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 3. Touch the Leg key to select the flight plan leg. If the
Foreword
"Cumulative" selection is chosen, statistics will relate to the
entire flight plan. Getting
Started
Touch To Select Flight
Plan Leg (Cumulative Xpdr Ctrl
FPL Shown)
Com/Nav
Touch To Scroll List
FPL
Figure 14-24 Select Flight Plan Leg
4. Touch the Depart Time key and then use the keypad to select Direct-To
the departure time (local time at From waypoint) and touch
Enter. Proc
5. Touch the Depart Date key and then use the Departure Date
page to select the departure year, month, and day and then Wpt Info
touch Enter.
Map
6. Touch the Ground Speed key and then the keypad to select
the average ground speed for the trip and touch Enter.
Traffic
7. Touch the Compute Data key to view statistics for the current
flight plan leg. The Cumulative flight plan is shown. Terrain
Touch To View
Statistics For Next
Weather
FPL Leg
Trip Statistics
Nearest
Touch To Toggle
Between Statistics Services/
and Data Input Music

Figure 14-25 Utility Trip Planning Page Computed Data View (Flight Plan Mode) Utilities
8. Touch the Next key to view statistics for the next leg in the
flight plan. System
Current FPL Leg
Touch To View
Statistics For Next Messages
Touch To View FPL Leg
Statistics For
Previous FPL Leg Symbols
Trip Statistics
Touch To Toggle Appendix
Between Statistics
and Data Input
Index
Figure 14-26 Utility Trip Planning Page Computed Data View Of Next Waypoint (Flight Plan Mode)
190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 14-17
Foreword
14.5 Fuel Planning
Fuel Planning — You may manually enter fuel flow, ground speed (GS)
Getting and fuel on board figures for planning purposes. Fuel planning figures can be
Started
displayed not only for the currently active flight plan or direct-to, but also point-
Xpdr Ctrl to-point between two specified waypoints and for any programmed flight plan.
Fuel on board and fuel flow may be manually entered in the unit start-up
Com/Nav
sequence and used to recalculate fuel on board as it is consumed. When fuel
FPL
flow or fuel on board is manually entered, the figures are retained the next time
you view the page (with fuel on board continuously recalculated).
Direct-To
NOTE: The capability of using Sensor Data is available in SW Versions
2.00, 4.10, and later.
Proc
14.5.1 Point-To-Point Mode
Wpt Info The Fuel Planning Point-to-Point mode shows fuel calculations between two
selected points: either two waypoints from the database or from your present
Map position to a selected waypoint.
1. While viewing the Utilities page, touch the Fuel Planning
Traffic key.
2. Touch the Mode key to toggle to Point-to-Point, if required.
Terrain

Weather
3. Touch the P.POS key to toggle between using your present
position as the From waypoint when selected or a waypoint
Nearest selected from the database when P.POS is deselected. If P.POS
is selected, the Lat/Lon of the present position will be shown
Services/ in the From position.
Music
Touch To Select Touch To Select
Utilities From Waypoint To Waypoint
Touch To Use
Present Position
System As Departure Touch To Select
Point P-to-P or Flight
Messages Touch To Toggle Plan Mode
Sensor Data Use Touch To Select
Symbols Compute Fuel
Statistics
Touch To Select Touch To Select Touch To Select
Appendix Fuel on Board Fuel Flow Expected Average
Ground Speed
Index
Figure 14-27 Utility Fuel Planning Page Showing Edit Input Data (Point-to-Point Mode)

14-18 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Remaining Fuel
At Destination Foreword
Selected
Distance Getting
Measured Flight Time Started
Available With
Fuel Required For Remaining Fuel
the Flight Plan Xpdr Ctrl
At Destination
Range With Flight Time Com/Nav
Existing Fuel Available With
Existing Fuel
Fuel Usage Rate FPL
Figure 14-28 Utility Fuel Planning Page Showing Computed Data (Point-to-Point Mode)
Direct-To
4. If P.POS is not selected for the From point, touch the From
key and then use the keypad to select a waypoint from the
Proc
database and touch Enter.
Selected "From" Waypoint
Wpt Info

Map
Touch For Waypoint Search

Traffic
Touch To Select "From" Waypoint
Terrain

Figure 14-29 Selecting a "From" Waypoint

Weather
5. Touch the To key and then use the keypad to select a waypoint
from the database for the destination waypoint and touch Nearest
Enter.
Services/
6. Touch the Fuel on Board key and then use the keypad to Music
select the current amount of fuel on board and touch Enter.
Utilities

Selected Fuel On
Board Value System

Touch To Select Fuel Value Messages

Symbols
Figure 14-30 Selecting Current Fuel On Board
Appendix
7. Touch the Fuel Flow key and then use the keypad to select
the average fuel flow and touch Enter. Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 14-19

Foreword Selected Fuel
Flow Value
Getting
Started
Touch To Select Fuel Value
Xpdr Ctrl

Figure 14-31 Selecting Fuel Flow

Com/Nav
8. Touch the Ground Speed key and then the keypad to select
FPL the average ground speed for the trip and touch Enter.
Selected Ground
Direct-To Speed Value

Proc Touch To Select

Ground Speed Value
Wpt Info
Figure 14-32 Selecting Ground Speed
Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

14-20 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

14.5.2 Flight Plan Mode Foreword
The Fuel Planning Flight Plan mode shows fuel calculations between two legs
of the flight plan or the cumulative flight plan. Getting
Started
1. Touch the Mode key to select Flight Plan mode, if required.
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav
Touch To Toggle Touch To
Sensor Data Use Compute Data FPL
And View
Statistics
Direct-To
Figure 14-33 Utility Fuel Planning Page Showing Edit Input Data (Flight Plan Mode)
2. Touch the Flight Plan key to select the flight plan. Proc

Touch To Select
Flight Plan (Active Wpt Info
FPL Shown)
Map

Touch To Scroll List Traffic

Figure 14-34 Select Flight Plan

Terrain
3. Touch the Leg key to select the flight plan leg. If the
“Cumulative” selection is chosen, statistics will relate to the Weather
entire flight plan.
Nearest

Services/
Touch To Select Flight Music
Plan Leg
Utilities

Figure 14-35 Select Flight Plan Leg System

4. If desired, touch the Fuel on Board key and then use the
keypad to select the Fuel on Board value and touch Enter. Messages

5. If desired, touch the Fuel Flow key and then use the keypad
Symbols
to select the Fuel Flow value and touch Enter.
6. Touch the Ground Speed key and then the keypad to select Appendix
the average ground speed for the trip and touch Enter.
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 14-21

 7. Touch the Compute Data key to display Statistics for the
Foreword
current flight plan leg.
Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL Figure 14-36 Utility Fuel Planning Page Showing Computed Data (Flight Plan Mode)

Direct-To
8. Touch the Previous and Next keys to view statistics for the
previous and next legs in the flight plan.
Proc

Wpt Info 9. Touch the Edit Input Data key to return to the display for
selecting Fuel Planning data.
Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

14-22 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

14.6 DALT/TAS/Winds Foreword
Density Alt / TAS / Winds — indicates the theoretical altitude at which
your aircraft performs depending upon several variables, including indi- Getting
Started
cated altitude (Indicated ALT), barometric pressure (BARO) and total air
temperature (TAT; the temperature, including the heating effect of speed, Xpdr Ctrl
read on a standard outside temperature gauge). This item computes true
airspeed (TAS) and density altitude, based upon the factors above. Also, Com/Nav

this feature determines winds aloft — the wind direction and speed — and
FPL
a head wind/tail wind component, based on true airspeed, aircraft heading
(HDG) and ground speed. When a FADC provides pressure altitude and
Direct-To
the Use Sensor Data option is selected, the Baro key will not be present
in the edit mode and the Baro indication will not be shown in computed Proc
results.
Wpt Info
NOTE: The capability of using Sensor Data is available in SW Versions
2.00, 4.10, and later.
Map

DALT, TAS, and Traffic

Winds Statistics
Touch To Toggle
Sensor Data Use Touch To Terrain
Compute Data
And View Weather
Statistics
Figure 14-37 Utility DALT/TAS/Winds Page Using Sensor Data and Pressure Altitude
Nearest

Services/
DALT, TAS, and Music
Winds Statistics
Touch To Toggle Utilities
Sensor Data Use Touch To
Compute Data
And View System
Statistics
Figure 14-38 Utility DALT/TAS/Winds Page Using Sensor Data and Indicated Altitude Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 14-23

 Touch To Select Touch To Select
Foreword Indicated Altitude Calibrated Air Speed

Getting Touch To Select

Started Baro Pressure
Touch To Select
Xpdr Ctrl
Total Air Temp
Touch To Select Touch To Select
Com/Nav Track Value Ground Speed
Touch To Select Touch To Compute Data
FPL Heading Value And View Statistics
Figure 14-39 Utility DALT/TAS/Winds Page Using Manually Entered Data
Direct-To

Proc Computed Statistics

Wpt Info
Touch To Return To Edit
Input Data Page
Map
Figure 14-40 Utility DALT/TAS/Winds Page (Computed Data)

Traffic 1. Touch the Indicated ALT key and then the keypad to select
the Indicated Altitude and then touch Enter.
Terrain
Touch To Select Above Or Below Sea Level
Weather
Touch To Clear
Selected Values
Nearest Indicated
Altitude Value Touch To Select
Services/ Indicated
Music Altitude Value

Utilities
Figure 14-41 Select Indicated Altitude Value

System 2. Touch the BARO key and then the keypad to select the
Barometric Pressure and then touch Enter.
Messages
Selected Touch To Clear
Barometric Values
Symbols Pressure Value
Touch To Select
Appendix Barometric
Touch To Cancel Pressure Value
Selection
Index
Figure 14-42 Select Barometric Pressure Value
14-24 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
 3. Touch the CAS key and then the keypad to select the Calibrated
Foreword
Air Speed and then touch Enter.
Getting
Selected Touch To Clear Started
Calculated Air Values
Speed Value Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Select
Calculated Air
Touch To Cancel Speed Value Com/Nav
Selection
Figure 14-43 Select Calculated Air Speed Value FPL

4. Touch the TAT key and then the keypad to select the Total Air Direct-To
Temperature and touch Enter.
Selected True Air Temperature Value Proc

Touch To Touch To Clear

Select Above Wpt Info
Values
Or Below 0
Degrees Touch To Map
Select Total Air
Touch To Cancel Temperature
Selection Value Traffic

Figure 14-44 Select Total Air Temperature Value

Terrain

5. Touch the TRK key and then the keypad to select the Track
Angle and then touch Enter. Weather

Selected Track Touch To Clear Nearest

Angle Value Values
Services/
Touch To Select Music
Track Angle
Touch To Cancel Value Utilities
Selection
Figure 14-45 Select Track Angle Value System

6. Touch the HDG key and then the keypad to select the Heading
Messages
value and then touch Enter.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 14-25

Foreword Selected Touch To Clear
Heading Value Values
Getting
Started Touch To Select
Heading Value
Touch To Cancel
Xpdr Ctrl Selection
Figure 14-46 Select Heading Value
Com/Nav
7. Touch the Ground Speed key and then the keypad to select
FPL the average ground speed for the trip and then touch Enter.

Direct-To 14.7 Clean Screen Mode

The Clean Screen mode makes the touchscreen inactive so the display can
Proc
be manually cleaned. The front bezel, keypad, and display can be cleaned with
Wpt Info
a microfiber cloth or with a soft cotton cloth dampened with clean water. DO
NOT use any chemical cleaning agents. Care should be taken to avoid scratching
Map the surface of the display.
1. While viewing the Utilities page group, touch the Clean
Traffic
Screen key to start Screen Cleaning Mode.
Terrain

Weather

Nearest Touch To Clean Screen

Services/ Figure 14-47 Utilities Home Page

Music

Utilities
2. Touch the HOME key to exit Screen Cleaning Mode.

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix Figure 14-48 Screen Cleaning Mode

Index

14-26 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

14.8 Scheduled Messages Foreword
The Scheduled Messages utility displays reminder messages (such as “Change
Getting
oil”, “Switch fuel tanks”, “Overhaul”, etc.). One-time, periodic, and event-based Started
messages are allowed. One-time messages appear once the timer expires and
Xpdr Ctrl
reappear each time the GTN-series unit is powered on, until the message is
deleted. Periodic messages automatically reset to the original timer value, once
Com/Nav
the message is displayed. Event-based messages do not use a timer, but rather a
specific date and time. FPL

NOTE: This feature is available in SW Versions 5.00, and later.

Direct-To

1. While viewing the Utilities page group, touch the Scheduled

Proc
Messages key to start the Scheduled Messages function.
Wpt Info
Touch To Add A
Scheduled Message Map

Traffic

Figure 14-49 Scheduled Messages Page Terrain

2. Touch the Message selection and enter the desired message to

Weather
be displayed. Touch the Type selection to choose the message
type. Touch the Timer selection to set the countdown time for Nearest
the message to be displayed.
Services/
Touch To Select Music
Touch To Enter
Message Text Message Type
Utilities
Touch To
Enter Message System
Countdown Timer
Figure 14-50 Create a Scheduled Message Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 14-27

 2. After completing the selections, touch the Enter key.
Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav
Figure 14-51 Sample Scheduled Message
FPL
14.9 Checklists
Direct-To The Checklists function provides a built-in method of reviewing your aircraft
checklist. Checklists are created using the Garmin Checklist Editor software
Proc (available online) and stored on the data card. As each Checklist is completed,
you can advance to the next one in order. In the Checklist Menu, you can access
Wpt Info any Checklist, or group of Checklists, and clear the current or all Checklists.

Map NOTE: This feature is available in SW Versions 5.10, and later.

Traffic 14.9.1 Checklists Menu

1. While viewing the Utilities page group, touch the Checklists
Terrain key to start the Checklists function.
2. Touch the Menu key to select an option from the Checklist
Weather
Menu.
Nearest
Touch To Select A
Services/ Checklist Group
Music
Touch To Select
A Checklist
Utilities
Touch To Clear Touch To Clear
Current Checklist All Checklists
System
Figure 14-52 Utility Checklist Menu
Messages

Symbols Touch To Select

A Checklist
Appendix

Index Figure 14-53 Select a Checklist from the Checklist Menu

14-28 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

14.9.2 Viewing Checklists Foreword

1. While viewing the Utilities function, touch the Checklist key. Getting
Use the existing Checklists in the order provided or touch the Started
Menu key to select another checklist.
Xpdr Ctrl
Completed
Checklist Item Com/Nav

Checklist Touch To Advance FPL

Status To Next Checklist
Direct-To
Figure 14-54 Checklist Completion
2. After completing the Checklist, touch Go to Next Checklist, Proc
Menu, or Back to exit the Checklist function.
Wpt Info

NOTE: All checklists are cleared after a power cycle. Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 14-29

Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
This page intentionally left blank

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

14-30 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

15 SYSTEM Foreword

The System function allows you to change unit settings, customize operation Getting
Started
to your preferences, and check on the operation of your unit. The System pages
cover System Status, Database Info and transfer, GPS Status, External LRUs, Xpdr Ctrl
Setup, Alerts, Units, Audio, Backlight control function, and Connext Setup.
Com/Nav
1. From the Home page, touch the System key.
FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain
Figure 15-1 System Home Page
2. Touch the Up and Down Arrow keys to view the features Weather
available in the System function.
Nearest

3. Touch the desired key to reach that function. To return to the Services/
System page, touch the Back key. Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-1

Foreword Serial No. & Sys ID
SW/HW Version Info
Getting Database Info
Started
SBAS WAAS
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav
CDI
Date/Time
FPL
Com/Nav
Nearest Airport
Direct-To Crossfill
Arrival Destination Proximity
Proc Class B/TMA
Class C/TCA
Wpt Info Class D
Restricted
Map MOA (Military)
Other
Airspace Altitude Buffer
Traffic
User Fields *
Terrain
Nav Angle
Weather Mag Var
Temp
Nearest Fuel
Position Format
Services/
Music Volume
TAWS Alert Voice
Utilities Manual Offset

System
Connext Setup **
Messages

* - Available When Space Allows On Side Bar

Symbols ** - Optional

Appendix Figure 15-2 System Function Summary

Index

15-2 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

15.1 System Status Foreword
The System status page of the System function provides information about
Getting
the GTN unit and the equipment attached to it. This information is useful if it Started
is necessary to contact Customer Service. The System Status page shows the
Xpdr Ctrl
System ID and serial number for the GTN unit, hardware and software versions,
as well as a list of the installed databases.
Com/Nav

Serial No., System ID, and FPL

Internal Software Versions
Direct-To
Database Conflicts
Proc
Database Not Active and On
Standby
Wpt Info
Current Database Information
Figure 15-3 System Status Page Description Map

Traffic

Terrain

System Info System Status Menu Database Info

Weather
Serial # & System ID Database SYNC Current
SW Versions Standby Nearest
Conflicts
Services/
Music
Figure 15-4 System Status Functional Diagram
Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-3

Foreword
15.1.1 Serial Number and System ID
The System Info section shows the unit Serial Number and the System ID.
Getting
Started 1. While viewing the System Status page, touch System Info.
Xpdr Ctrl
2. Touch the Back key to return to the System Status page.
Com/Nav

FPL
15.1.2 Version Information
The software versions of the GTN unit are displayed. This information is
Direct-To useful when contacting Customer Support.
1. While viewing the System Status page, touch the System
Proc
Info key to view more detailed information about the software
versions inside the GTN unit.
Wpt Info

Map Serial Number and System ID

Traffic
Internal Software Versions

Terrain

Figure 15-5 System Status Version Information

Weather
2. Touch the Back key to return to the System Status page.
Nearest

Services/ 15.1.3 Database Information

Music
The Database Information section lists the name of the database, its version,
Utilities and expiration date for the currently used databases, and also contains the
Database SYNC function. Standby databases are listed for databases not currently
System used, but available on the data card. Database conflicts will be shown in the
Conflicts section.
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

15-4 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 1. While viewing the System Status page, touch the Current
Foreword
key to view more detailed information about the Database
versions inside the GTN unit. Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL
Figure 15-6 System Status Database Information
2. Touch the Back key to return to the System Status page. Direct-To

Proc
NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from
government and private agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross- Wpt Info
validates the data, but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness
of the data.
Map

The following databases are stored on Supplemental Data Cards provided by

Traffic
Garmin:
• Terrain – The terrain database contains terrain mapping data. It is updated
Terrain
periodically and has no expiration date. Approximately one minute is
required to verify the rotorcraft terrain database on start up. Weather
• Obstacles – The obstructions database contains data for obstacles, such
as towers, that pose a potential hazard to aircraft. Obstacles 200 feet Nearest
and higher are included in the obstacle database. The rotorcraft database
Services/
includes all reported obstacles regardless of height. It is very important to Music
note that not all obstacles are necessarily charted and therefore may not
Utilities
be contained in the obstacle database. This database is updated on a 56-
day cycle. Obstacles will still be shown after the database has expired.
System

Several obstacle database options are available. Obstacle databases created Messages
for GTN software version 5.10 or later include all power lines or only HOT
lines depending on the type of obstacle database installed. Hazardous Symbols
Obstacle Transmission (HOT) Lines are those power lines that are co-located
with other FAA-identified obstacles. The installed obstacle database type Appendix
can be verified on the System Status page. Power line data is available for
the contiguous United States as well as small parts of Canada and Mexico. Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-5

 • SafeTaxi – The SafeTaxi database contains detailed airport diagrams
Foreword
for selected airports. These diagrams aid in following ground control
Getting instructions by accurately displaying the aircraft position on the map in
Started
relation to taxiways, ramps, runways, terminals, and services. This database
Xpdr Ctrl is updated on a 56-day cycle. SafeTaxi will still be shown after it has expired.
• Basemap - The Basemap database contains land and water data, such as
Com/Nav roads, boundaries, rivers, and lakes.
FPL
• Aviation – The Navigation database is updated on a 28 day cycle. Navigation
database updates are provided by Garmin and may be downloaded from the
Direct-To Garmin web site “http://fly.garmin.com” or from Jeppesen at "http://www.
jeppdirect.com/Garmin" onto a Garmin provided Supplemental Datacard.
Proc Contact Garmin at http://fly.garmin.com for navigation database updates
and update kits.
Wpt Info
NOTE: Do not use SafeTaxi or Chartview functions as the basis for
ground maneuvering. SafeTaxi and Chartview functions do not comply
Map with the requirements of AC 20-159 and are not qualified to be used as
an airport moving map display (AMMD). SafeTaxi and Chartview are to
Traffic
be used by the flight crew to orient themselves on the airport surface to
improve pilot situational awareness during ground operations.
Terrain Database Function Where Update Provider Notes
Name Stored Cycle
Weather Aviation Airport, NAVAID, Internal 28 days fly.garmin.com Updates installed via
Waypoint, and memory SD card and copied
Nearest Airspace information into internal memory.
For helicopter
Services/ applications an
Music Aviation database
that includes
Utilities additional heliports is
available.
System SafeTaxi Airport surface Internal 56 days fly.garmin.com Updates installed via
diagrams memory SD card and copied
into internal memory
Messages
Terrain Topographic map, SD card As required fly.garmin.com Systems using HTAWS
Terrain/TAWS require a 2.5 arc-
Symbols second database.

Appendix

Index

15-6 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Database Function Where Update Provider Notes
Foreword
Name Stored Cycle
Obstacle Obstacle information Internal 56 days fly.garmin.com Updates installed via Getting
for map, and TAWS memory SD card and copied Started
into internal memory.
Databases that Xpdr Ctrl
include HOT lines
and power lines are Com/Nav
available for use
with GTN software
version 5.10, or FPL
later. For helicopter
applications, Obstacle Direct-To
databases that
include additional
low height obstacles Proc
and power lines are
available. Wpt Info
Basemap Boundary and road Internal As required fly.garmin.com Updates installed via
information Memory SD card and copied Map
into internal memory
Table 15-1 Database List Traffic

15.1.3.1 Database Info

The Database Info page shows the Current databases, databases on Standby Terrain

on the SD card for future use, and database conflicts. Current databases show all
Weather
databases that are currently being used. Standby databases are loaded onto the
card, but are not being used. Database conflicts are shown and can be resolved
Nearest
in the Conflicts tab.
15.1.3.2 Database Sync Operation Services/
Music
Database SYNC allows the GTN to synchronize databases from a single unit.
The pilot only needs to update a single database card and the new databases are Utilities
automatically SYNC'd through the units connected in the cockpit and configured
for Database Syncing. System

Database SYNC is supported by these database types: Messages

• Navigation
Symbols
• Obstacle
• SafeTaxi Appendix

• Airport Directory
Index
• Chartview (when support is added by Jeppesen)
190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-7
 • FliteCharts
Foreword
• Basemap
Getting
Started When Database SYNC is enabled in the LRUs and a database card is inserted
that is created for Database SYNC, the GTN will coordinate with the other
Xpdr Ctrl
LRUs in the cockpit to determine which unit has the newest databases. Once
the determination has occurred, the connected LRUs will begin to transfer the
Com/Nav
databases. This process may take several minutes. The status of the database
transfers to a unit can be viewed on the System Status page under the “Standby”
FPL
tab. The GTN will display the source of the received databases (in this example:
Direct-To
“Database SYNC - GTN #2”). If a database transfer is pending, completed, or not
authorized, the status will also be indicated.
Proc When the transfer is complete, if there are new and current databases to
be used, and if the aircraft is stopped and has yet to takeoff, the pilot will
Wpt Info be prompted with the option to restart the unit that has the new databases
transferred to it. During the restart process, the unit will prompt you to update
Map (transfer from the card to the unit's memory) to the newer databases so they can
be used.
Traffic
NOTE: This feature is available in SW Versions 5.10, and later.
Terrain
NOTE: When a database card is inserted into a GTN that does not support
Weather certain types of databases (charts in a GTN 6XX or an airport directory in
any GTN), the GTN is still capable of SYNCing the database to other LRUs
Nearest
that do support that database.

Services/ NOTE: Restarting the GTN must only be performed when the aircraft is
Music on the ground as navigation and communication from the restarted unit
will be lost for a period of time.
Utilities

1. With the GTN turned off, insert the database card.

System
2. Turn the GTN on. The Database SYNC will occur automatically
Messages
in the background. During the Database SYNC process, normal
operation of the GTN is not affected.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

15-8 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 3. On the System Status page, touch the Standby key to view
Foreword
the transfer process.
Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL
Figure 15-7 Database Transfer In Process
Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Figure 15-8 Database Pending

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Figure 15-9 Database Transfer Complete Services/

Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Figure 15-10 Database Transfer Not Authorized Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-9

 4. Once all of the database transfers have completed, if the GTN
Foreword
determines that at least one of the newly transferred databases is
Getting
effective and the aircraft is on the ground and stopped prior to a flight,
Started a pop-up and confirmation will be presented to restart the GTN. No
pop-up will appear if the aircraft is moving or has been in the air since
Xpdr Ctrl
the GTN was turned on.
5. Touch Yes to continue updating the database.
Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Figure 15-11 System Restart - Step 1

Map
6. Touch OK to complete the restart process. Following the
Traffic restart, the pilot will be prompted to update to the effective
databases (just like when a new database card is inserted).
Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities
Figure 15-12 System Restart - Step 2
System
WARNING: The unit will reset and all GPS navigation and moving map
functions may be lost while the unit regains GPS position. Communication
Messages functions will be lost for a few seconds while the unit resets. Additionally,
if the user selects to update databases at that point, the ability to interact
Symbols with the GMA 35 audio panel, or change com frequencies will be lost until
all databases are updated.
Appendix
7. When the unit restarts, the pilot will be prompted to update
Index
the GTN to the newly transferred databases.

15-10 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

15.1.3.3 Database Sync Setup
Foreword
When the GTN installer option is turned on to allow Database SYNC, the
pilot controls are available to turn Database SYNC on or off (Database SYNC is Getting
Started
turned on by default).
Xpdr Ctrl
To change the Database SYNC preference:
1. While viewing the System Status page, touch the Menu key and Com/Nav
then touch the Database SYNC key to enable or disable the
Database SYNC feature. Once the feature is enabled, Database FPL
SYNC will occur automatically when a card is inserted into the
GTN. Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info
Figure 15-13 Database Sync from System Status Menu
Map
2. Touch OK at the prompt to confirm the enabling of Database
SYNC.
Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music
Figure 15-14 Prompt to Continue Database Transfer
Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-11

 15.1.3.4 Standby Databases
Foreword
The GTN supports a standby copy of each database, allowing the pilot to pre-
Getting load the next cycle without losing the active cycle. The GTN will automatically
Started
treat any received database (via SD card or Database SYNC) as the standby
Xpdr Ctrl database until it is activated by the pilot.
1. While viewing the System Status page, touch the Standby key
Com/Nav
to view more detailed information about the standby Database
versions on the SD card.
FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map Figure 15-15 Database Standby Display

2. Touch the Back key to return to the System Status page.
Traffic

Terrain The GTN will use Database SYNC in the background to SYNC the standby
database with other LRUs in the cockpit. As a result, when the standby database
Weather
becomes effective, the pilot will be prompted on all LRUs to update to the new
database.
Nearest
If a the standby database is out of date or not yet effective, the pilot will not
Services/
Music
be prompted to update to that database until it becomes effective. This prevents
the pilot from accidentally overwriting the effective, active database.
Utilities
If the pilot does actually want to overwrite the active database with a not yet
effective or out of date database, they can do so by pressing and holding the
System
small right knob while applying power to the GTN.
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

15-12 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

15.1.3.5 Resolving Database Conflicts
Foreword
If the GTN determines that there are multiple LRUs with the newest cycle of
a database, but they have different regions or types of that database (i.e.; Fixed- Getting
Started
wing vs. Rotorcraft navigation database, different regions of the navigation
database, or different obstacle database types) then a database conflict will Xpdr Ctrl
occur. When a database conflict occurs, that database will not be SYNC'd until
the pilot resolves the conflict. Initiate the resolve conflicts function on the unit Com/Nav

that has the databases to send to the other units.

FPL
1. While viewing the System Status page, touch the Conflicts
key, and then touch Resolve Conflicts on the LRU with the Direct-To
desired databases.
Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Figure 15-16 Database Conflicts

Terrain
2. Touch OK at the prompt to continue conflict resolution.
Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

Figure 15-17 Confirm Conflict Resolution System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-13

 3. Once touched, the desired database will be SYNC'd to the
Foreword
other LRUs and “Initiated” will be displayed on the Resolve
Getting Conflicts field.
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To Figure 15-18 Database Conflicts Resolved (Initiated)

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

15-14 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

15.2 GPS Status Foreword

15.2.1 GPS Status Page Getting

Started
The GPS Status Page provides a visual reference of GPS receiver functions,
including current satellite coverage, GPS receiver status, position accuracy, and Xpdr Ctrl
displays your present position (in latitude and longitude) and altitude.
Com/Nav
The Satellite Status Page is helpful in troubleshooting weak (or missing) signal
levels due to poor satellite coverage or installation problems. You may wish to
FPL
refer to this page occasionally to monitor GPS receiver performance and establish
a normal pattern for system operation. Should problems occur at a later date, you Direct-To
may find it helpful to have an established baseline from which to compare.
Proc
1. While viewing the System page, touch GPS Status.

Lat/Lon Position Estimated Position Wpt Info

Uncertainty
GPS Receiver Status
Horizontal Dilution Map
of Precision
Touch To Select Traffic
SBAS Provider Vertical Figure of
Merit
Sky View Horizontal Figure Terrain
of satellite of Merit
positions
Phase of Flight Weather
Signal Strength
Bars Satellite Numbers
Nearest
Satellite Tracked Acquiring
acquired Satellite, Satellite, not Services/
and used for Satellite acquired, not used ready for use Music
position fix used for position fix,
and has differential
Utilities
corrections
Figure 15-19 GPS Status Page
System
2. If desired, touch the SBAS key to select an SBAS provider. The
SBAS list is based on the Aviation database. See the Satellite- Messages
Based Augmentation System section later in this section for
details. Symbols

3. Touch the Back key to return to the System Status page.

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-15

 As the GPS receiver locks onto satellites, a signal strength bar appears for each
Foreword
satellite in view, with the appropriate satellite number (01-32, SBAS satellites will
Getting have higher numbers) underneath each bar. The progress of satellite acquisition
Started
is shown in the following stages:
Xpdr Ctrl Graph Symbol Description

Com/Nav No signal strength bars The receiver is looking for the satellites indicated.
The receiver has found the satellite(s) and is collecting
FPL Grey signal strength bars
data.
The receiver has collected the necessary data but the
Direct-To
Yellow signal strength bars satellite is not being used in the position solution as it
Proc
has been excluded.
Cross-hatch cyan signal The receiver has found the satellite(s) but it has been
Wpt Info strength bars excluded by the FDE program as a faulty satellite.
Solid cyan signal strength The receiver has collected the necessary data, but is
Map bars not using the satellite in the position solution.
Solid green signal strength The receiver has collected the necessary data and the
Traffic
bars satellite is being used in the position solution.
Terrain
The “D” character inside the bars indicates differential
D corrections (e.g. WAAS) are being used for that
Weather
satellite.
Table 15-2 Signal Strength Bar Graph Description
Nearest The Time and other data may not be displayed until the unit has acquired
Services/
enough satellites for a fix.
Music
The sky view display at the left of the page shows the satellites currently in view
Utilities as well as their respective positions. The outer circle of the sky view represents
the horizon (with north at the top of the circle); the inner circle represents 45°
System above the horizon and the center point shows the position directly overhead.
Each satellite has a 30-second data transmission that must be collected
Messages
(hollow signal strength bar) before the satellite may be used for navigation (solid
signal strength bar). Once the GPS receiver has determined your position, the
Symbols
GTN unit indicates your position, altitude, track and ground speed. The GPS
Appendix
receiver status field also displays the following messages under the appropriate
conditions:
Index

15-16 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 GPS Signal Message Description Foreword
The GPS receiver is acquiring satellites for navigation.
Getting
In this mode, the receiver uses satellite orbital data Started
Acquiring (collected continuously from the satellites) and last
known position to determine the satellites that should Xpdr Ctrl
be in view.
Com/Nav
The GPS receiver is in 3D navigation mode and
3D Nav
computes altitude using satellite data.
FPL
The GPS receiver is in 3D navigation mode and
3D Diff Nav
differential corrections are being used. Direct-To
The “LOI” (Loss Of Integrity) annunciator (bottom left
corner of the screen) indicates that satellite coverage Proc
LOI
is insufficient to pass built-in integrity monitoring
tests. Wpt Info
Table 15-3 GPS Signal Messages
Map
The GPS Status Page also indicates the accuracy of the position fix, using
Horizontal Figure of Merit (HFOM), Vertical Figure of Merit (VFOM), and Traffic
Estimated Position Uncertainty (EPU). HFOM and VFOM represent the 95%
confidence levels in horizontal and vertical accuracy. The lowest numbers are Terrain
the best accuracy and the highest numbers are worse. EPU is the horizontal
position error estimated by the Fault Detection and Exclusion (FDE) algorithm, Weather
in feet or meters.
Nearest
NOTE: Operating outside of an SBAS service area with SBAS enabled
may cause elevated EPU values to be displayed on the satellite status Services/
page. Regardless of the EPU value displayed, the LOI annunciation is the Music

controlling indication for determining the integrity of the GPS navigation

Utilities
solution.
System
NOTE: The FDE Prediction program is used to predict FDE availability.
This program must be used prior to all oceanic or remote area flights for
all operators using the GTN as a primary means of navigation under FAR Messages

parts 91, 121, 125, and 135. The FDE program is part of the GTN trainer,
available for download from the GTN product information page on Garmin’s Symbols
web site, www.garmin.com.
Appendix
If the GTN has not been operated for a period of six months or more,
acquiring satellite data to establish almanac and satellite orbit information can
Index
take 5 to 10 minutes.
190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-17
 The Time and other data may not be displayed until the unit has acquired
Foreword
enough satellites for a fix.
Getting
Started 15.2.2 Satellite-Based Augmentation System (SBAS)
Xpdr Ctrl SBAS is a system that supports wide area, or regional, augmentation through
the use of additional satellite broadcast messages. WAAS, EGNOS, and MSAS
Com/Nav are known SBAS providers.
At the time of printing, SBAS providers support the following areas:
FPL
• WAAS provides SBAS service for Alaska, Canada, the 48 contiguous
Direct-To states, and most of Central America.
• EGNOS provides SBAS service for most of Europe and parts of North
Proc Africa.
Wpt Info
• MSAS provides SBAS service for Japan only.
1. While viewing the System page, touch GPS Status.
Map

2. If desired, touch the SBAS key to select an SBAS provider. The

Traffic
SBAS list is based on the Aviation database.
Terrain 3. Touch the key for the desired SBAS provider.

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music
Figure 15-20 SBAS Selection Page
Utilities
4. Touch the Back key to return to the System Status page.
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

15-18 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

15.2.3 Circle of Uncertainty Foreword
The Circle of Uncertainty depicts an area where the ownship location is
Getting
guaranteed to be when the aircraft location cannot be accurately determined. Started
The area of the Circle of Uncertainty becomes larger as GPS horizontal accuracy
degrades and smaller as it improves. The Circle of Uncertainty is shown only Xpdr Ctrl

when the aircraft is on the ground. The Circle of Uncertainty area is transparent
Com/Nav
so that features within it may still be seen.
FPL

Area Within The

Direct-To
Circle Of Uncertainty
Ownship Symbol Proc

Wpt Info
Figure 15-21 Circle of Uncertainty
Map
15.3 External LRUs
Traffic
The External LRU page displays the external equipment connected to the
GTN and their connection status.
Terrain
1. While viewing the System page, touch the External LRUs
key. Weather

LRU Available And Nearest

Communicating
LRU Not Available Services/
Or Communicating Music

Touch For More Utilities

Information
Figure 15-22 External LRU Page System

2. When more information is available about the listed units,

Messages
touch the More Info key to view the information.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-19

Foreword
15.3.1 GDL 69 (and GDL 69A) Status
The GDL 69 Status page displays the serial numbers for the Data Radio for the
Getting
Started GDL 69/69A and the Audio Radio for the GDL 69A. Subscription status displays
the level of service available for your particular subscription. The Weather
Xpdr Ctrl Products section lists the products available for your particular subscription.
Com/Nav 1. While viewing the External LRUs page, touch More Info for
the GDL LRU.
FPL Data Radio ID &
Signal Level
Direct-To Audio Radio ID
Touch To View & Signal Level
Proc GDL Status Menu SW Version and
Serial Number
Wpt Info Touch To View
Weather Products
Map
Figure 15-23 GDL 69 Status Page
Traffic
2. Touch the Menu key to display the GDL 69 Status Menu.
Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/ Figure 15-24 GDL Status Menu

Music
3. Touch the Lock Activation key if this is for the initial
Utilities subscription or a change in the subscription. Touch the OK
key to continue the operation.
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix Figure 15-25 Loc Activation

4. Touch the Back key to return to the GDL Status page.
Index

15-20 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 5. Touch the Weather Products key to display the weather
Foreword
products subscription status.
Getting
Started
Weather
Product List Xpdr Ctrl

Weather Com/Nav
Product Legend
Figure 15-26 GDL 69/69A Status FPL

6. Touch the Back key to return to the System page. Direct-To

Proc
15.3.2 GDL 88 Status
The GDL 88 Status page displays information about the status of the GDL 88. Wpt Info

Status Description
Map
Application is on/running. Required ownship input data is
On
available and meets the performance criteria. Traffic
Application is configured. Required input data is available
and meets the performance criteria. This state represents Terrain
Available to Run
that the ASA Application is manually or automatically
selected off. Weather

Required Input data is not available due to a failure or the

Unavailable – Fault Nearest
ASA Application process is failed.
Required Input data is available but does not meet the Services/
Music
Unavailable to Run performance criteria or is not available due to Non-
Computed Data (NCD) conditions. Utilities

Table 15-4 Traffic Application Status

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-21

 1. While viewing the External LRUs page, touch More Info for
Foreword
the GDL 88 LRU.
Getting
Started
GPS SW Version
and Serial Number
Xpdr Ctrl
GPS Status
Com/Nav
Touch To View Touch To View
FIS-B Weather Traffic Status
FPL Products
Figure 15-27 GDL 88 Status
Direct-To
2. Touch the FIS-B Weather key to view the FIS-B Weather
information.
Proc

Wpt Info
FIS-B
Weather
Map Products
Touch To
Weather Product Enable/Disable
Traffic Legend FIS-B Weather

Terrain Figure 15-28 GDL 88 FIS-B Weather Information

3. Touch the Enabled key to toggle whether FIS-B Weather is
Weather enabled/disabled for use. Touch the Back key to return to the
GDL 88 Status page.
Nearest
4. Touch the Traffic App Status key to view the Traffic
Services/
Application information.
Music

Utilities

Traffic Status
System

Messages

Symbols Figure 15-29 GDL 88 Traffic Information

Appendix

Index

15-22 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

15.3.3 GSR 56 Status Foreword
The GSR 56 Status page displays information about the status of the GSR 56.
Getting
Started
1. While viewing the External LRUs page, touch More Info for
the GSR 56 LRU. Xpdr Ctrl

Current Iridium Com/Nav

Registration Info Signal Level
FPL
Touch To
Phone and Register
Datalink Status Direct-To

Figure 15-30 GSR 56 Status Proc

2. Touch the Connext Registration key to display the Connext

Wpt Info
Registration display.
Map
Touch To Enter Touch To
Access Code Register
Traffic

Current
Registration Info Terrain

Weather
Figure 15-31 Connext Registration Page
Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-23

Foreword
15.4 Setup
System Setup allows setting the time convention, Com channel spacing,
Getting crossfilling to a second GTN or GNS unit, and Nearest Airport search filtering.
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav
CDI
Selected CDI
FPL
ILS CDI Capture
Date/Time
Direct-To
Local Offset
Time Format
Proc
Nearest Airport
Wpt Info Runway Surface
Min Rwy Length
Map Com/Nav
Com Channel Spacing
Traffic 25.0 kHz
8.33 kHz
Terrain Reverse Frequency Lookup
Crossfill
Weather
Figure 15-32 System Setup Functions

Nearest
1. While viewing the System page, touch the Setup key.
Services/ Touch Key to
Music Set Time Format
And Offset
Utilities Touch Key to Set
Touch Key to Runway Surface
Select CDI And
System Type And Min
ILS CDI Capture Runway Length
Messages
Touch Key to Touch Key to
View Com/Nav Enable Crossfill
Settings With Dual GTN
Symbols Units
Figure 15-33 System Setup Page
Appendix
2. After making the desired selections, touch the Back key to
return to the Setup page.
Index

15-24 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

15.4.1 CDI Scale Selection Foreword
The CDI source and ILS CDI Capture type may be selected manually or
Getting
automatically. The selected CDI Scale will be reflected in the annunciation bar at Started
the bottom of the display.
CDI Scale Selection allows you to define the scale for the course deviation Xpdr Ctrl

indicator (both on the GTN unit's on-screen CDI and the external CDI). The
scale values represent full scale deflection for the CDI to either side. The default Com/Nav

setting is “Auto”. At this setting, the CDI scale is set to 2.0 NM during the
FPL
“en route” phase of flight. Within 31 NM (terminal area) of your destination
airport, the CDI scale linearly ramps down to 1.0 NM over a distance of 1 NM.
Direct-To
Likewise, when leaving your departure airport the CDI scale is set to 1.0 NM
and gradually ramps up to 2 NM beyond 30 NM (from the departure airport). Proc
During GPS approach operations the CDI scale gradually transitions down to an
angular CDI scale. At 2.0 NM before the final approach fix (FAF), CDI scaling is Wpt Info
tightened from 1.0 NM to the angular full scale deflection (typically the angular
full-scale deflection is 2.0°, but will be as defined for the approach). Map
If a lower CDI scale setting is selected (i.e., 1.0 or 0.3 NM), the higher scale
settings are not selected during ANY phase of flight. For example, if 1.0 NM is Traffic

selected, the GTN unit uses this for en route and terminal phases and ramps down
Terrain
further during an approach. Note that the Horizontal Alarm (HAL) protection
limits listed below follow the selected CDI scale, unless corresponding flight
Weather
phases call for lower HAL. For example, if the 1.0 NM CDI setting is selected,
full-scale deflection during approach will still follow the approach CDI scale Nearest
settings.
Services/
CDI Scale Horizontal Alarm Limit Music

Auto (oceanic) 2.0 NM

Utilities
±2.0 NM or Auto (en route) 2.0 NM
±1.0 NM or Auto (terminal) 1.0 NM System

±0.3 NM or Auto (approach) 0.3 NM

Messages
Table 15-5 CDI Scale and Horizontal Alarm Limits
An “auto” ILS CDI selection allows the GTN unit to automatically switch the Symbols
external CDI from the GPS receiver to the VLOC receiver, when intercepting
the final approach course. Or, select “manual” to manually switch the external Appendix
CDI connection, as needed (using the CDI key). If the unit is installed with a
KAP140/KFC225 autopilot, automatic switching will not take place. Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-25

 1. While viewing the System Setup page, touch the CDI key.
Foreword

Touch To Choose Auto or

Getting Manual CDI Scale Selection
Started

Xpdr Ctrl Touch To Select ILS CDI

Capture Type
Com/Nav Figure 15-34 CDI Selection

FPL 2. Touch the CDI Scale key to toggle between automatic selection
or to choose the CDI scale manually.
Direct-To

Proc
Touch To Select CDI Scale
Wpt Info

Map
Figure 15-35 CDI Scale Selection
Traffic
3. Touch the ILS CDI Capture key to select Auto Switch or Manual
Terrain
Selection. This feature enables the unit to automatically switch from
GPS to VLOC on an ILS approach. See Procedures-ILS Approaches
Weather for more detail on ILS approaches.

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

15-26 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

15.4.2 Date/Time Foreword
The Date/Time setting provides selection of time format (local or UTC; 12-
Getting
or 24-hour). UTC (also called “GMT” or “Zulu”) date and time are calculated Started
directly from the GPS satellites’ signals and cannot be changed.
Xpdr Ctrl

Current Selected
Date and Time Com/Nav

Touch To Select
Local Time Offset FPL

Touch To Select Direct-To

Time Format
Figure 15-36 System Date and Time Setup Proc
1. While viewing the System Setup page, touch the Date/Time
key. Wpt Info

2. While viewing the System Setup page, touch Local Offset to

Map
set the time offset for local time.
3. Use the keypad to select the desired local offset and then Traffic
touch Enter.
Terrain

4. While viewing the System Setup page, touch the Time Format
Weather
key to select local 12 hour, local 24 hour, or UTC time.

Touch Key to Select Nearest

Time Format
Services/
Music

Utilities

Figure 15-37 Select System Time Format

System
5. Touch the key for the desired time format.
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-27

Foreword
15.4.3 Nearest Airport Criteria
Nearest Airport Criteria defines the surface type and minimum runway
Getting length used when determining the 25 nearest airports to display on the Nearest
Started
Airport Page. A minimum runway length and/or surface type may be entered to
Xpdr Ctrl prevent airports with small runways, or runways that do not have an appropriate
surface, from being displayed. The default settings are “0 feet (or meters)” for
Com/Nav runway length and “any” for runway surface type.
1. While viewing the System Setup page, touch the Nearest
FPL
Airport key.
Direct-To
Touch To Select
Runway Surface Type
Proc
Touch To Select Minimum
Wpt Info
Runway Length

Figure 15-38 Select Nearest Airport Criteria

Map
2. Touch the Runway Surface key to display the options. Touch
the desired surface type.
Traffic

Terrain

Touch to Select Any

Weather Runway Surface
Touch to Select Hard
Nearest Runway Surfaces Only
Services/ Touch to Select Hard or
Music Soft Runway Surfaces

Utilities Touch to Select Water

Surfaces Only (Not Shown)
System Figure 15-39 Nearest Airport Runway Surface Type

Messages
3. Touch Minimum Runway Length to display the keypad
for selecting the minimum runway length. Select the desired
Symbols
minimum runway length with the numeric keypad. A selection
of "0" will allow any length.
Appendix

Index

15-28 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Touch Key to
Delete Values Foreword

Touch Key to Getting

Delete Values Started

Xpdr Ctrl
Touch Keys to
Set Values Com/Nav

FPL
Figure 15-40 Nearest Airport Minimum Runway Length

4. After selecting the minimum runway length, touch the Enter Direct-To
key to save the entered values or touch the Back key to return
to the System Setup page without saving a value. Proc

15.4.4 Com/Nav Setup Wpt Info

15.4.4.1 Com Channel Spacing Map

Com transceiver channel spacing may be selected between 8.33 kHz and
25.0 kHz. Traffic
1. While viewing the System Setup page, touch the Com/Nav
key. Terrain

2. Touch COM Channel Spacing to toggle between 8.33 kHz

Weather
and 25.0 kHz channel spacing.
Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-29

 15.4.4.2 Reverse Frequency Lookup
Foreword
The identifier and frequency type will be shown for Com and Nav frequencies
Getting that are in the database when the unit is receiving a valid position input. Station
Started
Identifiers with a “+” sign will have more stations associated with this frequency
Xpdr Ctrl than just the type displayed.
1. While viewing the System Setup page, touch the Com/Nav
Com/Nav
key.
FPL
2. Touch the Reverse Frequency Lookup key to toggle the
Direct-To function.
Identifier and
Proc Type Shown
For Freqs In
Database.
Wpt Info
The “+” Sign
Map
Indicates
More Stations
Reverse Frequency Associated
Traffic Lookup Selected With This
Frequency.
Terrain Figure 15-41 Reverse Frequency Lookup Selected

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

15-30 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

15.4.5 Crossfill Foreword
Dual units may be interfaced to crossfill information between the two units.
This option will not be available unless dual units are configured. Getting
Started
When Crossfill is turned on with one GTN, it is automatically turned on in the
other GTN. Some items are always crossfilled regardless of the crossfill setting; Xpdr Ctrl
others are dependent on the crossfill setting.
The GTN can be can also be interfaced with the GNS 400W/500W units. The Com/Nav
GTN can automatically send the Active Flight Plan and active Direct-To course to
the GNS unit. The GTN User Waypoints can be manually sent to the GNS unit. The FPL

GNS unit can manually send its User Waypoints to the GTN unit. Waypoint names
Direct-To
longer than six characters, or duplicates, sent from the GTN unit to the GNS unit
will replace some characters with a "+" sign, while leaving significant characters to
Proc
aid in identification (such as, USR003 becomes US+003).
NOTE: Upon crossfill being activated, the GTNs may take up to 10 seconds Wpt Info
to crossfill the flight plans. The pilot must verify the flight plan in each unit
prior to use. The GTN and GNS units must have databases with the same cycle. Map

NOTE: When GPS navigation is lost in either unit, crossfilling may not be Traffic
available until GPS is restored in both units. Crossfilling will resume once the
flightplan is changed on one of the units or crossfill is re-enabled. Terrain

15.4.5.1 GTN-to-GTN Crossfilling Weather

This data is always crossfilled:
• User waypoints Nearest

• Flight plan catalog Services/

• Alerts (traffic pop-up acknowledgement, missed approach waypoint pop- Music
up acknowledgement, altitude leg pop-up acknowledgement)
Utilities
• External sensors (transponder status and commands, synchro heading)
• System setup: System
- User-defined NAV frequencies to store favorites
Messages
- Date/Time convention
- Nearest airport criteria Symbols
- Units (Nav angle, Distance/Speed, etc.)
- User-defined COM frequencies to store favorites Appendix

- CDI Scale setting

Index
- ILS CDI Capture setting
190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-31
 This data is crossfilled only if crossfill is turned on by the pilot:
Foreword
• Active navigation (flight plan)
Getting
Started NOTE: There is an installer option to turn on a system message that will
be provided anytime crossfill is turned off to alert the pilot that flight plans
Xpdr Ctrl
are not being crossfilled.
Com/Nav
1. While viewing the System Setup page, touch the Crossfill key
FPL
to toggle between Enabled and Disabled Crossfill.

Direct-To

Proc
Touch Key to Enable
Crossfill With Dual GTN
Wpt Info Units
Figure 15-42 Selecting Crossfill
Map
2. When Crossfill is about to be enabled, you will be prompted
Traffic or to note that data will be overwritten in the other unit. Touch
OK to enable Crossfill or touch Cancel to return to the System
Terrain Setup page without enabling Crossfill.

Weather

Nearest

Services/ Touch OK to Enable

Music Crossfill With Dual Units

Utilities
Figure 15-43 Confirming Crossfill Selection

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

15-32 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

15.4.5.2 GTN-GNS Crossfilling
Foreword
• GTN to GNS – Active flight plans, active direct-to, User waypoints
Getting
• GNS to GTN – User waypoints Started

1. While viewing the System Setup page, touch the GNS Crossfill Xpdr Ctrl
Settings key to reach the GNS Crossfill settings.
Com/Nav

Touch OK to Enable Auto FPL

Crossfill With Dual Units
Direct-To
Touch OK to Manually
Transfer User Waypoints
Proc

Figure 15-44 GTN-GNS Crossfill Selection Wpt Info

Map
2. Touch Auto GNS Crossfill to enable Crossfill and send the
Active Flight Plans and the active Direct-To course to the GNS Traffic
unit.
Terrain
3. Touch the Transfer User Waypoints key to transfer the User
Waypoints from the GTN unit to the connected GNS unit.
Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Transfer Of User Utilities

Waypoints In Progress
System
Figure 15-45 GTN-GNS Crossfill
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-33

Foreword
15.5 Alerts Settings
The Alerts Setup page controls two functions: Arrival Alerts and Airspace
Getting
Started Alerts. Arrival Alerts, when active, will generate a message when the aircraft
is within the selected proximity of the destination. Airspace Alerts generate a
Xpdr Ctrl
message and filtering of the Nearest Airspace list. The altitude component of
Airspace Alerts are dependent on both aircraft and airspace altitude and the
Com/Nav
values set for the Altitude Buffer.
FPL 15.5.1 Arrival
Direct-To
1. While viewing the Setup page under the Systems heading,
touch the Alerts key.
Touch to Select
Proc Distance Values

Wpt Info

Map Arrival

Traffic

Select Airspace Types

Terrain

Weather
Figure 15-46 Alerts Setup Page

Nearest
2. Touch the Arrival key to toggle activation. A green bar will
appear when it is active.
Services/
Music 15.5.2 Proximity
Utilities
Touch the Proximity key to set the Destination Proximity
distance values. A numeric keypad will appear. Select the
System
desired values and then touch Enter.
Selected Proximity Value
Messages
Touch Key to
Delete Values
Symbols
Use the Numeric
Appendix Keypad to Select
Proximity Value
Index
Figure 15-47 Arrival Alert Proximity Selection

15-34 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

15.5.3 Airspace Alert Options Foreword
1. While viewing the Setup Alerts page, touch Airspace Alert
Options. Getting
Started

Selected Airspace Xpdr Ctrl

Type (green bar)
Com/Nav

Airspace FPL
Altitude Buffer

Figure 15-48 Airspace Alert Selections Direct-To

2. Touch the Airspace Altitude Buffer key to set the buffer Proc
altitude value. A numeric keypad will appear. Select the desired
value and then touch Enter. Wpt Info

Selected Altitude
Buffer Value Map

Touch Key to Traffic

Delete Values
Use the Numeric Terrain
Keypad to Select
Altitude Buffer Value
Weather

Touch Enter Or Press Small Knob Nearest

To Save Values
Services/
Figure 15-49 Altitude Buffer Selection Music

3. Touch the Airspace type keys to toggle activation. A green bar Utilities
will appear when it is active.
System
NOTE: The Airspace Alert setting does not alter the depiction of airspace,
or change the Smart Airspace setting for the main map page. Messages

NOTE: Airspace alerts for Prohibited airspace cannot be disabled. Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-35

Foreword
15.6 User Fields
The User Fields selection allows you to configure the data field type shown at
Getting the right of the display when it is not occupied by the control for a transponder.
Started
The data shown in the field may be selected from a list after touching the desired
Xpdr Ctrl field.

Com/Nav
NOTE: Data Field Types that use the term "Destination" refer to the final
destination in the flight plan.
FPL
NOTE: ETE to Destination is not available when a procedure is loaded and
there are waypoints in the Enroute section of the flight plan.
Direct-To

1. While viewing the System page, touch the User Fields key,
Proc then touch an available field on the side of the display.

Wpt Info

Map Touch to Select Data Type

Touch to Restore Defaults
Traffic

2. Touch the Data, Function, or Page tab to display a list

Terrain
of available selections. A list of information types will be
Weather
displayed.

Selected Field Field Type List. Touch To

Nearest Select Data Field
Type
Services/ Slider Indicates More
Music
Selections Available. Press
Finger and Slide To View
Utilities More Selections.

System Figure 15-50 Map Data Field Type Selections

3. Touch the Up or Down keys or touch the display and drag
Messages
your finger to scroll through the list. Touch the desired item
to select it or touch the Back key to cancel selection.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

15-36 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Data Field Type Foreword
ACTV WPT - Active Waypoint Generic Timer - Timer Display
Getting
B/D AID - Bearing/DIS from NAV AID MSA - Minimum Safe Altitude Started
B/D APT - BRG/DIS from Dest APT 1 NAV/COM - Active NAV/COM FREQ
Xpdr Ctrl
BRG - Bearing to Current Waypoint OAT (static) - Static Air Temperature
DIS - Distance to Current Waypoint OAT (total) - Total Air Temperature Com/Nav
DIS to Dest - Distance to Destination 2 RAD ALT - Radar Altimeter
DTK - Desired Track Time - Current Time FPL

ESA - Enroute Safe Altitude TKE - Track Angle Error

Direct-To
ETA - Estimated Time of Arrival TRK - Track
ETA at Dest - ETA at Destination Trip Timer - Timer Display Proc
ETE - Estimated Time Enroute VOR/LOC - Tuned VOR/LOC Info
Wpt Info
ETE to Dest - ETE to Destination VSR - Vertical Speed Required
Fuel Flow - Total Fuel Flow Wind - Wind Speed and Direction
Map
GS - GPS Ground Speed XTK - Cross Track Error
GSL - GPS Altitude OFF - Do Not Display Data Field Traffic

Table 15-6 Data Field Types of Information

Terrain
Note 1: B/D APT is the straight line distance.
Note 2: Dist to DEST is the distance along the flight plan. Weather

Function Field Type Nearest

CDI - Course Deviation Indicator OBS/Suspend/Unsuspend Button
Services/
Flap Override - Flap Override 1 On Scene - "On Scene" Mode Toggle Music
GPWS Inhibit - GPWS Inhibit 1 TAWS Inhibit - TAWS Inhibit
Utilities
G/S Inhibit - G/S Inhibit 1 Gen Timer - Generic Timer Control
HTAWS RP Mode - HTAWS RP Mode 2 OFF - Do Not Display Data Field System
Table 15-7 Function Field Types of Information
Messages
Note 1: With TAWS-A enabled
Note 2: With HTAWS enabled Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-37

Foreword
Page Field Type
DFLT NAV - Default Navigation Checklist - Checklist Page
Getting
Started Flight Plan - Flight Plan Page Fuel PLAN - Fuel Planning Page
Map - Map Page SCHED MSG - Scheduled Messages
Xpdr Ctrl
Nearest - Nearest Page Trip PLAN - Trip Planning Page
Com/Nav NEAR APT - Nearest Airport Page VCALC - VCALC Page
PROC - Procedures Page User FREQ - User Frequencies
FPL Approach - Approach Page WPT INFO - Waypoint Information
Arrival - Arrival Page Weather - Weather Page
Direct-To
Departure - Departure Page CNXT WX - Connext WX Page
Proc Services - Services Page FIS-B WX - FIS-B Weather Page
Traffic - Traffic Page Stormscope - Stormscope Page
Wpt Info
Terrain - Terrain Page SiriusXM WX - Sirius XM WX Page
Utilities - Utilities Page OFF - Do Not Display Page Field
Map
Table 15-8 Page Field Types of Information
Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

15-38 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

15.7 Units Settings Foreword
The Units Setup page allows you to select the conventions for the various
units that are displayed. Getting
Started
Units Type Units Values
Xpdr Ctrl
Nav Angle Magnetic (°), True (°T), User (°u)
Magnetic Variation Enter numeric value, E or W Com/Nav

Temperature Celsius (°C) or Fahrenheit (°F) FPL

Fuel Gallons (GAL), Kilograms (KG), Liters (LT), or Pounds (LB)
Position Format LAT/LON, MGRS, UTM Direct-To

Table 15-9 System Units Setup Proc

15.7.1 Setup Units Wpt Info

Use these settings to set the units for values displayed in the unit operation.
1. While viewing the System page, touch the Units key. Map

Traffic
Touch Key to Select Nav Angle
Touch Key to Mag Var Terrain
When "User" Is Selected
Touch Key to Select Temp Format Weather
(F or C)
Fuel Selections and Position Formats Not Shown Nearest

Figure 15-51 System Units Page Services/

Music
2. Touch the key for the desired units. A window with a list of
Utilities
unit values will appear. Touch the desired value on the list.
System

Messages

Figure 15-52 System Units Selection Windows Symbols

3. After making the desired selections, touch the Back key to

Appendix
return to the Setup page.
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-39

Foreword
15.7.2 Setting a User-Configured (Manual) Nav Angle
There are three variation (heading) options: Magnetic, True, and User. If
Getting
Started “Magnetic” is selected, all track, course and heading information is corrected
to the magnetic variation computed by the GPS receiver. The “True” setting
Xpdr Ctrl references all information to true north. The “User” selection allows the pilot to
enter values between 0º and 179º E or W.
Com/Nav
NOTE: When changing the Nav angle, the DTK on the Flight Plan page
FPL for an approach does not change until that approach is reloaded.

Direct-To 1. While viewing the System page, touch the Units key.

Proc
2. Touch the Nav Angle key and then the User key.
Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain Touch to select User

(manual) mag var
Weather
Figure 15-53 Nav Angle Selections
Nearest
3. After User is selected, touch the Magnetic Variation key to
Services/ set the value.
Music

Utilities User Nav

Angle Selected
System
Touch To Set Manual
Mag Var
Messages

Symbols Figure 15-54 Magnetic Variation is Available for Editing

Appendix

Index

15-40 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 4. Touch the keys on the numeric keypad to set the Magnetic
Foreword
Variation and then touch Enter.
Touch To Toggle Getting
Started
E/W Hemispheres
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch Key to
Delete Values
Com/Nav
Use the Numeric
Keypad to Select User
FPL
(manual) Magnetic
Variation
Touch Enter Or Direct-To
Press Small Knob
To Save Values
Proc
Figure 15-55 Numeric Keypad for Setting Manual Magnetic Variation
Wpt Info
5. The User Nav Angle value will be used for all angular values.
Remember to change the value when traveling to an area Map
requiring another value.
Traffic
15.7.3 Position Format Selection
There are three Position Formats available: Lat/Lon, the Military Grid
Terrain
Reference System (MGRS), and the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM)
grid system. The format selected will be shown in all locations where position
Weather
information is shown.
NOTE: The Position Format Selection function is available in SW Version Nearest
4.10, and later.
Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages
MGRS Position Format
Symbols
Figure 15-56 MGRS Position Format Shown On Waypoint Info Page
Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-41

 100 km Square
Foreword Identifier
Grid Easting Numeric
Getting
Designator Location
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav Northing Numeric Location

Figure 15-57 MGRS Position Format Detail
FPL
Latitude Band
Direct-To Grid Zone Easting Value

Proc

Wpt Info
Northing Value
Map Figure 15-58 UTM Position Format Detail

Traffic 1. While viewing the System page, touch Units key.

2. Touch the Position Format key.
Terrain

Weather Touch to select

Position Format
Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities Figure 15-59 Position Format Selection

3. Touch the desired Position format.
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

15-42 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

15.8 Audio Foreword
The Audio Settings allows the adjustment of the volume the click sound
when controls are touched. Getting
Started
1. While viewing the System page, touch the Audio key.
Volume Level Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav
Touch The Arrow
Keys To Adjust
Click Volume FPL

Touch To Select
Voice Touch To Select Direct-To
(TAWS Only) Voice Call Outs
(Optional)
Proc
Figure 15-60 Audio Setup Selection
2. Touch the Arrow keys to adjust the Key Click Volume. Wpt Info

3. Touch the Male or Female key to select the audio voice type. Map

Traffic
4. When HTAWS is installed, a Voice Call Outs option may be
available. Touch the Voice Callouts key to select the Max Terrain
Voice Call Out value.
NOTE: VCOs are available down to 100 feet above terrain when HTAWS is Weather
installed and use GSL above terrain to generate callouts (no radar altimeter
required). If a radar altimeter is interfaced to the GTN, alerts are available Nearest
down to 50 feet and the height above terrain from the radar altimeter is
used to generate the callouts. Services/
Music
5. Touch the MAX Voice Callout key to select the value.
Utilities

Touch To Select Max System

Voice Call Out
Messages

Symbols

Touch To Select Voice

Call Out Value Appendix
Figure 15-61 Select Voice Call Out Value
6. Touch Back when complete. Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-43

Foreword
15.9 Backlight Settings
The backlighting of the display and bezel keys can be adjusted automatically
Getting
Started or manually. The default setting (automatic backlighting adjustment) uses
photocell technology to automatically adjust for ambient lighting conditions.
Xpdr Ctrl
Photocell calibration curves are pre-configured to optimize display appearance
through a broad range of cockpit lighting conditions. A manual offset creates
Com/Nav
a deviation form the normal curve. Manual adjustments may be made from
FPL
+100% to -10%. The negative adjustment is limited to prevent the backlight
from being accidently decreasing the backlight to the point where the display of
Direct-To information could not be seen.
The backlight offset function is not available when a dimmer input is active.
Proc The GTN is capable of accepting lighting inputs from the built-in photocell,
aircraft dimmer bus, or both. If the lighting is not satisfactory, contact the
Wpt Info
installer to adjust the curves.
Map Manual backlighting adjustment can be accomplished using the existing
instrument panel dimmer bus or the following procedures.
Traffic
1. While viewing the System page, touch the Backlight key.
Terrain

Weather
Backlight Level.
Nearest
Touch Arrows To Set
Services/ Manual Offset
Music

Utilities

Figure 15-62 Backlight Level Setting

System
2. Touch the Manual Offset Arrow keys to set the Manual
Messages Offset level.
3. After making the desired selections, touch the Back key to
Symbols
return to the Setup page.
Appendix

Index

15-44 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

15.10 Connext Setup - GSR 56 Foreword
This page provides information about the GSR 56 and the Connext
Registration page. See section 15.3.3 GSR 56 Status for more details. Getting
Started

1. While viewing the System page, touch Connext Setup to

Xpdr Ctrl
access the GSR 56 LRU Status page.
2. Touch Connext Registration to set up the Connext account. Com/Nav

Follow the information provided in 15.3.3 GSR 56 Status.

FPL
15.11 Connext Setup - Flight Stream 210
Direct-To
The GTN can interface with the Flight Stream 210 Bluetooth transceiver.
Using the Flight Stream 210 and the GTN, flight plans can be sent and received Proc
over Bluetooth. In addition, GPS position is provided from the GTN and attitude
can be forwarded from a connected GDU. The GTN can also configure the Flight Wpt Info
Stream's Bluetooth.
1. While viewing the System page, touch Connext Setup and Map
then the Flight Stream 210 key.
Traffic

Terrain
Touch For Touch To Enable
Bluetooth Setup Flight Plan Import Weather

Nearest
Figure 15-63 Connext Setup for Flight Stream 210
Services/
Music
NOTE: Turning Flight Plan imports off will remove the ability of the GTN
to receive flight plans from the Flight Stream 210. This could be used if Utilities
there are repeated erroneous attempts by a portable electronic device
application to send flight plans to the GTN. System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-45

 2. Touch the Bluetooth Setup key to manage the Bluetooth
Foreword
connection.
Getting
Started

Touch To Set
Xpdr Ctrl
The Bluetooth Touch To Manage
Name Paired Devices
Com/Nav

FPL

Figure 15-64 Bluetooth Setup for Flight Stream 210

Direct-To
15.11.1 Operation
Proc Data output from the GTN and Flight Stream 210 occurs automatically
and requires no pilot action (such as, flight plan, GPS position, and attitude).
Wpt Info Additionally, ADS-B traffic and weather can be output from the Flight Stream
when connected to a GDL 88 and XM WX and SiriusXM satellite radio
Map information can output when connected a GDL 69. From the Connext Setup
page, the pilot can enable/disable flight plan importing, change the Flight Stream
Traffic Bluetooth name, and manage paired devices.
The device status indicates if the portable device is connected and
Terrain
communicating with the Flight Stream. The “Auto-Reconnect” setting determines
if the Flight Stream will automatically connect to up to four devices when in
Weather
range. When this setting is disabled, the pilot must initiate the connection from
the device. Removing a device from this page by pressing “Remove” will require
Nearest
the device to be paired again before transferring data.
Services/ NOTE: If the pairing is removed from either device (portable device or
Music
GTN) it must be removed on the other device before a new pairing to that
Utilities same device is established again. Essentially, pairing must be removed on
both devices before repairing.
System Touch To Automatically
Connect To The Device Touch To Remove
When In Range The Device
Messages
Device Is
Connected And
Symbols
Communicating

Appendix

Index
Figure 15-65 Managing Paired Devices
15-46 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
15.11.2 Pairing a Device Foreword
New devices can only be paired with the Flight Stream when it is in “Pairing
Mode.” The Flight Stream will be in pairing mode when the GTN is navigated Getting
Started
to the Connext Setup page and/or the Manage Paired Devices page. The pairing
must be initiated by the portable device. Pop-ups displayed on the portable Xpdr Ctrl
device and GTN will be displayed to confirm the pairing.
Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc
Figure 15-66 Confirm Pairing With A New Device
Wpt Info
Selecting “Manage Paired Devices” opens a page that lists all of devices paired
to the Flight Stream 210.
Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 15-47

Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
This page intentionally left blank
Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

15-48 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

16 MESSAGES Foreword

When an Message has been issued by the unit, the MSG (Message) key/ Getting
Started
annunciator on the left side of the display will blink. Touch the MSG key to view
the messages. After viewing the messages, touch the Back key to return to the Xpdr Ctrl
previously viewed page.
Com/Nav
System messages are not crossfilled between GTN units. Each GTN will display
messages based on data received by that unit. This may result in duplication of
FPL
messages between units, however the pilot should view messages on both GTN
units when more than one is installed to ensure all messages are received. Direct-To

Proc
Message List
Message Key - Wpt Info
Touch To Toggle
Message Display
Map

Figure 16-1 Message Display Traffic

Terrain
Message Description Action
Weather
ABORT This message is Initiate a climb to the MSA or
APPROACH - triggered outside other published safe altitude, abort
Nearest
GPS approach no the MAP if the GTN the approach, and execute a non-
longer available.system can no longer GPS based approach. Services/
provide approach level Music

of service. Vertical
Utilities
guidance will be
removed from the System
external CDI/HSI display.
AIRSPACE ALERT - The aircraft inside an No action is necessary; message is Messages
Inside airspace. airspace type for which informational only.
alerts are configured. Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 16-1

Foreword Message Description Action
AIRSPACE ALERT - The aircraft is within 2 No action is necessary; message is
Getting
Started Airspace within nm and predicted to informational only.
2 nm and entry enter an airspace type,
Xpdr Ctrl in less than 10 within 10 minutes,
minutes. for which alerts are
Com/Nav configured.
AIRSPACE ALERT - The aircraft is predicted No action is necessary; message is
FPL
Airspace entry to enter an airspace informational only.
in less than 10 type, within 10 minutes,
Direct-To
minutes. for which alerts are
configured.
Proc
AIRSPACE ALERT - The aircraft is within No action is necessary; message is
Wpt Info Within 2 nm of 2nm of an airspace type informational only.
airspace. for which alerts are
Map configured.
APPROACH NOT GPS approach could Abort the approach, and execute a
Traffic ACTIVE - not transition to active non-GPS based approach.
Do not continue (e.g., the GTN is on
Terrain an approach and did
GPS approach.
not have the required
Weather
HPL/VPL to get into at
least LNAV, so is still in
Nearest
TERM).
Services/ APPROACH Approach has been Continue to fly the approach using
Music
DOWNGRADE - downgraded from published LNAV minimums.
Utilities Approach LPV or LNAV/VNAV,
downgraded. Use to an LNAV approach.
System LNAV minima. Vertical guidance will
be removed from the
Messages external CDI/HSI display.

Symbols

Appendix

Index

16-2 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Message Description Action Foreword
APR GUIDANCE The GTN is configured Press the “Enable APR Output”
Getting
AVAILABLE - for KAP140/KFC225 key on the GTN, this will cause Started
Press “Enable APR autopilot, and approach the autopilot to go into ROL
Output” before guidance is now mode. Engage the autopilot into Xpdr Ctrl

selecting APR on available. approach mode. See section 6.15

autopilot. for additional information. Com/Nav

CDI SOURCE - Aircraft is on a GPS Select the appropriate CDI source FPL
Select appropriate approach but CDI is set for approach.
CDI source for to VLOC, or aircraft is Direct-To
approach. on VLOC approach and
CDI is set to GPS and Proc
aircraft is less than 2
nm from the FAF. Wpt Info
CDI/HSI FLAG - The Main Lateral Verify course guidance is valid
Main lateral/ Superflag or Main and correct by crosschecking with Map

vertical flag Vertical Superflag the GTN on-screen CDI and other
on CDI/HSI is output has been turned navigational equipment. Contact Traffic

inoperative. off due to an over- dealer for service.

current condition. Terrain

COM RADIO - The com radio is Cycle the power to the COM radio.
Weather
Com radio needs reporting that it needs Contact dealer for service.
service. service. The com radio Nearest
may continue to
function. Services/
Music
COM RADIO - The com radio is not Press and hold the volume knob or
Com radio may be communicating properly the external com remote transfer Utilities
inoperative. with the system. (COM RMT XFR) switch, if installed
– this will force the com radio to System
121.5 MHz. Contact dealer for
service. Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 16-3

Foreword Message Description Action
COM RADIO - Com radio is Decrease length of com
Getting
Started Com overtemp in overtemp or transmissions, decrease cabin
or undervoltage. undervoltage mode temperature and increase cabin
Xpdr Ctrl Reducing and transmitting power airflow (especially near the GTN).
transmitter power. has been reduced to Check aircraft voltage and reduce
Com/Nav prevent damage to the electrical load as necessary.
com radio. Radio range Contact dealer for service if this
FPL will be reduced. message persists.
COM RADIO - Com radio is locked to The external com remote transfer
Direct-To
Com locked to 121.5 MHz. (COM RMT XFR) switch has been
121.5 MHz. Hold held and the com radio is tuned to
Proc
remote com 121.5. To exit this mode, hold the
Wpt Info transfer key to exit. com remote transfer (COM RMT
XFR) switch for two seconds.
Map CONFIGURATION TAWS is inoperative Contact dealer for service.
- Terrain/TAWS due to a configuration
Traffic configuration is problem with the GTN.
invalid. GTN needs This message will be
Terrain service. accompanied by a TER
FAIL annunciation.
Weather
CONFIGURATION The GTN cannot Contact dealer for service.
MODULE - communicate with its
Nearest
GTN configuration configuration module.
Services/ module needs The GTN may still have
Music
service. a valid configuration.
Utilities COOLING - Backlight brightness Decrease cabin temperature and
GTN overtemp. has been reduced increase cabin airflow (especially
System Reducing backlight due to high display near the GTN). Contact dealer for
brightness. temperatures. The service if this message persists.
Messages backlight level will
remain high enough to
Symbols be visible in daylight
conditions.
Appendix

Index

16-4 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Message Description Action Foreword
COOLING FAN - The GTN cooling fan is Decrease cabin temperature and
Getting
The cooling fan has powered, but it is not increase cabin airflow (especially Started
failed. turning at the desired near the GTN) to prevent damage
RPM. to the unit. Contact dealer for Xpdr Ctrl
service.
Com/Nav
CROSSFILL Crossfill is not See section 15.4.6 for a list of
ERROR - working due to loss crossfilled items that will no longer
FPL
Crossfill is of communication be crossfilled. Contact dealer for
inoperative. with other GTN or due service.
Direct-To
to one GTN needing
service.
Proc
CROSSFILL Crossfill is configured See section 15.4.6 for a list of
ERROR - “on” but is not working crossfilled items that will no longer Wpt Info
GTN software due to software be crossfilled. Contact dealer to
mismatch. See mismatch. have software versions updated. Map
CRG for crossfilled
items. Traffic

CROSSFILL The navigation Check the specified database

Terrain
ERROR - GTN databases do not version of both GTNs and ensure it
Navigation DB match between GTNs is up-to-date. Update the specified
Weather
mismatch. See resulting in a loss database if needed.
CRG for crossfilled of communication Nearest
items. between two units.
Services/
CROSSFILL Crossfill is turned off. No action. Music
STATUS - Crossfill
Utilities
is turned off.
DATABASE - A new database update Verify stored cataloged flight plans System
A procedure has caused a procedure to and procedures. Modify stored
been modified in be truncated because flight plans and procedures as Messages
a cataloged flight the flight plan now has necessary to include the current
plan. too many waypoints or procedures by re-loading those Symbols
removed a procedure procedures to the stored flight
because it no longer plan routes. Appendix
exists in the database.
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 16-5

Foreword Message Description Action
DATABASE - A stored flight plan Verify that the user-modified
Getting
Started Verify user- contains procedures procedures in stored flight plans
modified that have been are correct.
Xpdr Ctrl procedures in manually updated, and
stored flight plans a navigation database
Com/Nav
are correct. update has occurred.

FPL
DATABASE - A stored flight plan Verify that the airways in stored
Verify airways in contains an airway that flight plans are correct. Modify
Direct-To stored flight plans is no longer consistent stored flight plans as necessary
are correct. with the current to include the current airways by
Proc navigation database. re-loading those airways to the
stored flight plan routes.
Wpt Info DATABASE - The terrain or obstacle Re-load these databases on the
Terrain or Obstacle database is missing or external data card.
Map database not corrupt.
available.
Traffic
DATABASE - The aircraft is outside Terrain and TAWS functions will
Terrain Terrain display the terrain database be unavailable. If terrain coverage
unavailable for coverage area. is desired in the area, load
Weather current location. appropriate coverage area on the
external data card.
Nearest DATACARD External data card has ChartView, FlightCharts, and
ERROR - an error and the unit Terrain databases will not be
Services/
Music SD card is invalid is not able to read the accessible by the unit. Contact
or failed. databases. dealer for service.
Utilities
DATACARD External data card was Reinsert data card.
REMOVED - removed.
System
Reinsert SD card.
Messages DATALINK - The GDL 88 has Contact dealer for service.
ADS-B fault: UAT detected a UAT receiver
Symbols receiver. fault.
DATALINK - The GDL 88 has Contact dealer for service.
Appendix
ADS-B fault: 1090 detected a 1090
receiver. receiver fault.
Index

16-6 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Message Description Action Foreword
DATALINK - The GTN is configured Contact dealer for service.
Getting
GDL 69 is for a Garmin datalink Started
inoperative or (GDL 69 or 69A)
connection to GTN and the GTN cannot Xpdr Ctrl

is lost. communicate with the

datalink. Data from Com/Nav
the datalink will not be
available. FPL

DATALINK - GDL 88 is not able Contact dealer for service.

Direct-To
GDL 88 ADS-B to transmit an ADS-B
failure. Unable to message due to a
Proc
transmit ADS-B failure with the GDL 88
messages. system or antenna(s). Wpt Info
DATALINK - The GDL 88 has Contact dealer for service.
GDL 88 ADS-B detected a fault with Map

fault. one of the GDL 88

UAT/1090 antennas. Traffic

DATALINK - The GDL 88 has lost Contact dealer for service.

Terrain
GDL88 ADS-B communication with the
fault. Pressure pressure altitude source.
Weather
altitude input is
invalid. Nearest
DATALINK - The GDL 88 has Contact dealer for service.
Services/
GDL88 ADS-B is detected a position Music
not transmitting input fault.
position. Check Utilities

GPS devices.
System
DATALINK - GDL 88 may have lost Contact dealer for service.
GDL88 ADS-B GPS position. Messages
traffic has failed. The GDL 88 has
detected an internal Symbols
failure.
Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 16-7

Foreword Message Description Action
DATALINK - The GDL 88 has Contact dealer for service.
Getting
Started GDL88 detected a configuration
configuration module fault.
Xpdr Ctrl module needs
service.
Com/Nav
DATALINK - The GDL 88 has lost Contact dealer for service.
FPL
GDL88 control communication with the
input fault. Check transponder.
Direct-To transponder is in
correct mode.
Proc DATALINK - The GDL 88 is reporting Ensure the aircraft has a clear view
GDL88 CSA failure. to the GTN that the of the sky. If the problem persists.
Wpt Info CSA application has Contact dealer for service.
failed. Traffic alerting
Map
on ADS-B traffic is
unavailable.
Traffic
DATALINK - The GDL 88 is reporting Contact dealer for service.
Terrain GDL88 external that the external traffic
traffic system has a system has a low
Weather low battery. battery.
DATALINK - GDL The aircraft is airborne Set the TAS/TCAS/TCAD traffic
Nearest 88 external traffic and the GDL 88 is device to “operate” on the traffic
system has been in reporting that the page if traffic alerts are desired.
Services/
Music standby for more external traffic system
than 60 seconds. has been in standby for
Utilities more than 60 seconds.
System
DATALINK - The GDL 88 has Contact dealer for service.
GDL88 external detected a TAS/TCAS
Messages traffic system input fault.
inoperative or
Symbols connection lost.

Appendix

Index

16-8 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Message Description Action Foreword
DATALINK - The GTN is configured Contact dealer for service.
Getting
GDL 88 is for a Garmin datalink Started
inoperative or (GDL 88) and the GTN
connection to GTN cannot communicate Xpdr Ctrl

is lost. with the datalink. Data

from the datalink will Com/Nav
not be available.
FPL
DATALINK - GDL 88 has detected an Contact dealer for service.
GDL88 needs internal fault.
Direct-To
service.
DATALINK - The GTN is configured Close the GSR 56 circuit breaker Proc
GSR56 is for a Garmin GSR 56 and ensure the GSR 56 is receiving
inoperative or and the GTN cannot power. Contact dealer for service. Wpt Info
connection to GTN communicate with the
is lost. GSR 56. GSR Weather, Map
Position Reporting, and
Phone Services will be Traffic
unavailable.
Terrain
DATALINK - The GSR 56 is not Contact dealer for service.
GSR56 data registered. GSR
Weather
services Weather, Position
inoperative; Reporting, and Phone
Nearest
registration Services will be
required. unavailable. Services/
Music
DATA LOST - User settings such as Recheck settings.
Pilot stored data map detail level, nav Utilities

was lost. Recheck range ring on/off, traffic

settings. overlay on/off, and alert System
settings have been lost.
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 16-9

Foreword Message Description Action
DATA SOURCE - The GTN is configured If the GTN is being used to
Getting
Started Pressure altitude to receive pressure forward pressure altitude to a
source inoperative altitude but is not transponder, the transponder will
Xpdr Ctrl or connection to receiving it from any not be receiving pressure altitude
GTN lost. source. from the GTN while that message
Com/Nav is present. Contact dealer for
service.
FPL
DATA SOURCE - The GTN is configured Heading up map displays will not
Heading source to receive heading be available. Contact dealer for
Direct-To
inoperative or information but is not service.
connection to GTN receiving it from any
Proc
lost. source.
Wpt Info DATA SOURCE - The GTN is configured 50 foot aural annunciation
Radar Altimeter to receive radio altitude is unavailable for HTAWS
Map source inoperative information but is not installations. Contact dealer for
or connection to receiving it from any service.
Traffic
GTN lost. source.

Terrain
DEMO MODE - The GTN is in Demo Do not use for navigation. Power
Demo mode is Mode and must not cycle the GTN to exit demo mode.
Weather active. Do not use be used for actual Also ensure that the Direct-To key
for navigation. navigation. is not stuck.
Nearest FLIGHT PLAN The flight plan catalog Edit the flight plan catalog to
IMPORT - Flight is full and the requested remove unneeded flight plans.
Services/
Music plan import failed. flight plan could not be
Catalog is full. imported.
Utilities
FLIGHT PLAN The requested flight Check for proper operation of
System IMPORT - Flight plan could not be the needed components. If the
plan import failed. imported because the problem persists. Contact dealer
Messages GTN was unable to for service.
decode the contents of
Symbols the flight plan.

Appendix

Index

16-10 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Message Description Action Foreword
FLIGHT PLAN The GTN has received a No action is necessary; message is
Getting
IMPORT - New new flight plan that is informational only. Started
imported flight available for preview by
plan(s) available for the pilot. Xpdr Ctrl

preview.
Com/Nav
FPL WAYPOINT A stored flight plan Verify stored cataloged flight plans
LOCKED - waypoint is no longer in and procedures. Modify stored FPL
Stored flight plan the current navigation flight plans as necessary to include
waypoint is not in database. waypoints that are in the current Direct-To
current navigation navigation database.
database. Proc

FPL WPT MOVED - A stored flight plan Verify stored cataloged flight plans
waypoint has moved and procedures. Modify stored Wpt Info
Stored flight plan
waypoint has by more than 0.33 arc flight plans as necessary to include
Map
changed location. minutes from where waypoints that are in the current
previously positioned. navigation database.
Traffic
GLIDESLOPE - The glideslope board is Verify glideslope deviation
Glideslope receiver indicating that it needs indications with another source Terrain
needs service. service. The glideslope and crosscheck final approach
board may continue to fix crossing altitude. If another Weather
function. glideslope source is not available
for verification, fly a GPS based Nearest
approach. Contact dealer for
service. Services/
Music
GLIDESLOPE - The glideslope board Fly an approach that does not use
Glideslope receiver is not communicating the glideslope receiver (VOR, LOC, Utilities

has failed. property with the GPS). Contact dealer for service.
system. System

GNS CROSSFILL - A user waypoint from Ensure that the waypoints on the
Messages
GTN user the GNS replaced GNS have unique names before
waypoint(s) one or more existing transferring to the GTN to avoid Symbols
replaced with GNS waypoints on the GTN. overwriting existing waypoints.
user waypoints. Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 16-11

Foreword Message Description Action
GNS CROSSFILL - A user waypoint from Remove some of the waypoints
Getting
Started Catalog full; not all the GNS could not be from the catalog to make room for
GNS waypoint(s) created because the the waypoints from the GNS.
Xpdr Ctrl transferred. user waypoint catalog
is full.
Com/Nav
GNS CROSSFILL - Waypoint transfer The data transfer should be
Waypoint transfer failed/incomplete. reattempted.
FPL
failed.
Direct-To GPS GPS position has been Wait for GPS satellite geometry
NAVIGATION lost due to lack of to improve. Ensure the aircraft
Proc LOST - satellites. has a clear view of the sky. Use a
Insufficient different GPS receiver or a non-
Wpt Info satellites. Use other GPS based source of navigation.
navigation source. Contact dealer for service.
Map
GPS GPS position has been Use a different GPS receiver
NAVIGATION lost due to erroneous or a non-GPS based source of
Traffic
LOST - position. navigation. Contact dealer for
Terrain Erroneous service.
position. Use other
Weather navigation source.
GPS RECEIVER - Internal communication Use a different GPS receiver
Nearest GPS receiver has to the SBAS board is or a non-GPS based source of
Services/
failed. Check GPS inoperative. navigation. Contact dealer for
Music coax for electrical service.
short.
Utilities
GPS RECEIVER - The GPS module Contact dealer for service.
System Low internal clock indicates that its clock
battery. battery is low. Almanac
Messages data may have been
lost. The unit will
Symbols function normally, but
may take a longer
Appendix than normal period to
acquire a GPS position.
Index

16-12 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Message Description Action Foreword
GPS RECEIVER - The GPS module is Use a different GPS receiver
Getting
GPS receiver needs reporting that it needs or a non-GPS based source of Started
service. service. The GPS module navigation. Contact dealer for
may continue to service. Xpdr Ctrl
function.
Com/Nav
GPS SEARCHING The GPS module is No action is necessary; message is
SKY - acquiring position and informational only.
FPL
Ensure GPS may take longer than
antenna has an normal. This message
Direct-To
unobstructed view normally occurs after
of the sky. initial installation or if
Proc
the unit has not been
powered for several Wpt Info
weeks.
GTN - The GTN has lost Contact dealer for service. Map
GTN needs service. calibration data that
was set by Garmin Traffic
during manufacturing.
HTAWS - The terrain database is Load HTAWS specific terrain Terrain

Invalid Terrain of insufficient resolution database on the external data

Weather
Database. for use with HTAWS. card.
INTERFACE GAD 42 indicates a Verify all input/output data from/ Nearest
ADAPTER - configuration error. to the GAD 42 Interface Adapter.
GAD 42 Contact dealer for service. Services/
Music
configuration
needs service. Utilities

INTERFACE GAD 42 indicates it Verify all input/output data from/

System
ADAPTER - needs service. The GAD to the GAD 42 Interface Adapter.
GAD 42 needs 42 may continue to Contact dealer for service.
Messages
service. function.
INTERNAL SD Internal SD card has an Contact dealer for service. Symbols
CARD ERROR - error or has failed. This
GTN needs service. card is not accessible by Appendix
the user.
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 16-13

Foreword Message Description Action
INTERNAL SD Internal SD card was Contact dealer for service.
Getting
Started CARD REMOVED - removed. This card is
GTN needs service. not accessible by the
Xpdr Ctrl user.
KEY STUCK - The HOME key has been Verify the HOME key is not
Com/Nav
HOME key is stuck. in pressed position for pressed. Press the Home key again
at least 30 seconds. This to cycle its operation. Contact
FPL
key will now be ignored. dealer for service if this message
persists.
Direct-To
KEY STUCK - The Direct-To key has Verify the Direct-To key is not
Proc Direct-To key is been in pressed position pressed. Contact dealer for service
stuck. for at least 30 seconds. if this message persists.
Wpt Info This key will now be
ignored.
Map KNOB STUCK - The Volume knob has Verify the volume knob is not
Volume knob been in pressed position pressed. Contact dealer for service
Traffic
is stuck in the for at least 30 seconds. if this message persists.
pressed position. This knob press will
Terrain now be ignored.
KNOB STUCK - The dual concentric Verify the dual concentric knob
Weather
Dual concentric inner knob has been in is not pressed. Contact dealer for
Nearest
inner knob is stuck pressed position for at service if this message persists.
in the pressed least 30 seconds. This
Services/ position. knob press will now be
Music
ignored.
Utilities LOCKED FLIGHT The user is trying to Unlock the flight plan by modifying
PLAN activate a flight plan stored flight plans as necessary
System Cannot activate that contains a locked to include waypoints, procedures,
a flight plan waypoint. and airways that are in the current
Messages containing a locked navigation database.
waypoint.
Symbols

Appendix

Index

16-14 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Message Description Action Foreword
LOSS OF Antenna may be shaded Make sure the aircraft is clear of
Getting
INTEGRITY (LOI)- from satellites. The GPS hangars, buildings, trees, etc. Use Started
Verify GPS module has reported a a different GPS receiver or a non-
position with loss of integrity. GPS based source of navigation. Xpdr Ctrl

other navigation Contact dealer for service if this

equipment. message persists. Com/Nav

MAGNETIC MagVar is flagged Verify that the geographical region FPL

VARIATION - as unreliable in the supports navigation based on
Aircraft in area MagVar database. magnetic variation. Direct-To
with large mag var. This normally occurs
Verify all course when operating at high Proc
angles. latitudes that do not
support a Nav Angle of Wpt Info
Magnetic.
MARK ON Mark on target Wait for GPS satellite geometry to Map

TARGET - waypoint creation improve. Ensure the aircraft has a

Waypoint creation has failed because of clear view of the sky. Reattempt Traffic

has failed. MOT missing GPS position. waypoint creation. Contact dealer
for service. Terrain
requires GPS
position. Weather
NAV ANGLE - Nav angle is set to True. No action is necessary; message is
NAV Angles are informational only. Nearest
referenced to True
Services/
North (T). Music
NAV ANGLE - Nav angle is set to User. No action is necessary; message is
Utilities
NAV Angles are informational only.
referenced to a
System
User set value (U).
NON-WGS84 The active waypoint is not No action is necessary; message is Messages
WAYPOINT - referenced to the WGS84 informational only.
See CRG. Location datum. Symbols
may be different
than where Appendix

surveyed for [WPT].

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 16-15

Foreword Message Description Action
OBS - OBS requires an active No action is necessary; message is
Getting
Started OBS is not waypoint and is not informational only.
available due to supported in dead
Xpdr Ctrl dead reckoning or reckoning mode.
no active waypoint.
Com/Nav
PARALLEL TRACK - Parallel track is No action is necessary; message is
FPL
Parallel track not not supported on informational only.
supported past IAF. approaches.
Direct-To PARALLEL TRACK - Parallel track is not No action is necessary; message is
Parallel track not supported for turns informational only.
Proc supported for turns greater than 120
greater than 120 degrees due to the
Wpt Info
degrees. acute angle.

Map
PARALLEL TRACK - Parallel track is not No action is necessary; message is
Parallel track not supported on current informational only.
Traffic supported for leg leg type.
type.
Terrain REMOTE KEY The remote OBS (OBS Verify the OBS MODE SEL key/
STUCK - MODE SEL) key/switch switch is not stuck. Contact dealer
Weather
Remote OBS key is has been in pressed for service if this message persists.
stuck. position for at least 30
Nearest seconds. This input will
Services/
now be ignored. This
Music input is not available in
all installations.
Utilities
REMOTE KEY The remote CDI (CDI Verify the CDI SRC SEL key/switch
System STUCK - SRC SEL) key/switch has is not stuck. Contact dealer for
Remote CDI key is been in pressed position service if this message persists.
Messages stuck. for at least 30 seconds.
This input will now
Symbols be ignored. This input
is not available in all
Appendix installations.

Index

16-16 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Message Description Action Foreword
REMOTE KEY The Push To Talk key/ Verify the Push To Talk key/switch
Getting
STUCK - switch has been in is not stuck. Contact dealer for Started
Com push-to-talk pressed position for service if this message persists.
key is stuck. at least 30 seconds. Xpdr Ctrl
This input will now be
ignored and the com Com/Nav
radio will no longer
transmit. FPL

REMOTE KEY The remote com transfer Verify the COM RMT XFR key/
Direct-To
STUCK - (COM RMT XFR) key/ switch is not stuck. Contact dealer
Com remote switch has been in for service if this message persists.
Proc
transfer key is pressed position for
stuck. at least 30 seconds. Wpt Info
This input will now
be ignored. This input Map
is not available in all
installations. Traffic
REMOTE KEY The remote com Verify the COM CHAN UP key/
STUCK - frequency increment switch is not stuck. Contact dealer Terrain
Com remote (COM CHAN UP) key/ for service if this message persists.
frequency switch has been in Weather

increment key is pressed position for

stuck. at least 30 seconds. Nearest

This input will now

Services/
be ignored. This input Music
is not available in all
Utilities
installations.
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 16-17

Foreword Message Description Action
REMOTE KEY The remote com Verify the COM CHAN DN key/
Getting
Started STUCK - frequency decrement switch is not stuck. Contact dealer
Com remote (COM CHAN DN) key/ for service if this message persists.
Xpdr Ctrl frequency switch has been in
decrement key is pressed position for
Com/Nav
stuck. at least 30 seconds.
This input will now
FPL be ignored. This input
is not available in all
Direct-To installations.
Proc
REMOTE KEY The remote nav transfer Verify the NAV RMT XFR key/
STUCK - (NAV RMT XFR) key/ switch is not stuck. Contact dealer
Wpt Info Nav remote switch has been in for service if this message persists.
transfer key is pressed position for
Map stuck. at least 30 seconds.
This input will now
Traffic be ignored. This input
is not available in all
Terrain installations.
REMOTE KEY The remote go around Verify the RMT GO ARND key/
Weather STUCK - (RMT GO ARND) key/ switch is not suck. Contact dealer
Remote go around switch has been in for service if this message persists.
Nearest
key is stuck. pressed position for
at least 30 seconds.
Services/
Music This input will now
be ignored. This input
Utilities
is not available in all
installations.
System
REMOTE KEY The TAWS INHIBIT Verify the TAWS INHIBIT key/switch
Messages STUCK - discrete input has been is not stuck. Contact dealer for
TAWS inhibit key is in pressed position for service if this message persists.
Symbols stuck. at least 30 seconds.
This input will now
Appendix be ignored. This input
is not available in all
Index installations.

16-18 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Message Description Action Foreword
REMOTE KEY The remote TAWS alert Verify the ALRT ACK key/switch
Getting
STUCK - acknowledge (ALRT is not suck. Contact dealer for Started
Alert Acknowledge ACK) key/switch has service if this message persists.
key is stuck. been in pressed position Xpdr Ctrl
for at least 30 seconds.
This input will now Com/Nav
be ignored. This input
is not available in all FPL

installations.
Direct-To
REMOTE KEY The remote RP MODE Verify the RP MODE key/switch
STUCK - key/switch has been is not suck. Contact dealer for
Proc
RP Mode key is in pressed position for service if this message persists.
stuck. at least 30 seconds. Wpt Info
This input will now
be ignored. This input Map
is not available in all
installations. Traffic
SELECT Correct NAV frequency Insert the correct frequency into
FREQUENCY - is not set in the active the active navigation frequency Terrain
Select appropriate NAV frequency for the window.
NAV frequency for approach procedure. Weather

approach.
Nearest
SET COURSE - The selected course Set the CDI/HIS selected course to
Set course on CDI/ on the CDI/HSI does the current desired track. Services/
Music
HSI to [current not match the current
DTK]. desired track. Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 16-19

Foreword Message Description Action
STEEP TURN - Flight plan contains an No action is necessary; message is
Getting
Started Aircraft may acute course change informational only. If desired, slow
overshoot course ahead which will the aircraft to shallow the turn.
Xpdr Ctrl during turn. require a bank in excess
of normal to follow the
Com/Nav guidance. If coupled
to the autopilot, the
FPL autopilot may not be
able to execute the
Direct-To steep turn needed
to follow the course
Proc
guidance.
Wpt Info
STORMSCOPE - The GTN is configured Close the Stormscope circuit
StormScope is for a WX-500 breaker and ensure Stormscope is
Map inoperative or StormScope but is not receiving power. Contact dealer for
connection to GTN receiving data from it. service.
Traffic is lost.
STORMSCOPE - The WX-500 GTN StormScope data is correct
Terrain StormScope reports and may be used. Contact dealer
Invalid heading
received from that it has an invalid for service.
Weather
StormScope. heading source.
Nearest TAWS AUDIO The TAWS Audio Contact dealer for service.
INHIBITED - Inhibit discrete input
Services/
Music
TAWS audio inhibit has been active for
input is stuck. at least 30 seconds.
Utilities This input is active in
all installations. TAWS
System audio may be heard at
the same time as other
Messages audio alerts.
TIMER - A user-configured timer No action is necessary; message is
Symbols
Timer has expired. has expired. informational only.
Appendix

Index

16-20 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Message Description Action Foreword
TRAFFIC - The GTN is configured Contact dealer for service.
Getting
Traffic device is for a traffic device but is Started
inoperative or not receiving data from
connection to GTN it. Traffic will not be Xpdr Ctrl

is lost. displayed on the GTN.

Com/Nav
TRAFFIC - The GTN is airborne Set the traffic device to “operate”
Traffic device has and the traffic device on the traffic page if traffic alerts FPL
been in standby has been in standby for are desired.
for more than 60 more than 60 seconds. Direct-To
seconds.
TRAFFIC - The RS-232 TCAD Contact dealer for service. Proc

Traffic device system has indicated

that its battery is low. Wpt Info
battery low. Traffic
device user config
Map
settings not saved.
TRANSPONDER - The GTN is configured Contact dealer for service. Traffic
Transponder 1 for two transponders
and 2 Mode S and their Mode S Terrain
addresses do not addresses do not
match. This message
match. Weather
is intended to assist
installers and will not Nearest
occur in a properly
configured system. Services/
Music
TRANSPONDER The transponder is Verify squawk code and altitude
1 OR 2 reporting to the GTN with ATC. Contact dealer for Utilities
Transponder 1 or 2 that it needs service. service.
needs service. The transponder may System
continue to function.
TRANSPONDER The GTN is configured Verify squawk code and altitude Messages

1 OR 2 for transponder 1 or with ATC. Contact dealer for

2 but is not able to service. Symbols
Transponder 1 or
2 is inoperative or communicate with the
Appendix
connection to GTN transponder.
is lost. Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 16-21

Foreword Message Description Action
TRANSPONDER The transponder has Ensure the aircraft has a clear
Getting
Started 1 OR 2 insufficient data to view of the sky. Contact dealer for
ADS-B is not support ADS-B. service.
Xpdr Ctrl transmitting
position.
Com/Nav
TRUE NORTH A procedure is loaded Verify the Nav Angle is set to True
APPROACH - that is referenced North.
FPL
Verify NAV Angles to true north and
are referenced to the active leg has a
Direct-To
True North (T). published true north
reference.
Proc
USER WAYPOINT All user waypoints No action is necessary; message is
Wpt Info IMPORT - User were imported informational only.
waypoints successfully.
Map were imported
successfully.
Traffic USER WAYPOINT User waypoint import Ensure the media has the correct
IMPORT - User failed due to improper file format. If the problem persists.
Terrain file format. Contact dealer for service.
waypoint import
failed.
Weather
USER WAYPOINT User waypoint catalog Edit the User Waypoint catalog to
Nearest IMPORT - User is full and the requested remove unneeded user waypoints.
waypoint import user waypoints could
Services/
failed. User not be imported.
Music
waypoint database
Utilities is full.
USER WAYPOINT User waypoints No action is necessary; message is
System
IMPORT - User imported and existing informational only.
Messages
waypoints imported waypoints are used
successfully - instead of creating
Symbols existing waypoints duplicate waypoints.
reused.
Appendix

Index

16-22 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Message Description Action Foreword
VERTICAL User has configured No action is necessary; message is
Getting
CALCULATOR - a vertical descent informational only. Started
Approaching target calculation, and the
altitude. Start aircraft is within Xpdr Ctrl
descent. 60 seconds of the
calculated top of Com/Nav
descent.
FPL
VERTICAL User has configured No action is necessary; message is
CALCULATOR - a vertical descent informational only.
Direct-To
Approaching target calculation, and the
altitude. aircraft is approaching
Proc
the target altitude.
VLOC RECEIVER - The nav radio is Use GPS based navigation. Wpt Info
Navigation receiver reporting that it needs Contact dealer for service.
needs service. service. The nav radio Map
may continue to
function. Traffic
VLOC RECEIVER - The nav radio is not Use GPS based navigation.
Navigation receiver communicating property Contact dealer for service. Terrain
has failed. with the system.
WAYPOINT - User has configured No action is necessary; message is Weather

Arriving at [wpt the arrival alarm and informational only.

name]. is within the specified Nearest

distance.
Services/
Table 16-1 Messages Music

Utilities
Note 1: There are several reference datums that waypoints can be surveyed against.
TSO-C146 normally requires that all waypoints be referenced to the WGS84 System
datum, but allows for navigation to waypoints that are not referenced to the
WGS84 datum so long as the pilot is notified. Certain waypoints in the navigation Messages

database are not referenced to the WGS84 datum, or their reference datum is
unknown. If this is the case, this message is displayed. Garmin cannot determine Symbols

exactly how close the non-WGS84 referenced waypoint will be to the WGS84
Appendix
datum that the GTN uses. Typically, the distance is within two nautical miles.
The majority of non-WGS84 waypoints are located outside of the United States.
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 16-23

Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
This page intentionally left blank

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

16-24 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

17 SYMBOLS Foreword

The following tables describe the symbols that are found on the Map display. Getting
Started
17.1 Map Page Symbols Xpdr Ctrl
Symbol Description
Unknown Airport Com/Nav

Non-towered, Non-serviced Airport FPL

Towered, Non-serviced Airport Direct-To

Non-towered, Serviced Airport

Proc

Towered, Serviced Airport

Wpt Info

Soft Surface, Serviced Airport

Map

Soft Surface, Non-serviced Airport

Traffic
Private Airport
Terrain
Heliport
Weather
Intersection
LOM (compass locator at outer marker) Nearest
NDB (Non-directional Radio Beacon)
Services/
Music
VOR
VOR/DME Utilities

ILS/DME or DME-only
System
VORTAC
TACAN Messages
Table 17-1 Map Page Symbols
Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 17-1

Foreword
17.2 SafeTaxi™ Symbols
Symbol Description
Getting
Started
Helipad
Xpdr Ctrl

Airport Beacon
Com/Nav

FPL Under Construction Zones

Direct-To
Unpaved Parking Areas
Proc Table 17-2 SafeTaxi Symbols

Wpt Info
17.3 Traffic Symbols
Map
TIS Symbol Description
Traffic Non-Threat Traffic

Terrain
Traffic Advisory (TA)
Weather
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
Nearest Table 17-3 TIS Symbols

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

17-2 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 TAS Symbol Description Foreword
Non-Threat Traffic
Getting
(intruder is beyond 5 NM and greater than 1200 ft vertical Started
separation)
Xpdr Ctrl
Proximity Advisory (PA)
(intruder is within 5 NM and less than 1200 ft vertical separation) Com/Nav
Traffic Advisory (TA)
(closing rate, distance, and vertical separation meet TA criteria) FPL

Traffic Advisory Off Scale Direct-To

Table 17-4 TAS Symbols Proc

Symbol Description Wpt Info

Imminent Traffic Non-Imminent

Traffic Map
(Traffic within ±500 feet
AND 1.0 NM; OR no altitude
Traffic
AND within 1.0 NM)
Traffic Closing Vertically Terrain

Traffic Diverging Vertically Weather

Traffic not Closing or Diverging Nearest

Vertically
Table 17-5 9900B TCAD Symbols Services/
Music
Symbol Description
Utilities
Traffic Advisory
System
Proximity Advisory
Messages
(color may be configured as cyan)
Other Traffic Symbols
(color may be configured as cyan)
Appendix
Out-of-Range Traffic Advisory
Index
Table 17-6 9900BX (TCAS) Symbols
190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 17-3
Foreword Symbol Description
Basic Non-Directional Traffic
Getting
Started
Basic Directional Traffic
Xpdr Ctrl
Basic Off-scale Selected Traffic
Com/Nav
Proximate Non-Directional Traffic
FPL
Proximate Directional Traffic
Direct-To

Proximate Off-scale Selected Traffic

Proc
Non-Directional Alerted Traffic
Wpt Info
Off-Scale Non-Directional Alerted Traffic
Map
Directional Alerted Traffic
Traffic
Off-Scale Directional Alerted Traffic
Terrain
Non-Directional Surface Vehicle
Weather
Directional Surface Vehicle
Nearest
Table 17-7 ADS-B Traffic Symbols
Services/
Music
NOTE: Color of basic and proximate traffic is dependent on configuration
(cyan or white) and airborne/on-ground status of target (target is brown
Utilities
when on the ground, see the surface vehicles).
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

17-4 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

17.4 Terrain Obstacle Symbols Foreword
Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle
Getting
(Height is less than (Height is less (Height is greater (Height is greater than Started
1000 ft AGL) than 1000 ft AGL) than 1000 ft AGL) 1000 ft AGL)
Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav
Table 17-8 Obstacle Altitude/Color Correlation

Tower Windmill Windmill in Group Power Line FPL

Direct-To

Proc
Table 17-9 Obstacle Icon Types
Wpt Info
Threat Location
Projected Flight Path Terrain above or
within 100 ft
100 ft Threshold below the aircraft Map
Unlighted Obstacle altitude (Red)

1000 ft
Traffic

Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the

aircraft altitude (Yellow) Terrain

Terrain more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude (Black)

Weather
Figure 17-1 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation
Nearest
17.5 HTAWS Obstacle Symbols
Obstacle is at or above the aircraft altitude (Red) Services/
Music
250 ft
Utilities

250 ft Obstacle is between 250 ft and 0 ft System

below the aircraft altitude (Yellow)

Obstacle is 250 ft, or more, Messages

below the aircraft altitude (Gray)

Figure 17-2 HTAWS Obstacle Altitude Correlation Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 17-5

 Terrain is more than 250 ft above
Foreword the aircraft altitude (Red)

Terrain is between
Getting 0 ft and 250 ft above
Started 250 ft
the aircraft altitude
(Orange)

Xpdr Ctrl
250 ft
Terrain is between 0 ft and 250 ft below the aircraft altitude (Yellow)
500 ft
Com/Nav
Terrain is between 250 ft and 500 ft below the aircraft altitude (Green)

FPL
Terrain more than 500 ft below the aircraft altitude (Black)

Direct-To Figure 17-3 HTAWS Altitude/Color Correlation

Proc 17.6 Basemap Symbols

Symbol Description
Wpt Info

Interstate Highway
Map

State Highway
Traffic

Terrain US Highway

Weather National Highway - 2-digit drawn inside

Nearest
Small City or Town
Services/
Music
Medium City
Utilities
Large City
System
Table 17-10 Basemap Symbols
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

17-6 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

17.7 Map Tool Bar Symbols Foreword
Symbol Description
Getting
Terrain Proximity Enabled and Available Indicator Started

Terrain Proximity Enabled and Not Available Indicator Xpdr Ctrl

Point Obstacle Enabled and Available Indicator Com/Nav

(Software version 5.12 and later)
Point Obstacle Enabled and Not Available Indicator FPL

(Software version 5.12 and later)

Direct-To
Wire Obstacles Enabled and Available Indicator
(Software version 5.12 and later) Proc
Wire Obstacles Enabled and Not Available Indicator
(Software version 5.12 and later) Wpt Info

StormScope Enabled
Map

Ownship is receiving TIS-B and ADS-R services

Traffic
(Software version 5.11 or earlier)
Possible incomplete traffic picture – ownship is not receiving one (or Terrain
both) of the TIS-B or ADS-R services (Software version 5.11 or earlier)
Traffic Enabled and Available Indicator Weather

Traffic Enabled and Not Available Indicator Nearest

Table 17-11 Map Tool Bar Symbols Services/

Music

17.8 Miscellaneous Symbols Utilities

Symbol Description
Low-Wing Prop (Default Ownship) System

Messages
High-Wing Prop
Symbols
Kit Plane
Appendix
Turboprop
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 17-7

Foreword Symbol Description
Twin-Engine Prop
Getting
Started
Single-Engine Jet
Xpdr Ctrl

Business Jet
Com/Nav

2-Blade Rotorcraft
FPL

3-Blade Rotorcraft
Direct-To

4-Blade Rotorcraft
Proc

Wpt Info
Non-directional ownship is shown if there is no
heading or ground track. This typically only occurs
Map during start-up. In helicopters without a heading
source, the non-directional ownship symbol will also
Traffic appear below 15 kts.
Parallel Track Waypoint
Terrain
Restricted/Prohibited/Warning/Alert
Weather
TFR (Temporary Flight Restrictions)
Nearest
MOA
Services/
Music
Class B Airspace
Utilities Class C Airspace
Class D Airspace
System

User Waypoint
Messages
Table 17-12 Miscellaneous Symbols

Symbols NOTE: Ownship icons are configured by the installer and can be colored
magenta for enhanced visibility (Software version 5.12 or later).
Appendix

Index

17-8 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

17.9 Stormscope Symbols Foreword
Symbol Time Since Strike (Seconds)
Getting
6 Started

Xpdr Ctrl

60
Com/Nav

120 FPL

Direct-To
180
Proc
Table 17-13 Stormscope Symbols
Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 17-9

Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic
This page intentionally left blank
Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

17-10 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

18 APPENDIX Foreword

18.1 Glossary Getting

Started
ACT, ACTV active, activate
Xpdr Ctrl
ADC Air Data Computer
ADF Automatic Direction Finder
ADI Attitude Direction Indicator Com/Nav

AFM Airplane Flight Manual

AFMS Airplane Flight Manual Supplement FPL
AGL Above Ground Level
AIM Airman’s Information Manual Direct-To
AIRMET Airman’s Meteorological Information
ALT altitude Proc
AP autopilot
APR approach Wpt Info
APT airport, aerodrome
ARINC Aeronautical Radio Incorporated Map
ARSPC airspace
ARTCC Air Route Traffic Control Center Traffic
AS airspeed
ASOS Automated Surface Observing System Terrain
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATCRBS ATC Radar Beacon System Weather
ATIS Automatic Terminal Information Service
AUX auxiliary Nearest
AWOS Automated Weather Observing System
Services/
Music

BARO barometric setting Utilities

BC backcourse
Bearing The compass direction from the present position to a System
destination waypoint
BRG bearing
Messages

Symbols
C center runway
ºC degrees Celsius
Appendix
CDI Course Deviation Indicator
CHNL channel
Index
CLD cloud
190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 18-1
 CLR clear
Foreword
CNXT Connext
Getting
CONFIG configuration
Started Course The line between two points to be followed by the
aircraft
Xpdr Ctrl Crosstrack Error The distance the aircraft is off a desired course in either
direction, left or right
Com/Nav CRS course
CRSR cursor
FPL CTA Control Area
CTAF Common Traffic Advisory Frequency
Direct-To CTRL control
CUM The total of all legs in a flight plan
Proc

Wpt Info DALT density altitude

DB, DBASE database
Map DCLTR, DECLTR declutter
deg degree
Traffic DEP departure
Desired Track (DTK) The desired course between the active “from” and
Terrain
“to” waypoints
DEST destination
Weather
DFLT default
DIS distance
Distance The "great circle" distance from the present position
Nearest
to a destination waypoint
Services/ DME Distance Measuring Equipment
Music DP Departure Procedure
DPRT departure
Utilities
DSBL disabled
DTK Desired Track
System

Messages EDR Excessive Descent Rate

EGNOS Provides SBAS service for most of Europe and parts of
Symbols North Africa
ELEV elevation
Appendix EMI Electromagnetic Interference
ENR en route
Index

18-2 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

En Route Safe Altitude The recommended minimum altitude within ten miles
Foreword
left or right of the desired course on an active flight
plan or direct-to
Getting
ERR error Started
ESA En route Safe Altitude
ETA Estimated Time of Arrival Xpdr Ctrl
ETE Estimated Time En Route
Com/Nav

ºF degrees Fahrenheit FPL

FAA Federal Aviation Administration
FCC Federal Communication Commission Direct-To
FCST forecast
FD flight director Proc
FIR Flight Information Region
FIS-B Flight Information Services-Broadcast Wpt Info
FISDL Flight Information Service Data Link
FLTA Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance Map
FPL flight plan
FREQ frequency Traffic
FRZ freezing
FSS Flight Service Station Terrain
ft foot/feet
Weather

G/S, GS glideslope Nearest

GDC Garmin Air Data Computer
GDL Garmin Satellite Data Link Services/
GEO geographic Music

GLS Global Navigation Satellite Landing System

Utilities
GMA Garmin Audio Panel System
GMT Greenwich Mean Time
System
GMU Garmin Magnetometer Unit
GPS Global Positioning System
Messages
GPSS GPS Roll Steering
Ground Speed The velocity that the aircraft is travelling relative to a
ground position Symbols

Ground Track see Track

GRS Garmin Reference System Appendix

GS Ground Speed
GTX Garmin Transponder Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 18-3

 HDG heading
Foreword
Heading The direction an aircraft is pointed, based upon
Getting
indications from a magnetic compass or a properly set
Started directional gyro
HFOM Horizontal Figure of Merit
Xpdr Ctrl Hg mercury
hPa hectopascal
Com/Nav HPL Horizontal Protection Level
HSDB High-Speed Data Bus
FPL HSI Horizontal Situation Indicator
HTAWS Helicopter Terrain Awareness and Warning System
Direct-To Hz Hertz

Proc
IAF Initial Approach Fix
Wpt Info ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization
IFR Instrument Flight Rules
Map IGRF International Geomagnetic Reference Field
ILI Imminent Line Impact
Traffic ILS Instrument Landing System
IMC Instrument Meteorological Conditions
Terrain IOI Imminent Obstacle Impact
INFO information
Weather
in HG inches of mercury
INT intersection(s)
Nearest
INTEG integrity (RAIM unavailable)
ITI Imminent Terrain Impact
Services/
Music

L left, left runway

Utilities
LAT latitude
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
System
LCL local
LED Light Emitting Diode
Messages
Leg The portion of a flight plan between two waypoints
LIFR Low Instrument Flight Rules
Symbols
LNAV Lateral Navigation
LOC localizer
Appendix LOI loss of integrity (GPS)
LON longitude
Index LPV Localizer Performance with Vertical guidance

18-4 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

LRU Line Replacement Unit
Foreword
LT left
LTNG lightning Getting
Started

MAG Magnetic Xpdr Ctrl

MAG VAR Magnetic Variation

MapMX A proprietary data format used to forward navigation Com/Nav
information between Garmin units
MAX maximum FPL
MAXSPD maximum speed (overspeed)
MDA barometric minimum descent altitude Direct-To
METAR Aviation Routine Weather Report
MGRS MIlitary Grid Reference System Proc
MIN minimum
Minimum Safe Altitude Uses Grid MORAs to determine a safe altitude within Wpt Info
ten miles of the aircraft present position
MKR marker beacon Map
MOA Military Operations Area
MOT Mark On Target Traffic
MOV movement
mpm meters per minute Terrain
MSA Minimum Safe Altitude
MSAS Provides SBAS service for Japan only Weather
MSG message
MSL Mean Sea Level Nearest
MT meter
mV millivolt(s) Services/
MVFR Marginal Visual Flight Rules Music

Utilities

NAV navigation
System
NAVAID NAVigation AID
NCR Negative Climb Rate
Messages
NDB Non-Directional Beacon
NEXRAD Next Generation Radar
Symbols

OAT Outside Air Temperature Appendix

OBS Omni Bearing Selector

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 18-5

 PA Proximity Advisory
Foreword
PC personal computer
Getting
PDA Premature Descent Alert
Started PED Portable Electronic Device
P. POS Present Position
Xpdr Ctrl PTK parallel track

Com/Nav
QTY quantity
FPL

Direct-To R right, right runway

RAIM Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring
Proc RAM random access memory
REF reference
Wpt Info REQ required
REV reverse, revision, revise
Map RLC Reduce Required Line Clearance
RMI Radio Magnetic Indicator
Traffic RNG range
RNWY runway
Terrain ROC Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
RT right
Weather RTC Reduced Required Terrain Clearance

Nearest
SBAS Satellite-Based Augmentation System
Services/ SCIT Storm Cell Identification and Tracking
Music
SD Secure Digital
Utilities
SFC surface
SIAP Standard Instrument Approach Procedures
SID Standard Instrument Departure
System
SIGMET Significant Meteorological Information
SLP/SKD slip/skid
Messages
SMBL symbol
SPD speed
Symbols
SRVC, SVC service
STAR Standard Terminal Arrival Route
Appendix
STATS statistics
STBY standby
Index
STD standard
18-6 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H
SUA Special Use Airspace
Foreword
SUSP suspend
SW software Getting
SYS system Started

T true Xpdr Ctrl

TA Traffic Advisory
TACAN Tactical Air Navigation System Com/Nav
TAF Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
TAS True Airspeed FPL
TAS Traffic Advisory System
TAT Total Air Temperature Direct-To
TAWS Terrain Awareness and Warning System
TCA Terminal Control Area Proc
TCAS Traffic Collision Avoidance System
TEMP temperature Wpt Info
TERM terminal
TFR Temporary Flight Restriction Map
T HDG True Heading
TIS Traffic Information System Traffic
TMA Terminal Maneuvering Area
Topo topographic Terrain
Track Direction of aircraft movement relative to a ground
position; also ‘Ground Track’ Weather
TRK track
TRSA Terminal Radar Service Area Nearest

Services/
Music
UNAVAIL unavailable
USR user
Utilities
UTC Coordinated Universal Time
UTM/UPS Universal Transverse Mercator/ Universal Polar
System
Stereographic Grid
Messages

V, Vspeed velocity (airspeed)

Symbols
VAR variation
VFR Visual Flight Rules
VHF Very High Frequency Appendix

VLOC VOR/Localizer Receiver

VMC Visual Meteorological Conditions Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 18-7

 VNAV, VNV vertical navigation
Foreword
VOR VHF Omni-directional Range
Getting
VORTAC very high frequency omnidirectional range station and
Started tactical air navigation
VS Vertical speed
Xpdr Ctrl VSI Vertical Speed Indicator

Com/Nav
WAAS Wide Area Augmentation System
FPL WGS-84 World Geodetic System - 1984
WPT waypoint(s)
Direct-To WX weather

Proc
XPDR transponder
Wpt Info XTK cross-track

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

18-8 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

18.2 SD Card Use and Databases Foreword
The GTN 6XX System uses Secure Digital (SD) cards to load and store various
Getting
types of data. For basic flight operations, SD cards are required for database Started
storage as well as database updates.
Xpdr Ctrl
Database Function Where Update Provider Notes
Name Stored Cycle
Com/Nav
Navigation Airport, NAVAID, Internal 28 days (on fly.garmin.com Updates installed via
Waypoint, and GTN Thursdays) SD card and copied
Airspace information memory into internal memory FPL

SafeTaxi Airport surface Internal 56 days (on fly.garmin.com Updates installed via
diagrams GTN Thursdays) SD card and copied Direct-To
memory into internal memory
Terrain Topographic map, SD card As required fly.garmin.com Proc
Terrain/TAWS
Obstacle Obstacle information Internal 56 days (on fly.garmin.com Updates installed via Wpt Info
for map, and TAWS GTN Thursdays) SD card and copied
memory into internal memory
Map
Basemap Boundary and road Internal As required fly.garmin.com Updates installed via
information GTN SD card and copied
memory into internal memory Traffic

Table 18-1 Database List

Terrain

Weather
More information about databases and updates can be found at:
Nearest
https://fly.garmin.com/fly-garmin/support.
Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 18-9

Foreword
18.2.1 Jeppesen Databases
The navigation database is updated on a 28-day cycle. Navigation database
Getting
Started updates are provided by Garmin and may be downloaded from the Garmin web
site “fly.garmin.com” onto a Garmin provided Supplemental Data card. Contact
Xpdr Ctrl Garmin at fly.garmin.com for navigation database updates and update kits. The
Navigation database is stored internally and the data card is only used to transfer
Com/Nav
the database into the unit.
FPL

NOTE: Garmin requests that the flight crew report any observed
Direct-To
discrepancies related to database information. These discrepancies could
come in the form of an incorrect procedure, incorrectly identified terrain,
Proc
obstacles and fixes, or any other displayed item used for navigation or
communication in the air or on the ground. Go to “FlyGarmin.com” and at
Wpt Info the bottom of the page select “Aviation Data Error Report.”

Map Updating the Jeppesen navigation database

1. With the GTN 6XX System OFF, insert the SD card containing the
Traffic
navigation database update into the card slot of the GTN 6XX
Terrain
to be updated (label of SD card should face to the right).
2. Turn the GTN 6XX System ON.
Weather 3. Verify the correct update cycle is loaded during power-up.

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

18-10 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

18.2.2 Garmin Databases Foreword

NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from Getting
government agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates the Started
data, but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
Xpdr Ctrl
The Supplemental Data Card should not be removed except to update the
databases stored on the card. The data cards cannot be moved between units. Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To
SD Card

Proc

Wpt Info
Figure 18-1 SD Card Database Location
The Garmin databases can be updated by following the instructions on fly. Map

garmin.com. Once the updated files have been downloaded from the web site, a
Traffic
PC equipped with an appropriate SD card reader is used to unpack and program
the new databases onto the existing Supplemental Data Cards. The following
Terrain
equipment is required to perform the update:
• Windows-compatible PC computer (Windows 2000, XP, Vista, or Windows Weather
7 recommended)
Nearest
• SanDisk SD Card Reader, P/Ns SDDR-93 or SDDR-99 or equivalent card
reader Services/
Music
• Updated database obtained from the Garmin web site
Utilities
• Existing Garmin Supplemental Database SD Card
It may be necessary to have the system configured by a Garmin authorized System
service facility in order to use certain database features.
Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 18-11

 Common Problems/Troubleshooting Tips for Databases
Foreword
• SD Cards
Getting
Started - The supplied SD cards, and most commercially available SD cards, have
a small sliding tab located on the top left of the card (when viewing the
Xpdr Ctrl
card label-side up).
Com/Nav - When the sliding tab is in the Down position (as in farther away from
the gold contacts on the back of the card), you will not be able to write
FPL data to the card, as it will be write protected.
- The tab must be in the Up position to work correctly.
Direct-To
• Card Programmer
Proc - If a card programmer is having trouble finding or writing data to
the SD cards, you may have to upgrade to a High Capacity SD card
Wpt Info
programmer.
Map - SD cards with a capacity of 4GB are considered high capacity.
- Most non-high capacity card programmers will not work with a high
Traffic capacity SD card. High capacity card programmers can be easily
purchased at a consumer electronics store
Terrain
- Ensure that your card programmer is not plugged into a USB hub, your
Weather computer screen, or your keyboard.
- Make sure it is plugged directly into your computer (the back of the
Nearest computer, if using a desktop computer).
Services/ • If you accidentally place a file onto the wrong card, call Garmin’s Aviation
Music
Product Support team to look at the files and delete the proper files
Utilities - Do not format the cards

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

18-12 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

Updating Garmin Databases
Foreword
1. Download the data to the data cards from the appropriate web site.
Getting
2. Insert Navigation Database SD card in the slot of the GTN 6XX. Started

3. Apply power to the GTN 6XX System. View the power-up splash screen. Check Xpdr Ctrl
that the databases are initialized and displayed on the splash screen. Some
databases can take up to 15 minutes to update. Com/Nav

4. The database update page will prompt to either Update or Continue. Touch the FPL
Update key to update the database(s). Touch the Continue key to continue
to normal operation without updating a database. This process will repeat for Direct-To
each database that is available on the card for updating.
Proc
5. After the database(s) have completed the update process, touch OK to continue
the normal progression of start-up displays.
Wpt Info
6. From the Home page, touch the System key. Then, touch the System Status
key. Map

7. Check that all databases are current and there are no errors. If a database is Traffic
highlighted in yellow, it is either expired or the GTN 6XX can not determine the
date. Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 18-13

Foreword
18.3 Demo Mode
The GTN product contains a “Demo” mode that allows simulation of all
Getting
Started operations of the product to allow practice and familiarization while staying on
the ground.
Xpdr Ctrl
WARNING: Do not use the GTN to navigate while Demo mode is active.
Com/Nav Do not use or enter Demo mode while airborne.

FPL 1. Press in and hold the Direct-To key and then apply power to
the unit.
Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info
Touch To Continue
Map
Figure 18-2 Demo Mode Start Up Display
Traffic
2. Touch the Continue key and Fuel keys as normally needed to
Terrain start operations.
3. Touch the Demo key in the lower part of the display to reach
Weather the Demo Setup functions.

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities
Touch For GPS Settings

System Touch For NAV Settings

Messages
Touch For Date
And Time Settings
Symbols
Figure 18-3 Demo Mode Setup

Appendix

Index

18-14 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 4. Touch the GPS key to reach the Demo GPS Settings page.
Foreword
The Position Error values (Horizontal Protection Level Fault
Detection [HPL FD], HPL SBAS, and Vertical Protection Level Getting
[VPL] SBAS) may be adjusted to reflect errors induced by Started

naturally occurring conditions, but are normally not adjusted

Xpdr Ctrl
for most Demo mode operations.
Com/Nav
Touch To Select GPS
Solution
FPL
Touch To Select Lat/ Touch To Select
Lon Coordinates For Current Position
Current Position From A Wpt In Direct-To
The Database
Touch To Select Proc
HPL FD Values, If Touch For VPL
Desired SBAS Settings
Wpt Info
Touch For HPL
SBAS Settings
Map
Figure 18-4 Demo Mode GPS Settings

5. Touch the Nav key to reach the Demo Navigation Settings Traffic

page.
Terrain
Touch To Select
Vertical Speed
Weather
Touch To Select
Touch To Select Altitude
Nearest
Airspeed
Services/
Touch To Select Music
Track Mode
Utilities

Figure 18-5 Demo Mode Navigation Settings

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 18-15

 6. Touch the Date/Time key to reach the Demo Date/Time
Foreword
Settings page.
Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Set Date
Com/Nav

Touch To Set Time

FPL

Direct-To
Figure 18-6 Demo Mode Date/Time Settings

Proc 7. After completing the settings for Demo mode, touch the HOME
key or Back key to get started with operating the GTN.
Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

18-16 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

18.4 Glove Qualification Procedure Foreword
This procedure is used to qualify a specific glove for use with the GTN system
Getting
by guiding the user through a variety of tasks that use the touchscreen. Due to Started
differences in finger size, glove size, and touchscreens between the 6XX or 7XX
Xpdr Ctrl
unit, the qualification granted by this procedure is specific to the pilot/glove
and 6XX or 7XX combination. GTN 6XX and 7XX units must be evaluated
Com/Nav
separately.
The GTN touchscreen uses capacitive touch technology to sense the proximity FPL
of skin to the display. A glove increases the distance between skin and the display
glass and may reduce the ability of the GTN to detect touches. Therefore, when Direct-To
selecting a glove for use with the GTN, thinner gloves tend to work better than
thicker gloves. Leather gloves and gloves designed to work specifically with Proc

capacitive touchscreen devices are often found to be acceptable. Additionally,

Wpt Info
altering your touch technique to use the pad of your finger to touch the unit
rather than the tip will increase the touchscreen sensitivity while using gloves.
Map
This qualification must be completed on the ground. Performing this
procedure in flight is not authorized. Table 18-1 contains tasks that are required Traffic
to qualify a glove. Table 18-2 contains tasks that are not required to qualify a
glove, but may limit the manner in which some functions are accessed while a Terrain
glove is worn.
1. Sit in the pilot’s seat. Weather

2. Start the GTN in Demo mode by pressing and holding the Direct To key during
Nearest
power up.
3. Perform the tasks listed in Table 18-1 and Table 18-2 with an non-gloved hand. Services/
Music
You do not need to record any results for this step.
4. Perform the tasks listed in Table 18-1 and Table 18-2 with a gloved hand. For Utilities
each task, determine whether the operation is the same or worse as it was
without the glove. Record the results in Table 18-1 and Table 18-2. Items that System

may cause the operation to be worse include, but are not limited to:
Messages
a. Multiple attempts to select a key
b. Unintentional selection of adjacent keys Symbols
c. Excessive force on the touchscreen to select a key
Appendix
5. If all applicable tasks in Table 18-1 respond in the same way with and without
a glove then the glove used to complete these tasks may be used by the pilot
Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 18-17

 who performed this evaluation on the unit (6XX or 7XX) that was used during
Foreword
this procedure.
Getting
Started Pilot: _______________________________________
Glove Description: ______________________________
Xpdr Ctrl
GTN (circle one): 6XX or 7XX
Com/Nav
Task Operation With Glove
FPL (circle one)
Navigate to the Home Screen. NA
Direct-To
Touch the Demo key. Same Worse
Proc
Touch the GPS key. Same Worse
Touch the Waypoint key. Same Worse
Wpt Info Type “KSLE” using the touchscreen, then touch Enter. Same Worse
Navigate to the Home Screen (Press HOME). NA
Map
Touch the Flight Plan key. Same Worse
Traffic Enter the following waypoints using the Add Same Worse
Waypoint key at the bottom of the list of flight plan
Terrain waypoints:
KSLE
Weather KMMV
KONP
Nearest
BTG
Services/
Music
Select BTG, then touch the Load Airway key to load Same Worse
the following airway: V23 ALFOR.
Utilities While viewing the flight plan page, touch the Up/ Same Worse
Down arrow keys to scroll up and down to view the
System flight plan waypoints.
Touch the Back key to return to the Home screen. Same Worse
Messages
Touch the COM standby frequency to activate the Same Worse
Symbols com frequency entry keypad (Task applicable to
635/650/750 only).
Appendix Enter a valid com frequency and touch the Enter key Same Worse
(635/650/750 only).
Index

18-18 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 Task Operation With Glove Foreword
(circle one)
Getting
Touch the active com frequency to flip/flop the com Same Worse Started
frequencies. (635/650/750 only).
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch the active nav frequency to flip/flop the nav Same Worse
frequencies (750 only).
Com/Nav
Touch the Menu key (650 only). Same Worse
Table 18-2 Tests Required for Glove Qualification FPL

Direct-To
Task Operation With Glove
(circle one) Proc
Navigate to the flight plan page. NA
Wpt Info
While viewing the flight plan page, touch the list and Same Worse
drag up/down to view the flight plan waypoints.
Map
While viewing the flight plan page, touch and flick the Same Worse
list to view the flight plan waypoints. Traffic
Navigate to the map page. NA
Touch the Map to enter Pan mode, then touch the Same Worse Terrain
Graphically Edit FPL key.
Weather
Remove KONP from the flight plan graphically by Same Worse
touching KONP and dragging it to an area without
Nearest
any waypoints (Pan and zoom in/out as necessary to
accomplish the task). Services/
Music
Insert KSPB between KMMV and BTG by dragging the Same Worse
leg between KMMV and BTG to KSPB. Utilities
Table 18-3 Tests Not Required for Glove Qualification
System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 18-19

Foreword

Getting
Started

Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav

FPL

Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic This page intentionally left blank

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

18-20 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

INDEX 10-60
Anonymous mode 2-7 Foreword
Answering a phone call 13-13
Symbols Antenna 11-52 Getting
Started
3D navigation 15-17 Approach
Channel 6-10 Xpdr Ctrl
A Approaches 18-1, 10-18, 10-50
Abbreviations 7-13 Select 1-18 Com/Nav
About this guide xxiii Approach operations 6-2
Above Ground Level 10-10 Approach shield 9-33
FPL
Acquiring satellites 15-15, 15-17 Approach with hold 6-12
Activate flight plan 4-18 Arc 10-7, 10-12, 10-13
Activate leg 4-5 ARTCC 12-1, 12-10 Direct-To
Activating XM 13-3 ASOS 12-12
Active flight plan page 4-4 ATCRBS 9-7 Proc
Active leg 4-5, 6-12, 6-13, 6-19 ATIS 12-12
Add User frequency 3-9 Attitude 18-1 Wpt Info
ADF 18-1 Aural message 10-10, 10-14, 10-16, 10-
ADIZ 8-28 19, 10-21, 10-56
Map
ADS-B 2-7, 9-18 Automatic CDI switching 6-20
Age 11-6, 11-39 Autopilot 6-11, 6-15, 6-19, 6-20, 6-21
Auto-pilot output 6-21 Traffic
Aircraft symbol 8-1
AIREP 11-27 Auto zoom 8-11
AIRMETs 11-7, 11-16, 11-39, 11-47, 11- AUX - System Status Page 15-3 Terrain
50, 11-61 Aviation map data 8-18
Airport beacon 17-2 AWOS 12-12 Weather
Airport diagram 15-6
Airport frequencies 7-8 B
Nearest
Airports 11-58 Backcourse 6-20
Airspace 12-8 Backlighting 15-44 Services/
Airspace altitude buffer 15-35 Baro-corrected altitude 10-10, 6-1 Music
Airways 4-9, 8-5, 8-22, 8-28 Barometric pressure 9-32, 14-23
Alerts 1-12, 9-9, 10-5, 10-14, 10-15, 10- Basemap 15-6 Utilities
17, 10-21, 15-34, 10-49 Basemap symbols 17-6
ALT 14-23 Basic approach operation 6-2 System
Altimeter ii, 10-9 Beacon 17-1, 17-2
Altitude 6-12, 10-5, 15-15, 15-16 Bluetooth 15-45 Messages
Altitude buffer 15-34 Bluetooth setup 15-46
Altitude Display Mode 9-6, 9-15, 9-23
Altitude mode 9-26 C Symbols

Altitude reporting 2-5 Call suppression 13-14

Catalog 4-3, 4-12, 4-17 Appendix
Altitude type 14-5
Annunciations 1-6, 1-19, 6-2, 9-10, 9-11, Category 13-5
9-16, 9-17, 10-8, 10-14, 10-21, Cautions iii, 10-11, 10-11, 10-15, 8-28, Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide Index-1

 10-40, 10-41 D
Foreword CDI 8-35, 1-23 Database 1-3, 1-6, 3-5, 3-16, 8-39, 10-1,
Ceiling 12-9 10-5, 10-21, 11-43, 15-3, 15-4,
Getting
Started Cell movement 11-7, 11-15 18-9, 18-11
Change user fields 8-24 Database SYNC 15-4, 15-11, 15-12
Xpdr Ctrl Channel 13-2, 13-5, 13-8 Database verification 1-7
Channel spacing 1-11 Data card 1-3
Com/Nav
Checklists 14-28 Data link 9-3, 11-39
Circle of uncertainty 15-19 Data Link Receiver troubleshooting 13-9
City 11-7, 8-28 Data request 11-35
FPL
City forecast 11-7, 11-22 Date 8-39, 14-10, 14-12, 15-5, 15-27
Class B airspace 17-8, 8-28 Date/Time 18-16
Direct-To Class C airspace 17-8, 8-28 DCLTR soft key 8-27
Class D airspace 17-8, 8-28 Dead reckoning 1-19
Proc Clean screen 14-26 Declutter 8-23
Cloud tops 11-7, 11-14 Default navigation 1-20
Wpt Info Cloudy 11-8 Delete flight plan 4-21
Com 1-15, 3-1 Demo mode 18-14
Channel spacing 1-11, 15-29 Density altitude 14-23
Map
Frequency monitoring 3-13 Departures 6-3, 10-18, 10-50
Tuning 3-3 Departure time 14-9
Traffic Window 3-3 Destination proximity 15-34
Combined NEXRAD 11-55 Direct-To 1-5, 1-14, 5-1
Terrain Connext 4-24, 15-45 Direct-To Fpl Wpt 5-3
Connext weather 11-32 Direct-To Nrst Airport 5-4
Weather Contacts 13-20 Distance 8-11
Continental US NEXRAD 11-54 DME 17-1
Nearest
Controlled airspace 8-37, 12-8 DME Arc 6-13
Controls 1-4 Don't sink 10-16, 10-19, 10-56
Services/ CONUS 11-54 Dual installation 1-13
Music Conventions xxiv, 1-2
Copy flight plan 4-20 E
Utilities County warnings 11-7, 11-17 Echo tops 11-7, 11-13
Creating a flight plan 1-17, 4-2 Edit flight plan 4-19, 8-32
System Creating user waypoints 7-15, 8-31 Edit FPL data fields 4-16
Crossfill 1-12, 1-13, 15-31 EGNOS 15-18
Messages CTAF 7-8 Emergency frequency 3-11
Customer service i, 11-38, 13-3 ENR 6-3
Customizing maps 8-9 EPU 15-15, 15-17
Symbols
Cycle number 1-6, 8-39 European airways 8-21
Cyclone 11-7, 11-20 Excessive Closure Rate 10-52
Appendix
Excessive descent rate alert 10-16, 10-17,
10-49
Index
Expiration time 11-39

Index-2 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

Extended squitter 2-9 G
External LRU 15-19 Foreword
GBT 11-41, 11-48
GDC 74A ii
F Getting
GDL 69/69A 13-2, 13-3, 13-9, 15-20 Started
Facility name 12-10, 12-11, 12-12 GDL 69/69A status 15-20
Failed text message 13-17 GDL 69 troubleshooting 13-9 Xpdr Ctrl
FastFind 1-23 GDL 88 2-7, 15-21
FDE 15-17 Getting started 1-1 Com/Nav
Field elevation 9-29 Glideslope 3-14
Find Com frequency 3-5 Glossary 18-1 FPL
FIR 12-1 GMT 15-27
FIS-B 11-48 GPS 18-15
Five-hundred aural alert 10-16 GPS altitude ii, 10-5, 10-9
Direct-To
Flap Override 10-55 GPS status 15-15
Flight ID 2-8, 2-9 Graphically editing flight plan 4-23, 5-7, Proc
Flight Into Terrain 10-54 8-32
Flight phase 10-18, 10-50 Graphical Weather 11-48 Wpt Info
Flight plan 1-17, 4-1, 8-11, 14-21 Ground 2-4
Flight plan frequency 3-7 Ground speed 10-21, 10-60 Map
Flight plan import 4-24, 4-27 GSL 10-5, 10-9, 10-10, 10-23
Flight plan menu 4-12 GSR 56 11-32, 13-1, 13-11, 13-19, 15-23
Flight Stream 4-24, 15-45 Traffic
Flight timers 14-9 H
Flood 11-8 Hail 11-10, 11-11 Terrain
fly.garmin 10-2, 11-33, 15-6, 18-9, 18- Haze 11-8
10, 18-11 HDOP 15-15 Weather
Fog 11-8 Heading 9-5, 9-14, 10-12
Forward looking terrain avoidance 10-17, Helipad 17-2, 7-9 Nearest
10-32, 10-50 Heliport 17-1
Freezing level 11-7, 11-18 HFOM 15-15, 15-17 Services/
Frequency Hold 6-12 Music
Flight plan 3-7 Home page 1-4
Monitoring 3-13 Utilities
Hot spots 8-38, 8-39
Nearest 3-6 HSI 8-35
New user 3-9 HSI annunciation 6-15 System
Recent 3-5 HTAWS 10-22, 17-5, 17-6
Frequency finding 3-5, 3-16 Hurricanes 11-52 Messages
FSS 12-1, 12-11
Fuel planning 14-18 I Symbols
Fuel settings 1-7, 15-39 Icing 11-25, 11-47
Function user field 15-37 Ident 2-2, 3-14
Appendix
IFR 1-18, 11-20, 11-44, 11-47, 11-58
ILS 17-1
Index
ILS Approach 6-14

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide Index-3

 ILS CDI Selection 6-20 M
Foreword Imminent Line Impact 10-17, 10-50 Magnetic variation 15-39, 15-40
Imminent obstacle impact 10-17, 10-46, Making a phone call 13-12
Getting
Started 10-50 Manual mag var 15-40
Imminent terrain impact 10-17, 10-50 Map 8-1
Xpdr Ctrl Import user waypoints 7-20 Symbols 8-37
Infra-Red 11-43 Map controls 8-31
Com/Nav
Insert after 4-7 Map Detail 8-27
Insert before 4-6 Map menu 8-2
Intersection 7-10, 12-4, 8-18, 17-1, 8-28 Map orientation 8-11, 11-37
FPL
Invert flight plan 4-13, 4-18 Map overlay 8-3
Iridium 11-32, 13-1, 13-11, 13-18 Map panning 8-29
Direct-To
MAPR 6-3
J
Map range 8-11, 8-38, 9-15, 10-12
Proc Jeppesen 1-3, 18-10 Map setup 8-8
Jeppesen database 18-10 Map symbols 17-1, 17-6
Wpt Info Map toolbar symbols 17-7
K
Mark on target 7-16
King autopilot 6-21 Mean Sea Level 10-5
Map
Knobs 1-2, 1-4 Message 10-16, 10-21, 16-1
METARs 11-7, 11-19, 11-39, 11-43, 11-
Traffic L
50, 11-58
Land data 8-4, 8-19 MGRS 15-41
Terrain Legend 11-4, 11-46 Military grid reference system 15-41
Level 10-15, 10-18, 10-50 Minimum runway length 1-12
Weather Lighting 15-44 Miscellaneous symbols 17-7
Lightning 11-7, 11-21, 8-28, 11-42, Missed Approach 6-11
11-43 MOA 17-8, 8-28
Nearest
Limitations 9-7, 10-9, 11-11, 11-52 Model descriptions 1-1
Services/ LNAV 6-3, 6-15 Monitoring frequency 3-13
Music LNAV+V 6-3, 6-15 Morse code 3-15
LNAV/VNAV Approach 6-3 Motion vector 9-19, 9-21, 9-22, 9-26
Utilities Load procedures in FPL 4-8 Mountains 11-52
Localizer 3-14, 6-20 Moving map 1-3
System Local offset 15-27 MSAS 15-18
Lock activation 15-20 MSL 10-9
Messages Locking screw 1-3 Music 13-1, 13-4
Low alt 6-3 Mute 13-7
LP approach 6-3, 6-15
Symbols
LPV Approach 6-3, 6-15 N
L/VNAV 6-15 National Weather Service 11-9, 11-47
Appendix
Nav angle 15-39, 15-40
Navigation database 15-6, 18-10
Index
Navigation map 8-38

Index-4 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

Navigation source iii Photocell 15-44
Nav range ring 8-12 Pilot controls 1-4 Foreword
NDB 7-12, 12-6, 8-18, 17-1, 8-28 PIREP 11-27, 11-45, 11-59
Getting
Nearest airport 1-12, 1-14, 12-3, 15-28 Point obstacle 8-13 Started
Nearest airspace 12-8 Point-to-Point 14-13, 14-18
Nearest ARTCC 12-10 Position format 15-41 Xpdr Ctrl
Nearest frequency 3-6 Position reporting 13-18
Nearest FSS 12-11 Position reporting status 13-19 Com/Nav
Nearest intersection 12-4 Power 11-53
Nearest NDB 12-6 Power-up 8-39, 9-10, 10-1, 18-10, 10-10,
FPL
Nearest User Wpt 12-7 10-21, 18-13, 10-60
Nearest VOR 12-5 Precipitation 11-11, 11-41, 11-43
Nearest waypoint 12-1 Premature descent alerting 10-18, 10-50 Direct-To
Nearest weather 12-12 Preset 13-8
Negative climb rate 10-16, 10-19, 10-56 Preview flight plan 4-19, 4-23 Proc
NEXRAD 8-6, 11-7, 11-9, 11-53 Procedures 1-18, 6-1
Limitations 11-11 Procedure turn 6-11 Wpt Info
NEXRAD Canada 11-12 Product age 11-6, 11-39
Next airspace 8-29 Product description 1-3
Map
Non-directional ownship 17-8 Product Support vii
North up 8-11, 11-1 Proximity advisory 9-5, 9-18
NOTAM 7-2, 11-1, 7-5 Traffic
R
O Radar 9-7, 9-9, 11-9, 11-11, 11-41, 11- Terrain
OBS 8-36, 18-5 48, 11-52, 11-53
Obstacle data 10-5, 10-9, 10-21, 15-5, RAIM 14-10 Weather
18-11 Rain 11-41, 11-48
Obstacles 8-4, 8-13, 8-19, 9-9, 10-1, 10- Rainy 11-8 Nearest
5, 10-8, 10-9, 10-11, 17-5 Range ring 8-12, 10-12, 9-15, 9-18, 9-26,
Obstructions 10-8, 10-9 Recent frequency 3-5 Services/
OCN 6-3 Record of Revisions vii Music
On scene mode 9-24 Reduced protection 10-27
Overview 1-3 Reduced required obstacle clearance 10- Utilities
Ownship 17-7 17, 10-50
Reduced required terrain clearance 10-17, System
P 10-50
Page menus 8-9, 8-18, 8-23 Reflectivity 11-9, 11-10, 11-11, 11-53 Messages
Pairing a device 15-46, 15-47 Regional NEXRAD 11-55
Panning 8-29 Register with GFDS 11-38
Symbols
Parallel track 4-14, 17-8 Registration vii
Parking area 17-2 Remote frequency control 3-12, 1-16
Part Sun 11-8 Remove FPL waypoint 4-7 Appendix
Phone call 13-12 Reverse frequency look-up 3-12, 15-30
Phone volume 13-15 Revisions vii Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide Index-5

 RLC 10-17, 10-50 Standby 2-3
Foreword RNAV 6-15 Standby database 15-4, 15-7, 15-12
ROC 10-45, 10-46 STAR 6-6
Getting
Started Roll steering 6-11, 6-19 STARs 1-18
Rotorcraft traffic page orientation 9-24 Start-up 1-6
Xpdr Ctrl Route options 4-17 Status 13-19, 15-15, 15-20
Runway 15-28 Store flight plan 4-13
Com/Nav
Runway extension 8-18 Stormscope 8-6, 11-28, 17-9
Runway length 1-12, 15-28 Stuck microphone 3-12
Runways 7-7 Sunny 11-8
FPL
Runway surface 1-12, 15-28 Sunrise/Sunset 14-12
Ryan TCAD 9-25 Support vii
Direct-To Suppress Visuals 13-14
S Surface analysis 11-22
Proc SafeTaxi 1-3, 8-11, 8-18, 8-38, 8-39, Surface winds 11-47
15-6, 17-2 Symbols 8-37, 9-4, 9-13, 11-6, 10-15,
Wpt Info SafeTaxi symbols 17-2 17-1, 11-8, 17-3, 10-40
Satellite telephone 13-11 System ID 15-4
SBAS 15-18 System power 1-6
Map
Scale 8-13, 9-13, 17-3 System settings 1-10
Scheduled messages 14-27 System status 9-10, 9-16, 15-3, 10-21,
Traffic SD card 1-3, 1-4, 18-9 15-3, 10-60
Select approach 6-8
Terrain Select arrival 6-6 T
Select departure 6-4 TACAN 17-1
Weather Selected Altitude 11-46 TAF 11-43
Self-test 1-7 Target altitude 14-5
Nearest
Sensor data 14-13, 14-18, 14-23 Target offset 14-6
Serial numbers 13-9, 15-4 Target waypoint 14-7
Services/ Service Class 13-3 TAS 9-3, 9-12, 9-13, 14-23
Music Services 11-48, 13-1 TAWS-A 10-1, 10-38
Setup 1-10, 15-24 TAWS-A alerts 10-44
Utilities Shield setup 9-33, 9-37 TAWS-B 10-1, 10-8, 10-38
SIDs 1-18 TAWS-B alerts 10-9, 10-15, 10-40
System SIGMET 11-7, 11-16, 11-39, 11-47, 11- TAWS failure alert 10-21
50, 11-61 TAWS system test 10-10, 10-21, 10-60
Messages Smart Airspace 8-21 TCAD 9-25
SMS 13-15 TCAD 9900B 9-31
Snow 11-8, 11-11 TCAD 9900BX 9-25, 9-35
Symbols
Software version 13-9, 15-3 TCAS 9-4, 9-20
Special Use Airspace 12-1 Temperature 11-8, 15-39
Appendix Speed 10-18, 10-50 Temporary 7-16
Squawk code 2-6 TERM 6-3
Index Squelch 1-4, 3-2 Terrain 1-3, 8-4, 8-19, 9-9, 10-1, 17-5,

Index-6 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 10-8, 10-45, 10-46, 10-47, 10-45 User waypoint 7-13, 7-15, 8-31, 12-7
Terrain alerts 10-1, 10-19, 10-56 UTC 1-11, 15-27 Foreword
Terrain Awareness and Warning System Utilities 14-1
Getting
10-38 UTM 15-41 Started
Terrain data 8-5, 10-8, 15-5
Terrain limitations 10-8 V Xpdr Ctrl
Terrain obstacle symbols 17-5, 10-11, VCALC 14-3, 14-4
10-41 Vector duration 9-23 Com/Nav
Terrain proximity ii, 10-5, 10-11, 17-7 Vector motion 9-18, 9-26
Text 11-48 Vector-To-Final 6-13
FPL
Text messaging 13-16 Version 1-6, 8-39, 10-1, 10-10
TFR 8-18, 11-57, 17-8 Vertical Calculator 14-3
Thunderstorm 11-52 Vertical speed 14-6 Direct-To
Thunderstorms 11-8 VFOM 15-15, 15-17
Time 11-7, 11-39, 11-50, 15-16, 15-18, VFR 2-5, 11-20, 11-44, 11-58 Proc
15-27 View catalog 4-17
Time format 1-11 VNV 18-8 Wpt Info
Time until transmit 13-19 Voice alert 9-9
TIS 9-3, 9-4, 9-7, 9-9 Voice call out 10-16, 10-21, 10-33, 10-
Map
Topo data 8-4 40, 15-43, 10-59, 10-47
Topo scale 8-13 Volume 1-4, 3-2, 13-2, 13-7
Tornadoes 11-8 VOR 3-14, 7-11, 10-12, 8-18, 12-5, 17-1, Traffic
Tornados 11-52 12-5, 8-28
Touchscreen 1-2, 1-5 VOR-based approach 6-20 Terrain
Track vector 9-8 VORTAC 17-1
Traffic 8-7, 9-1 Weather
Traffic Advisory 8-23, 9-3, 9-4 W
Traffic audio 9-29, 9-32, 9-37 WAAS 15-18 Nearest
Traffic Pop-Up 9-1 Warnings ii
Traffic symbols 9-4, 9-13, 9-19, 17-2 Warranty i Services/
Traffic test 9-2 Waypoint information 4-9, 7-1 Music
Transponder 2-1, 9-3, 9-7, 9-9, 9-10, 9-13 Waypoint options 4-4
Trip planning 14-12 Weather 7-9, 8-23, 11-1, 11-32 Utilities
Trip planning flight plan mode 14-12, Weather forecast 11-22
14-16 Weather legend 11-4 System
Trip planning point-to-point mode 14-13 Weather product 11-39, 13-3
Turbulence 11-26, 11-47 Wind 8-1, 11-7, 11-8, 11-39, 11-43, 11- Messages
46, 11-47, 11-50
U Winds 14-23
Symbols
Under construction 17-2 Winds aloft 11-7, 11-24, 11-39, 11-46,
Units 1-12, 15-39 11-50, 11-60
Universal Transverse Mercator 15-41 Winds aloft altitude 11-46 Appendix
User fields 1-20, 8-24, 15-36 Wire obstacle 8-17
User frequency 3-9 WX-500 8-6, 11-28 Index

190-01004-03 Rev. H Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide Index-7

 X
Foreword
XM channel categories 13-5
Getting XM radio activation 13-3
Started XM radio channel presets 13-8
XM radio channels 13-6
Xpdr Ctrl XM radio volume 13-7
XM Satellite Radio 13-2
Com/Nav XM troubleshooting 13-9
XM weather 13-3
FPL
Z
Zulu 15-27
Direct-To

Proc

Wpt Info

Map

Traffic

Terrain

Weather

Nearest

Services/
Music

Utilities

System

Messages

Symbols

Appendix

Index

Index-8 Garmin GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. H

 © 2014 GARMIN Corporation

GARMIN International, Inc.

1200 East 151st Street, Olathe, Kansas 66062, U.S.A.
Tel. 913/397.8200 or 800/800.1020
Fax 913/397.8282

Garmin AT, Inc.

2345 Turner Rd., S.E., Salem, Oregon 97302, U.S.A.
Tel. 503/581.8101 or 800/525.6726
Fax. 503/364.2138

Garmin (Europe) Ltd.

Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road, Hounsdown Business Park,
Southampton, SO40 9LR, U.K.
Tel. +44 (0) 87 0850 1243
Fax +44 (0) 23 8052 4004

Garmin Singapore Pte. Ltd.

46 East Coast Road
#05-06 Eastgate
Singapore 428766
Tel. (65) 63480378
Fax (65) 63480278

www.garmin.com

Part Number 190-01004-03 Rev. H